Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions

Download the Big Ideas Math Book Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions free of cost and kick start your preparation immediately. You will get the necessary skill set needed to solve the problems related to fractions here. Access Detailed Solutions to all the problems and learn how to solve related problems when you encounter them during your exams. Seek Homework Help needed by accessing the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions.

Big Ideas Math Book Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions

Cross Check the Solutions from our Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions and understand the areas you are facing difficulty. Score higher grades in your exams and refer to Big Ideas Math Book Solution Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions to have strong command over fractions.

Lesson: 1 Interpret Fractions as Division

Lesson: 1 Interpret Fractions as Division

Lesson: 2 Mixed Numbers as Quotients

Lesson: 2 Mixed Numbers as Quotients

Lesson: 3 Divide Whole Numbers by Unit Fractions

Divide Whole Numbers by Unit Fractions

Lesson: 4 Divide Unit Fractions by Whole Numbers

Lesson: 5 Problem Solving: Fraction Division

Chapter: 10 – Divide Fractions

Lesson 10.1 Interpret Fractions as Division

Explore and Grow`

You share 4 sheets of construction paper equally among 8 people. Write a division expression that represents the situation. What fraction of a sheet of paper does each person get? Use a model to support your answer?
Answer:
The division expression that represents the fraction of a sheet of paper does each person get is:
4 ÷ 8 = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
It is given that you have 4 sheets of construction paper equally among 8 people.
Hence,
The division expression that represents the fraction of a sheet of paper is:
( The number of sheets of construction paper ) ÷ ( The number of people )
= 4 ÷ 8
= \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the fraction of a sheet of paper does each person get is: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Structure
How can you check your answer using multiplication?
Answer: We can check the answer by using the partial products method or by using the simplification method.

Think and Grow: Divide Whole Numbers
You can use models to divide whole numbers that have a fraction as the quotient.
Answer: 
From the above model,
The number of colored parts is: 4
The total number of parts are: 8
So,
The fraction of the colored part out of the total number of parts = 4 ÷ 8
= \(\frac{4}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
In \(\frac{1}{2}\),
1 represents the quotient
2 represents the remainder
Example
Find 2 ÷ 3.
One Way: Use a tape diagram. Show 2 wholes. Divide each whole into 3 equal parts.

Another Way: Use an area model. Show 2 wholes. Divide each whole into 3 equal parts. Then separate the parts into 3 equal groups.

Show and Grow

Divide. Use a model to help

Question 1.
2 ÷ 4 =0.5
Answer:
From the above model,
The number of colored parts is: 2
The number of total parts is: 4
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts = 2 ÷ 4
= \(\frac{2}{4}\)
= \(\frac{1}{2}\)
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts in the decimal form is: 0.5

Question 2.
1 ÷ 3 = 0.33
Answer:

From the above model,
The number of colored parts is: 1
The number of total parts is: 3
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts = 1 ÷ 3
= \(\frac{1}{3}\)
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts in the decimal form is: 0.33

Apply and Grow: Practice

Divide. Use a model to help.

Question 3.
1 ÷ 8 =0.018
Answer:
From the above model,
The number of colored parts is: 1
The number of total parts is: 8
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts = 1 ÷ 8
= \(\frac{1}{8}\)
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts in the decimal form is: 0.018

Question 4.
1 ÷ 4 =0.25
Answer:
From the above model,
The number of colored parts is: 1
The number of total parts is: 4
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts = 1 ÷ 4
= \(\frac{1}{4}\)
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts in the decimal form is: 0.25

Question 5.
2 ÷ 6 =0.33
Answer:
From the above model,
The number of colored parts is: 2
The number of total parts is: 6
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts = 2 ÷ 6
= \(\frac{2}{6}\)
= \(\frac{1}{3}\)
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts in the decimal form is: 0.33

Question 6.
2 ÷ 5 = 0.4
Answer:
From the above model,
The number of colored parts is: 2
The number of total parts is: 5
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts = 2 ÷ 5
= \(\frac{2}{5}\)
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts in the decimal form is: 0.4

Question 7.
3 ÷ 7 = 0.42
Answer: 
From the above model,
The number of colored parts is: 3
The number of total parts is: 7
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts = 3 ÷ 7
= \(\frac{3}{7}\)
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts in the decimal form is: 0.42

Question 8.
5 ÷ 6 = 0.83
Answer:
From the above model,
The number of colored parts is: 5
The number of total parts is: 6
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts = 5 ÷ 6
= \(\frac{5}{6}\)
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts in the decimal form is: 0.83

Question 9.
How many 6s are in 1?
Answer: There are six \(\frac{1}{6}\)s in 1

Explanation:
The number of 6s in 1 can be obtained by dividing 1 into 6 equal parts.
So,
The figure obtained will be like;

From the above model,
The number of colored parts is: 1
The number of total parts is: 6
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts = 1 ÷ 6
= \(\frac{1}{6}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are six 6s in 1

Question 10.
How many 10s are in 9?
Answer: There are 9 \(\frac{9}{10}\)s in 9

Explanation:
The model for the number of 10s in 9 are:

From the above model,
The number of colored parts is: 9
The number of total parts is: 10
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts = 9 ÷ 10
= \(\frac{9}{10}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are nine 9s in 10

Question 11.
Number Sense
For which equations does k = 8?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 3
Answer: Let the equations named A), B), C), and D)
So,
The four equations are:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 3
From the above equations,
The value ‘k’ must be in the numerator.
So,
In A), the value of the numerator is: 3
In B), the value of the numerator is: k
In C), the value of the numerator is: 2
In D) the value of the numerator is: 8
So,
From the above numerator values,
We can say that “k=8” holds good for Equation B)

Question 12.
Writing
Write and solve a real-life problem for 7 ÷ 12.
Answer:
From the above model,
The number of colored parts is: 7
The number of total parts is: 12
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts = 7 ÷ 12
= \(\frac{7}{12}\)
Hence,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts in the decimal form is: 0.58

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
Three fruit bars are shared equally among 4 friends. What fraction of a fruit bar does each friend get?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 4
Divide 3 by 4 to find what fraction of a fruit bar each friend gets.
Use an area model to find 3 ÷ 4. Show 3 whole fruit bars. Divide each fruit bar into 4 equal parts. Then separate the parts into 4 equal groups.

Show and Grow

Question 13.
You cut a 5-foot streamer into 6 pieces of equal size. What is the length of each piece in feet? in inches?
Answer: The length of each piece in feet is: \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Explanation:
It is given that you cut a 5-foot streamer into 6 equal pieces of equal size.
So,
The model representing the 6 equal pieces of the 5-foot streamer is:

From the above model,
We can see that each part in the model represents \(\frac{5}{6}\) of each part.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of each piece of a 5-foot streamer in feet is: \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Question 14.
Four circular lemon slices are shared equally among 8 glasses of water. What fraction of a lemon slice does each glass get?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 7
Answer: The fraction of a lemon slice does each glass get is: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
It is given that the four circular lemon slices are shared equally among 8 glasses of water.
So,
The model representing the portion that each glass get is:

From the above model,
We can say that each part represents \(\frac{1}{2}\) part
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the portion of a lemon slice does glass get is: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 15.
You cut a 5-foot streamer into 6 pieces of equal size. What is the length of each piece in feet? in inches?
Answer: The length of each piece in feet is: \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Explanation:
It is given that you cut a 5-foot streamer into 6 equal pieces of equal size.
So,
The model representing the 6 equal pieces of the 5-foot streamer is:

From the above model,
We can see that each part in the model represents \(\frac{5}{6}\) of each part.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of each piece of a 5-foot streamer in feet is: \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
A fruit drink is made using \(\frac{7}{4}\) quarts of orange juice and \(\frac{5}{4}\) quarts of pineapple juice. The drink is shared equally among 12 guests. What fraction of a quart does each guest get?
Answer: The fraction of a quart does each guest get is: \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
It is given that a fruit drink is made using \(\frac{7}{4}\) quarts of orange juice and \(\frac{5}{4}\) quarts of pineapple juice.
So,
The total amount of fruit juice= \(\frac{7}{4}\) + \(\frac{5}{4}\)
= \(\frac{ 7 + 5}{4}\)
= \(\frac{12}{4}\)
It is also given that the drink is shared equally among 12 guests
So,
The fraction of a quart does each gust get = \(\frac{12}{4}\) ÷ 12
= \(\frac{12}{4}\) ÷ \(\frac{12}{1}\)
= \(\frac{12}{4}\) × \(\frac{1}{12}\)
= \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the fraction of a quart does each person get is: \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Interpret Fractions as Division Homework & Practice 10.1

Divide. Use a model to help.

Question 1.
1 ÷ 6 =0.16
Answer:


From the above model,
The number of colored parts is: 1
The number of total parts is: 6
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts = 1 ÷ 6
= \(\frac{1}{6}\)
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts in the decimal form is: 0.16

Question 2.
1 ÷ 7 =0.14
Answer:
From the above model,
The number of colored parts is: 1
The number of total parts is: 7
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts = 1 ÷ 7
= \(\frac{1}{7}\)
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts in the decimal form is: 0.14

Question 3.
1 ÷ 5 = 0.20
Answer:
From the above model,
The number of colored parts is: 1
The number of total parts is: 5
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts = 1 ÷ 5
= \(\frac{1}{5}\)
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts in the decimal form is: 0.20

Question 4.
3 ÷ 4 = 0.75
Answer:
From the above model,
The number of colored parts is: 3
The number of total parts is: 4
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts = 3 ÷ 4
= \(\frac{3}{4}\)
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts in the decimal form is: 0.75

Question 5.
6 ÷ 7 = 0.85
Answer:
From the above model,
The number of colored parts is: 6
The number of total parts is: 7
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts = 6 ÷ 7
= \(\frac{6}{7}\)
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts in the decimal form is: 0.85

Question 6.
5 ÷ 9 = 0.55
Answer:
From the above model,
The number of colored parts is: 5
The number of total parts is: 9
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts = 5 ÷ 9
= \(\frac{5}{9}\)
So,
The fraction of the colored parts out of the total number of parts in the decimal form is: 0.55

Question 7.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says \(\frac{5}{12}\) is equivalent to 12 ÷ 5. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer: No, your friend s not correct.

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{5}{12}\)
From the given fraction,
The numerator is: 5
The denominator is: 12
We can write a fraction in the following form:
Fraction = \(\frac{Numerator}{Denominator}\)
So,
\(\frac{5}{12}\) is equivalent to 5 ÷ 12
But, according to your friend,
\(\frac{5}{12}\) is equivalent to 12 ÷ 5
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that your friend is not correct.

Question 8.
Writing
Explain how fractions and division are related.

Question 9.
Structure
Write a division equation represented by the model.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 8
Answer:
The division equation represented by the model is: 1 ÷ 4

Explanation:
The given model is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 8
From the given model,
The number of shaded parts is: 1
The total number of parts are: 4
So,
The division equation can be represented as:
Division equation = (The number of shaded parts) ÷ ( The total number of parts )
= 1 ÷ 4
= \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 10.
Number Sense
Eight friends share multiple vegetable pizzas, and each gets \(\frac{3}{8}\) of a pizza. How many pizzas do they share?
Answer: The total number of pizzas the eight friends shared are: 3 pizzas

Explanation:
It is given that the eight friends share multiple vegetable pizzas and each gets \(\frac{3}{8}\) of a pizza.
So,
The total number of pizzas shared by the eight friends = \(\frac{3}{8}\) × 8
= \(\frac{3}{8}\) × \(\frac{8}{1}\)
= \(\frac{3 × 8}{8 × 1}\)
= \(\frac{3}{1}\)
= 3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the total number of pizzas shared by the eight friends is: 3 pizzas

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
Seven friends each run an equal part of a 5-kilometer relay race. What fraction of a kilometer does each friend complete?
Answer: The fraction of a kilometer does each friend complete is: \(\frac{5}{7}\) kilometer

Explanation:
It is given that there are seven friends each run an equal part of a 5-kilometer relay race.
So,
The fraction that each friend run = \(\frac{The total distance} {The number of friends}\)
= \(\frac{5}{7}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the fraction of a kilometer does each friend complete is: \(\frac{5}{7}\) kilometer

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
A group of friends equally share 3 bags of pretzels. Each friend gets \(\frac{3}{5}\) of a bag of pretzels. How many friends are in the group?
Answer: The total number of friends in the group are: 5

Explanation:
It is given that a group of friends equally share 3 bags of pretzels and each friend gets \(\frac{3}{5}\) of a bag of pretzels.
So,
The total number of friends = \(\frac{The total number of bags}{The amount each friend gets}\)
= \(\frac{3}{1}\) × \(\frac{5}{3}\)
= \(\frac{5}{1}\)
= 5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the total number of friends are: 5

Review & Refresh

Multiply.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 9
Answer: 9 × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 6

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{9}{1}\) and \(\frac{2}{3}\)
So,
\(\frac{9}{1}\) × \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= \(\frac{9 × 2}{1 × 3}\)
= \(\frac{6}{1}\)
= 6
Hence,
9 × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 6

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 10
Answer: 5 × \(\frac{7}{10}\) = \(\frac{7}{2}\)

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{5}{1}\) and \(\frac{7}{10}\)
So,
\(\frac{5}{1}\) × \(\frac{7}{10}\)
= \(\frac{5 × 7}{1 × 10}\)
= \(\frac{7}{2}\)
Hence,
5 × \(\frac{7}{10}\) = \(\frac{7}{2}\)

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 11
Answer: 3 × \(\frac{5}{12}\) = \(\frac{5}{4}\)

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{3}{1}\) and \(\frac{5}{12}\)
So,
\(\frac{3}{1}\) × \(\frac{5}{12}\)
= \(\frac{3 × 5}{1 × 12}\)
= \(\frac{5}{4}\)
Hence,
3 × \(\frac{5}{12}\) = \(\frac{5}{4}\)

Lesson 10.2 Mixed Numbers as Quotients

Explore and Grow

You share 6 sheets of construction paper equally among 4 people. Write a division expression that represents the situation. How much paper does each person get? Use a model to support your answer.
Answer:
The division expression representing the situation is: 6 ÷ 4

Explanation:
It s given that you have shared 6 sheets of construction paper equally among 4 people
So,
The division equation representing the sharing of construction papers is: 6 ÷ 4
Now,
6 ÷ 4 = \(\frac{6}{4}\)
So,
The above equation represents that 4 is divided into 6 parts.
So,
The model representing the situation is:

From the above model,
We can say that the amount of does each person get is: 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) or 1.5 or \(\frac{3}{2}\)

Precision
Does each person get less than or more than 1 sheet of paper? Use the dividend and divisor to explain why your answer makes sense.
Answer:
From the above problem,
We can say that each person gets more than 1 paper.
So,
The division equation of the above problem is: 6 ÷ 4
The equivalent form of 6 ÷ 4 is: \(\frac{6}{4}\)
Now,
The simplest form of \(\frac{6}{4}\) is: \(\frac{3}{2}\) ( The simplest form is the division of the numerator and the denominator with the common multiple if we can divide)
The mixed form of \(\frac{3}{2}\) is: 1\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Think and Grow: Divide Whole Numbers

You can use models to divide whole numbers that have a mixed number as the quotient.
Example
Find 3 ÷ 2.
One Way:
Use a tape diagram. Show 3 wholes. Divide each whole into 2 equal parts.

Another Way: Use an area model. Show 3 wholes. Divide each whole into 2 equal parts. Then separate the parts into 2 equal groups.

Show and Grow

Divide. Use a model to help

Question 1.
5 ÷ 3 = ___
Answer: 5 ÷ 3 = 1\(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation;
The given division equation is: 5 ÷ 3
The model representing the division equation is:

From the above model,
5 ÷ 3 = 3 ÷ 3
= 1 R 2
Hence,
We can say that each part is divided into 1\(\frac{2}{3}\) or \(\frac{5}{3}\)

Question 2.
7 ÷ 2 = ___

Answer: 7 ÷ 2 = 3\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation;
The given division equation is: 7 ÷ 2
The model representing the division equation is:

From the above model,
7 ÷ 2 = 6 ÷ 2
= 3 R 1
Hence,
We can say that each part is divided into 3\(\frac{1}{2}\) or \(\frac{7}{2}\) or 3.5

Apply and Grow: Practice

Divide. Use a model to help.

Question 3.
12 ÷ 7 = ___

Answer: 12 ÷ 7 = 1\(\frac{5}{7}\)

Explanation;
The given division equation is: 12 ÷ 7
The model representing the division equation is:

From the above model,
12 ÷ 7 = 7 ÷ 7
= 1 R 5
Hence,
We can say that each part is divided into 1\(\frac{5}{7}\) or \(\frac{12}{7}\)

Question 4.
25 ÷ 20 = ___

Answer: 25 ÷ 20 = 1\(\frac{5}{20}\) = \(\frac{5}{4}\)

Explanation;
The given division equation is: 25 ÷ 20
The model representing the division equation is:

From the above model,
25 ÷ 20 = 20 ÷ 20
= 1 R 5
Hence,
We can say that each part is divided into 1\(\frac{5}{20}\) or \(\frac{5}{4}\)

Question 5.
15 ÷ 4 = ___

Answer: 15 ÷ 4 = 3\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation;
The given division equation is: 15 ÷ 4
The model representing the division equation is:

From the above model,
15 ÷ 4 = 12 ÷ 4
= 3 R 3
Hence,
We can say that each part is divided into 3\(\frac{3}{4}\) or \(\frac{15}{4}\)

Question 6.
13 ÷ 6 = ___

Answer: 13 ÷ 6 = 2\(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation;
The given division equation is: 13÷ 6
The model representing the division equation is:

From the above model,
13 ÷ 6 = 12 ÷ 6
= 2 R 1
Hence,
We can say that each part is divided into 2\(\frac{1}{6}\) or \(\frac{13}{6}\)

Question 7.
16 ÷ 8 = ___

Answer: 16 ÷ 8 = 2

Explanation;
The given division equation is: 16÷ 8
The model representing the division equation is:

From the above model,
16 ÷ 8
= 2 R 0
Hence,
We can say that each part is divided into 2 equal parts

Question 8.
92 ÷ 50 = ___

Answer: 92 ÷ 50 = 1\(\frac{21}{25}\)

Explanation;
The given division equation is: 92÷ 50
So,
92 ÷ 50 = 50 ÷ 50
= 1 R 42
Hence,
We can say that each part is divided into 1\(\frac{42}{50}\) or 1\(\frac{21}{25}\)

Question 9.
How many 3s are in 7?
Answer: The number of 3 in 7 are: \(\frac{7}{3}\) or 2\(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
The division equation is: 7 ÷ 3
So,
The model for the given division equation is:

From the above model,
7 ÷ 3 = 6 ÷ 3
= 2 R 1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are 2\(\frac{1}{3}\) 3s in 7

Question 10.
How many 6s are in 21?
Answer: The number of 6s in 21 are: \(\frac{21}{6}\) or 3\(\frac{3}{6}\)

Explanation:
The division equation is: 21 ÷ 6
So,
The model for the given division equation is:

From the above model,
21 ÷ 6 = 18 ÷ 6
= 3 R 3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are 3\(\frac{3}{6}\) 3s in 21

Question 11.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says that \(\frac{35}{6}\) is equivalent to 35 ÷ 6. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer: Yes, your friend is correct

Explanation:
It is given that \(\frac{35}{6}\)
We know that,
The decimal equation can be converted into a fraction as \(\frac{Numerator}{Denominator}\)
So,
\(\frac{35}{6}\) = 35 ÷ 6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that your friend is correct

Question 12.
Writing
Write and solve a real-life problem for 24 ÷ 5.
Answer: 24 ÷ 5 = 4\(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation;
The given division equation is: 24÷ 5
The model for the above division equation is:

From the above model,
24 ÷ 5 = 20 ÷ 5
= 4 R 4
Hence,
We can say that each part is divided into 4\(\frac{4}{5}\)

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You share 7 bales of hay equally among 3 horse stalls. How many whole bales are in each stall? What fractional amount of a bale is in each stall?
Divide 7 by 3 to find how many bales of hay are in each stall. Use an area model to help.

Show and Grow

Question 13.
Six muffins are shared equally among 4 friends. How many whole muffins does each friend get? What fractional amount of a muffin does each friend get?
Answer: Each friend will get 1 muffin and 2 muffins are leftovers
The fractional part of a muffin does each friend get is: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
It is given that there are six muffins are shared equally among 4 friends.
So,
The number of muffins each friend get = 6 ÷ 4
= 4 ÷ 4
= 1 R 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that each friend gets 1 muffin each and the fraction of each muffin get is: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 14.
A cyclist bikes 44 miles in 5 days. She bikes the same distance each day. Does she bike more than 8\(\frac{1}{2}\) miles each day? Explain.
Answer: She bikes more than 8\(\frac{1}{2}\) miles each day.

Explanation:
It is given that a cyclist bikes 44 miles in 5 days.
So,
The distance that she bikes each day = 44 ÷ 5
So,
44 ÷ 5 = 40 ÷ 5
= 8 R 4
= 8\(\frac{4}{5}\) miles
But, it is given that she bikes 8\(\frac{1}{2}\) miles each day
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that she bikes more than 8\(\frac{1}{2}\) miles each day.

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
At Table A, 4 students share 7 packs of clay equally. At Table B, 5 students share 8 packs of clay equally. At which table does each student get a greater amount of clay? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 15
Answer: At Table A, each student gets a greater amount of clay.

Explanation:
It is given that at Table A, 4 students share 7 packs of clay equally.
So,
The representation of clay at table A is: \(\frac{7}{4}\)
It is also given that at Table B, 5 students share 8 packs of clay equally.
So,
The representation of clay at table B is: \(\frac{8}{5}\)
So,
For comparison, equate the denominators.
So,
Multiply the first fraction at table A by \(\frac{5}{5}\) and the fraction at table B by \(\frac{4}{4}\)
So,
\(\frac{7}{4}\) × \(\frac{5}{5}\)
= \(\frac{35}{20}\)
So,
\(\frac{8}{5}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\)
= \(\frac{32}{20}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that at table A, the students will get more amount of clay.

Mixed Numbers as Quotients Homework & Practice 10.2

Divide. Use a model to help.

Question 1.
5 ÷ 2 = ___
Answer: 5 ÷ 2 = 2\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation;
The given division equation is: 5 ÷ 2
The model representing the division equation is:

From the above model,
5 ÷ 2 = 4 ÷ 2
= 2 R 1
Hence,
We can say that 5 ÷ 2 = 2\(\frac{1}{2}\) or 2.5 or \(\frac{5}{2}\)

Question 2.
10 ÷ 7 = ___
Answer: 10 ÷ 7 = 1\(\frac{3}{7}\) = \(\frac{10}{7}\)

Explanation;
The given division equation is: 10 ÷ 7
The model representing the division equation is:

From the above model,
10 ÷ 7 = 7 ÷ 7
= 1 R 3
Hence,
We can say that 10 ÷ 7 = 1\(\frac{3}{7}\) or \(\frac{10}{7}\)

Question 3.
3 ÷ 9 = ___
Answer: 3 ÷ 9 = \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation;
The given division equation is: 3 ÷ 9
The model representing the division equation is:

From the above model,
3 and 9 are the multiples of 3.
So,
3 ÷ 9 = \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Hence,
We can say that 3 ÷ 9 = \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 4.
11 ÷ 4 = ___
Answer: 11 ÷ 4 = 2\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation;
The given division equation is: 11 ÷ 4
The model representing the division equation is:

From the above model,
11 ÷ 4 = 8 ÷ 4
= 2 R 3
Hence,
We can say that 11 ÷ 4 = \(\frac{11}{4}\) or 2\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 5.
13 ÷ 6 = ___
Answer: 13 ÷ 6 = 2\(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation;
The given division equation is: 13 ÷ 6
The model representing the division equation is:

From the above model,
13 ÷ 6 = 12 ÷ 6
= 2 R 1
Hence,
We can say that 13 ÷ 6 = \(\frac{13}{6}\) or 2\(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 6.
45 ÷ 8 = ___
Answer: 45 ÷ 8 = 5\(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation;
The given division equation is: 45 ÷ 8
The model representing the division equation is:

From the above model,
45 ÷ 8 = 40 ÷ 8
= 5 R 5
Hence,
We can say that 45 ÷ 8 = \(\frac{45}{8}\) or 5\(\frac{5}{8}\)

Question 7.
Number Sense
Between which two whole numbers is the quotient of 74 and 9?
Answer: The quotient of 74 and 9 is between 8 and 9

Explanation:
The given two numbers are 7 and 9
So,
By using the partial quotients method,
74 ÷ 9= 72 ÷ 9
= 8 R 2
So,
74 ÷ 9 = \(\frac{74}{9}\) or 8\(\frac{2}{9}\) or 8.3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the quotient of 74 and 9 is between 8 and 9

Question 8.
Reasoning
Three friends want to share 22 baseball cards. For this situation, why does the quotient 7 R1 make more sense than the quotient 7\(\frac{1}{3}\)?
Answer:
It is given that three friends want to share 22 baseball cards.
So,
We have to find the number of baseball cards each friend possesses.
So,
It is sufficient to write the number of baseball cards possessed by each friend in the remainder form rather than the fraction form.
So,
The number of baseball cards possessed by each friend = \(\frac{The total number of baseball cards}{The number of friends}\)
= 22 ÷ 3
= 21 ÷ 3
= 7 R 1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the remainder form is sufficient to find the number of baseball cars possessed by each friend rather than the fraction form.

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
Is \(\frac{2}{5}\) × 3 equivalent to 2 × 3 ÷ 5? Explain.
Answer: Yes, \(\frac{2}{5}\) × 3 equivalent to 2 × 3 ÷ 5

Explanation:
The given fraction and the number is: \(\frac{2}{5}\) and 3
So,
\(\frac{2}{5}\) × 3 = \(\frac{2}{5}\) × \(\frac{3}{1}\)
= \(\frac{2 × 3}{5}\)
= 2 × 3 ÷ 5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that \(\frac{2}{5}\) × 3 equivalent to 2 × 3 ÷ 5

Question 10.
Modeling Real Life
A bag of 4 balls weighs 6 pounds. Each ball weighs the same amount. What is the weight of each ball?
Answer: The weight of each ball is: \(\frac{3}{2}\) pounds or 1.5 pounds

Explanation:
It is given that a bag of 4 balls weighs 6 pounds
So,
The weight of each ball = \(\frac{The total weight of the balls}{The number of balls}\)
= 6 ÷ 4
Since 6 and 4 are the multiples of 2, divide the two numbers by 2
So,
6 ÷ 4 = 3 ÷ 2
So,
3 ÷ 2 = 2 ÷ 2
= 1 R 1
= 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the weight of each ball is: 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds or 1.5 pounds

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
Zookeepers order 600 pounds of bamboo for the pandas. The bamboo lasts 7 days. How many whole pounds of bamboo do the pandas eat each day? What fractional amount of a pound do the pandas eat each day?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 17
Answer:
The amount of bamboos the pandas eat each day is around 85 pounds
The amount of bamboos the pandas eat each day in the fraction form is: 85\(\frac{5}{7}\)

Explanation:
It is given that zookeepers order 600 pounds of bamboo for the pandas and the bamboos last 7 days for the pandas
So,
The number of bamboos the pandas eat each day = 600 ÷ 7
So,
By using the partial quotients method,
600 ÷ 7 = ( 560 + 35 ) ÷ 7
= ( 560 ÷ 7 ) + ( 35 ÷ 7 )
= 80 + 5
= 85 R 5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The amount of bamboos the pandas eat each day is around 85 pounds
The amount of bamboos the pandas eat each day in the fraction form is: 85\(\frac{5}{7}\)

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
A plumber has 20 feet of piping. He cuts the piping into 6 equal pieces. Is each piece greater than, less than, or equal to 3\(\frac{1}{2}\) feet?
Answer: Each piece is less than 3\(\frac{1}{2}\) feet

Explanation:
It is given that a plumber has 20 feet of piping and he cuts the piping into 6 equal pieces.
So,
The length of each piece = 20 ÷ 6
By using the partial quotients method,
20 ÷ 6 = 18 ÷ 6
= 3 R 2
So,
20 ÷ 6 = 3\(\frac{2}{6}\)
Now,
3\(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{7}{2}\)
3\(\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{20}{6}\)
For comparison, we have to equate whether the denominators or the numerators.
So,
Multiply 3\(\frac{1}{2}\) with \(\frac{3}{3}\)
So,
3\(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{21}{6}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that each piece is less than 3\(\frac{1}{2}\) feet

Review & Refresh

Add.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 18
Answer: \(\frac{2}{9}\) + \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{8}{9}\)

Explanation:
The two given fractions are: \(\frac{2}{9}\) and \(\frac{2}{3}\)
So, in addition, we have to make either the numerators or the denominators equal
So,
Multiply \(\frac{2}{3}\)  with \(\frac{3}{3}\)
So,
\(\frac{2}{3}\)  = \(\frac{6}{9}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that \(\frac{2}{9}\) + \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{8}{9}\)

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 19
Answer: \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{34}{40}\)

Explanation:
The two given fractions are: \(\frac{1}{10}\) and \(\frac{3}{4}\)
So, in addition, we have to make either the numerators or the denominators equal
So,
Multiply \(\frac{1}{10}\)  with \(\frac{4}{4}\)
Multiply \(\frac{3}{4}\)  with \(\frac{10}{10}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{10}\)  = \(\frac{4}{40}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\)  = \(\frac{30}{40}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{34}{40}\)

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 20
Answer: \(\frac{3}{5}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{49}{30}\)

Explanation:
The three given fractions are: \(\frac{3}{5}\) , \(\frac{5}{6}\) and \(\frac{1}{5}\)
So, in addition, we have to make either the numerators or the denominators equal
So,
Multiply \(\frac{3}{5}\)  with \(\frac{6}{6}\)
Multiply \(\frac{5}{6}\)  with \(\frac{5}{5}\)
Multiply \(\frac{1}{5}\)  with \(\frac{6}{6}\)
So,
\(\frac{3}{5}\)  = \(\frac{18}{30}\)
\(\frac{5}{6}\)  = \(\frac{25}{30}\)
\(\frac{1}{5}\)  = \(\frac{6}{30}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that \(\frac{3}{5}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\) +\(\frac{1}{5}\)  = \(\frac{49}{30}\)

Lesson 10.3 Divide Whole Numbers by Unit Fractions

Explore and Grow

Write a real-life problem that can be represented by 6 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\)?
Answer:
Suppose, we have an apple and there are 6 children and we are giving each child half of the piece.
So,
Each child receives 6 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) piece of the apple

What is the solution to the problem? Use a model to support your answer?
Answer:
The above problem is the division of an apple among the six children
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
The amount each child receive from an apple = 6 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= 6 × \(\frac{2}{1}\)
= \(\frac{6}{1}\) × \(\frac{2}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 6 × 2}{1 × 1}\)
= 12

Structure
How can you check your answer using multiplication?
Answer:
We can check the answer using multiplication by the two rules regarding division and multiplication. They are:
A) a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
B) a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)

Think and Grow: Divide Whole Numbers by Unit Fractions

You can use models to divide whole numbers by unit fractions.
Example
Find 4 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\)
One Way:
Use a tape diagram to find how many \(\frac{1}{3}\)s are in 4. There are 4 wholes.
Divide each whole into 3 equal parts. Each part is \(\frac{1}{3}\).
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 21
Because there are 3 one-thirds in 1 whole, there are
4 × 3 equal parts = 12 one-thirds in 4 wholes.

Show and Grow

Divide. Use a model to help

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 23
Answer: 3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 6

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 3 and \(\frac{1}{2}\)
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\)  = 3 × \(\frac{2}{1}\)
= \(\frac{3}{1}\) × \(\frac{2}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 3 × 2}{1 × 1}\)
= 6
Hence,
3÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 6

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 24
Answer: 2 ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 10

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 2 and \(\frac{1}{5}\)
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
2 ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\)  = 2 × \(\frac{5}{1}\)
= \(\frac{5}{1}\) × \(\frac{2}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 5 × 2}{1 × 1}\)
= 10
Hence,
2÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 10

Apply and Grow: Practice

Divide. Use a model to help.

Question 3.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 25
Answer: 1 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 3

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 1 and \(\frac{1}{3}\)
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
1 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\)  = 1 × \(\frac{3}{1}\)
= \(\frac{3}{1}\) × \(\frac{1}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 3 × 1}{1 × 1}\)
= 3
Hence,
1÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 26
Answer: 3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 15

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 3 and \(\frac{1}{5}\)
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\)  = 3 × \(\frac{5}{1}\)
= \(\frac{3}{1}\) × \(\frac{5}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 3 × 5}{1 × 1}\)
= 15
Hence,
3÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 15

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 27
Answer: 5 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 15

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 5 and \(\frac{1}{3}\)
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
5 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\)  = 5 × \(\frac{3}{1}\)
= \(\frac{3}{1}\) × \(\frac{5}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 3 × 5}{1 × 1}\)
= 15
Hence,
5÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 15

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 28
Answer: 4 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 16

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 4 and \(\frac{1}{4}\)
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
4 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\)  = 4 × \(\frac{4}{1}\)
= \(\frac{4}{1}\) × \(\frac{4}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 4 × 4}{1 × 1}\)
= 16
Hence,
4÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 16

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 29
Answer: 7 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 14

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 7 and \(\frac{1}{2}\)
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
7 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\)  = 7 × \(\frac{2}{1}\)
= \(\frac{7}{1}\) × \(\frac{2}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 7 × 2}{1 × 1}\)
= 14
Hence,
7÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 14

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 30
Answer: 2 ÷ \(\frac{1}{7}\) = 14

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 2 and \(\frac{1}{7}\)
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
2 ÷ \(\frac{1}{7}\)  = 2 × \(\frac{7}{1}\)
= \(\frac{2}{1}\) × \(\frac{7}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 7 × 2}{1 × 1}\)
= 14
Hence,
2÷ \(\frac{1}{7}\) = 14

Question 9.
How many \(\frac{1}{4}\)s are in 5?
Answer: There are 20 \(\frac{1}{4}\)s in 5

Explanation:
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
Now,
We have to find the number of \(\frac{1}{4}\)s in 5
So,
5 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\)  = 5 × \(\frac{4}{1}\)
= \(\frac{5}{1}\) × \(\frac{4}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 5 × 4}{1 × 1}\)
= 20
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are 20 \(\frac{1}{4}\)s in 5.

Question 10.
How many \(\frac{1}{6}\)s are in 2?
Answer: There are 12 \(\frac{1}{6}\)s in 2

Explanation:
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
Now,
We have to find the number of \(\frac{1}{6}\)s in 2
So,
2 ÷ \(\frac{1}{6}\)  = 2 × \(\frac{6}{1}\)
= \(\frac{2}{1}\) × \(\frac{6}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 2 × 6}{1 × 1}\)
= 12
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are 12 \(\frac{1}{6}\)s in 2.

Question 11.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Newton finds 6 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\). Is he correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 31
Answer: No, Newton is not correct

Explanation:
The given division equation is: 6 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\)
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
6 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\)  = 6 × \(\frac{3}{1}\)
= \(\frac{6}{1}\) × \(\frac{3}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 3 × 6}{1 × 1}\)
= 18
But, according to Newton,
6 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Newton is not correct.

Question 12.
Writing
Write and solve a real-life problem for 4 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\).
Answer:
Suppose we have 4 bags of wheat and we have to distribute the 4 bags by dividing each bag of wheat in half
So,
Each person receives 4 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) bag of wheat
Now,
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
4 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\)  = 4 × \(\frac{2}{1}\)
= \(\frac{4}{1}\) × \(\frac{2}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 4 × 2}{1 × 1}\)
= 8
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are 8 bags of wheat when divide the 4 bags of wheat in half.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A chef makes 3 cups of salsa. A serving of salsa is \(\frac{1}{8}\) cup. How many servings does the chef make?
To find the number of servings, find the number of \(\frac{1}{8}\) cups in 3 cups.
Use an area model to find 3 ÷ \(\frac{1}{8}\). Divide each cup into 8 equal parts.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 32

Show and Grow

Question 13.
A litter of kittens weighs a total of 2 pounds. Each newborn kitten weighs \(\frac{1}{4}\) pound. How many kittens are in the litter?
Answer: The number of kittens in the litter are: 8 kittens

Explanation:
It is given that a litter of kittens weighs a total of 2 pounds and each newborn kitten weighs \(\frac{1}{4}\) pound.
So,
The number of kittens in the litter = \(\frac{The total weight of litter}{The weight of each newborn kitten}\)
= 2 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Now,
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
2 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\)  = 2 × \(\frac{4}{1}\)
= \(\frac{4}{1}\) × \(\frac{2}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 4 × 2}{1 × 1}\)
= 8
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the number of kittens in the litter are: 8 kittens

Question 14.
You put signs on a walking trail that is 7 miles long. You put a sign at the start and at the end of the trail. You also put a sign every \(\frac{1}{10}\) mile. How many signs do you put on the trail?
Answer: The total number of signs you put on the trail is: 72

Explanation:
It is given that you put signs on a walking trail that is 7 miles long and you put a sign at the start and at the end of the trail.
It is also given that you put a sign every \(\frac{1}{10}\) mile.
So,
The total number of signs you put on the trail = The sign at the start of the trail + The sign at the end of the trail + The total number of signs for \(\frac{1}{10}\) mile
Now,
The total number of signs for \(\frac{1}{10}\) mile = 7 ÷ \(\frac{1}{10}\)
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
7 ÷ \(\frac{1}{10}\)  = 7 × \(\frac{10}{1}\)
= \(\frac{7}{1}\) × \(\frac{10}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 7 × 10}{1 × 1}\)
= 70
So,
The total number of signs you put on the trail = 1 + 1 + 70
= 72
hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are 72 signs that you put on the trail

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
You have 2 boards that are each 8 feet long. You cut \(\frac{1}{2}\)– foot pieces to make square picture frames. How many picture frames can you make?
Answer: The number of picture frames you can make is: 32

Explanation:
It is given that you have 2 boards that are each 8 feet long.
So,
The total length of 2 boards = 2 × 8 = 16 feet
It is also given that you cut \(\frac{1}{2}\)– foot pieces to make square picture frames.
So,
The total number of picture frames = \(\frac{The total length of 2 boards}{The length of each square frame}\)
= 16 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\)
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
16 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\)  = 16 × \(\frac{2}{1}\)
= \(\frac{16}{1}\) × \(\frac{2}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 16 × 2}{1 × 1}\)
= 32
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that we can make 32 picture frames.

Divide Whole Numbers by Unit Fractions Homework & Practice 10.3

Divide. Use a model to help.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 33
Answer: 1 ÷ \(\frac{1}{9}\) = 9

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 1 and \(\frac{1}{9}\)
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
1 ÷ \(\frac{1}{9}\)  = 1 × \(\frac{9}{1}\)
= \(\frac{1}{1}\) × \(\frac{9}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 9}{1 × 1}\)
= 9
Hence,
1÷ \(\frac{1}{9}\) = 9

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 34
Answer: 2 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 6

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 2 and \(\frac{1}{3}\)
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
2 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\)  = 2 × \(\frac{3}{1}\)
= \(\frac{3}{1}\) × \(\frac{2}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 3 × 2}{1 × 1}\)
= 6
Hence,
2÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 6

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 35
Answer: 5 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 10

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 5 and \(\frac{1}{2}\)
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
5 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\)  = 5 × \(\frac{2}{1}\)
= \(\frac{5}{1}\) × \(\frac{2}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 5 × 2}{1 × 1}\)
= 10
Hence,
5÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 10

Divide. Use a model to help.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 36
Answer: 9 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 36

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 9 and \(\frac{1}{4}\)
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
9 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\)  = 9 × \(\frac{4}{1}\)
= \(\frac{9}{1}\) × \(\frac{4}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 9 × 4}{1 × 1}\)
= 36
Hence,
9÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 36

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 37
Answer: 7 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 21

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 7 and \(\frac{1}{3}\)
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
7 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\)  = 7 × \(\frac{3}{1}\)
= \(\frac{3}{1}\) × \(\frac{7}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 3 × 7}{1 × 1}\)
= 21
Hence,
7÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 21

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 38
Answer: 8 ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 40

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 8 and \(\frac{1}{5}\)
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
8 ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\)  = 8 × \(\frac{5}{1}\)
= \(\frac{8}{1}\) × \(\frac{5}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 8 × 5}{1 × 1}\)
= 40
Hence,
8÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 40

Question 7.
Number Sense
Explain how you can check your answer for Exercise 6.
Answer:
We can check the answer for exercise 6 by using the below model:

From the above model,
Each part represents \(\frac{8}{5}\)
So,
The total value of the 5 parts is: \(\frac{40}{5}\)
Hence,
In the above way, we can say that we check the answer

Question 8.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Descartes finds 5 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\). Is he correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 38.1
Answer: Yes, he is correct

Explanation:
We can write 5 as \(\frac{20}{4}\) or \(\frac{5}{1}\)
But, we only take \(\frac{20}{4}\) because the divided number given is 4
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{20}{4}\) ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= \(\frac{20}{4}\) × \(\frac{4}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 20 × 4}{4 × 1}\)
= 20
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Descartes is correct.

Question 9.
Modeling Real Life
You need \(\frac{1}{2}\) pound of clay to make a pinch pot. How many pinch pots can you make with 12 pounds of clay?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 42
Answer: You can make 24 pinch pots with 12 pounds of clay

Explanation:
It is given that you need \(\frac{1}{2}\) pound of clay to make a pinch pot.
It is also given that you have 12 pounds of clay
So,
The number of pinch pots you can make by using 12 pounds of clay = \(\frac{The total amount of clay}{The amount of clay used to make each pinch pot}\)
= 12 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Now,
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
12 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= \(\frac{12}{1}\) × \(\frac{2}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 12 × 2}{4 × 1}\)
= 24
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that we can make 24 pinch pots by using 12 pounds of clay.

Question 10.
Modeling Real Life
Your art teacher has 5 yards of yellow string and 4 yards of green string. She cuts both colors \(\frac{1}{3}\)-yard pieces to hang of string into student artwork. How many pieces of student artwork can she hang?
Answer: The number of pieces of student artwork she can hang is: 27

Explanation:
It is given that your art teacher has 5 yards of yellow string and 4 yards of green string.
So,
The total number of yards of string = 5 + 4 = 9 yards of string
It is also given that she cuts both colors \(\frac{1}{3}\)-yard pieces to hang of string into student artwork.
So,
The number of pieces of student artwork she can hang = \(\frac{The total number of yards of strings}{The length of each yard f string}\)
= 9 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Now,
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
9 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= \(\frac{9}{1}\) × \(\frac{3}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 9 × 3}{1 × 1}\)
= 27
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are 27 pieces of student artwork that she can hang.

Review & Refresh

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 43
Answer: \(\frac{2}{5}\) × \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{6}{20}\)

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{3}{4}\) and \(\frac{2}{5}\)
So,
\(\frac{2}{5}\) × \(\frac{3}{4}\)
= \(\frac{2 × 3}{5 × 4}\)
= \(\frac{6}{20}\)
Hence,
\(\frac{2}{5}\) × \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{6}{20}\)

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 44
Answer: \(\frac{1}{8}\) × \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{64}\)

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{1}{8}\) and \(\frac{5}{8}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{8}\) × \(\frac{5}{8}\)
= \(\frac{1 × 5}{8 × 8}\)
= \(\frac{5}{64}\)
Hence,
\(\frac{1}{8}\) × \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{64}\)

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 45
Answer: \(\frac{4}{9}\) × \(\frac{2}{7}\) = \(\frac{8}{63}\)

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{4}{9}\) and \(\frac{2}{7}\)
So,
\(\frac{4}{9}\) × \(\frac{2}{7}\)
= \(\frac{2 × 4}{7 × 9}\)
= \(\frac{8}{63}\)
Hence,
\(\frac{4}{9}\) × \(\frac{2}{7}\) = \(\frac{8}{63}\)

Lesson 10.4 Divide Unit Fractions by Whole Numbers

Write a real-life problem that can be represented by \(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 3?
Answer:
Suppose we have 3 people and those 3 people each has to share \(\frac{1}{2}\) of the apple

What is the solution to the problem? Use a model to support your answer?
Answer:
The above problem is: We have to share \(\frac{1}{2}\) each for the 3 people
Now,
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 3
= \(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{2 × 3}\)
= \(\frac{1}{6}\)
Hence,
\(\frac{1}{6}\) is the solution to the above problem.

Precision
Is the answer greater than or less than 1? Explain?
Answer: The answer is less than 1

Explanation:
The answer for the problem is: \(\frac{1}{6}\)
So,
For the comparison of \(\frac{1}{6}\) with 1, we have to see whether the numerators or the denominators are equal or not
So, in this case, the numerators are equal
So, compare the denominators
So,
1 < 6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that \(\frac{1}{6}\) is less than 1

Think and Grow: Divide Unit Fractions by Whole Numbers

You can use models to divide unit fractions by whole numbers.

Show and Grow

Divide. Use a model to help.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 48
Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 2 = \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Explanation:
The given numbers are: \(\frac{1}{4}\) and 2
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 2
= \(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{2 × 4}\)
= \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Hence,
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 2 = \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 49
Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 5 = \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Explanation:
The given numbers are: \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 5
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 5
= \(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{1}{5}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{2 × 5}\)
= \(\frac{1}{10}\)
Hence,
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 5 = \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Apply and Grow: Practice

Divide. Use a model to help.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 50
Answer: \(\frac{1}{5}\) ÷ 3 = \(\frac{1}{15}\)

Explanation:
The given numbers are: \(\frac{1}{5}\) and 3
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{5}\) ÷ 3
= \(\frac{1}{5}\) × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{5 × 3}\)
= \(\frac{1}{15}\)
Hence,
\(\frac{1}{5}\) ÷ 3 = \(\frac{1}{15}\)

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 51
Answer: \(\frac{1}{6}\) ÷ 2 = \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Explanation:
The given numbers are: \(\frac{1}{6}\) and 2
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{6}\) ÷ 2
= \(\frac{1}{6}\) × \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{2 × 6}\)
= \(\frac{1}{12}\)
Hence,
\(\frac{1}{6}\) ÷ 2 = \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 52
Answer: \(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 5 = \(\frac{1}{15}\)

Explanation:
The given numbers are: \(\frac{1}{3}\) and 5
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 5
= \(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{1}{5}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{3 × 5}\)
= \(\frac{1}{15}\)
Hence,
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 5 = \(\frac{1}{15}\)

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 53
Answer: \(\frac{1}{5}\) ÷ 4 = \(\frac{1}{20}\)

Explanation:
The given numbers are: \(\frac{1}{5}\) and 4
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{5}\) ÷ 4
= \(\frac{1}{5}\) × \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{5 × 4}\)
= \(\frac{1}{20}\)
Hence,
\(\frac{1}{5}\) ÷ 4 = \(\frac{1}{20}\)

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 54
Answer: \(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 3 = \(\frac{1}{9}\)

Explanation:
The given numbers are: \(\frac{1}{3}\) and 3
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 3
= \(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{3 × 3}\)
= \(\frac{1}{9}\)
Hence,
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 3 = \(\frac{1}{9}\)

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 55
Answer: \(\frac{1}{8}\) ÷ 2 = \(\frac{1}{16}\)

Explanation:
The given numbers are: \(\frac{1}{8}\) and 2
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{8}\) ÷ 2
= \(\frac{1}{8}\) × \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{2 × 8}\)
= \(\frac{1}{16}\)
Hence,
\(\frac{1}{8}\) ÷ 2 = \(\frac{1}{16}\)

Question 9.
How many 6s are in \(\frac{1}{2}\)?
Answer: There are \(\frac{1}{12}\) 6s in \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
Now,
We have to find the number of 6s in \(\frac{1}{2}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 6
= \(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{1}{6}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{2 × 6}\)
= \(\frac{1}{12}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are \(\frac{1}{12}\) 6s in \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 10.
How many 2s are in \(\frac{1}{3}\) ?
Answer: There are \(\frac{1}{6}\) 2s in \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
Now,
We have to find the number of 2s in \(\frac{1}{3}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 2
= \(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{2 × 3}\)
= \(\frac{1}{6}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are \(\frac{1}{6}\) 2s in \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 11.
Writing
Write and solve a real-life problem for
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 56
Answer:
Suppose a box has 7 chocolates. We have to divide these seven chocolates into further \(\frac{1}{2}\) parts so that the chocolates can be distributed to more people
So,
The each part of chocolate we can get = \(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 7
Now,
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 7
= \(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{1}{7}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{2 × 7}\)
= \(\frac{1}{14}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that we can get \(\frac{1}{14}\) part of each chocolate.

Question 12.
Reasoning
Complete the statements.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You melt \(\frac{1}{4}\) quart of soap. You pour the soap into 4 of the same-sized molds. What fraction of a quart of soap does each mold hold?
You are dividing \(\frac{1}{4}\) quart into 4 equal parts, so you need to find \(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 4.

Show and Grow

Question 13.
You buy \(\frac{1}{2}\) pound of grapes. You equally divide the grapes into 2 bags. What fraction of a pound of grapes do you put into each bag?
Answer: The fraction of a pound of grapes you put into each bag is: \(\frac{1}{8}\) pound

Explanation:
It is given that you buy \(\frac{1}{2}\) pound of grapes.
It is also given that you equally divide the grapes into 2 bags.
So,
The number of grapes in each bag = \(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 2
Now,
The fraction of pound of grapes you put into each bag = \(\frac{The number of grapes in each bag}{2}\)
=  ( \(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 2 ) ÷ 2
Now,
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
( \(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 2 ) ÷ 2
= ( \(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{1}{2}\) ) × \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{2 × 2}\) × \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= \(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{2 × 4}\)
= \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Hence, from the above
We can conclude that the fraction of pound of grapes in each bag is: \(\frac{1}{8}\) pound

Question 14.
You have \(\frac{1}{8}\) cup of red sand, \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of blue sand, and \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup of white sand. You equally divide the sand into 3 containers. What fraction of a cup of sand do you pour into each container?
Answer: The fraction of a cup of sand you pour into each container is: \(\frac{7}{24}\)

Explanation:
It is given that you have \(\frac{1}{8}\) cup of red sand, \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of blue sand, and \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup of white sand.
So,
The total amount of sand = \(\frac{1}{8}\) cup of red sand + \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of blue sand + \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup of white sand
In addition, we have to see either the numerators are equal or the denominators are equal.
If the numerators are equal we have to ake the denominators also equal.
So,
\(\frac{1}{4}\) is multplied by \(\frac{2}{2}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) is multiplied by \(\frac{4}{4}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{2}{8}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{4}{8}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{2}{8}\) + \(\frac{4}{8}\) = \(\frac{7}{8}\)
It is also given that all the sand is equally distributed into 3 containers
So,
The amount of sand in each container = \(\frac{7}{8}\) ÷ 3
Now,
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{7}{8}\) ÷ 3
= \(\frac{7}{8}\) × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= \(\frac{ 7 × 1}{8 × 3}\)
= \(\frac{7}{24}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the amount of sand in each container is: \(\frac{7}{24}\) cup.

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
You, your friend, and your cousin share \(\frac{1}{2}\) of a vegetable pizza and \(\frac{1}{4}\) of a cheese share pizza. The pizzas are the same size. What fraction of a pizza do you get in all?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 58

Divide. Use a model to help
Answer: The fraction of a pizza you got is: \(\frac{3}{12}\)

Explanation:
It is given that you, your friend, and your cousin share \(\frac{1}{2}\) of a vegetable pizza and \(\frac{1}{4}\) of a cheese share pizza.
So,
The total amount of pizza = \(\frac{1}{2}\) of a vegetable pizza + \(\frac{1}{4}\) of a cheese share pizza
In addition, we have to see either the numerators are equal or the denominators are equal.
If the numerators are equal we have to ake the denominators also equal.
So,
\(\frac{1}{2}\) is multplied by \(\frac{2}{2}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{2}{4}\)
So,
\(\frac{2}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
So,
The fraction of pizza each get = \(\frac{The total amount of pizza}{3}\)
= \(\frac{3}{4}\) ÷ 3
Now,
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{3}{4}\) ÷ 3
= \(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= \(\frac{ 3 × 1}{4 × 3}\)
= \(\frac{3}{12}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the fraction of pizza each get is: \(\frac{3}{12}\)

Divide Unit Fractions by Whole Numbers Homework & Practice 10.4

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 59
Answer: \(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 4 = \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Explanation:
The given numbers are: \(\frac{1}{3}\) and 4
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 4
= \(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{3 × 4}\)
= \(\frac{1}{12}\)
Hence,
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 4 = \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 60
Answer: \(\frac{1}{6}\) ÷ 3 = \(\frac{1}{18}\)

Explanation:
The given numbers are: \(\frac{1}{6}\) and 3
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{6}\) ÷ 3
= \(\frac{1}{6}\) × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{6 × 3}\)
= \(\frac{1}{18}\)
Hence,
\(\frac{1}{6}\) ÷ 3 = \(\frac{1}{18}\)

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 61
Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 5 = \(\frac{1}{20}\)

Explanation:
The given numbers are: \(\frac{1}{4}\) and 5
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 5
= \(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{1}{5}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{5 × 4}\)
= \(\frac{1}{20}\)
Hence,
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 5 = \(\frac{1}{20}\)

Divide. Use a model to help.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 62
Answer: \(\frac{1}{5}\) ÷ 9 = \(\frac{1}{45}\)

Explanation:
The given numbers are: \(\frac{1}{5}\) and 9
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{5}\) ÷ 9
= \(\frac{1}{5}\) × \(\frac{1}{9}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{5 × 9}\)
= \(\frac{1}{45}\)
Hence,
\(\frac{1}{5}\) ÷ 9 = \(\frac{1}{45}\)

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 63
Answer: \(\frac{1}{8}\) ÷ 6 = \(\frac{1}{48}\)

Explanation:
The given numbers are: \(\frac{1}{8}\) and 6
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{8}\) ÷ 6
= \(\frac{1}{8}\) × \(\frac{1}{6}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{8 × 6}\)
= \(\frac{1}{48}\)
Hence,
\(\frac{1}{8}\) ÷ 6 = \(\frac{1}{48}\)

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 64
Answer: \(\frac{1}{7}\) ÷ 4 = \(\frac{1}{28}\)

Explanation:
The given numbers are: \(\frac{1}{7}\) and 4
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{7}\) ÷ 4
= \(\frac{1}{7}\) × \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{7 × 4}\)
= \(\frac{1}{28}\)
Hence,
\(\frac{1}{7}\) ÷ 4 = \(\frac{1}{28}\)

Question 7.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend divides \(\frac{1}{3}\) by 7 to get \(\frac{1}{21}\). He checks his answer by multiplying \(\frac{1}{21}\) × \(\frac{1}{3}\). Does your friend check his answer correctly? Explain.
Answer: No, your friend does not check his answer correctly

Explanation:
It is given that your friend divides \(\frac{1}{3}\) by 7 to get \(\frac{1}{21}\).
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 7
= \(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{1}{7}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{7 × 3}\)
= \(\frac{1}{21}\)
It is also given that your friend checks his answer by multiplying \(\frac{1}{21}\) × \(\frac{1}{3}\).
Now,
\(\frac{1}{21}\) × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= \(\frac{1 × 1}{21 × 3}\)
= \(\frac{1}{63}\)
But, your friend wanted to check whether \(\frac{1}{21}\) × \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{1}{7}\)
But, the value becomes \(\frac{1}{63}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that your friend does not check the answer correctly.

Question 8.
Logic
Find the missing numbers.

Question 9.
Modeling Real Life
You win tickets that you can exchange for prizes. You exchange \(\frac{1}{5}\) of your tickets and then divide them equally among 3 prizes. What fraction of your tickets do you spend on each prize?
Answer: The fraction of your tickets you spend on each prize is: \(\frac{1}{15}\)

Explanation:
It is given that you win tickets that you can exchange for prizes.
It is also given that you exchange \(\frac{1}{5}\) of your tickets and then divide them equally among 3 prizes
So,
The fraction of the tickets spent on each prize = \(\frac{The value of Exchange}{The number of prizes}\)
= \(\frac{1}{5}\) ÷ 3
Now,
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{5}\) ÷ 3
= \(\frac{1}{5}\) × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{5 × 3}\)
= \(\frac{1}{15}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conlude that the fraction of tickets you spend on each prize is: \(\frac{1}{15}\)

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
You have \(\frac{1}{8}\) gallon of melted crayon wax. You pour the wax equally into 8 different molds to make new crayons. What fraction of a cup of melted wax is in each mold? Think: 1 gallon is 16 cups.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 66
Answer: The fraction of a cup of melted wax in each mold is: \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
It is given that you have \(\frac{1}{8}\) gallon of melted crayon wax.
It is also given that you pour the wax equally into 8 different molds to make new crayons.
So,
The fraction of melted crayon wax in each mold in gallons = \(\frac{The total amount of melted crayon wax }{The number of molds}\)
= \(\frac{1}{8}\) ÷ 8
Now,
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{8}\) ÷ 8
= \(\frac{1}{8}\) × \(\frac{1}{8}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{8 × 8}\)
= \(\frac{1}{64}\) gallons
But, it is given that
1 gallon = 16 cups
So,
The total number of cups that the melted crayon wax contained = \(\frac{1}{64}\) × \(\frac{16}{1}\)
= \(\frac{1 × 16 }{64 × 1}\)
= \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of melted crayon wax in each mold.

Review & Refresh

Question 11.
0.9 ÷ 0.1 = ___
Answer: 0.9 ÷ 0.1 = 9

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.9 and 0.1
The representation of the decimal numbers in the fraction form is: \(\frac{9}{10}\) and \(\frac{1}{10}\)
Now,
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{9}{10}\) ÷ \(\frac{1}{10}\)  = \(\frac{9}{10}\) × \(\frac{10}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 9 × 10}{10 × 1}\)
= 9
Hence, 0.9 ÷ 0.1 = 9

Question 12.
38.6 ÷ 100 = ___

Answer: 38.6 ÷ 100 = 0.386

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 38.6 and 100
The representation of the numbers in the fraction form is: \(\frac{386}{10}\) and \(\frac{100}{1}\)
Now,
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{386}{10}\) ÷ \(\frac{100}{1}\)  = \(\frac{386}{10}\) × \(\frac{1}{100}\)
= \(\frac{ 386 × 1}{100 × 10}\)
= \(\frac{386}{1000}\)
= 0.386
Hence, 38.6 ÷ 100 = 0.386

Question 13.
2.57 ÷ 0.01 = ___
Answer: 2.57 ÷ 0.01 = 257

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 2.57 and 0.01
The representation of the decimal numbers in the fraction form is: \(\frac{257}{100}\) and \(\frac{1}{100}\)
Now,
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{257}{100}\) ÷ \(\frac{1}{100}\)  = \(\frac{257}{100}\) × \(\frac{100}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 257 × 100}{100 × 1}\)
= 257
Hence, 2.57 ÷ 0.01 = 257

Lesson 10.5 Problem Solving: Fraction Division

Explore and Grow

You want to make a \(\frac{1}{3}\) batch of the recipe. How you can use division to find the amount of each ingredient you need?
Answer:
It is given that you want to make a \(\frac{1}{3}\) batch of the recipe.
So,
From \(\frac{1}{3}\),
1 represents a batch of the recipe
3 represents the total number of ingredients in a batch
So,
The amount of each ingredient you need = \(\frac{The amount of the batch of the recipe }{The total number of ingredients}\)
= \(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 3
Now,
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 3
= \(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{3 × 3}\)
= \(\frac{1}{9}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the amount of each ingredient you need is: \(\frac{1}{9}\)

Reasoning
Without calculating, explain how you can tell whether you need more than or less than 1 tablespoon of olive oil?
Answer: You need less than 1 tablespoon of olive oil

Explanation:
From the above problem,
The amount of each ingredient is: \(\frac{1}{9}\)
Since the amount of each ingredient is less than 1, you need less than 1 tablespoon of olive oil

Think and Grow: Problem Solving: Fraction Division

Example
You have 4 cups of yellow paint and 3 cups of blue paint. How many batches of green paint can you make?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 67

Understand the Problem

What do you know?

  • You have 4 cups of yellow paint and 3 cups of blue paint.
  • One batch of green paint is made of \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup of yellow and \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup of blue.

What do you need to find?

  • You need to find how many batches of green paint you can make.

Make a Plan
How will you solve?

  • Find how many batches are possible from yellow, and how many from blue.
  • Choose the lesser number of batches.

Solve

So, you can make 8 batches of green paint.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
In the example, explain why you choose the fewer number of batches.
Answer: In the above example, the yellow paint has the less number of batches as the amount of each batch of yellow paint-filled is more than the batch of green paint
Hence,
We choose the fewer number of batches of yellow paint

Apply and Grow: Practice

Understand the problem. What do you know? What do you need to find? Explain.

Question 2.
A landowner donates 3 acres of land to a city. The mayor of the city uses 1 acre of the land for a playground and the rest of the land for community garden plots. Each garden plot is \(\frac{1}{3}\) acre. How many plots are there?
Understand the problem. Then make a plan. How will you solve it? Explain?
Answer: The number of plots in the community is: 6

Explanation:
It is given that a landowner donates 3 acres of land to a city and the mayor of the city uses 1 acre of the land for a playground and the rest of the land for community garden plots.
So,
The portion of the land used for community garden plots is: 2 acres
It is also given that each garden plot is \(\frac{1}{3}\) acre.
So,
The number of plots = \(\frac{The portion of the land used for community garden plots}{The area of each garden plot}\)
= 2 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= 2 × \(\frac{3}{1}\)
= \(\frac{2}{1}\) × \(\frac{3}{1}\)
= 6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are 6 plots

Question 3.
A craftsman uses \(\frac{3}{4}\) gallon of paint to paint 4 identical dressers. He uses the same amount of paint on each dresser. How much paint does he use to paint 7 of the same dressers?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 69
Answer: The paint used by the craftsman to paint 7 of the same dressers is: \(\frac{21}{16}\)

Explanation:
It is given that a craftsman uses \(\frac{3}{4}\) gallon of paint to paint 4 identical dressers.
So,
The paint used to paint each dresser = \(\frac{3}{4}\) ÷ 4
= \(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= \(\frac{3}{16}\) gallon
So,
The amount of paint used to paint the 7 identical dressers = \(\frac{The paint used to paint each dresser}{1}\) × 7
= \(\frac{3}{16}\) × \(\frac{7}{1}\)
= \(\frac{3 × 7}{16 × 1}\)
= \(\frac{21}{16}\) gallon
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the paint used to paint 7 identical dressers is: \(\frac{21}{16}\) gallon

Question 4.
An airplane travels 125 miles in \(\frac{1}{4}\) hour. It travels the same number of miles each hour. How many miles does the plane travel in 5 hours?
Answer: The number of miles the plane travel in 5 hours is: 2,500 miles

Explanation:
It is given that an airplane travels 125 miles in \(\frac{1}{4}\) hour
So,
The number of miles traveled by plane in 1 hour = 125 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= 125 × \(\frac{4}{1}\)
= 125 × 4
= 500 miles
So,
The number of miles traveled by plane in 5 hours = ( The number of miles traveled by plane in 1 hour ) × 5
= 500 × 5
= 2,500 miles
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the number of miles traveled by plane in 5 hours is: 2,500 miles

Question 5.
You make bows for gifts using \(\frac{2}{3}\) yard of ribbon for each bow. You have 4 feet of red ribbon and 5 feet of green ribbon. How many bows can you make?
Answer: The number of bows you can make is: 2 bows

Explanation:
It is given that you make bows for gifts using \(\frac{2}{3}\) yard of ribbon for each bow.
It is also given that you have 4 feet of red ribbon and 5 feet of green ribbon
So,
The total length of ribbon = 5 + 4 = 9 feet
we know that,
1 foot = \(\frac{1}{3}\) yards
So,
9 feet = 9 × \(\frac{1}{3}\) yards
= \(\frac{9}{1}\) yards × \(\frac{1}{3}\) yards
= 3 yards
So,
The number of bows you can make = \(\frac{2}{3}\) yards × 3
= 2 bows
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the number of bows we can make is: 2

Question 6.
A landscaper buys 1 gallon of plant fertilizer. He uses \(\frac{1}{5}\) of the fertilizer, and then divides the rest into 3 smaller bottles. How many gallons does he put into each bottle?
Answer: The number of gallons he put into each bottle is: \(\frac{4}{15}\)

Explanation:
It is given that a landscaper buys 1 gallon of plant fertilizer and he uses \(\frac{1}{5}\) of the fertilizer
So,
The remaining amount of the fertilizer = 1 – \(\frac{1}{5}\)
= \(\frac{4}{5}\) gallons
It is also given that he divided the remaining amount of fertilizer into 3 smaller bottles.
So,
The amount of fertilizer put into each bottle = \(\frac{The remaining amount of the fertilizer}{The total number of bottles}\)
= \(\frac{4}{5}\) ÷ 3
= \(\frac{4}{5}\) × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= \(\frac{4 × 1}{5 × 3}\)
= \(\frac{4}{15}\) gallons
hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the amount of remaining fertilizer put into each bottle is: \(\frac{4}{15}\) gallons

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A sponsor donates $0.10 to a charity for every \(\frac{1}{4}\) kilometer of the triathlon an athlete completes. The athlete completes the entire triathlon. How much money does the sponsor donate?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 70
Think: What do you know? What do you need to find? How will you solve?
Write and solve an equation.
Add 1.9, 90, and 21.1 to find how many kilometers the athlete completes.
Divide the sum by \(\frac{1}{4}\) to find how many \(\frac{1}{4}\) kilometers the athlete completes.
Multiply the quotient by $0.10 to find how much money the sponsor donates.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 71
Let m represent the total amount of money donated.

Show and Grow

Question 7.
You earn $5 for every \(\frac{1}{2}\) hour you do yard work. How much money do you earn in 1 week?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 73
Answer: The amount you earn in 1 week is: $700

Explanation:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 73
From the above table,
The total amount of time = 5\(\frac{1}{2}\) + 3 + 1\(\frac{1}{2}\)
= \(\frac{11}{2}\) + 3 + \(\frac{3}{2}\)
= \(\frac{11 + 3}{2}\) + 3
= 7 + 3
= 10 hours
It is given that you earn $5 for every \(\frac{1}{2}\) hour you do yard work
So,
The amount earned in 10 hours in a day = 10 ÷\(\frac{1}{2}\) × 5 ( Since we have the time in hours but the money earned is given in half an hour basis )
= 20 × 5
= $100
We know that 1 week = 7 days
So,
The amount earned in 1 week = 100 × 7 = $700
hence, from the above,
We can conclude that we can earn $700 in a week

Problem Solving: Fraction Division Homework &  10.5

Understand the problem. Then make a plan. How will you solve? Explain.

Question 1.
A train travels 75 miles in \(\frac{1}{2}\) hour. How many miles does the train travel in 8 hours?
Answer: The number of miles the train travel in  hours is: 1,200 miles

Explanation:
It is given that a train travels 75 miles in \(\frac{1}{2}\) hour.
So,
The number of miles the train travel in 1 hour = 75 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= 75 × 2
= 150 miles
So,
The number of miles the train travel in 8 hours = The number of miles traveled by train in 1 hour × 8
= 150 × 8
= 1,200 miles
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the train travels 1,200 miles in 8 hours.

Question 2.
You need \(\frac{2}{3}\) yard of fabric to create a headband. You have 12 feet of blue fabric and 4 feet of yellow fabric. How many headbands can you make with all of the fabric?
Answer: The number of headbands you can make with all of the fabric is: 8 headbands

Explanation:
It is given that you need \(\frac{2}{3}\) yard of fabric to create a headband.
It is also given that you have 12 feet of blue fabric and 4 feet of yellow fabric.
So,
The total length of the fabric = 12 + 4 = 16 feet
We know that
1 foot = \(\frac{1}{3}\) yards
So,
16 feet = \(\frac{16}{3}\) yards
So,
The number of headbands you can create with all the fabric = \(\frac{The total length of the fabric}{The length of each fabric}\)
= \(\frac{16}{3}\) ÷ \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= \(\frac{16}{3}\) × \(\frac{3}{2}\)
= \(\frac{16 × 3}{3 × 2}\)
= 8 headbands
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that we can create 8 headbands with all the fabric.

Question 3.
An art teacher has 8 gallons of paint. Her class uses \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the paint. The teacher divides the rest of the paint into 4 bottles. How much paint is in each bottle?
Answer: The amount of paint in each bottle is: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
It is given that an art teacher has 8 gallons of paint and her class uses \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the paint.
So,
The remaining amount of paint = \(\frac{1}{4}\) × 8
= \(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{8}{1}\)
=\(\frac{1 × 8}{4 × 1}\)
= 2 gallons
It is also given that the remaining amount of the paint divided into 4 bottles by the teacher
So,
The amount of paint present in each bottle = 2 ÷ 4
= \(\frac{1}{2}\) gallons
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the amout of paint present in each bottle is: \(\frac{1}{2}\) gallons

Question 4.
You mix 3\(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of frozen strawberries and 4\(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of frozen blueberries in a bowl. A smoothie requires \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup of your berry mix. How many smoothies can you make?
Answer: The number of smoothies you can make is:

Explanation:
It is given that you mix 3\(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of frozen strawberries and 4\(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of frozen blueberries in a bowl.
So,
The amount of berry mix = 3\(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of frozen strawberries + 4\(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of frozen blueberries
= 3\(\frac{1}{4}\) + 4\(\frac{1}{2}\)
= \(\frac{13}{4}\) + \(\frac{9}{2}\)
In addition, equate the denominators
So,
Multiply \(\frac{9}{2}\) with \(\frac{2}{2}\)
So,
\(\frac{9}{2}\) = \(\frac{18}{4}\)
So,
The amount of berry mix = \(\frac{13}{4}\) + \(\frac{18}{4}\)
= \(\frac{31}{4}\)
Now,
It is also given that the smoothie requires \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup of your berry mix.
So,
The number of smoothies = \(\frac{31}{4}\) ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= \(\frac{31}{4}\) × \(\frac{2}{1}\)
= \(\frac{31 × 2}{4 × 1}\)
= \(\frac{31}{2}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the number of smoothies we can make are: \(\frac{31}{2}\)

Question 5.
Modeling Real Life
A sponsor donates $0.10 for every \(\frac{1}{4}\) dollar donated at the locations shown. How much money does the sponsor donate?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 74
Answer: The amount of money the sponsor donates is: $40.4

Explanation:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 74
From the above table,
The total amount of money collected = 25.25 + 12.50 + 63.25
= $101
It is given that a sponsor donates $0.10 for every \(\frac{1}{4}\) dollar
So,
the total amount of donated = The total amount of money collected ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\) × 0.10
= 101 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\) × 0.10
= 101 × 4 × 0.10
= 04 × 0.10
= $40.4
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the amount of money donated by a sponsor is: $40.4

Question 6.
DIG DEEPER!
A nurse earns $16 for every \(\frac{1}{2}\) hour at work. How much money does she earn in 5 days?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 75
Answer: The money she earns in 5 days is: $1,280

Explanation:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 75
From the above table,
The total amount of time = 6\(\frac{3}{4}\) + 1 + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= \(\frac{27}{4}\) + 1 + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= \(\frac{27 + 1}{4}\) + 1
= 7 + 1
= 8 hours
It is given that a nurse earns $16 for every \(\frac{1}{2}\) hour at work.
So,
The money she earned for 1 hour = 16 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= 16 × 2 = $32
So,
The money earned for 8 hours = The money earned in 1 hour × 8
= 32 × 8 = $256
So,
The money earned in 5 days = The money earned in 1 day × 5
= 256 × 5 = $1,280
hence, from the above,
we can conclude that she can earn $1,280 in 5 days.

Review & Refresh

Find the quotient. Then check your answer.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 76
Answer:  186 ÷ 12 = 1 R 4

Explanation:
Let 185.88 be rounded to 186
So,
By using the partial quotients method,
186 ÷ 12 = ( 120 + 36 + 24 ) ÷ 12
= ( 120 ÷ 12 ) + ( 36 ÷ 12 ) + ( 24 ÷ 12 )
= 10 + 3 + 2
= 17 R 4
Hence, 186 ÷ 12 = 17 R 4

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 77
Answer: 74 ÷ 24 = 3 R 2

Explanation:
Let 74.4 be rounded to 74
So,
By using the partial quotients method,
74 ÷ 24 = 72 ÷ 24
= 3 R 2
Hence, 74 ÷ 24 = 3 R 2

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 78
Answer: 42 ÷ 46 = 0.9

Explanation:
Let 42.32 be rounded to 42
So,
By using the partial quotients method,
42 ÷ 46 = 0.9
Hence,
42 ÷ 46 = 0.9

Divide Fractions Performance Task 10

Your city has a robotics competition. Each team makes a robot that travels through a maze. The time each robot spends in the maze is used to find the team’s score.
1. One-third of the students in your grade participate in the competition. The number of participating students is divided into 12 teams.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 79
a. What fraction of the total number of students in your grade is on each team?
Answer: The fraction of the total number of students in your grade is: \(\frac{1}{36}\)

Explanation:
It is given that there are \(\frac{1}{3}\) of the students in your grade are participating in the competition.
It is also given that the participating students are divided into 12 teams.
So,
The fraction of the total number of students in each team = \(\frac{The number of participating students}{Th total number of teams}\)
= \(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 12
= \(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ \(\frac{12}{1}\)
= \(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{1}{12}\)
= \(\frac{1 × 1}{12 × 3}\)
= \(\frac{1}{36}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the fraction of students that are in each team is: \(\frac{1}{36}\)

b. There are 3 students on each team. How many students are in your grade?
Answer: The number of students in your grade is: 36

Explanation:
It is given that the number of students is divided into 12 teams
It is also given that there are 3 students on each team
So,
The total number of students = The number of teams × The number of students in each team
= 12 × 3 = 36 students
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that there are 36 students in your grade

Question 2.
The maze for the competition is shown.
a. Write the length of the maze in feet.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 80
Answer:
The given maze for the competition is:
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 80
From the above maze,
The total length of the maze is: 8 feet 6 inches
We know that,
1 foot = 12 inches
Hence,
1 inch = \(\frac{1}{12}\) feet
So,
6 inches = 6 × \(\frac{1}{12}\)
= \(\frac{1}{12}\) × \(\frac{6}{1}\)
= \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet
So,
The total length of the maze in feet = 8 feet + \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet
= 8.5 feet or 8\(\frac{1}{2}\) feet

b. The length of the maze is divided into 6 equal sections. What is the length of each section of the maze?
Answer: The length of each section of the maze is: \(\frac{17}{12}\) feet

Explanation:
From the above Exercise,
The total length of the maze in feet is: 8.5 feet or 8\(\frac{1}{2}\) feet
It is given that the length of the maze is divided into 6 equal sections
So,
The length of each section of the maze = 8\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 6
= 8\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ \(\frac{6}{1}\)
= 8\(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{1}{6}\)
= \(\frac{17}{2}\) × \(\frac{1}{6}\)
= \(\frac{17}{12}\) feet
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the length of each section in a maze is: \(\frac{17}{12}\) feet

Question 3.
Each team has 200 seconds to complete the maze. The rules require judges to use the expression (200 – x) ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\), where x is the total number of seconds, to find a team’s total score.
a. Your robot completes the maze in 3 minutes 5 seconds. How many points does your team earn?
Answer: The number of points your team earn is: 75 points

Explanation:
It is given that each team has 200 seconds to complete the maze and the rules require judges to use the expression (200 – x) ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\) where x is the total number of seconds
It is also given that your robot completes the maze in 3 minutes 5 seconds
We know that,
1 minute = 60 seconds
So,
The time taken by the robot to complete the maze in seconds = ( 3 × 60 ) + 5
= 185 seconds
So,
x= 185
So,
200 – x = 200 – 185 = 15
So,
The number of points the team earned = ( 200 – x ) ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\)
= 15 ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\)
= 15 × 5
= 75 points
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the number of points earned by the team is: 75 points

b. Do you think the team with the most points or the fewest points wins? Use an example to justify your answer.
Answer: The team with the most points wins the competition because
Reason:
Suppose team A takes 2 minutes and team B takes 3 minutes to complete the competition
So,
The time is taken by team A in seconds = 120 seconds
So,
x= 120
So,
200 – x = 200 – 120 = 80
Now,
The time is taken by team B in seconds = 180 seconds
So,
x= 180
So,
200 – x = 200 – 180 = 20
Now,
The number of points earned by team A = 80 ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\)
= 400 points
The number of points earned by team B = 20 ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\)
= 100 points
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the team with more points wins the competition

Divide Fractions Activity

Fraction Connection: Division

Directions:

  1. Players take turns rolling three dice.
  2. On your turn, evaluate the expression indicated by your roll and cover the answer.
  3. The first player to get four in a row, horizontally, vertically, or diagonally, wins!

Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 81
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 82

Divide Fractions Chapter Practice 10

10.1 Interpret Fractions as Division

Divide. Use a model to help.

Question 1.
1 ÷ 2 = ___
Answer: 1 ÷ 2 = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
We know that,
a ÷ b = \(\frac{a}{b}\)
Hence,
1 ÷ 2 = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 2.
3 ÷ 10 = __
Answer: 3 ÷ 10 = \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Explanation:
We know that,
a ÷ b = \(\frac{a}{b}\)
Hence,
3 ÷ 10 = \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Question 3.
4 ÷ 7 = __
Answer: 4 ÷ 7 = \(\frac{4}{7}\)

Explanation:
We know that,
a ÷ b = \(\frac{a}{b}\)
Hence,
4 ÷ 7 = \(\frac{4}{7}\)

Question 4.
11 ÷ 15 = ___
Answer: 11 ÷ 15 = \(\frac{11}{15}\)

Explanation:
We know that,
a ÷ b = \(\frac{a}{b}\)
Hence,
11 ÷ 15 = \(\frac{11}{15}\)

Question 5.
8 ÷ 9 = ___
Answer: 8 ÷ 9 = \(\frac{8}{9}\)

Explanation:
We know that,
a ÷ b = \(\frac{a}{b}\)
Hence,
8 ÷ 9 = \(\frac{8}{9}\)

Question 6.
13 ÷ 20 = ___
Answer: 13 ÷ 20 = \(\frac{13}{20}\)

Explanation:
We know that,
a ÷ b = \(\frac{a}{b}\)
Hence,
13 ÷ 20 = \(\frac{13}{20}\)

Question 7.
Modeling Real Life
Nine friends equally share 12 apples. What fraction of an apple does each friend get?
Answer: The fraction of an apple each friend get is: \(\frac{9}{12}\)

Explanation:
It is given that nine friends equally share 12 apples.
So,
The fraction of an apple each friend get = \(\frac{The number of friends}{The number of apples}\)
= \(\frac{9}{12}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the fraction of an apple each friend get is: \(\frac{9}{12}\)

10.2 Mixed Numbers as Quotients

Divide. Use a model to help

Question 8.
8 ÷ 3 = ___

Answer: 8 ÷ 3 = 2\(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
We know that,
a ÷ b = \(\frac{a}{b}\)
a\(\frac{b}{c}\) = \(\frac{ac + b}{c}\)
\(\frac{a}{b}\) = Remainder\(\frac{Quotient}{Divisor}\)
So,
8 ÷ 3 = \(\frac{8}{3}\)
By using the partial quotients method,
8 ÷ 3 = 6 ÷ 3
= 2 R 2
Hence,
8 ÷ 3 = 2\(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 9.
6 ÷ 5 = ___
Answer: 6 ÷ 5 = 1\(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
We know that,
a ÷ b = \(\frac{a}{b}\)
a\(\frac{b}{c}\) = \(\frac{ac + b}{c}\)
\(\frac{a}{b}\) = Remainder\(\frac{Quotient}{Divisor}\)
So,
6 ÷ 5 = \(\frac{6}{5}\)
By using the partial quotients method,
6 ÷ 5 = 5 ÷ 5
= 1 R 1
Hence,
6 ÷ 5 = 1\(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 10.

10 ÷ 4 = ___
Answer: 10 ÷ 4 = 2\(\frac{2}{4}\)

Explanation:
We know that,
a ÷ b = \(\frac{a}{b}\)
a\(\frac{b}{c}\) = \(\frac{ac + b}{c}\)
\(\frac{a}{b}\) = Remainder\(\frac{Quotient}{Divisor}\)
So,
10 ÷ 4 = \(\frac{10}{4}\)
By using the partial quotients method,
10 ÷ 4 = 8 ÷ 4
= 2 R 2
Hence,
10 ÷ 4 = 2\(\frac{2}{4}\)

Question 11.

20 ÷ 11 = __
Answer: 20 ÷ 11 = 1\(\frac{9}{11}\)

Explanation:
We know that,
a ÷ b = \(\frac{a}{b}\)
a\(\frac{b}{c}\) = \(\frac{ac + b}{c}\)
\(\frac{a}{b}\) = Remainder\(\frac{Quotient}{Divisor}\)
So,
20 ÷ 11 = \(\frac{20}{11}\)
By using the partial quotients method,
20 ÷ 11 = 11 ÷ 11
= 1 R 9
Hence,
20 ÷ 11 = 1\(\frac{9}{11}\)

Question 12.

25 ÷ 2 = ___
Answer: 25 ÷ 2 = 12\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
We know that,
a ÷ b = \(\frac{a}{b}\)
a\(\frac{b}{c}\) = \(\frac{ac + b}{c}\)
\(\frac{a}{b}\) = Remainder\(\frac{Quotient}{Divisor}\)
So,
25 ÷ 2 = \(\frac{25}{2}\)
By using the partial quotients method,
25 ÷ 2 = 24 ÷ 2
= 12 R 1
Hence,
25 ÷ 2 = 12\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 13.

64 ÷ 9 = ___
Answer: 64 ÷ 9 = 7\(\frac{1}{9}\)

Explanation:
We know that,
a ÷ b = \(\frac{a}{b}\)
a\(\frac{b}{c}\) = \(\frac{ac + b}{c}\)
\(\frac{a}{b}\) = Remainder\(\frac{Quotient}{Divisor}\)
So,
64 ÷ 9 = \(\frac{64}{9}\)
By using the partial quotients method,
64 ÷ 9 = 63 ÷ 9
= 7 R 1
Hence,
64 ÷ 9 = 7\(\frac{1}{9}\)

10.3 Divide Whole Numbers by Unit Fractions

Divide. Use a model to help.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 83
Answer: 4 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 8

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 4 and \(\frac{1}{2}\)
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
4 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\)  = 4 × \(\frac{2}{1}\)
= \(\frac{4}{1}\) × \(\frac{2}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 2 × 4}{1 × 1}\)
= 8
Hence,
4÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 8

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 84
Answer: 6 ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 30

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 6 and \(\frac{1}{5}\)
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
6 ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\)  = 6 × \(\frac{5}{1}\)
= \(\frac{6}{1}\) × \(\frac{5}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 6 × 5}{1 × 1}\)
= 30
Hence,
6÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 30

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 85
Answer: 7 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 28

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 7 and \(\frac{1}{4}\)
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
7 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\)  = 7 × \(\frac{4}{1}\)
= \(\frac{7}{1}\) × \(\frac{4}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 7 × 4}{1 × 1}\)
= 28
Hence,
7÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 36

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 86
Answer: 8 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 24

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 8 and \(\frac{1}{3}\)
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
8 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\)  = 8 × \(\frac{3}{1}\)
= \(\frac{8}{1}\) × \(\frac{3}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 8 × 3}{1 × 1}\)
= 24
Hence,
8÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 24

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 87
Answer: 9 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 18

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 9 and \(\frac{1}{2}\)
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
9 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\)  = 9 × \(\frac{2}{1}\)
= \(\frac{9}{1}\) × \(\frac{2}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 9 × 2}{1 × 1}\)
= 18
Hence,
9÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 18

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 88
Answer: 2 ÷ \(\frac{1}{10}\) = 20

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 2 and \(\frac{1}{10}\)
We know that,
a ÷ \(\frac{a}{b}\) = a × \(\frac{b}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
2 ÷ \(\frac{1}{10}\)  = 2 × \(\frac{10}{1}\)
= \(\frac{2}{1}\) × \(\frac{10}{1}\)
= \(\frac{ 2 × 10}{1 × 1}\)
= 20
Hence,
2÷ \(\frac{1}{10}\) = 20

10.4 Divide Unit Fractions by Whole Numbers

Divide. Use a model to help.

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 89
Answer: \(\frac{1}{7}\) ÷ 2 = \(\frac{1}{14}\)

Explanation:
The given numbers are: \(\frac{1}{7}\) and 2
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{7}\) ÷ 2
= \(\frac{1}{7}\) × \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{7 × 2}\)
= \(\frac{1}{14}\)
Hence,
\(\frac{1}{7}\) ÷ 2 = \(\frac{1}{14}\)

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 90
Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 9 = \(\frac{1}{18}\)

Explanation:
The given numbers are: \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 9
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 9
= \(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{1}{9}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{2 × 9}\)
= \(\frac{1}{18}\)
Hence,
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 9 = \(\frac{1}{18}\)

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 91
Answer: \(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 7 = \(\frac{1}{21}\)

Explanation:
The given numbers are: \(\frac{1}{3}\) and 7
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 7
= \(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{1}{7}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{7 × 3}\)
= \(\frac{1}{21}\)
Hence,
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 7 = \(\frac{1}{21}\)

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 92
Answer: \(\frac{1}{6}\) ÷ 5 = \(\frac{1}{30}\)

Explanation:
The given numbers are: \(\frac{1}{6}\) and 5
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{6}\) ÷ 5
= \(\frac{1}{6}\) × \(\frac{1}{5}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{6 × 5}\)
= \(\frac{1}{30}\)
Hence,
\(\frac{1}{6}\) ÷ 5 = \(\frac{1}{30}\)

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 93
Answer: \(\frac{1}{7}\) ÷ 3 = \(\frac{1}{21}\)

Explanation:
The given numbers are: \(\frac{1}{7}\) and 3
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{7}\) ÷ 3
= \(\frac{1}{7}\) × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{7 × 3}\)
= \(\frac{1}{21}\)
Hence,
\(\frac{1}{7}\) ÷ 3 = \(\frac{1}{21}\)

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 94

Answer: \(\frac{1}{8}\) ÷ 4 = \(\frac{1}{32}\)

Explanation:
The given numbers are: \(\frac{1}{8}\) and 4
We know that,
\(\frac{a}{b}\) ÷ a  = \(\frac{a}{b}\) × \(\frac{1}{a}\)
a= \(\frac{a}{1}\)
So,
\(\frac{1}{8}\) ÷ 4
= \(\frac{1}{8}\) × \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= \(\frac{ 1 × 1}{8 × 4}\)
= \(\frac{1}{32}\)
Hence,
\(\frac{1}{8}\) ÷ 4 = \(\frac{1}{32}\)

10.5 Problem Solving: Fraction Division

Question 26.
A mechanic buys 1 gallon of oil. She uses \(\frac{1}{6}\) of the oil, and then divides the rest into 4 smaller bottles. How much does she put into each bottle?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 10 Divide Fractions 95
Answer: The amount of oil she put into each bottle is: \(\frac{5}{24}\)

Explanation:
It is given that a mechanic buys 1 gallon of oil and she uses \(\frac{1}{6}\) of the oil
So,
the remaining part of the oil = 1 –  \(\frac{1}{6}\)
= \(\frac{5}{6}\)
It is also given that she divides the rest of the oil into 4 smaller bottles.
So,
The amount of oil in each bottle = \(\frac{The remaining part of the oil}{The number of bottles}\)
= \(\frac{5}{6}\) ÷ 4
= \(\frac{5}{6}\) × \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= \(\frac{5 × 1}{6 × 4}\)
= \(\frac{5}{24}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the amount of oil in each bottle is: \(\frac{5}{24}\)

Conclusion:

Make use of the quick links and try to solve the problems in a simple manner. Redefine your true self with the BIM Answer Key for Grade 5 curated by subject experts. Test your knowledge by solving the questions which are given at the end of the chapter.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes pdf is available here. So, the students who are in search of Big Ideas Math Book 5th Grade Answer Key Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes can get them on this page. Go through the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes and improve your performance skills. Test your skills by solving the Performance Task, Activity, Chapter Practice which is provided at the end of the chapter.

Big Ideas Math Book 5th Grade Answer Key Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes

Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes are very easy to understand. You can quickly grasp the mathematical practices with the help of Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes. The topics covered in this chapter are Classify Triangles, Quadrilaterals, Relate Quadrilaterals. Just hit the below-provided links and Download Big Ideas Math Book 5th Grade Answer Key Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes.

Lesson: 1 Classify Triangles

Lesson: 1 Classify Triangles

Lesson: 2 Classify Quadrilaterals

Lesson: 2 Classify Quadrilaterals

Lesson: 3 Relate Quadrilaterals

Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes

Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes

Lesson 14.1 Classify Triangles

Explore and Grow

Draw and label a triangle for each description. If a triangle cannot be drawn, explain why.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 1

Precision
Draw a triangle that meets two of the descriptions above.

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-5-Chapter-14-Classify-Two-Dimensional-Shapes-1

Think and Grow: Classify Triangles

Key Idea
Triangles can be classified by their sides.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 2
An equilateral triangle has three sides with the same length.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 3
An isosceles triangle has two sides with the same length.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 4
A scalene triangle has no sides with the same length.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 5

Key Idea
Triangles can be classified by their angles.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 6
An acute triangle has three acute angles.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 7
An obtuse triangle has one obtuse angle.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 8
A right triangle has one right angle.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 9
An equiangular triangle has three angles with the same measure.
Example
Classify the triangle by its angles and its sides.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 10
The triangle has one ___ angle
and ___ sides with the same length.
So, it is a ___ triangle.

Answer:
The triangle has one right angle
and no sides with the same length.
So, it is a right triangle.

Show and Grow

Classify the triangle by its angles and its sides

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 11

Answer:  Equilateral triangle.

Explanation: An equilateral triangle has three sides of the same length.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 12

Answer: Isosceles triangle

Explanation: An Isosceles triangle has two sides of the same size. Two of its angle also measure equal.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 13

Answer:  Scalene triangle.

Explanation: A Scalene triangle has no sides are congruent (same size)

Apply and Grow: Practice

Classify the triangle by its angles and its sides.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 14

Answer:  Right triangle.

Explanation: In a triangle one of the angle is a right angle (90 Deg ) called as Right triangle.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 15

Answer: Isosceles triangle.

Explanation: An Isosceles triangle has two sides of the same size. Two of its angle also measure equal.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 16

Answer: Equiangular triangle

Explanation: In an equilateral triangle, all the lengths of the sides are equal. In such a case, each of the interior angles will have a measure of 60 degrees. Since the angles of an equilateral triangle are the same, it is also known as an equiangular triangle. The figure given below illustrates an equilateral triangle.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 17

Answer:  Isosceles triangle.

Explanation: An Isosceles triangle has two sides of the same length. Two of its angle also measure equal.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 18

Answer:  Scalene triangle.

Explanation: A Scalene triangle has no sides are congruent (Same size) and angles also all different.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 19

Answer:  Right triangle.

Explanation: In a triangle one of the angle is a right angle (90 deg ) called a Right triangle.

Question 10.
A triangular sign has a 40° angle, a 55° angle, and an 85° angle. None of its sides have the same length. Classify the triangle by its angles and its sides.

Answer:  Scalene triangle.

Explanation: A Scalene triangle has no sides that are congruent (Same size) and angles also all different.

Question 11.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says the triangle is an acute triangle because it has two acute angles. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 20

Answer:  Above is no acute triangle and it is called a scalene triangle.

Explanation: A Scalene triangle has only no sides that are congruent (Same size) and angles also all different. So it is called a scalene triangle.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
Draw one triangle for each category. Which is the appropriate category for an equiangular triangle? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 21

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-14-Classify-Two-Dimensional-Shapes-21
From the figure, we can say that acute triangles have the same length. So, the first triangle is the equiangular triangle.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A bridge contains several identical triangles. Classify each triangle by its angles and its sides. What is the length of the bridge?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 22
Each triangle has ___ angles with the same measure and ___ sides with the same length.
So, each triangle is ___ and ___.
The side lengths of 6 identical triangles meet to form the length of the bridge. So, multiply the side length by 6 to find the length of the bridge.
27 × 6 = ___
So, the bridge is ___ long.

Answer:
Each triangle has 3 angles with the same measure and 3 sides with the same length.
The side lengths of 6 identical triangles meet to form the length of the bridge. So, multiply the side length by 6 to find the length of the bridge.
27 × 6 = 162
So, the bridge is 162 ft long.

Show and Grow

Question 13.
The window is made using identical triangular panes of glass. Classify each triangle by its angles and its sides. What is the height of the window?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 23

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-14-Classify-Two-Dimensional-Shapes-23
The length of the two sides of the triangle is the same.
18 in + 18 in = 36 inches
Thus the height of the window is 36 inches

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
You connect four triangular pieces of fabric to make the kite. Classify the triangles by their angles and their sides. Use a ruler and a protractor to verify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 24

Answer:
The name of the blue triangle is isosceles right angle triangle.
The two sides of the triangle are the same.
The name of the red triangle is isosceles right-angle triangle.
The two sides of the triangle are the same.
The name of the green triangle is isosceles right angle triangle.
The two sides of the triangle are the same.
The name of the yellow triangle is isosceles right angle triangle.
The two sides of the triangle are the same.

Classify Triangles Homework & Practice 14.1

Classify the triangle by its angles and its sides.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 25

Answer:  Scalene triangle.

Explanation: A Scalene triangle has only no sides that are congruent (Same size) and angles also all different. So it is called a scalene triangle

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 26

Answer: Isosceles triangle.

Explanation: An Isosceles triangle has two sides of the same size. Two of its angle also measure equal.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 27

Answer: Scalene triangle.

Explanation: A Scalene triangle has no sides that are congruent (Same size) and angles also all different.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 28

Answer: Isosceles triangle.

Explanation: An Isosceles triangle has two sides of the same length. Two of its angle also measure equal.

Question 5.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 29

Answer:  Scalene triangle.

Explanation: A Scalene triangle has no sides that are congruent (Same size) and angles also all different.

Question 6.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 30

Answer:  Equiangular triangle.

Explanation:
In an equilateral triangle, all the lengths of the sides are equal. In such a case, each of the interior angles will have a measure of 60 degrees. Since the angles of an equilateral triangle are the same, it is also known as an equiangular triangle. The figure given below illustrates an equilateral triangle.

Question 7.
A triangular race flag has two 65° angles and a 50° angle. Two of its sides have the same length. Classify the triangle by its angles and its sides.

Answer: Isosceles triangle.

Explanation:  An Isosceles triangle has two sides of the same size. Two of its angle also measure equal.

Question 8.
A triangular measuring tool has a 90° angle and no sides of the same length. Classify the triangle by its angles and its sides.

Answer: Right triangle.

Explanation: In a triangle one of the angle is a right angle (90 Deg ) called a Right triangle.

Question 9.

Structure

Draw a triangle with vertices A(2, 2), B(2, 6), and C(6, 2) in the coordinate plane. Classify the triangle by its angles and its sides. Explain your reasoning.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 31

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-14-Classify-Two-Dimensional-Shapes-31

Question 10.

YOU BE THE TEACHER

Your friend says that both Newton and Descartes are correct. Is your friend correct? Explain.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 32

Answer: Yes

Explanation:  An acute triangle is a triangle in which each angle is an acute angle. Any triangle which is not acute is either a right triangle or an obtuse triangle. All acute triangle angles are less than 90 degrees. For example, an equilateral triangle is always acute, since all angles (which are 60) are all less than 90.

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
The sum of all the angle measures in a triangle is 180°. A triangle has a 34° angle and a 26° angle. Is the triangle acute, right, or obtuse? Explain.

Answer: Scalene triangle.

Explanation: A Scalene triangle has no sides that are congruent (Same size) and angles also all different.

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
A designer creates the logo using identical triangles. Classify each triangle by its angles and its sides. What is the perimeter of the logo?

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 33

Answer: Equiangular triangle

Explanation: In an equilateral triangle, all the lengths of the sides are equal. In such a case, each of the interior angles will have a measure of 60 degrees. Since the angles of an equilateral triangle are the same, it is also known as an equiangular triangle. The figure given below illustrates an equilateral triangle.

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
The window is made using identical triangular panes of glass. Classify each triangle by its angles and its sides. What are the perimeter and the area of the window? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 34

Answer: Right triangle.

Explanation: A right triangle is a triangle in which one of the angles is 90 degrees. In a right triangle, the side opposite to the right angle (90-degree angle) will be the longest side and is called the hypotenuse. You may come across triangle types with combined names like right isosceles triangle and such, but this only implies that the triangle has two equal sides with one of the interior angles being 90 degrees. The figure given below illustrates a right triangle

Review & Refresh

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 35

Answer : \(\frac{1}{4}\) =0.25

Explanation: 2 divides by 8  with 1/4 times, So the answer is 1/4.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 36

Answer : \(\frac{15}{4}\) = 3.75

Explanation: 15 divides by 4 with \(\frac{15}{4}\) times, So the answer is \(\frac{15}{4}\) or 3.75.

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 37

Answer : \(\frac{15}{12}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 1.25

Explanation: 15 divides by 12 with \(\frac{1}{4}\) times, So the answer is \(\frac{1}{4}\).

Lesson 14.2 Classify Quadrilaterals

Explore and Grow

Draw and label a quadrilateral for each description. If a quadrilateral cannot be drawn, explain why

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 38

Precision
Draw a quadrilateral that meets three of the descriptions above.

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-14-Classify-Two-Dimensional-Shapes-38

Think and Grow: Classify Quadrilaterals

Key Idea
Quadrilaterals can be classified by their angles and their sides.
A trapezoid is a quadrilateral that has exactly one pair of parallel sides.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 39
A parallelogram is a quadrilateral that has two pairs of parallel sides. Opposite sides have the same length.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 40
A rectangle is a parallelogram that has four right angles.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 41
A rhombus is a parallelogram that has four sides with the same length.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 42
A square is a parallelogram that has four right angles and four sides with the same length.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 43

Example
Classify the quadrilateral in as many ways as possible.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 44

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-14-Classify-Two-Dimensional-Shapes-44

Show and Grow

Classify the quadrilateral in as many ways as possible.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 45

Answer:  Square

Explanation: A square is a parallelogram that has four right angles and four sides with the same length.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 46

Answer: Trapezoid 

Explanation: A trapezoid is a quadrilateral that has exactly one pair of parallel sides

Apply and Grow: Practice

Classify the quadrilateral in as many ways as possible.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 47

Answer: Parallelogram

Explanation: A parallelogram is a quadrilateral that has two pairs of parallel sides. The opposite sides have the same length.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 48

Answer:  Square

Explanation: A square is a parallelogram that has four right angles and four sides with the same length.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 49

Answer: Rectangle

Explanation: A rectangle is a parallelogram that has four right angles and diagonals are congruent.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 50

Answer: Rhombus

Explanation: A rhombus is a parallelogram with four congruent sides and A rhombus has all the properties of a parallelogram. The diagonals intersect at right angles.

Question 7.
A sign has the shape of a quadrilateral that has two pairs of parallel sides, four sides with the same length, and no right angles

Answer: Parallelogram

Explanation:
Assume that a quadrilateral has parallel sides or equal sides unless that is stated. A parallelogram has two parallel pairs of opposite sides. A rectangle has two pairs of opposite sides parallel, and four right angles.

Question 8.
A tabletop has the shape of a quadrilateral with exactly one pair of parallel sides.

Answer: A trapezoid is a quadrilateral that has exactly one pair of parallel sides. A parallelogram is a quadrilateral that has two pairs of parallel sides.

Question 9.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says that a quadrilateral with at least two right angles must be a parallelogram. Is your friend correct? Explain.

Explanation: A trapezoid is only required to have two parallel sides. However, a trapezoid could have one of the sides connecting the two parallel sides perpendicular to the parallel sides which would yield two right angles.

enter image source here

Question 10.
Which One Doesn’t Belong? Which cannot set of lengths be the side lengths of a parallelogram?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 51

Answer: 9 yd, 5 yd, 5 yd, 3 yd

Explanation: A parallelogram is a quadrilateral that has two pairs of parallel sides. Opposite sides have the same length, So the above one is not a parallelogram.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
The dashed line shows how you cut the bottom of a rectangular door so it opens more easily. Classify the new shape of the door.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 52
Draw the new shape of the door.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 53

Answer:
The original shape of the door was a rectangle, so it had one pairs of parallel sides. The new shape of the door has exactly one pair of parallel sides. So, the new shape of the door is a trapezoid.

Show and Grow

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
The dashed line shows how you cut the corner of the trapezoidal piece of fabric. The line you cut is parallel to the opposite side. Classify the new shape of the four-sided piece of fabric.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 54

Answer: Parallelogram

Explanation: A parallelogram is a quadrilateral that has two pairs of parallel sides. The opposite sides have the same length.

Question 12.
A farmer encloses a section of land using the four pieces of fencing. Name all of the four-sided shapes that the farmer can enclose with the fencing.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 55

Answer: Parallelogram

Explanation: A parallelogram is a quadrilateral that has two pairs of parallel sides. Opposite sides have the same length, So four-sided shapes of fencing look like Parallelogram.

Classify Quadrilaterals Homework & Practice 14.2

Classify the quadrilateral in as many ways as possible.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 56

Answer: Trapezoid 

Explanation: A trapezoid is a quadrilateral that has exactly one pair of parallel sides

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 57

Answer: Trapezoid

Explanation: A Trapezoid is a quadrilateral with exactly one pair of parallel sides. (There may be some confusion about this word depending on which country you’re in. In India and Britain, they say trapezium; in America, trapezium usually means a quadrilateral with no parallel sides.)

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 58

Answer: Rectangle

Explanation: A rectangle is a parallelogram that has four right angles and diagonals are congruent.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 59

Answer: Square

Explanation: The diagonals of a square bisect each other and meet at 90°. The diagonals of a square bisect its angles. The opposite sides of a square are both parallel and equal in length. All four angles of a square are equal (each being 360°/4 = 90°, a right angle).

Question 5.
A name tag has the shape of a quadrilateral that has two pairs of parallel sides and four right angles. Opposite sides are the same length, but not all four sides are the same length.

Answer: Rectangle

Explanation: A rectangle is a parallelogram that has four right angles and diagonals are congruent.

Question 6.
A napkin has the shape of a quadrilateral that has two pairs of parallel sides, four sides with the same length, and four right angles.

Answer: Square

Explanation: A square is a parallelogram that has four right angles and four sides of the same length.

Question 7.
Reasoning
Can you draw a quadrilateral that is not a square, but has four right angles? Explain.

Answer: A rectangle is a parallelogram that has four right angles

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 58

Question 8.
Structure
Plot two more points in the coordinate plane to form a square. What two points can you plot to form a parallelogram? What two points can you plot to form a trapezoid? Do not use the same pair of points twice.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 60

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-14-Classify-Two-Dimensional-Shapes-60

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
Which quadrilateral can be classified as a parallelogram, and rectangle, square, rhombus? Explain.

Answer: Square

Explanation: A square can be defined as a rhombus which is also a rectangle – in other words, a parallelogram with four congruent sides and four right angles. A trapezoid is a quadrilateral with exactly one pair of parallel sides.

Question 10.
Modeling Real Life
The dashed line shows how you fold the flap of the envelope so it closes. Classify the new shape of the envelope.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 61

Answer: Rectangle

Explanation: A rectangle is a parallelogram that has four right angles and diagonals are congruent.

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
A construction worker tapes off a section of land using the four pieces of caution tape. Name all of the possible shapes that the worker can enclose with the tape.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 62

Answer: Trapezoid

Explanation: A trapezoid is a quadrilateral that has exactly one pair of parallel sides.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 62.1

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation: \(\frac{2}{3}\) –\(\frac{1}{6}\) equal to \(\frac{1}{2}\).

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 62.2

Answer: 0.112

Explanation: \(\frac{1}{2}\) is equal to 0.5 and 7/18 is equal to 0.3888.So subtraction from 0.5 to 0.3888 is 0.112.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 62.3

Answer: 0.289

Explanation: \(\frac{2}{5}\) is equal to 0.4 and 1/9 is equal to 0.111,So subtraction from 0.4 to 0.111is 0.289.

Lesson 14.3 Relate Quadrilaterals

Explore and Grow

Label the Venn diagram to show the relationships among quadrilaterals. The first one has been done for you.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 63

Reasoning
Explain how you decided where to place each quadrilateral.

Think and Grow: Relate Quadrilaterals

Key Idea
The Venn diagram shows the relationships among quadrilaterals.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 64

Example
Tell whether the statement is true or false.
All rhombuses are rectangles.
Rhombuses do not always have four right angles.
So, the statement is ___.

Answer: So, the statement is true.

Example
Tell whether the statement is true or false.
All rectangles are parallelograms.
All rectangles have two pairs of parallel sides.
So, the statement is ___.

Show and Grow

Tell whether the statement is true or false. Explain.

Question 1.
Some rhombuses are squares.

Answer: true

Explanation: A rhombus is a quadrilateral (plane figure, closed shape, four sides) with four equal-length sides and opposite sides parallel to each other. All squares are rhombuses, but not all rhombuses are squares. The opposite interior angles of rhombuses are congruent.

Question 2.
All parallelograms are rectangles.

Answer: False

Explanation: A rectangle is a parallelogram with four right angles, so all rectangles are also parallelograms and quadrilaterals. On the other hand, not all quadrilaterals and parallelograms are rectangles. A rectangle has all the properties of a parallelogram

Apply and Grow: Practice

Tell whether the statement is true or false. Explain.

Question 3.
All rectangles are squares.

Answer: False

Explanation: All squares are rectangles, but not all rectangles are squares.

Question 4.
Some parallelograms are trapezoids.

Answer: True

Explanation: A trapezoid has one pair of parallel sides and a parallelogram has two pairs of parallel sides. So a parallelogram is also a trapezoid.

Question 5.
Some rhombuses are rectangles.

Answer: False

Explanation: A rhombus is defined as a parallelogram with four equal sides. Is a rhombus always a rectangle? No, because a rhombus does not have to have 4 right angles. Kites have two pairs of adjacent sides that are equal.

Question 6.
All trapezoids are quadrilaterals.

Answer: True

Explanation: Trapezoids have only one pair of parallel sides; parallelograms have two pairs of parallel sides. The correct answer is that all trapezoids are quadrilaterals. Trapezoids are four-sided polygons, so they are all quadrilaterals

Question 7.
All squares are rhombuses.

Answer: True

Explanation: All squares are rhombuses, but not all rhombuses are squares. The opposite interior angles of rhombuses are congruent

Question 8.
Some trapezoids are squares.

Answer: True

Explanation: A trapezoid is a quadrilateral with at least one pair of parallel sides. In a square, there are always two pairs of parallel sides, so every square is also a trapezoid. Conversely, only some trapezoids are squares

Question 9.
Reasoning
Use the word cards to complete the graphic organizer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 65

Answer: The first box to be filled with Square, 3d box to be filled with Rectangle,4th box to be filled with trapezoid and final box to be filled with Quadrilateral.

Explanation: A Square can be defined as a rhombus which is also a rectangle, in other words, a parallelogram with four congruent sides and four right angles. A trapezoid is a quadrilateral with exactly one pair of parallel sides.

Question 10.
Reasoning
All rectangles are parallelograms. Are all parallelograms rectangles? Explain.

Answer: True

Explanation: A rectangle is considered a special case of a parallelogram because, A parallelogram is a quadrilateral with 2 pairs of opposite, equal and parallel sides. A rectangle is a quadrilateral with 2 pairs of opposite, equal and parallel sides but also forms right angles between adjacent sides.

Question 11.
Precision
Newton says the figure is a square. Descartes says the figure is a parallelogram. Your friend says the figure is a rhombus. Are all three correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 66

Answer: No

Explanation:  A square has two pairs of parallel sides, four right angles, and all four sides are equal. It is also a rectangle and a parallelogram. A rhombus is defined as a parallelogram with four equal sides. No, because a rhombus does not have to have 4 right angles.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You use toothpicks to create several parallelograms. You notice that opposite angles of parallelograms have the same measure. For what other quadrilaterals is this also true?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 66.1
Parallelograms have the property that opposite angles have the same measure. Subcategories of parallelograms must also have this property.
___, ___, and ___ are subcategories of parallelograms.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 67
So, ___, ____, and ____ also have opposite angles with the same measure.

Answer: Rectangle, Rhombus and Square are subcategories of parallelograms.

Show and Grow

Question 12.
You use pencils to create several rhombuses. You notice that diagonals of rhombuses are perpendicular and divide each other into two equal parts. For what other quadrilateral is this also true? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 68

Answer: Square, Parallelogram, Rhombus are perpendicular and divided into the equal parts.

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
You place two identical parallelograms side by side. What can you conclude about the measures of adjacent angles in a parallelogram? For what other quadrilaterals is this also true? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 69

Answer:
The adjacent angles of the parallelogram is supplementary.
Opposite angles of the parallelogram are equal.

Relate Quadrilaterals Homework & Practice 14.3

Tell whether the statement is true or false. Explain.

Question 1.
All trapezoids are parallelograms.

Answer: False

Explanation: The pair of opposite sides of a parallelogram are equal and parallel but in the case of trapezium, this is not true in that only one pair of opposite sides are equal. Therefore every parallelogram is not a trapezium.
Question 2.

All rectangles are parallelograms.

Answer: True

Explanation: Each pair of co-interior angles are supplementary, because two right angles add to a straight angle, so the opposite sides of a rectangle are parallel. This means that a rectangle is a parallelogram, so, Its opposite sides are equal and parallel. Its diagonals bisect each other.

Question 3.
All squares are quadrilaterals.

Answer: True

Explanation: A closed figure with four sides. For example, kites, parallelograms, rectangles, rhombuses, squares, and trapezoids are all quadrilaterals. Kite: A quadrilateral with two pairs of adjacent sides that are equal in length; a kite is a rhombus if all side lengths are equal.
Question 4.

Some quadrilaterals are trapezoids.

Answer: True

Explanation: Trapezoids have only one pair of parallel sides, parallelograms have two pairs of parallel sides. A trapezoid can never be a parallelogram. The correct answer is that all trapezoids are quadrilaterals.

Question 5.
Some parallelograms are rectangles.

Answer: True

Explanation: Not all parallelograms are rectangles. A parallelogram is a rectangle if it has four right angles and two pairs of parallel and congruent sides.

Question 6.
All squares are rectangles and rhombuses.

Answer: False

Explanation: No, because all four sides of a rectangle don’t have to be equal. However, the sets of rectangles and rhombuses do intersect, and their intersection is the set of squares, all squares are both a rectangle and a rhombus.

Question 7.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Newton says he can draw a quadrilateral that is not a trapezoid and not a parallelogram. Is Newton correct? Explain.

Answer: False

Explanation: Trapezoids have only one pair of parallel sides; parallelograms have two pairs of parallel sides. A trapezoid can never be a parallelogram. The correct answer is that all trapezoids are quadrilaterals.

Question 8.
Writing
Explain why a parallelogram is not a trapezoid.

Explanation: a square is a quadrilateral, a parallelogram, a rectangle, and a rhombus Is a trapezoid a parallelogram? No, because a trapezoid has only one pair of parallel sides.

Reasoning
Write always, sometimes, or never to make the statement true? Explain.

Question 9.
A rhombus is ___ a square.

Answer: A rhombus is  some times a square

Explanation: A rhombus is a square. This is sometimes true. Â It is true when a rhombus has 4 right angles. It is not true when a rhombus does not have any right angles.

Question 10.
A trapezoid is __ a rectangle.

Answer: A trapezoid is sometimes a rectangle.

Explanation: A rectangle has one pair of parallel sides.

Question 11.
A parallelogram is ___ a quadrilateral.

Answer: A parallelogram is always a quadrilateral.

Explanation: A parallelogram must have 4 sides, so they must always be quadrilaterals.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
A quadrilateral has exactly three sides that have the same length. Why can the figure not be a rectangle?

Explanation: A rectangle is a parallelogram that has four right angles. opposite sides are in the same length, so the above one is not a rectangle.

Question 13.

Modeling Real Life
You fold the rectangular piece of paper. You notice that the line segments connecting the halfway points of opposite sides are perpendicular. For what other quadrilateral is this also true?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 70

Explanation: A rectangle is a parallelogram that has four right angles. opposite sides are in the same length, so the above one is not a rectangle.

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
You tear off the four corners of the square and arrange them to form a circle. You notice that the sum of the angle measures of a square is equal to 360°. For what other quadrilaterals is this also true?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 71

Answer: The sum of the angles in a parallelogram are 360°

Review & Refresh

Question 15.
5 pt = ___ c

Answer : 5 pt = 10 c

Explanation:
Convert from pints to cups.
1 pint = 2 cups
5 pints = 5 × 2 cups
5 pints = 10 cups

Question 16.
32 fl oz = ___ c
Answer: 32 fl oz =  4 c
Explanation:
Convert from fl oz to cups.
1 fl oz = 0.125 cups
32 fl oz are equal to 4 c.

Question 17.
20 qt = ___ c

Answer : 20 qt = 80 c

Explanation:
Convert from quarts to cups.
1 quart = 4 cups
20 qt = 20 × 4 cups = 80 cups

Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes Performance Task 14

A homeowner wants to install solar panels on her roof to generate electricity for her house. A solar panel is 65 inches long and 39 inches wide.

Question 1.
a. The shape of the panel has 4 right angles. Sketch and classify the shape of the solar panel.

Answer : Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 41

Explanation: A rectangle is a parallelogram that has four right angles. So the shape of the solar panel is a rectangle.

b. There are 60 identical solar cells in a solar panel, arranged in an array. Ten cells meet to form the length of the panel, and six cells meet to form the width. Classify the shape of each solar cell. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 72

Answer: A rectangle is a parallelogram that has four right angles. So the shape of the solar panel is a rectangle.

Question 2.
The home owner measures three sections of her roof.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 73
a. Classify the shape of each section in as many ways as possible.

Answer:  Right triangle.

Explanation: In a triangle one of the angle is a right angle (90 Deg ) called as Right triangle

Answer: Rectangle

Explanation: Rectangle is a parallelogram with four right angles, so all rectangles are also parallelograms and quadrilaterals. On the other hand, not all quadrilaterals and parallelograms are rectangles.

Answer: Isosceles trapezoid

Explanation: An isosceles trapezoid is a trapezoid whose non-parallel sides are congruent.

b. About how many solar panels can fit on the measured sections of the roof? Explain your reasoning.

Question 3.
One solar panel can produce about 30 kilowatt-hours of electricity each month. The homeowner uses her electric bills to determine that she uses about 1,200 kilowatt-hours of electricity each month.

a. How many solar panels should the homeowner install on her roof?

Answer: 40 Solar panels

Explanation: 40 Solar panels X 30 kilowatt-hours of electricity each month per one solar panel equal to 1,200 kilowatt-hours of electricity per month, So the answer is 40 solar panels.

b. Will all of the solar panels fit on the measured sections of the roof? Explain.

Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes Activity

Quadrilateral Lineup

Directions:

  1. Players take turns spinning the spinner.
  2. On your turn, cover a quadrilateral that matches your spin.
  3. If you land on, Lose a turn, then do not cover a quadrilateral.
  4. The first player to get four in a row twice, horizontally, vertically, Recor diagonally, wins!

Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 74
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 75

Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes Chapter Practice 14

14.1 Classify Triangles

Classify the triangle by its angles and its sides.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 76

Answer: Scalene triangle.
Explanation: A Scalene triangle has no sides that are congruent (Same size) and angles also all different.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 77

Answer: Right triangle.
Explanation: In a triangle one of the angle is a right angle (90 deg ) called as Right triangle.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 78

Answer: Isosceles triangle.

Explanation: An Isosceles triangle has two sides of the same length. Two of its angle also measure equal.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 79

Answer: Equiangular triangle

Explanation: In an equilateral triangle, all the lengths of the sides are equal. In such a case, each of the interior angles

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 80

Answer: Right triangle.

Explanation: In a triangle one of the angle is a right angle (90° ) called as Right triangle.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 81

Answer: Scalene triangle.

Explanation: A Scalene triangle has no sides that are congruent (Same size) and angles also all different.

14.2 Classify Quadrilaterals

Classify the quadrilateral in as many ways as possible.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 82

Answer: Square

Explanation: A square is a parallelogram that has four right angles and four sides of the same length.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 83

Answer: Rectangle

Explanation: A rectangle is a parallelogram that has four right angle, Opposite sides are the same length

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 84

Answer: Square

Explanation: The diagonals of a square bisect each other and meet at 90°. The diagonals of a square bisect its angles. The opposite sides of a square are both parallel and equal in length. All four angles of a square are equal (each being 360°/4 = 90°, a right angle).

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 85

Answer: Isosceles trapezoid

Explanation: An isosceles trapezoid is a trapezoid whose non-parallel sides are congruent.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 86

Answer: Rectangle

Explanation: A rectangle is a parallelogram that has four right angle, Opposite sides are the same length

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 87

Answer: Trapezoid

Explanation: A trapezoid is a quadrilateral that has exactly one pair of parallel sides.

Question 13.
Structure
Plot two more points in the coordinate plane to form a quadrilateral that has exactly two a rectangle. What two points can you plot to form a trapezoid? What two points can you plot to form a rhombus? Do not use the same pair of points twice.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 88

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-5-Chapter-14-Classify-Two-Dimensional-Shapes-88

Question 14.
Reasoning
Can you draw a quadrilateral that has exactly two right angles? Explain.

Explanation: A quadrilateral with only 2 right angles and it is called a trapezoid .

enter image source here

Question 15.
Modeling Real Life
The dashed line shows how you break apart the graham cracker. Classify the new shape of each piece of the graham cracker.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 89

Answer: Square

Explanation: The diagonals of a square bisect each other and meet at 90°.

14.3 Relate Quadrilaterals

Tell whether the statement is true or false.

Question 16.
All rectangles are quadrilaterals.

Answer: True

Explanation: A closed figure with four sides. For example, kites, parallelograms, rectangles, rhombuses, squares, and trapezoids are all quadrilaterals

Question 17.
Some parallelograms are squares.

Answer: True

Explanation: Squares fulfill all criteria of being a rectangle because all angles are right angle and opposite sides are equal. Similarly, they fulfill all criteria of a rhombus, as all sides are equal and their diagonals bisect each other.

Question 18.

All trapezoids are rectangles.

Answer: False

Explanation: Rectangles are defined as a four-sided polygon with two pairs of parallel sides. On the other hand, a trapezoid is defined as a quadrilateral with only one pair of parallel sides.

Question 19.
Some rectangles are rhombuses.

Answer: True

Explanation: A rectangle is a parallelogram with all its interior angles being 90 degrees. A rhombus is a parallelogram with all its sides equal. This means that for a rectangle to be a rhombus, its sides must be equal. A rectangle can be a rhombus only if has extra properties which would make it a square

Question 20.
Some squares are trapezoids.

Answer: True

Explanation: The definition of a trapezoid is that it is a quadrilateral that has at least one pair of parallel sides. A square, therefore, would be considered a trapezoid.

Question 21.
All quadrilaterals are squares.

Answer: False

Explanation : Quadrilateral: A closed figure with four sides. For example, kites, parallelograms, rectangles, Square: A rectangle with four sides of equal length. Trapezoid: A quadrilateral with at least one pair of parallel sides So, All quadrilaterals are not squares.

Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes Cumulative Practice 1-14

Question 1.
Which model shows 0.4 × 0.2?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 90

Answer:

Question 2.
A triangle has angle measures of 82°, 53°, and 45°. Classify the triangle by its angles.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 91

Answer: C

Explanation: An obtuse triangle has one angle measuring more than 90º but less than 180º (an obtuse angle). It is not possible to draw a triangle with more than one obtuse angle

Question 3.
Which expressions have an estimated difference of \(\frac{1}{2}\) ?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 92

Answer:

Question 4.
A rectangular prism has a volume of 288 cubic centimeters. The height of the prism is 8 centimeters. The base is a square. What is a side length of the base?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 93

Answer: A

Explanation: volume of a rectangular prism, multiply its 3 dimensions: length x width x height. The volume is expressed in cubic units. So,6 X 6 X 8 is equal to 288 cubic centimeters, Therefore the side length of the base is 6 cm.

Question 5.
A sandwich at a food stand costs $3.00. Each additional topping costs the same extra amount. The coordinate plan shows the costs, in dollars, of sandwiches with different numbers of additional toppings. What is the cost of a sandwich with 3 additional toppings?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 94

Answer:

Question 6.
Which statements are true?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 95

Answer:  The following statements are true
Option 2,option 3 and option 4 .

Explanation :
Option 2 :
All squares are rectangles are parallelograms is true, why because squares fulfill all criteria of being a rectangle because all angles are right angle and opposite sides are equal. Similarly, they fulfill all criteria of a rhombus, as all sides are equal and their diagonals bisect each other.
Option 3: All squares are rhombuses is true, why because All squares are rhombuses, but not all rhombuses are squares. The opposite interior angles of rhombuses are congruent.
Option 4:  Every trapezoid is a quadrilateral is true, why because Trapezoids have only one pair of parallel sides; parallelograms have two pairs of parallel sides.

Question 7.
Your friend makes a volcano for a science project. She uses 10 cups of vinegar. How many pints of vinegar does he use?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 96

Answer: Option B

Explanation: 1 cup is equal to  0.5 pints, therefore 10 cups are equal to 5 pints.

Question 8.
The volume of the rectangular prism is 432 cubic centimeters. What is the length of the prism?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 97

Answer: Option A

Explanation: volume of a rectangular prism, multiply its 3 dimensions: length x width x height. The volume is expressed in cubic units.
So, 6 cm X 9 cm X 8 cm is equal to 432 cubic centimeters.
Therefore the length of prim is 9 cm.

Question 9.
Descartes draws a pentagon by plotting another point in the coordinate plane and connecting the points. Which coordinates could he use?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 98

Answer:

Question 10.
Newton rides to the dog park in a taxi. He owes the driver $12. He calculates the driver’s tip by multiplying $12 by 0.15. How much does he pay the driver, including the tip?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 99

Answer: Option  C

Explanation: Driver cost $12 + ($12 X 0.15 )= 12+1.8 =13.8
Therefore answer is $13.8.

Question 11.
A quadrilateral has four sides with the same length, two pairs of parallel sides, and four 90° angles. Classify the quadrilateral in as many ways as possible.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 100

Answer: Square, Parallelogram

Explanation: A quadrilateral has four sides with the same length, two pairs of parallel sides and four 90° angles is called as square. All squares are parallelograms.

Question 12.
Which ordered pair represents the location of a point shown in the coordinate plane?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 101

Answer:

Question 13.
What is the product of 5,602 and 17?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 102

Answer: 95234

Explanation: 5602 X 17 is equal to 95234.

Question 14.
Which pair of points do not lie on a line that is perpendicular to the x-axis?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 103

Answer:

Question 15.
Newton has a gift in the shape of a rectangular prism that has a volume of 10,500 cubic inches. The box he uses to ship the gift is shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 104
Part A What is the volume of the box?
Part B What is the volume, in cubic inches, of the space inside the box that is not taken up by gift? Explain.?

Answer:

Question 16.
Which expressions have a product greater than \(\frac{5}{6}=\)?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 105

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-14-Classify-Two-Dimensional-Shapes-105

Question 17.
Newton is thinking of a shape that has 4 sides, only one pair of parallel sides, and angle measures of 90°, 40°, 140°, and 90°. Which is Newton’s shape?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 106

Answer: D

Explanation: Trapezoid Only one pair of opposite sides is parallel.

Question 18.
Which rectangular prisms have a volume of 150 cubic feet?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 107

Answer: Option 1

Explanation: volume of a rectangular prism, multiply its 3 dimensions: length x width x height. The volume is expressed in cubic feet.
So,2 ft X 25 ft X 3 ft is equal to 150 cubic ft, Therefore the right answer is option 1.

Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes Steam Performance Task 1-14

Each student in your grade makes a constellation display by making holes for the stars of a constellation on each side of the display. Each display is a rectangular prism with a square base.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 108

Question 1.
Your science teacher orders a display for each student. The diagram shows the number of packages that can fit in a shipping box.
a. How many displays come in one box?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 109
b. There are 108 students in your grade. How many boxes of displays does your teacher order? Explain.
c. The volume of the shipping box is 48,000 cubic inches. What is the volume of each display?
d. The height of each display is 15 inches. What are the dimensions of the square base?
e. Estimate the dimensions of the shipping box.
f. You paint every side of the display except the bottom. What is the total area you will paint?
g. You need a lantern to light up your display. Does the lantern fit inside of your display? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 111

Question 2.
On one side of your display, you create an image of the constellation Libra. Each square on the grid is 1 square inch.
a. Classify the triangle formed by the points of the constellation.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 112

Answer: Equiangular triangle
Explanation: In an equilateral triangle, all the lengths of the sides are equal. In such a case, each of the interior angles

b. What are the coordinates of the points of the constellation?
c. What is the height of the constellation on your display?

Question 3.
You use the coordinate plane to create the image of the Big Dipper.
a. Plot the points A(6, 2), B(8, 2), C(7, 6), D(5, 5), E(7, 9), F(6, 12), and G(4, 14).
b. Draw lines connecting the points of quadrilateral ABCD. Draw \(\overline{C E}\), \(\overline{E F}\) and \(\overline{F G}\).
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes 113

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-14-Classify-Two-Dimensional-Shapes-113
c. Is quadrilateral ABCD a trapezoid? How do you know?

Answer: Yes ABCD is a trapezoid because all sides are not equal and only one pair has parallel sides.

Question 4.
Use the Internet or some other resource to learn more about constellations. Write one interesting thing you learn.

Answer: A constellation is a group of stars that appears to form a pattern or picture like Orion the Great Hunter, Leo the Lion, or Taurus the Bull. Constellations are easily recognizable patterns that help people orient themselves using the night sky. There are 88 “official” constellations.

Conclusion:

Sharpen your math skills by practicing the problems from Big Ideas Math Book 5th Grade Answer Key Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes. All the solutions of Grade 5 Chapter 14 Classify Two-Dimensional Shapes are prepared by the math professionals. Thus you can prepare effectively and score good marks in the exams.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays: Free step by step solutions to Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays are available here. You can learn the concepts of Stem and leaf plot, histogram, shapes of distribution, Box and Whisker plots in an easy manner. Hence Download Answer Key of Big Ideas Math 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays for free of cost. Start practicing the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Data Displays problems and score good marks in the exams.

Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays

Solve the problems on Data Displays listed below and become a master in maths. I know it is difficult for parents to explain the homework problems. So, in order to help them, we are providing the solutions for BIM Math 6th Grade Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays. Make use of the Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Solution Key and make your child completer their homework in time.

Performance Task

Lesson 1 – Stem-and-Leaf Plots

Lesson 1 - Stem-and-Leaf Plots

Lesson 2 – Histograms

Lesson 2 - Histograms

Lesson 3 – Shapes of Distributions

Lesson 3 - Shapes of Distributions

Lesson 4 – Choosing Appropriate Measures

Lesson 5 – Box-and-Whisker Plots

Lesson 5 - Box-and-Whisker Plots

Data Displays

Data Displays STEAM Video/Performance Task

STEAM Video
Choosing a Dog
Different animals grow at different rates. Given a group of puppies, describe an experiment that you can perform to compare their growth rates. Describe a real-life situation where knowing an animal’s growth rate can be useful.

Watch the STEAM Video “Choosing a Dog.” Then answer the following questions.
1. Using Alex and Tony’s stem-and-leaf plots below, describe the weights of most dogs at 3 months of age and 6 months of age.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 1

Answer:
Weight of dogs at 3 months:
29, 34, 40, 40, 41, 42, 44, 46, 47, 48, 48, 53
Weight of dogs at 6 months:
57, 58, 61, 61, 63, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 67, 73
2. Make predictions about how the stem-and-leaf plot will look after 9 months and after 1 year.
Weight of dogs at 9 months
77, 78, 81, 81, 83, 84, 85, 85, 85, 86, 87, 91
Weight of dogs at 1 year
87, 88, 89, 93, 94, 95, 95, 95, 95, 96, 97, 99

Performance Task
Classifying Dog Breeds by Size
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 2
After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be given names, breeds, and weights of full-grown dogs at a shelter.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 3
You will use a data display to make conclusions about the sizes of dogs at the shelter. Why might someone be interested in knowing the sizes of dogs at a shelter?

Answer:
Because they need time to adjust.
You can buy the dog shelter based on the height and weight of the dogs.

Data Displays Getting Ready for Chapter 10

Chapter Exploration
Work with a partner. A famous data set was collected in Scotland in the mid-1800s. It contains the chest sizes(in inches) of 5738 men in the Scottish Militia.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 4
1. Describe the shape of the bar graph shown above.

Answer: The shape of the above graph is Histogram.

2. Which of the following data sets have a bar graph that is similar in shape to the bar graph shown above? Assume the sample is selected randomly from the population. Explain your reasoning.
a. the heights of 500 women
b. the ages of 500 dogs
c. the last digit of 500 phone numbers
d. the weights of 500 newborn babies

Answer: The last digit of 500 phone numbers is similar in shape to the bar graph shown above.

3. Describe two other real-life data sets, one that is similar in shape to the bar graph shown above and one that is not.

Answer: The height of 500 students in the school and age of students in the classroom.

Vocabulary
The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
stem-and-leaf plot
box-and-whisker plot
frequency table
five-number summary

Answer:
i. stem-and-leaf plot: A stem-and-leaf display or stem-and-leaf plot is a device for presenting quantitative data in a graphical format, similar to a histogram, to assist in visualizing the shape of a distribution.
ii. A box and whisker plot—also called a box plot—displays the five-number summary of a set of data. The five-number summary is the minimum, first quartile, median, third quartile, and maximum. In a box plot, we draw a box from the first quartile to the third quartile. A vertical line goes through the box at the median.
iii. In statistics, a frequency distribution is a list, table, or graph that displays the frequency of various outcomes in a sample. Each entry in the table contains the frequency or count of the occurrences of values within a particular group or interval.
iv. The five-number summary is a set of descriptive statistics that provides information about a dataset.

Lesson 10.1 Stem-and-Leaf Plots

EXPLORATION 1

Making a Data Display
Workwith a partner. The list below gives the ages of women when they became first ladies of the United States.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 1
a. The incomplete data display shows the ages of the first ladies in the left column of the list above. What do the numbers on the left represent? What do the numbers on the right represent?
b. This data display is called a stem-and-leaf plot. What numbers do you think represent the stems? leaves? Explain your reasoning.
c. Complete the stem-and-leaf plot using the remaining ages.

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-6-Chapter-10-Data-Displays-10.1-1
The tens place represents the stem and the ones place represents the leaf.
d. REASONING
Write a question about the ages of first ladies that is easier to answer using a stem-and-leaf plot than a dot plot.
Answer: Make the stem and leaf plot to find the ages of the first ladies.
By using the above data you can make the stem and leaf plot easily.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 2

Key Idea
Stem-and-Leaf Plots
A stem-and-leaf plot uses the digits of data values to organize a data set. Each data value is broken into a stem(digit or digits on the left) and a leaf(digit or digits on the right).
A stem-and-leaf plot shows how data are distributed.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 4

EXAMPLE 1

Making a Stem-and-Leaf Plot
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 5
Make a stem-and-leaf plot of the lengths of the 12 phone calls.
Step 1: Order the data.
2, 3, 5, 6, 10, 14, 18, 23, 23, 30, 36, 55
Step 2: Choose the stems and the leaves. Because the data values range from 2 to 55, use the tens digits for the stems and the ones digits for the leaves. Be sure to include the key.
Step 3: Write the stems to the left of the vertical line.
Step 4: Write the leaves for each stem to the right of the vertical line.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 6

Try It
Question 1.
Make a stem-and-leaf plot of the hair lengths.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 7
Answer:
Step 1: Order the data.
1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 7, 12, 20, 23, 27, 30, 32, 33, 38, 40, 44, 47
Step 2: Choose the stems and the leaves. Because the data values range from 1 to 47, use the tens digits for the stems and the ones digits for the leaves. Be sure to include the key.
Step 3: Write the stems to the left of the vertical line.
Step 4: Write the leaves for each stem to the right of the vertical line.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 12 Data Displays img_5

EXAMPLE 2
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 8
The stem-and-leaf plot shows student quiz scores. (a) How many students scored less than 8 points? (b) How many students scored at least 9 points? (c) How are the data distributed?
a. There are five scores less than 8 points:
6.6, 7.0, 7.5, 7.7, and 7.8.
Five students scored less than 8 points.10
b. There are four scores of at least 9 points:
9.0, 9.2, 9.9, and 10.0.
Four students scored at least 9 points.
c. There are few low quiz scores and few high quiz scores. So, most of the scores are in the middle, from 8.1 to 8.9 points.

Try It
Question 2.
Use the grading scale at the right.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 9
a. How many students received a B on the quiz?
Answer: There are 9 students who received a B on the quiz.
b. How many students received a C on the quiz?
Answer: There are 4 students who received a C on the quiz.

Self – Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Question 3.
MAKING A STEM-AND-LEAF PLOT
Make a stem-and-leaf plot of the data values 14, 22, 9, 13, 30, 8, 25, and 29.
Answer:
The ones represent the leaf and the tens place represent the stem.
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_6

Question 4.
WRITING
How does a stem-and-leaf plot show the distribution of a data set?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 10
Answer:
02, 03, 1, 21, 26, 30, 34, 36, 44, 45, 48, 48, 49

Explanation:
A stem-and-leaf display or stem-and-leaf plot is a device for presenting quantitative data in a graphical format, similar to a histogram, to assist in visualizing the shape of a distribution.

Question 5.
REASONING
Consider the stem-and-leaf plot shown.
a. How many data values are at most 10?
Answer: By seeing the above stem and leaf plot we can find the data values of at most 10.
The data values less than or equal to 10 are 3.
b. How many data values are at least 30?
Answer: By seeing the above stem and leaf plot we can find the data values of at least 30.
The data values of less than 30 are 5.
c. How are the data distributed?
Answer: The data is distributed according to the stem and leaf plot. The tens place is given to the stem and the ones place is given to the leaf.

Question 6.
CRITICAL THINKING
How can you display data whose values range from 82 through 129 in a stem-and-leaf plot?
Answer:
Given data range from 82 to 129
Considering 9 random values between 82 and 129.
From the data 86, 91, 93, 100, 107, 109, 113, 122, 124, stem and leaf are calculated for each number.
86 is split into 8 (stem) and 6 (leaf)
91 is split into 9 (stem) and 1 (leaf)
93 is split into 9 (stem) and 3 (leaf)
100 is split into 10 (stem) and 0 (leaf)
107 is split into 10 (stem) and 7 (leaf)
109 is split into 10 (stem) and 9 (leaf)
113 is split into 11 (stem) and 3 (leaf)
122 is split into 12 (stem) and 2 (leaf)
124 is split into 12 (stem) and 4 (leaf)

Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_7

EXAMPLE 3
Modeling Real Life
The stem-and-leaf plot shows the heights of several houseplants. Use the data to answer the question, “What is a typical height of a houseplant?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 11
Find the mean, median, and mode of the data. Use the measure that best represents the data to answer the statistical question.
Mean: \(\frac{162}{15}\) = 10.8
Median: 11
Mode: 11
The mean is slightly less than the median and mode, but all three measures can be used to represent the data.
So, the typical height of a houseplant is about 11 inches.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 12
Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
Work with a partner. Use two number cubes to conduct the following experiment. Then use a stem-and-leaf plot to organize your results and describe the distribution of the data.
• Toss the cubes and find the product of the resulting numbers. Record your results.
• Repeat this process 30 times.
Answer:
From the data 15,4,6,30,6,8,36,12,12,6,6,4,15,10,4,2,20,3,15,6,4,6,3,10,3,20,4,12,4,20.
Stem and leaf are calculated for each number.
15 is split into 1 (stem) and 5 (leaf)
04 is split into 0 (stem) and 4 (leaf)
06 is split into 0 (stem) and 6 (leaf)
30 is split into 3 (stem) and 0 (leaf)
06 is split into 0 (stem) and 6 (leaf)
08 is split into 0 (stem) and 8 (leaf)
36 is split into 3 (stem) and 6 (leaf)
12 is split into 1 (stem) and 2 (leaf)
12 is split into 1 (stem) and 2 (leaf)
06 is split into 0 (stem) and 6 (leaf)
06 is split into 0 (stem) and 6 (leaf)
04 is split into 0 (stem) and 4 (leaf)
15 is split into 1 (stem) and 5 (leaf)
10 is split into 1 (stem) and 0 (leaf)
04 is split into 0 (stem) and 4 (leaf)
02 is split into 0 (stem) and 2 (leaf)
20 is split into 2 (stem) and 0 (leaf)
03 is split into 0 (stem) and 3 (leaf)
15 is split into 1 (stem) and 5 (leaf)
06 is split into 0 (stem) and 6 (leaf)
04 is split into 0 (stem) and 4 (leaf)
06 is split into 0 (stem) and 6 (leaf)
03 is split into 0 (stem) and 3 (leaf)
20 is split into 2 (stem) and 0 (leaf)
04 is split into 0 (stem) and 4 (leaf)
12 is split into 1 (stem) and 2 (leaf)
04 is split into 0 (stem) and 4 (leaf)
20 is split into 2 (stem) and 0 (leaf)
Big ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_8

Question 8.
The stem-and-leaf plot shows the weights (in pounds) of several puppies at a pet store. Use the data to answer the question, “How much does a puppy at the pet store weigh?
Answer:
We can use the mean of the data. To find the mean, add the data then divide the sum of the number of data
(8+12+15+17+18+24+24+31)/8 = 149/8 = 18.625
To the nearest pound, a puppy weighs about 19 pounds

Stem-and-Leaf Plots Homework & Practice 10.1

Review & Refresh

Find and interpret the mean absolute deviation of the data.
Question 1.
8, 6, 8, 5, 3, 10, 11, 5, 7
Answer:
First, arrange the given values in the ascending order.
3, 5, 5, 6, 7, 8, 8, 10, 11
We find the mean of the data
mean = (3 + 5 + 5 + 6 + 7 + 8 + 8 + 10 + 11)/9
mean = 7

Question 2.
55, 46, 39, 62, 55, 51, 48, 60, 39, 45
Answer:
First, arrange the given values in the ascending order.
39, 39, 45, 46, 48, 51, 55, 55, 60, 62
We find the mean of the data
mean = (39 + 39 + 45 + 46 + 48 + 51 + 55 + 55 + 60 + 62)/10
mean = 50

Question 3.
37, 54, 41, 18, 28, 32
Answer:
First, arrange the given values in the ascending order.
18, 28, 32, 37, 41, 54
We find the mean of the data
mean = (18+28+32+37+41+54)/6
mean = 35

Question 4.
12, 25, 8, 22, 6, 1, 10, 4
Answer:
First, arrange the given values in ascending order.
1, 4, 6, 8, 10,12, 22, 25
mean = (1+ 4 + 6 + 8 + 10 + 12 + 22 + 25)/8
mean = 11

Use the Distributive Property to simplify the expression.
Question 5.
5(n + 8)
Answer: 5n + 40

Explanation:
5(n + 8) = 5 × n + 5 × 8
5n + 40

Question 6.
7(y – 6)
Answer: 7y – 42

Explanation:
7(y – 6) = 7 × y – 7 × 6
7y – 42

Question 8.
14(2b + 3)
Answer: 28b + 42

Explanation:
14(2b + 3) = 14 × 2b + 14 × 3
28b + 42

Question 9.
11(9 + s)
Answer: 99 + 11s

Explanation:
11(9 + s) = 11 × 9 + 11 × s
99 + 11s

Solve the equation.
Question 9.
\(\frac{p}{2}\) = 8
Answer: 16

Explanation:
\(\frac{p}{2}\) = 8
p = 8 × 2
p = 16

Question 10.
28 = 6g
Answer: 4.66

Explanation:
28 = 6g
g = 28/6 = 4.66
Thus g = 4.66

Question 11.
3d ÷ 4 = 9
Answer: 12

Explanation:
3d ÷ 4 = 9
3d = 9 × 4
3d = 36
d = 36/3
d = 12
Thus d = 12

Question 12.
10 = \(\frac{2z}{3}\)
Answer:

Explanation:
10 = \(\frac{2z}{3}\)
10 × 3 = 2z
2z = 30
z = 30/2
z = 15
So, z = 15

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

REASONING
Write a question that is easier to answer using the stem-and-leaf plot than a dot plot. (See Exploration 1, p. 457.)
Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 13
Answer:
Make a stem leaf plot to find the number of customers who visit your shop.
12, 13, 16, 17, 20, 21, 21, 23, 23, 28, 28, 32, 33, 34, 34, 35, 35, 36, 39, 39, 40, 41, 41, 42, 44, 46, 47, 48, 49, 49

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 14
Answer:
Make the stem leaf plot to find the number of text messages you received per hour.
40, 40, 42, 46, 46, 49, 51, 51, 53, 53, 57, 57, 57, 59, 59, 59, 61, 62, 62, 65, 65, 66, 67, 68, 68, 70, 72, 72, 73, 74.

MAKING A STEM-AND-LEAF PLOT Make a stem-and-leaf plot of the data.
Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 15
Answer:
We have to write the stem and leaf plot for the above table.
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_9

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 16
Answer:
We have to write the stem and leaf plot for the above table.
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_10

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 17
Answer:
We have to write the stem and leaf plot for the above table.
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_10

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 18
Answer:
We have to write the stem and leaf plot for the above table.
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_12

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 19
Answer:
We have to write the stem and leaf plot for the above table.
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_13

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 20
Answer:
We have to write the stem and leaf plot for the above table.
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_14

Question 21.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend makes a stem-and-leaf plot of the data. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 21
51, 25, 47, 42, 55, 26, 50, 44, 55
Answer: your friend is correct

Explanation:
In stem and leaf plot the tens place represent stem and the ones place represent the leaf.

MODELING REAL LIFE
The stem-and-leaf plot shows the numbers of confirmed cases of a virus in 15 countries.
Question 22.
How many of the countries have more than 60 confirmed cases?
Answer: 6 countries

Explanation:
By seeing the above stem and leaf plot we can find the number of cases more than 60.
The number of leaf represents the number of countries.
62, 63, 63, 67, 75, 97.
Thus there are 6 countries that have more than 60 confirmed cases.

Question 23.
Find the mean, median, mode, range, and interquartile range of the data.
Answer:
41, 41, 43, 43, 45, 50, 52, 53, 54, 62, 63, 63, 67, 75, 97
In its simplest mathematical definition regarding data sets, the mean used is the arithmetic mean, also referred to as mathematical expectation, or average.
Mean:
mean = (41+41+43+43+45+50+52+53+54+62+63+63+67+75+97)/15
mean = 56.6
Median:
In the odd cases where there are only two data samples or there is an even number of samples where all the values are the same, the mean and median will be the same.
41, 41, 43, 43, 45, 50, 52, 53, 54, 62, 63, 63, 67, 75, 97
So, the median of the given data is 53.
Mode:
The mode is the value in a data set that has the highest number of recurrences.
41, 41, 43, 43, 45, 50, 52, 53, 54, 62, 63, 63, 67, 75, 97
mode = 41, 43, 63 (Repeated 2 times)

Question 24.
How are the data distributed?
Answer:
The distribution of a data set is the shape of the graph when all possible values are plotted on a frequency graph. Usually, we are not able to collect all the data for our variable of interest.

Question 25.
Which data value is an outlier? Describe how the outlier affects the mean.
Answer:
Outliers affect the mean value of the data but have little effect on the median or mode of a given set of data.
Example: A student receives a zero on a quiz and subsequently. has the following scores: 0, 70, 70, 80, 85, 90, 90, 90, 95, 100. Outlier: 0.

Question 26.
REASONING
Each stem-and-leaf plot below has a mean of 39. Without calculating, determine which stem-and-leaf plot has the lesser mean absolute deviation. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 23
Answer:
i. 23, 27, 30, 32, 36, 39, 41, 42, 45, 48, 51, 54
Mean = (23+27+30+32+36+39+41+42+45+48+51+54)/12
Mean = 39
The mean absolute deviation is 7.833
ii. 22, 24, 25, 28, 29, 33, 38, 45, 53, 56, 57, 58
Mean = (22+24+25+28+29+33+38+45+53+56+57+58)/12
Mean = 39
The mean absolute deviation is 12.333
Thus the first stem and leaf plot has the lesser mean absolute deviation.

Question 27.
DIG DEEPER!
The stem-and-leaf plot shows the daily high temperatures (in degrees Fahrenheit) for the first 15 days of June.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 24
a. When you include the daily high temperatures for the rest of the month, the mean absolute deviation increases. Draw a stem-and-leaf plot that could represent all of the daily high temperatures for the month.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 12 Data Displays img_6
b. Use your stem-and-leaf plot from part(a) to answer the question, “What is a typical daily high temperature in June?”
Answer: 89°F is the high temperature in the month of June.

Question 28.
CRITICAL THINKING
The back-to-back stem-and-leaf plot shows the 9-hole golf scores for two golfers. Only one of the golfers can compete in a tournament as your teammate. Use measures of center and measures of variation to support choosing either golfer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.1 25
Answer:
The scores of Rich are
35, 37, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 48
The scores of Will are
42, 43, 44, 44, 46, 47, 47, 48, 49
Will can compete in the tournament.

Lesson 10.2 Histograms

EXPLORATION 1

Performing an Experiment
Work with a partner.
a. Make the airplane shown from a single sheet of 8\(\frac{1}{2}\) by-11-inch paper. Then design and make your own paper airplane.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 1
b. PRECISION
Fly each airplane 20 times. Keep track of the distance flown each time. Specify Units. What units will you use to measure the distance flown? Will the units you use affect the results in your frequency table? Explain.
c. A frequency table groups data values into intervals. The frequency is the number of values in an interval. Use a frequency table to organize the results for each airplane.
d. MODELING Represent the data in the frequency tables graphically. Which airplane flies farther? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 3

Key Idea
Histograms
p. 463 frequency, A histogram is a bar graph that shows the frequencies of data values in intervals of the same size.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 4
The height of a bar represents the frequency of the values in the interval.

EXAMPLE 1
Making a Histogram
The frequency table shows the numbers of laps that people in a swimming class completed today. Display the data in a histogram.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 5
Step 1: Draw and label the axes.
Step 2: Draw a bar to represent the frequency of each interval.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 6

Try It
Question 1.
The frequency table shows the ages of people riding a roller coaster. Display the data in a histogram.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 7
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Answers Chapter 10 Data Displays img_21

EXAMPLE 2
Using a Histogram
The histogram shows winning speeds at the Daytona 500.
(a) Which interval contains the most data values?
(b) How many of the winning speeds are less than 140 miles per hour?
(c) How many of the winning speeds are at least 160 miles per hour?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 8.1
a. The interval with the tallest bar contains the most data values.
So, the 150−159 miles per hour interval contains the most data values.
b. One winning speed is in the 120−129 miles per hour interval, and eight winning speeds are in the 130−139 miles per hour interval.
So, 1 + 8 = 9 winning speeds are less than 140 miles per hour.
c. Eight winning speeds are in the 160−169 miles per hour interval, and five winning speeds are in the 170−179 miles per hour interval.
So, 8 + 5 =13 winning speeds are at least 160 miles per hour.

Try It
Question 2.
The histogram shows the numbers of hours that students in a class slept last night.
a. How many students slept at least 8 hours?
b. How many students slept less than 12 hours?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 8

Answer:

A. Number of students who slept for 8 to 11 hours is 8.
Number of students who slept for 12 to 15 hours is 3.
The total number of students who slept for atleast 8 hours is 8.

B. Number of students who slept for 8 to 11 hours is 8.
Number of students who slept for 4 to 7 hours is 8.
Number of students who slept for 0 to 3 hours is 2.
Thus the number of students who slept for less than 12 hours is 8 + 8 + 2 = 18 students

EXAMPLE 3
Comparing Data Displays
The data displays show how many push-ups students in a class completed for a physical fitness test. Which data display can you use to find how many students are in the class? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 9
You can use the histogram because it shows the number of students in each interval. The sum of these values represents the number of students in the class. You cannot use the circle graph because it does not show the number of students in each interval.

Try It
Question 3.
Which data display should you use to describe the portion of the entire class that completed 30−39 push-ups? Explain.
Answer: You should use the percentage of the number of students in the interval of 30-39 to find the completed push-ups.
The portion of the entire class that completed 30−39 push-ups is 24%

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal
Question 4.
MAKING A HISTOGRAM
The table shows the numbers of siblings of students in a class.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 10
a. Display the data in a histogram.b. Explain how you chose reasonable intervals for your histogram in part
Answer:

Question 5.
NUMBER SENSE
Can you find the range and the interquartile range of the data in the histogram? If so, find them. If you cannot find them, explain why not.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 11
Answer:

EXAMPLE 4
Modeling Real Life made using the data displays in Example 3?
A. Twelve percent of the class completed 9 push-ups.
B. Five students completed at least 10 and at most 19 push-ups.
C. At least one student completed more than 39 push-ups.
D. Less than \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the class completed 30 or more push-ups.
The circle graph shows that12% completed 0−9 push-ups, but you cannot determine how many completed exactly 9. So, Statement A cannot be made.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 12
In the histogram, the bar height for the 10−19 interval is 5, and the bar height for the 40−49 interval is 1. So, Statements B and C can be made.
The circle graph shows that24% completed 30−39 push-ups, and 4% completed 40−49 push-ups. So, 24% + 4% =28% completed 30 or more push-ups. Because \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 25% and 28% > 25%, Statement D cannot be made.
The correct answers are A and D.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 13
Question 6.
The histogram shows the numbers of rebounds per game for a middle school basketball player in a season.
a. Which interval contains the most data values?
b. 54 How many games did the player play during the season?
c. In what percent of the games did the player have 4 or more rebounds?
Answer:

Question 7.
Determine whether you can make each statement by using the histogram in the previous exercise.Explain.Rebounds
a. The basketball player had 2 rebounds in 6 different games.
b. The basketball player had more than 1 rebound in 9 different games
Answer:

Histograms Homework & Practice 10.2

Review & Refresh

Make a stem-and-leaf plot of the data.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_11

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_12

Find the percent of the number.
Question 3.
25% of 180
Answer: 45

Explanation:
25% = 25/100
25/100 × 180
We get 45
So, 25% of 180 is 45.

Question 4.
30% of 90
Answer: 27

Explanation:
30% = 30/100
30/100 × 90 = 27
So, 30% of 90 is 27

Question 5.
16% of 140
Answer: 22.4

Explanation:
16% = 16/100
16/100 × 140 = 22.4
So, 16% of 140 is 22.4

Question 6.
64% of 807.
Answer: 516.48

Explanation:
64% = 64/100
64/100 × 807 = 516.48
So, 64% of 807 is 516.48

Question 7.
What is the least common multiple of 7 and 12?
A. 28
B. 42
C. 84
D. 168
Answer: 84

Explanation:
Find and list multiples of each number until the first common multiple is found. This is the lowest common multiple.
Multiples of 7:
7, 14, 21, 28, 35, 42, 49, 56, 63, 70, 77, 84, 91, 98
Multiples of 12:
12, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, 84, 96, 108
Therefore,
LCM(7, 12) = 84
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving
MAKING A FREQUENCY TABLE Organize the data using a frequency table. (See Exploration 1, p. 463.)
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 16
Answer:

BIM Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays img_13

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 17
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays img_14

MAKING A HISTOGRAM Display the data in a histogram.
Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 18
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays img_15

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 19
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays img_16

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 20
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays img_17

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 21
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays img_18

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 22
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays img_19

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 23
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays img_20

Question 16.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend displays the data in a histogram. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 24
Answer: yes your friend is correct.
The frequency table matches the histogram.

Question 17.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The histogram shows the numbers of magazines read last month by the students in a class.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 25
a. Which interval contains the fewest data values?
Answer: The interval 4-5 has the fewest data values.
b. How many students are in the class?
Answer:
0-1 = 2
2-3 = 15
4-5 = 0
6-7 = 3
2 + 15 + 3 = 20
c. What percent of the students read fewer than six magazines?
Answer: By seeing the above histogram we can say that 25% of the students read fewer than six magazines.

Question 18.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend interprets the histogram. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 26
Answer:
Compare your friend with the above histogram.
By seeing the above histogram we can say that it took 12 seconds to download songs.
So, your friend is correct.

Question 19.
REASONING
The histogram shows the percent of the voting-age population in each state who voted in a presidential election. Explain whether the graph supports each statement.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 27
a. Only 40% of one state voted.
b. In most states, between 50% and 64.9% voted.
c. The mode of the data is between 55% and 59.9%
Answer:

Question 20.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The histograms show the areas of counties in Pennsylvania and Indiana. Which state do you think has the greater area? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 28
Answer:

Question 21.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The data displays show how many pounds of garbage apartment residents produced in 1 week. Which data display can you use to find how many residents produced more than 25 pounds of garbage? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 29
Answer:

Question 22.
REASONING
Determine whether you can make each statement by using the data displays in Exercise 21. Explain your reasoning.
a. One resident produced 10 pounds of garbage.
b. Twelve residents produced between 20 and 29 pounds of garbage.
Answer:

Question 23.
DIG DEEPER!
The table shows the lengths of some whales in a marine sanctuary.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.2 30
a. Make a histogram of the data starting with the interval 51−55.
b. Make another histogram of the data using a different-sized interval.
c. Compare and contrast the two histograms.
Answer:

Question 24.
LOGIC
Can you find the mean or the median of the data in Exercise 17? Explain.
Answer:

Lesson 10.3 Shapes of Distributions

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 1

EXPLORATION
Describing Shapes of Distributions
Work with a partner. The lists show the first three digits and last four digits of several phone numbers in the contact list of a cell phone.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 2
a. Compare and contrast the distribution of the last digit of each phone number to the distribution of the first digit of each phone number. Describe the shapes of the distributions.
b. Describe the shape of the distribution of the data in the table below. Compare it to the distributions in part(a).
Answer:

You can use dot plots and histograms to identify shapes of distributions.

Key Ideas
Symmetric and Skewed Distributions
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 3

EXAMPLE 1
Describing Shapes of Distributions

Describe the shape of each distribution.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 4

Try It
Question 1.
Describe the shape of the distribution.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 5
Answer:
BIM 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays Answer Key img_4
A symmetric distribution has a graph in which the left side is a mirror image of the right side.
A skewed distribution has a graph in which a “tail” extends to the left and most data are on the right OR a “tail” extends to the right and most data are on the left.

EXAMPLE 2
Describing the Shape of a Distribution
The frequency table shows the ages of people watching a comedy in a theater. Display the data in a histogram. Then describe the shape of the distribution.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 6
Draw and label the axes. Then draw a bar to represent the frequency of each interval.
Most of the data are on the right, and the tail extends to the left.
So, the distribution is skewed left.
Answer:
For a distribution that is skewed right, the tail extends to the right and most of the data are on the left side of the graph.

Try It
Question 2.
The frequency table shows the ages of people watching a historical movie in a theater. Display the data in a histogram. Describe the shape of the distribution.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 7
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Question 3.
WRITING
Explain in your own words what it means for a distribution to be (a) skewed left, (b) symmetric, and (c) skewed right.
Answer:

Question 4.
DESCRIBING A DISTRIBUTION
Display the data shown in a histogram. Describe the shape of the distribution.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 8
Answer:

Question 5.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which histogram does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 9
Answer:

EXAMPLE 3
Modeling Real Life
The histogram shows the ages of people watching an animated movie in the same theater as in Example 2. Which movie has an older audience?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 10
Understand the problem
You are given histograms that display the ages of people watching two movies. You are asked to determine which movie has an older audience.

Make a plan
Use the intervals and distributions of the data to determine which movie has an older audience.

Solve and check
The intervals in the histograms are the same. Most of the data for the animated movie are on the left, while most of the data for the comedy are on the right. This means that the people watching the comedy are generally older than the people watching the animated movie.

So, the comedy has an older audience.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 11
Check Reasonableness
The movies have similar attendance. However,only4 people watching the comedy are 17 or under. A total of 35 people watching the animated movie are 17 or under. So, it is reasonable to conclude that the comedy has an older audience.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Question 6.
The frequency table shows the numbers of visitors each day to parks in Aurora and Grover in one month. Which park generally has more daily visitors? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 12
Answer:

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
The frequency tables below show the ages of guests on two cruises. Can you make accurate comparisons of the ages of the guests? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 13
Answer:

Shapes of Distributions Homework & Practice 10.1

Review & Refresh

Display the data in a histogram.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 12 Data Displays img_1
On the vertical axis, place frequencies. Label this axis “Frequency”.
On the horizontal axis, place the lower value of each interval.
Draw a bar extending from the lower value of each interval to the lower value of the next interval.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 15
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Data Displays img_2

On the vertical axis, place frequencies. Label this axis “Frequency”.
On the horizontal axis, place the lower value of each interval.
Draw a bar extending from the lower value of each interval to the lower value of the next interval.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 12 Data Displays img_3

On the vertical axis, place frequencies. Label this axis “Frequency”.
On the horizontal axis, place the lower value of each interval.
Draw a bar extending from the lower value of each interval to the lower value of the next interval.

Write a unit rate for the situation.
Question 4.
$200 per 8 days
Answer:
200/8 = 25
Thus $25 per day.

Question 5.
60 kilometers for every 1.5 hours
Answer:
Your average speed is 60 km per 1.5 hours.
60/1.5 = 40 km/hr

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

DESCRIBING SHAPES OF DISTRIBUTIONS Describe the shape of the distribution of the data in the table. (See Exploration 1, p. 471.)
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 17
Answer:
Step 1:
Order the data
0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 4, 4, 4, 5, 5, 6

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 18
Answer:
Step 1:
Order the data
12, 12, 12, 13, 13, 13, 14, 14, 14, 15, 15, 15, 16, 16, 16.

DESCRIBING SHAPES OF DISTRIBUTIONS

Describe the shape of the distribution.
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 19
Answer: 25, 26, 27, 27, 28, 28, 28, 28, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 30, 30, 30

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 20
Answer:

15, 16, 16, 17, 17, 17, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 19, 19, 19, 20, 20, 21

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 21
Answer:

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 22
Answer:

Question 12.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The frequency table shows the years of experience for the medical states in Jones County and Pine County. Display the data for each county in a histogram. Which county’s medical state has less experience? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 23
Answer:

Question 13.
REASONING
What is the shape of the distribution of the restaurant waiting times? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 24
Answer:

Question 14.
LOGIC
Are all distributions either approximately symmetric or skewed? Explain. If not, give an example.
Answer:

Question 15.
REASONING
Can you use a stem-and-leaf plot to describe the shape of a distribution? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
The table shows the donation amounts received by a charity in one day.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 25
a. Make a histogram of the data starting with the interval 0–14. Describe the shape of the distribution.
b. A company adds $5 to each donation. Make another histogram starting with the same interval as in part(a). Compare the shape of this distribution with the distribution in part(a). Explain any differences in the distributions.
Answer:

Question 17.
CRITICAL THINKING
Describe the shape of the distribution of each bar graph. Match the letters A, B, and C with the mean, the median, and the mode of each data set. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.3 26
Answer:

Lesson 10.4 Choosing Appropriate Measures

EXPLORATION 1
Using Shapes of Distributions
Work with a partner.
In Section 10.3 Exploration 1(a), you described the distribution of the first digits of the numbers at the right. In Exploration 1(b), you described the distribution of the data set below.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 1
What do you notice about the measures of center, measures of variation, and the shapes of the distributions? Explain.
b. Which measure of center best describes each data set? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 2
c. which measures best describe the data. Which measure of variation best describes each data set? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

You can use a measure of center and a measure of variation to describe the distribution of a data set.e shape of the distribution can help you choose which measures are the most appropriate to use.

Key Idea

Choosing Appropriate Measures
The mean absolute deviation (MAD) uses the mean in its calculation. So, when a data distribution is symmetric,
• use the mean to describe the center and
• use the MAD to describe the variation.

The interquartile range (IQR) uses quartiles in its calculation. So, when a data distribution is skewed,
• use the median to describe the center and
• use the IQR to describe the variation.

EXAMPLE 1
Choosing Appropriate Measures
The frequency table shows the number of states that border each state in the United States. What are the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 3
To see the distribution of the data, display the data in a histogram.
The left side of the graph is approximately a mirror image of the right side of the graph. The distribution is symmetric.
So, the mean and the mean absolute deviation are the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation.

Try It
Question 1.
The frequency table shows the gas mileages of several motorcycles made by a company. What are the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 4
Answer:
To see the distribution of the data, display the data in a histogram.
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_15

EXAMPLE 2
Describing a Data Set
The dot plot shows the average numbers of hours students in a class sleep each night. Describe the center and the variation of the data set.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 5
Most of the data values are on the right, clustered around 9, and the tail extends to the left. The distribution is skewed left, so the median and the interquartile range are the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation.
The median is 8.5 hours. The first quartile is 7.5, and the third quartile is 9. So, the interquartile range is 9 − 7.5 = 1.5 hours.
The data are centered around 8.5 hours. The middle half of the data varies by no more than 1.5 hours.

Try It
Question 2.
The dot plot shows the numbers of hours people spent at the gym last week. Describe the center and the variation of the data set.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 6
Answer:
Most of the data values are on the right, clustered around 6, and the tail extends to the left. The distribution is skewed left, so the median and the interquartile range are the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation.
The median is 5 hours. The first quartile is 2, and the third quartile is 4.
So, the interquartile range is 4 – 2 = 2 hours
The data are centered around 5 hours. The middle half of the data varies by no more than 2 hours.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Question 3.
OPEN-ENDED
Construct a dot plot for which the mean is the most appropriate measure to describe the center of the distribution.
Answer:

CHOOSING APPROPRIATE MEASURES
Choose the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation. Explain your reasoning. Then find the measures you chose.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 7
Answer:
20, 28, 32, 32, 36, 36, 40, 40, 40, 40, 44, 44, 44, 48
Order your data set from lowest to highest values
Find the median. This is the second quartile Q2.
At Q2 split the ordered data set into two halves.
The lower quartile Q1 is the median of the lower half of the data.
Q1 = 32
The upper quartile Q3 is the median of the upper half of the data.
Q3 = 44
Median is the average of the data values.
So, the median, Q2 is 40.
Interquartile Range = Q3 – Q1
IQR = 44 – 32
IQR = 12

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 8
Answer:
8, 10, 10, 12, 12, 12, 14, 14, 14, 14, 16, 16, 16, 18, 18, 20
8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20
Order your data set from lowest to highest values
Find the median. This is the second quartile Q2.
At Q2 split the ordered data set into two halves.
The lower quartile Q1 is the median of the lower half of the data.
Q1 = 12
The upper quartile Q3 is the median of the upper half of the data.
Q3 = 16
Median is the average of the data values.
So, the median, Q2 is 14
Interquartile Range = Q3 – Q1
IQR = 16 – 12
IQR = 4

Question 6.
WRITING
Explain why the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation of a data set are determined by the shape of the distribution.
Answer:
You can use a measure of center and a measure of variation to describe the distribution of a data set. The shape of the distribution can help you choose which measures are the most appropriate to use. The dot plot shows the average number of hours students in a class sleep each night.

EXAMPLE 3
Modeling Real Life
Two baskets each have16 envelopes with money inside, as shown in the tables. How much does a typical envelope in each basket contain? Why might a person want to pick from Basket B instead of Basket A?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 9
In each graph, the left side is a mirror image of the right side. Because both distributions are symmetric, the mean and the mean absolute deviation are the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation.
The mean of each data set is \(\frac{800}{16}\) = $50. The MAD of Basket A is \(\frac{320}{16}\) = $20, and the MAD of Basket B is \(\frac{120}{16}\) = $7.50. So, Basket A has more variability.

A typical envelope in each basket contains about $50. A person may choose from Basket B instead of Basket A because there is less variability. This means it is more likely to get an amount near $50 by choosing an envelope from Basket B than by choosing an envelope from Basket A.
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Question 7.
Why might a person want to pick from Basket A instead of Basket B in Example 3? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 8.
In a video game, two rooms each have 12 treasure chests containing gold coins. The tables show the numbers of coins in each chest. You pick one chest and are rewarded with the coins inside. From which room would you choose? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 10
Answer:

Question 9.
Create a dot plot of the numbers of pets that students in your class own. Describe the center and the variation of the data set.
Answer:

Choosing Appropriate Measures Homework & Practice 10.4

Review & Refresh

Describe the shape of the distribution.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 11
Answer:
Order the data
5, 6, 7, 7, 8, 8, 8, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 10, 10, 10, 10
The shape of the distribution for the above dot plot is
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-6-Chapter-10-Data-Displays-10.4-11

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 12
Answer:

Find the median, first quartile, third quartile, and interquartile range of the data.
Question 3.
68, 74, 67, 72, 63, 70, 78, 64, 76
Answer:
Order the data
63, 64, 67, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78
The median is nothing but the average value of the data.
70 is the average of the data values.
Order your data set from lowest to highest values
Find the median. This is the second quartile Q2.
Thus the second quartile Q2 is 70.
At Q2 split the ordered data set into two halves.
The lower quartile Q1 is the median of the lower half of the data.
Thus Q1 is 65.5
The upper quartile Q3 is the median of the upper half of the data.
Q3 is 75
Interquartile Range IQR = 9.5
If the size of the data set is odd, do not include the median when finding the first and third quartiles.
If the size of the data set is even, the median is the average of the middle 2 values in the data set. Add those 2 values, and then divide by 2. The median splits the data set into lower and upper halves and is the value of the second quartile Q2.

Question 4.
39, 48, 33, 24, 30, 44, 36, 41, 28, 53
Answer:
Order the data
24, 28, 30, 33, 36, 39, 41, 44, 48, 53
If the size of the data set is even, the median is the average of the middle 2 values in the data set. Add those 2 values, and then divide by 2. The median splits the data set into lower and upper halves and is the value of the second quartile Q2.
Median is (36+39)/2 = 37.5
Order your data set from lowest to highest values
Find the median. This is the second quartile Q2.
Thus the second quartile Q2 is 37.5
At Q2 split the ordered data set into two halves.
The lower quartile Q1 is the median of the lower half of the data.
Thus Q1 is 30
The upper quartile Q3 is the median of the upper half of the data.
Q3 is 44
Interquartile Range IQR = 14
If the size of the data set is odd, do not include the median when finding the first and third quartiles.

Divide. Write the answer in simplest form.
Question 5.
4\(\frac{2}{5}\) ÷ 2
Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
Convert any mixed numbers to fractions.
4\(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{22}{5}\)
\(\frac{22}{5}\) × \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{22}{10}\)
Now convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{22}{10}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 6.
5\(\frac{1}{8}\) ÷ \(\frac{7}{8}\)
Answer: 5 \(\frac{6}{7}\)

Explanation:
Convert any mixed numbers to fractions.
5\(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{41}{8}\)
\(\frac{41}{8}\) ÷ \(\frac{7}{8}\)
\(\frac{41}{8}\) × \(\frac{8}{7}\) = \(\frac{328}{56}\)
Now convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{328}{56}\) = 5 \(\frac{6}{7}\)

Question 7.
2\(\frac{3}{7}\) ÷ 1\(\frac{1}{7}\)
Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Explanation:
Convert any mixed numbers to fractions.
2\(\frac{3}{7}\) = \(\frac{17}{7}\)
1\(\frac{1}{7}\) = \(\frac{8}{7}\)
\(\frac{17}{7}\) ÷ \(\frac{8}{7}\) = \(\frac{119}{56}\)
Simplify the fraction
\(\frac{119}{56}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 8.
\(\frac{4}{5}\) ÷ 7\(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer: \(\frac{8}{75}\)

Explanation:
Convert any mixed numbers to fractions.
7\(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{15}{2}\)
\(\frac{4}{5}\) ÷ \(\frac{15}{2}\) = \(\frac{8}{75}\)

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

USING SHAPES OF DISTRIBUTIONS
Find the mean and the median of the data set. Which measure of center best describes the data set? Explain your reasoning. (See Exploration 1, p. 477.)
Question 9.
9, 3, 7, 7, 9, 2, 8, 9, 6, 7, 8, 9
Answer:

Question 10.
24, 25, 27, 27, 23, 29, 26, 26, 26, 25, 28
Answer:

CHOOSING APPROPRIATE MEASURES
Choose the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation.
Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 13
Answer:

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 14
Answer:

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 15
Answer:

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 16
Answer:

Question 15.
DESCRIBING DATA SETS
Describe the centers and the variations of the data sets in Exercises 11 and 12.
Answer:

Question 16.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The frequency table shows the numbers of eggs laid by several octopi. What are the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 17
Answer:

Question 17.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The dot plot shows the vertical jump heights (in inches) of several professional athletes. Describe the center and the variation of the data set.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 18
Answer:

Question 18.
OPEN-ENDED
Describe a real-life situation where the median and the interquartile range are likely the best measures of center and variation to describe the data. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 19.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You play a board game in which you draw from one of two piles of cards. Each card has a number that says how many spaces you will move your piece forward on the game board. The tables show the numbers on the cards in each pile. From which pile would you choose? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 19
Answer:

Question 20.
DIG DEEPER!
The frequency table shows the numbers of words that several students can form in 1 minute using the letters P, S, E, D, A. What are the most appropriate measures to describe the center and variation? Can you find the exact values of the measures of center and variation for the data? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 20
Answer:

Question 21.
REASONING
A bag contains 20 vouchers that can be redeemed for different numbers of tokens at an arcade, as shown in the table.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.4 21
a. Find the most appropriate measure to describe the center of the data set.
b. You randomly select a voucher from the bag. How many tokens are you most likely to receive? Explain.
c. Are your answers in parts (a) and (b) the same? Explain why or why not.
Answer:

Lesson 10.5 Box-and-Whisker Plots

EXPLORATION 1
Drawing a Box-and-Whisker Plot
Work with a partner. Each student in a sixth-grade class is asked to choose a number from 1 to 20. The results are shown below.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 1
a. The box-and-whisker plot below represents the data set. Which part represents the box? the whiskers? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 2
b. What does each of the five plotted points represent?
c. In your own words, describe what a box-and-whisker plot is and what it tells you about a data set.
d. Conduct a survey in your class. Have each student write a number from 1 to 20 on a piece of paper. Collect all of the data and draw a box-and-whisker plot that represents the data. Compare the data with the box-and-whisker plot in part(a).
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 3.1

Key Idea
Box-and-Whisker Plot
A box-and-whisker plot represents a data set along a number line by using the least value, the greatest value, and the quartiles of the data. A box-and-whisker plot shows the variability of a data set.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 3
The five numbers that make up the box-and-whisker plot are called the five-number summary of the data set.

EXAMPLE 1
Making a Box-and-Whisker Plot
Make a box-and-whisker plot for the ages(in years) of the spider monkeys at a zoo.
15, 20, 14, 38, 30, 36, 30, 30, 27, 26, 33, 35
Step 1: Order the data. Find the quartiles.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 4
Step 2: Draw a number line that includes the least and greatest values. Graph points above the number line that represent the five-number summary.
Step 3: Draw a box using the quartiles. Draw a line through the median. Draw whiskers from the box to the least and the greatest values.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 5
Answer:

Try It
Question 1.
A group of friends spent 1, 0, 2, 3, 4, 3, 6, 1, 0, 1, 2, and 2 hours online last night.Make a box-and-whisker plot for the data.
Answer:

The figure shows how data are distributed in a box-and-whisker plot.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 6

EXAMPLE 2
Analyzing a Box-and-Whisker Plot
The box-and-whisker plot shows the body mass index (BMI) of a sixth-grade class.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 7
a. What fraction of the students have a BMI of at least 22?
The right whisker represents students who have a BMI of at least 22.
So, about \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the students have a BMI of at least 22.
b. Are the data more spread out below the first quartile or above the third quartile? Explain.
The right whisker is longer than the left whisker.
So, the data are more spread out above the third quartile than below the first quartile.
c. Find and interpret the interquartile range of the data.
interquartile range = third quartile − first quartile
= 22 – 19 = 3
So, the middle half of the students’ BMIsvaries by no more than 3.

Try It
Question 2.
The box-and-whisker plot shows the heights of the roller coasters at an amusement park.
(a) What fraction of the roller coasters are between 120 feet tall and 220 feet tall?
(b) Are the data more spread out below or above the median? Explain.
(c) Find and interpret the interquartile range of the data.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 8
Answer:

A box-and-whisker plot also shows the shape of a distribution.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 9

EXAMPLE 3
Identifying Shapes of Distributions
The double box-and-whisker plot represents the life spans of crocodiles and alligators at a zoo. Identify the shape of the distribution of the lifespans of alligators.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 10
For alligator life spans, the whisker lengths are equal. The median is in the middle of the box. The left side of the box-and-whisker plot is a mirror image of the right side of the box-and-whisker plot.
So, the distribution is symmetric.
Answer:

Try It
Question 3.
Identify the shape of the distribution of the life spans of crocodiles.
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Question 4.
VOCABULARY
Explain how to find the five-number summary of a data set.
Answer:

MAKING A BOX-AND-WHISKER PLOT
Make a box-and-whisker plot for the data. Identify the shape of the distribution.
Question 5.
Ticket prices (dollars): 39, 42, 40, 47, 38, 39, 44, 55, 44, 58, 45
Answer:

Question 6.
Number of sit-ups: 20, 20, 23, 25, 25, 26, 27, 29, 30, 30, 32, 34, 37, 38
Answer:

Question 7.
NUMBER SENSE
In a box-and-whisker plot, what fraction of the data is greater than the first quartile?
Answer:

EXAMPLE 4
Modeling Real Life
The double box-and-whisker plot represents the prices of snowboards at two stores.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 11
a. Which store’s prices are more spread out? Explain. Both boxes appear to be the same length. So, the interquartile range of each data set is equal. The range of the prices in Store B, however, is greater than the range of the prices in Store A.
So, the prices in Store B are more spread out.
b. Which store’s prices are generally higher? Explain.
For Store A,the distribution is symmetric with about one-half of the prices above $300.
For Store B, the distribution is skewed right with about three-fourths of the prices above $300.
So, the prices in Store B are generally higher.
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Question 8.
The tables at the left show the test scores of two sixth-grade achievement tests. The same group of students took both tests. The students took one test in the fall and the other in the spring.
a. Analyze each distribution. Then compare and contrast the test results.
b. Which table likely represents the results of which test? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 12
Answer:

Question 9.
Make a box-and-whisker plot that represents the heights of the boys in your class. Then make a box-and-whisker plot that represents the heights of the girls in your class. Compare and contrast the distributions.
Answer:

Box-and-Whisker Plots Homework & Practice 10.5

Review & Refresh

Choose the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 13
Answer:

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 14
Answer:

Copy and complete the statement using < or >.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 15
Answer: –\(\frac{2}{3}\) > –\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
Compare fractions to find which fraction is larger and which is smaller.
The least common denominator (LCD) is 12
Rewriting as equivalent fractions with the LCD:
\(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{8}{12}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{9}{12}\)
Now compare the fractions
–\(\frac{8}{12}\) >-\(\frac{9}{12}\)
Thus we can say that –\(\frac{2}{3}\) > –\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 16
Answer: -2 \(\frac{1}{5}\) < -2 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
Compare fractions to find which fraction is larger and which is smaller.
Rewriting these inputs as fractions:
2 \(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{11}{5}\)
2 \(\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{13}{6}\)
The LCM is 30
Rewriting as equivalent fractions with the LCD
\(\frac{11}{5}\) = \(\frac{66}{30}\)
\(\frac{13}{6}\) = \(\frac{65}{30}\)
– \(\frac{66}{30}\) < – \(\frac{65}{30}\)
-2 \(\frac{1}{5}\) < -2 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 17
Answer: -5.3 > -5.5

Explanation:
Compare fractions to find which fraction is larger and which is smaller.
The smallest number with the negative sign will be the greater number
Thus -5.3 > -5.5

Factor the expression using the GCF.
Question 6.
42 + 14
Answer

Question 7.
12x – 18
Answer:

Question 8.
28n + 20
Answer:

Question 9.
60g – 25h
Answer:

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

COMPARING DATA Compare the data in the box-and-whisker plots. (See Exploration 1, p. 483.)
Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 18
Answer:

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 19
Answer:

MAKING A BOX-AND-WHISKER PLOT
Make a box-and-whisker plot for the data.
Question 12.
Ages of teachers (in years): 30, 62, 26, 35, 45, 22, 49, 32, 28, 50, 42, 35
Answer:

Question 13.
Quiz scores: 8, 12, 9, 10, 12, 8, 5, 9, 7, 10, 8, 9, 11
Answer:

Question 14.
Donations (in dollars): 10, 30, 5, 15, 50, 25, 5, 20, 15, 35, 10, 30, 20
Answer:

Question 15.
Science test scores: 85, 76, 99, 84, 92, 95, 68, 100, 93, 88, 87, 85
Answer:

Question 16.
Shoe sizes: 12, 8.5, 9, 10, 9, 11, 11.5, 9, 9, 10, 10, 10.5, 8
Answer:

Question 17.
Ski lengths (in centimeters): 180, 175, 205, 160, 210, 175, 190, 205, 190, 160, 165, 195
Answer:

Question 18.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend makes a box-and-whisker plot for the data shown. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 20
2, 6, 4, 3, 7, 4, 6, 9, 6, 8, 5, 7
Answer:

Question 19.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The numbers of days 12 friends went camping during the summer are 6, 2, 0, 10, 3, 6, 6, 4, 12, 0, 6, and 2. Make a box-and-whisker plot for the data. What is the range of the data?
Answer:

Question 20.
ANALYZING A BOX-AND-WHISKER PLOT
The box-and-whisker plot represents the numbers of gallons of water needed to fill different types of dunk tanks offered by a company.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 21
a. What fraction of the dunk tanks requires at least 500 gallons of water?
b. Are the data more spread out below the first quartile or above the third quartile? Explain.
c. Find and interpret the interquartile range of the data.
Answer:

Question 21.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The box-and-whisker plot represents the heights (in meters) of the tallest buildings in Chicago.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 22
a. What percent of the buildings are no taller than 345 meters?
b. Is there more variability in the heights above 345 meters or below 260.5 meters? Explain.
c. Find and interpret the interquartile range of the data.
Answer:

Question 22.
CRITICAL THINKING
The numbers of spots on several frogs in a jungle are shown in the dot plot.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 23
a. Make a box-and-whisker plot for the data.
b. Compare the dot plot and the box-and-whisker plot. Describe the advantages and disadvantages of each data display.
Answer:

SHAPES OF BOX-AND-WHISKER PLOTS
Identify the shape of the distribution. Explain.
Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 24
Answer:

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 25
Answer:

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 26
Answer:

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 27
Answer:

Question 27.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The double box-and-whisker plot represents the start times of recess for classes at two schools.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 28
a. Identify the shape of each distribution.
b. Which school’s start times for recess are more spread out? Explain.
c. You randomly pick one class from each school. Which class is more likely to have recess before lunch? Explain.
Answer:

MAKING A BOX-AND-WHISKER PLOT
Make a box-and-whisker plot for the data.
Question 28.
Temperatures (in °C): 15, 11, 14, 10, 19, 10, 2, 15, 12, 14, 9, 20, 17, 5
Answer:

Question 29.
Checking account balances (in dollars): 30, 0, 50, 20, 90, −15, 40, 100, 45, −20, 70, 0
Answer:

Question 30.
REASONING
The data set in Exercise 28 has an outlier. Describe how removing the outlier affects the box-and-whisker plot.
Answer:

Question 31.
OPEN-ENDED
Write a data set with 12 values that has a symmetric box-and-whisker plot.
Answer:

Question 32.
CRITICAL THINKING
When does a box-and-whisker plot not have one or both whiskers?
Answer: A simpler formulation is this: no whisker will be visible if the lower quartile is equal to the minimum, or if the upper quartile is equal to the maximum.

Question 33.
STRUCTURE Draw a histogram that could represent the distribution shown in Exercise 25.
Answer:

Question 34
DIG DEEPER!
The double box-and-whisker plot represents the goals scored per game by two lacrosse teams during a 16-game season.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays 10.5 29
a. Which team is more consistent? Explain.
b. Team 1 played Team 2 once during the season. Which team do you think won? Explain.
c. Can you determine the number of games in which Team 2 scored 10 goals or less? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 35.
CHOOSE TOOLS
A market research company wants to summarize the variability of the SAT scores of graduating seniors in the United States. Should the company use a stem-and-leaf plot, a histogram, or a box-and-whisker plot? Explain.
Answer:

Data Displays Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan
1. The locations of pitches in an at-bat are shown in the coordinate plane, where the coordinates are measured in inches. Describe the location of a typical pitch in the at-bat.
Understand the problem
You know the locations of the pitches. You are asked to find the location of a typical pitch in the at-bat.

Make a plan
First, use the coordinates of the pitches to create two data sets, one for the x-coordinates of the pitches and one for the y-coordinates of the pitches. Next, make a box-and-whisker plot for each data set. Then use the most appropriate measure of center for each data set to find the location of a typical pitch.

Solve and check
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays cc 1

2. A set of 20 data values is described below. Sketch a histogram that could represent the data set. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays cc 2
• least value: 10
• first quartile: 25
• mean: 29
• third quartile: 34
• greatest value: 48
• MAD: 7

3. The chart shows the dimensions (in inches) of several flat-rate shipping boxes. Each box is in the shape of a rectangular prism. Describe the distribution of the volumes of the boxes. Then find the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation of the volumes.

Performance Task
Classifying Dog Breeds by Size
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Choosing a Dog.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays cc 3

Data Displays Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary
Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays cr 1

Graphic Organizers
You can use an Information Frame to help you organize and remember concepts. Here is an example of an Information Frame for the vocabulary term histogram.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays cr 2
Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.
1. stem-and-leaf plot
2. frequency table
3. shapes of distributions
4. box-and-whisker plot
Answer:

Chapter Self-Assessment
As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays cr 3

10.1 Stem-and-Leaf Plots
Learning Target: Display and interpret data in stem-and-leaf plots.

Make a stem-and-leaf plot of the data.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_16

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_17

Question 3.
The stem-and-leaf plot shows the weights (in pounds) of yellowfin tuna caught during a fishing contest.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 3
a. How many tuna weigh less than 90 pounds?
b. Find the mean, median, mode, range, and interquartile range of the data.
c. How are the data distributed?
Answer:

Question 4.
The stem-and-leaf plot shows the body mass index (BMI) for adults at a recreation center. Use the data to answer the question, “What is the typical BMI for an adult at the recreation center?” Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 4
Answer:

Question 5.
Write a statistical question that can be answered using the stem-and-leaf plot.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 5
Answer:

10.2 Histograms (pp. 463-470)
Learning Target: Display and interpret data in histograms.

Display the data in a histogram.
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 6
Answer:

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_19

Question 8.
The histogram shows the number of crafts each member of a craft club made for a fundraiser.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 8
a. Which interval contains the most data values?
b. Frequency How many members made at least 6 crafts?
c. Can you use the histogram to determine the total number of crafts made? Explain.
Answer:

10.3 Shapes of Distributions (pp. 471–476)
Learning Target: Describe and compare shapes of distributions.

Question 9.
Describe the shape of the distribution.
Answer: The shape of a distribution is described by its number of peaks and by its possession of symmetry, its tendency to skew, or its uniformity.

Question 10.
The frequency table shows the math test scores for the same class of students as Exercise 9. Display the data in a histogram. Which test has higher scores?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 10
Answer:

Question 11.
The table shows the numbers of neutrons for several elements in the nonmetal group of the periodic table. Make a histogram of the data starting with the interval 0–9. Describe the shape of the distribution.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 11
Answer:

10.4 Choosing Appropriate Measures (pp. 477–482)
Learning Target: Use the shape of the distribution of a data set to determine which measures of center and variation best describe the data.

Choose the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation. Students’ Heights
Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 12
Answer:

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 13
Answer:

Question 14.
Describe the center and the variation of the data set in Exercise 13.
Answer:

10.5 Box-and-Whisker Plots (pp. 483–490)
Learning Target: Display and interpret data in box-and-whisker plots.

Make a box-and-whisker plot for the data.
Question 15.
Ages of volunteers at a hospital:
14, 17, 20, 16, 17, 14, 21, 18
Answer:

Question 16.
Masses (in kilograms) of lions:
120, 200, 180, 150, 200, 200, 230, 160
Answer:

Question 17.
The box-and-whisker plot represents the lengths (in minutes) of movies being shown at a theater.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 17
a. What percent of the movies are no longer than 120 minutes?
b. Is there more variability in the movie lengths longer than 130 minutes or shorter than 110 minutes? Explain.
c. Find and interpret the interquartile range of the data.
Answer:

Question 18.
The double box-and-whisker plot represents the heights of students in two math classes.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 10 Data Displays crr 18
a. Identify the shape of each distribution.Height(cm)
b.Which class has heights that are more spread out? Explain.
c.You randomly pick one student from each class. Which student is more likely to be taller than 170 centimeters? Explain.
Answer:

Data Displays Practice Test

Make a stem-and-leaf plot of the data.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays pt 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_8

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays pt 2
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays img_9

Question 3.
Find the mean, median, mode, range, and interquartile range of the data.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays pt 3
Answer:
Given data 35, 38, 40, 41, 48, 50, 54, 54, 54, 55, 59, 60
Mean:
The mean refers to an intermediate value between a discrete set of numbers, namely, the sum of all values in the data set, divided by the total number of values.
x̄ = (35+38+40+41+48+50+54+54+54+55+59+60)/12
x̄ = 49
Thus mean of the given data is 49.
Median:
Given data 35, 38, 40, 41, 48, 50, 54, 54, 54, 55, 59, 60
In the case where the total number of values in a data sample is odd, the median is simply the number in the middle of the list of all values. When the data sample contains an even number of values, the median is the mean of the two middle values.
Median = (50+54)/2 = 104/2 = 52
Thus the median of the given data is 52.
Mode:
The mode is the value in a data set that has the highest number of recurrences.
35, 38, 40, 41, 48, 50, 54, 54, 54, 55, 59, 60
Mode = 54 (repeated 3 times)

Question 4.
Display the data in a histogram. How many people watched less than 20 hours of television per week?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays pt 4
Answer:
BIM Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays Answer Key img_10
By seeing the above histogram we can find the number of people who watched less than 20 hours of television per week.
14 + 16 = 30
Therefore 30 people watched less than 20 hours per week.

Question 5.
The dot plot shows the numbers of glasses of water Water Consumed that the students in a class drink in one day.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays pt 5
a. Describe the shape of the distribution.
b. Choose the most appropriate measures to describe the center and the variation. Find the measures you chose.
Answer:

Question 6.
Make a box-and-whisker plot for the lengths (in inches) of fish in a pond: 12, 13, 7, 8, 14, 6, 13, 10.
Answer:

Question 7.
The double box-and-whisker plot compares the battery lives (in hours) of two brands of cell phones.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays pt 7
a. What is the range of the upper 75% of battery life for each brand of cell phone?
b. Which brand of cell phone typically has a longer battery life? Explain.
c. In the box-and-whisker plot, there are 190 cell phones of Brand A that have at most 10.5 hours of battery life. About how many cell phones are represented in the box-and-whisker plot for Brand A?
Answer:

Data Displays Cumulative Practice

Question 1.
Research scientists are measuring the numbers of days lettuce seeds take to germinate. In a study, 500 seeds were planted. Of these,473 seeds germinated. The box-and-whisker plot summarizes the numbers of days it took the seeds to germinate. What can you conclude from the box-and-whisker plot?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays cp 1
A. The median number of days for the seeds to germinate is 12.
B. 50% of the seeds took more than 8 days to germinate.
C. 50% of the seeds took less than 5 days to germinate.
D. The median number of days for the seeds to germinate was 6.
Answer:

Question 2.
Find the interquartile range of the data.
15 7 5 8 9 20 12 7 11 7 15
F. 8
G. 11
H. 12
I. 20
Answer: 8

Question 3.
There are seven different integers in a set. When they are listed from least to greatest, the middle integer is −1. Which statement below must be true?
A. There are three negative integers in the set.
B. There are three positive integers in the set.
C. There are four negative integers in the set.
D. The integer in the set after −1 is positive.
Answer:

Question 4.
What is the mean number of seats?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays cp 4
F. 2.4 seats
G. 5 seats
H. 6.5 seats
I. 7 seats5.
Answer:

Question 5.
On Wednesday, a town received 17 millimeters of rain. This was x millimeters more rain than the town received on Tuesday. Which expression represents the amount of rain, in millimeters, the town received on Tuesday?
A. 17x
B. 17 – x-c
C. x + 17
D. x – 17
Answer:

Question 6.
One of the leaves is missing in the stem-and-leaf plot.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays cp 6
The median of the data set represented by the stem-and-leaf plot is 38. What is the value of the missing leaf?
Answer:

Question 7.
Which property is demonstrated by the equation?
723 + (y + 277) = 723 + (277 + y)
F. Associative Property of Addition
G. Commutative Property of Addition
H. Distributive Property
I. Addition Property of Zero
Answer: Associative Property of Addition

Explanation:
Associative property of addition: Changing the grouping of addends does not change the sum
Thus the correct answer is option F.

Question 8.
A student took five tests and had a mean score of 92. Her scores on the first 4 tests were 90, 96, 86, and 92. What was her score on the fifth test?
A. 92
B. 93
C. 96
D. 98
Answer: 86

Explanation:
Given that,
A student took five tests and had a mean score of 92.
Her scores on the first 4 tests were 90, 96, 86, and 92.
(90+96+86+92+s)/5=90
(364+s)/5=90
364+s=450
s=86
So she scored an 86 on the fifth test.

Question 9.
At the end of the school year, your teacher counted the number of absences for each student. The results are shown in the histogram. How many students had fewer than 10 absences?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays cp 9
Answer:

Question 10.
The ages of the 16 members of a camera club are listed below.
40, 22, 24, 58, 30, 31, 37, 25, 62, 40, 39, 37, 28, 28, 51, 44
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays cp 10.1
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays cp 10
Part A Order the ages from youngest to oldest.
Part B Find the median of the ages.
Part C Make a box-and-whisker plot for the ages.
Answer:

Conclusion:

I wish the information prevailed in Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays is beneficial for all. Tap the links and kickstart your preparation. Share the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 10 Data Displays pdf to your friends and help them to overcome their difficulties. Stay tuned to our site to get the solutions of all Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapters.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures

Students who are looking for Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures pdf can get them on this page. In order to help you guys, we have prepared the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 in pdf format to prepare in offline mode. Hit the links attached in the below section to know the topics covered in the Statistical Measures chapter. Hence Download Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures pdf for free and start practicing the problems now.

Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Statistical Measures

Know the concept of the statistical measures with the help of our Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Solution Key Chapter 9. This BIM 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures download pdf will help the students to overcome the difficulties in maths and also to improve their performance in the exams. You can score good marks in exams by referring to our Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Statistical Measures.

Performance Task

Lesson: 1 Introduction to Statistics

Lesson: 1 Introduction to Statistics

Lesson: 2 Mean

Lesson: 3 Measures of Center

Lesson: 4 Measures of Variation

Lesson: 5 Mean Absolute Deviation

Lesson: 5 Mean Absolute Deviation

Chapter 9: Statistical Measures

Statistical Measures STEAM Video/Performance Task

STEAM Video
Daylight in the Big City
Averages can be used to compare different sets of data. How can you use averages to compare the amounts of day light in different cities? Can you think of any other real-life situations where averages are useful?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 1
Watch the STEAM Video “Daylight in the Big City.” Then answer the following questions.
1. Why do different cities have different amounts of daylight throughout the year?

Answer:
Our amount of daylight hours depends on our latitude and how Earth orbits the sun. This causes a seasonal variation in the intensity of sunlight reaching the surface and the number of hours of daylight. The variation in intensity results because the angle at which the sun’s rays hit the Earth changes with the time of year.

2. Robert’s table includes the difference of the greatest amount of daylight and the least amount of daylight in Lagos, Nigeria, and in Moscow, Russia.
Lagos: 44 minutes
Moscow:633 minutes
Use these values to make a prediction about the difference between the greatest amount of daylight and the least amount of daylight in a city in Alaska.

Answer:
The least daylight in Alaska is 1092 minutes in Juneau
The greatest daylight in Alaska is 1320 minutes in Fairbanks

Performance Task
Which Measure of Center Is Best: Mean, Median, or Mode?
After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be given the greatest and least amounts of daylight in the 15 cities in the United States with the greatest populations.
s
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 3
You will determine which measure of center best represents the data. Why might someone be interested in the amounts of daylight throughout the year in a city?

Statistical Measures Getting Ready for Chapter 9

Chapter Exploration
Work with a partner. Write the number of letters in each of your first names on the board.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 4
1. Write all of the numbers on a piece of paper. The collection of numbers is called data.
2. Talk with your partner about how you can organize the data. What conclusions can you make about the numbers of letters in the first names of the students in your class?
3. Draw a grid like the one shown below. Then use the grid to draw a graph of the data.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 5

Answer:
3,6,9,5,6,7,6,5,5,8,6,8,5,6,4,4,7,6,3,5,6,5,5

4. THE CENTER OF THE DATA Use the graph of the data in Exercise 3 to answer the following.
a. Is there one number that occurs more than any of the other numbers? If so, write a sentence that interprets this number in the context of your class.
b. Complete the sentence, “In my class, the average number of letters in a student’s first name is __________.” Justify your reasoning.
c. Organize your data using a different type of graph. Describe the advantages or disadvantages of this graph.

Answer:
a. Yes, 6, 5, 8 are more than other numbers given in the data.
b. “In my class, the average number of letters in a student’s first name is 5 and 6.

Vocabulary
The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
statistical question
measure of center
measure of variation
mean
median
range

Lesson 9.1 Introduction to Statistics

EXPLORATION 1

Using Data to Answer a Question
Work with a partner.
a. Use your pulse to find your heart rate in beats per minute.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.1 1
b. Collect the recorded heart rates of the students in your class, including yourself. How spread out are the data? Use a diagram to justify your answer.
c. REASONING How would you answer the following question by using only one value? Explain your reasoning.
“What is the heart rate of a sixth-grade student?”
Answer: Your pulse is measured by counting the number of times your heart beats in one minute. For example, if your heart contracts 72 times in one minute, your pulse would be 72 beats per minute (BPM).

EXPLORATION 2

Identifying Types of Questions
Work with a partner.
a. Answer each question on your own. Then compare your answers with your partner’s answers. For which questions should your answers be the same? For which questions might your answers be different?
1. How many states are in the United States?
Answer: There are 50 states in the United States.

2. How much does a movie ticket cost? Math Practice
Answer: $9.16
3. What color fur do bears have? Build Arguments How can comparing your answers help you support your conjecture?
Answer: The color white becomes visible to our eyes when an object reflects back all.

4. How tall is your math teacher?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.1 2
b. CONJECTURE
Some of the questions in part(a) are considered statistical questions. Which ones are they? Explain.
Answer: 5.10 inches

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.1 3

Statistics is the science of collecting, organizing, analyzing, and interpreting data. A statistical question is one for which you do not expect to get a single answer. Instead, you expect a variety of answers, and you are interested in the distribution and tendency of those answers.

Try It
Determine whether the question is a statistical question. Explain.
Question 1.
What types of cell phones do students have in your class?
Answer:
Smartphones, Cell phones give students access to tools and apps that can help them complete and stay on top of their class work. These tools can also teach students to develop better study habits, like time management and organization skills.

Question 2.
How many desks are in your classroom?
Answer: 25

Question 3.
How much do virtual-reality headsets cost?
Answer: $499

Question 4.
How many minutes are in your lunch period?
Answer: 45 minutes

A dot plot uses a number line to show the number of times each value in a data set occurs. Dot plots show the spread and the distribution of a data set.

Question 5.
Repeat parts (a)–(c)using the dot plot below that shows the times of students in a 100-meter race.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.1 7
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Question 6.
VOCABULARY
What is a statistical question? Give an example and a non-example.
Answer:
Eg for statistical question: a. How much do bags of pretzels cost at the grocery store?
Because you can anticipate that the prices will vary, it is a statistical question. table at the right may represent the prices of several bags of pretzels at a grocery store.
Eg for non-statistical question: b. How many days does your school have off for spring break this year?
Answer: Because there is only one answer, it is not a statistical question.

Question 7.
OPEN-ENDED
Write and answer a statistical question using the dot plot. Then find and interpret the number of data values.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.1 8
Answer: There are 16 data values on the dot plot.

Question 8.
You record the amount of snowfall each day for several days. Then you create the dot plot.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.1 11
a. Find and interpret the number of data values on the dot plot.
Answer: There are 13 data values on the dot plot.

b. How can you collect these data? What are the units?
Answer: We can collect the data by using the dots given in the above figure.
c. Write a statistical question that you can answer using the dot plot. Then answer the question.
Answer: dot plots are best used to show a distribution of data.

Question 9.
You conduct a survey to answer, “How many hours does a typical sixth-grade student spend exercising during a week?” Use the data in the table to answer the question.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.1 12
Answer:
Given the data
5, 1, 5, 3, 5, 4, 5, 2, 5, 4, 3, 4, 6, 5, 6
The typical sixth-grade student spend exercising during a week is 6 hours.

Introduction to Statistics Homework & Practice 9.1

Review & Refresh

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.
Question 1.
x – 16 > 8
Answer: x>3.

big ideas math answers grade 6 chapter 9 statistical measures img_1

Question 2.
p + 6 ≤ 8
Answer:   p ≤ 2

big ideas math answers grade 6 chapter 9 statistical measures img_2

Question 3.
54 > 6k
Answer: 9>k

big ideas math answers grade 6 chapter 9 statistical measures img_3

Question 4.
\(\frac{m}{12}\) ≥ 3
Answer: m ≤ 36

Tell whether the ordered pair is a solution of the equation.
Question 5.
y = 4x; (2, 8)
Answer: The given ordered pair is a solution of the equation.
Given : y = 4x;(2,8)
y=8;x=2
8=4 × 2
8=8 (satisfied)

Question 6.
y = 3x + 5; (3, 15)
Answer: Given order pair is not an absolute solution of ordered pair
Given: y = 3x + 5; (3, 15)
y=15;x=3
15=3(3)+5
15=9+5
15=14 (not satisfied)

Question 7.
y = 6x – 15; (4, 9)
Answer:
The given ordered pair is a solution of the equation.
Given: y = 6x – 15; (4, 9)
9=6(4)-15
9=24-15
9=9

Question 8.
A point is reflected in the x-axis. The reflected point is (4, −3). What is the original point?
A. (-3, 4)
B. (-4, 3)
C. (-4, -3)
D. (4, 3)
Answer: B,(-4,3)

Order the numbers from least to greatest.
Question 9.
24%, \(\frac{1}{4}\) , 0.2, \(\frac{7}{20}\) , 0.32
Answer:0.24,0.25,0.2.0.35,0.32
0.2,0.24,0.32,0.35

Question 10.
\(\frac{7}{8}\), 85%, 0.88, \(\frac{3}{4}\) , 78%
Answer:0.875,0.78,0.88,0.75,0.78
0.75,0.78,0.85,0.875,0.88

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

IDENTIFYING TYPES OF QUESTIONS Answer the question. Tell whether your answer should be the same as your classmates’. (See Exploration 2, p. 413.)
Question 11.
How many inches are in 1 foot?
Answer: 12 inches

Question 12.
How many pets do you have?
Answer: none

Question 13.
On what day of the month were you born?
Answer: 27th April

Question 14.
How many senators are in Congress?
Answer: The Senate is composed of 100 Senators, 2 for each state. Until the ratification of the 17th Amendment in 1913, Senators were chosen by state legislatures, not by popular vote. Since then, they have been elected to six-year terms by the people of each state.

IDENTIFYING STATISTICAL QUESTIONS
Determine whether the question is a statistical question. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.1 13
Question 15.
What are the eye colors of sixth-grade students?
Answer: brown

Question 16.
At what temperature (in degrees Fahrenheit) does water freeze?
Answer: 32 degrees Fahrenheit

Question 17.
How many pages are in the favorite books of students your age?
Answer: 200 pages

Question 18.
How many hours do sixth-grade students use the Internet each week?
Answer: 1.5 hour each

Question 19.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The vertical dot plot shows the heights of the players on a recent NBA championship team.
a. Find and interpret the number of data values on the dot plot.
b. How can you collect these data? What are the units?
c. Write a statistical question that you can answer using the dot plot. Then answer the question.
Answer:

Question 20.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The dot plot shows the lengths of earthworms.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.1 14
a. Find and interpret the number of data values on the dot plot.
Answer: There are 21 data values on the plot.
b. How can you collect these data? What are the units?
Answer: Based on dot plots and units are measured in mm.
c. Write a statistical question that you can answer using the dot plot. Then answer the question.
Answer: Find the mode of the length of earthworms using the dot plot.
23 is repeated times.
So, the mode is 23.

DESCRIBING DATA
Display the data in a dot plot. Identify any clusters, peaks, or gaps in the data.
Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.1 15
Answer:
bim grade 6 chapter 9 statictical measures answers key img_5

Data are clustered around 22 and around 25
Peak at 25
The gap between 16 and 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.1 16
Answer:
bim grade 6 chapter 9 statictical measures answers key img_6

No clusters
Peak at 83
No gaps

INTERPRETING DATA
The dot plot shows the speeds of cars in a traffic study. Estimate the speed limit. Explain your reasoning.
Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.1 17
Answer: Most of the data clustered around 44 and 45 , hence the estimated speed is between 44-45 miles per hour

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.1 18
Answer: Most of the data clustered around 65 , there is a peak at 65 and gaps between”60-62″ and 63-65.

Question 25.
DIG DEEPER!
You conduct a survey to answer, “How many hours does a sixth-grade student spend on homework during a school night?” The table shows the results.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.1 19
a. Is this a statistical question? Explain.
Answer: yes, it is a statistical question because students work in the different time zone based on individual student capacity.
b. Identify any clusters, peaks, or gaps in the data.
Answer: cluster is around 2. There is a peak at 2 and there is no gap.
c. Use the distribution of the data to answer the question.
Answer: A total of 29 data values are distributed.

RESEARCH
Use the Internet to research and identify the method of measurement and the units used when collecting data about the topic.
Question 26.
wind speed
Answer: The instruments used to measure wind are known as anemometers and can record wind speed, direction, and the strength of gusts. The normal unit of wind speed is the knot (nautical mile per hour = 0.51 m sec-1 = 1.15 mph).

Question 27.
amount of rainfall
Answer:
The standard instrument for the measurement of rainfall is the 203mm (8 inches) rain gauge. This is essentially a circular funnel with a diameter of 203mm which collects the rain into a graduated and calibrated cylinder. The measuring cylinder can record up to 25mm of precipitation

Question 28.
earthquake intensity
Answer: The Richter scale measures the largest wiggle (amplitude) on the recording, but other magnitude scales measure different parts of the earthquake. The USGS currently reports earthquake magnitudes using the Moment Magnitude scale, though many other magnitudes are calculated for research and comparison purposes.

Question 29.
REASONING
Write a question about letters in the English alphabet that is not a statistical question. Then write a question about letters that is a statistical question. Explain your reasoning.
Answer: Statistical Question: How many letters in the English alphabet are used to spell a student’s name in class?
Reasoning: The original question has one answer. This Question will have many answers.

Question 30.
REASONING
A bar graph shows the favorite colors of 30 people. Does it make sense to describe clusters in the data? peaks? gaps? Explain.
Answer: No, It doesn’t make sense to describe the distribution. Colors are not measures numerically.

Lesson 9.2 Mean

EXPLORATION 1

Finding a Balance Point
Work with a partner. The diagrams show the numbers of tokens brought to a batting cage. Where on the number line is the data set balanced ? Is this a good representation of the average? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.2 1

EXPLORATION 2

Finding a Fair Share
Work with a partner. One token lets you hit 12 baseballs in a batting cage. The table shows the numbers of tokens six friends bring to the batting cage.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.2 2
a. Regroup the tokens so that everyone has the same amount. How many times can each friend use the batting cage? Explain how this represents a “fair share. “Use Clear Definitions What does it mean for data to have an average? How does this help you answer the question?
b. how can you find the answer in part(a) algebraically?
c. Write a statistical question that can be answered using the value in part(a).
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.2 3

Try It

Find the mean of the data.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.2 6
Answer:
The sum of the data/no of values
The sum of the data=45+54+13+44+89+60+9+18;
no of values=8
The sum of the data=332:no of values=8; 332/8=41.5 is the mean of the data

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.2 7
Answer:
555 is mean for the above-given data.

Question 3.
WHA IT?
The monthly rainfall in May was 0.5 inch in City A and 2 inches in City B. Does this affect your answer in Example 2? Explain.
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Question 4.
NUMBER SENSE
Is the mean always equal to a value in the data set? Explain.
Answer: It is the value that is most common. You will notice, however, that the mean is not often one of the actual values that you have observed in your data set. In addition, the mean is the only measure of central tendency where the sum of the deviations of each value from the mean is always zero.

Question 5.
WRITING
Explain why the mean describes a typical value in a data set.
Answer:
A measure of central tendency is a single value that attempts to describe a set of data by identifying the central position within that set of data. The mean (often called the average) is most likely the measure of central tendency that you are most familiar with, but there are others, such as the median and the mode.

Question 6.
NUMBER SENSE
What can you determine when the mean of one data set is greater than the mean of another data set? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 7.
COMPARING MEANS
Compare the means of the data sets.
Data set A: 43, 32, 16, 41, 24, 19, 30, 27
Data set B: 44, 18, 29, 24, 36, 22, 26, 21
Answer:
An outlier is a data value that is much greater or much less than the other values. When included in a data set, it can affect the mean.

Question 8.
DIG DEEPER!
The monthly numbers of customers at a store in the first half of a year are 282, 270, 320, 351, 319, and 252. The monthly numbers of customers in the second half of the year are 211, 185, 192, 216, 168, and 144. Compare the mean monthly customers in the first half of the year with the mean monthly customers in the second half of the year.
Answer:

Question 9.
The table shows tournament finishes for a golfer. What place does the golfer typically finish in tournaments? Explain how you found your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.2 12
Answer: Mean=sum of data/number of data values
Mean=118/16
Mean=7.375
a. The golfer’s mean finish was about 7th
b. The finishes 37 and 26 are much greater than other finishes. They are outliers

Mean Homework & Practice 9.2

Review & Refresh

Determine whether the question is a statistical question. Explain.
Question 1.
How tall are sixth-grade students?
Answer: The average height for a sixth grader (age 12) is about five feet. Girls tend to be about an inch taller on average. But there is a wide range. Any height from about 52 inches (4′4″) to 65 inches (5′5″) is in the normal range according to the CDC.

Question 2.
How many minutes are there in 1 Year?
Answer:
An average Gregorian year is 365.2425 days (52.1775 weeks, 8765.82 hours, 525949.2 minutes, or 31556952 seconds). For this calendar, a common year is 365 days (8760 hours, 525600 minutes, or 31536000 seconds), and a leap year is 366 days (8784 hours, 527040 minutes, or 31622400 seconds).

Question 3.
How many counties are in Tennessee?
Answer: Tennessee’s 95 counties are divided into four TDOT regions. Regional offices are located in Jackson (Region 4), Nashville (Region 3), Chattanooga (Region 2), and Knoxville (Region 1).

Question 4.
What is a student’s favorite sport?
Answer: cricket

Write the percent as a fraction or mixed number in simplest form.
Question 5.
84%
Answer:0.84

Question 6.
71%
Answer:0.71

Question 7.
353%
Answer:3.53

Question 8.
0.2%
Answer:0.002

Divide. Check your answer.
Question 9.
11.7 ÷ 9
Answer:1.3

Question 10.
\(\sqrt [ 5 ]{ 72.8 } \)
Answer: 2.35

Question 11.
\(\sqrt [ 6.8 ]{ 28.56 } \)
Answer: 1.63

Question 12.
93 ÷ 3.75
Answer:24.8

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

FINDING A FAIR SHARE Regroup the amounts so that each person has the same amount. What is the amount? (See Exploration 2, p. 419.)
Question 13.
Dollars brought by friends to a fair: 11, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 13
Answer:
Given : 11,12,12,12,12,12,13.
Mean=Sum of data/number of data values
Mean=84/7
Mean=12
Answer = 12 dollars for each friend

Question 14.
Tickets earned by friends playing an arcade game: 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2, 3
Answer:
Given : 0,0,0,1,1,2,3.
Mean=Sum of data/number of data values
Mean= 7/7
Mean=1
Answer = 1 Tickets each friend

FINDING THE MEAN
Find the mean of the data.
Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.2 13
Answer: 2 is the mean of the data.

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.2 14
Answer: 3 is the mean of the above-given data.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.2 15
Answer: 103 is the mean of the above-given data

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.2 16
Answer: 14.8 is the mean of the above-given data.

Question 19.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You and your friends are watching a television show. One of your friends asks, “How long are the commercial breaks during this show?”Break Times (minutes)
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.2 17
a. Is this a statistical question? Explain.
Answer: Yes it is a statistical question.

b.Use the mean of the values in the table to answer the question.
Answer:
Given the data,
4.2, 3.5, 4.55, 2.75, 2.25
x̄ = (4.2 + 3.5 + 4.55 + 2.75 + 2.25)/5
x̄ = 17.25/5
= 3.45

Question 20.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The table shows the monthly rainfall amounts at a measuring station.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.2 18
a. What is the mean monthly rainfall?
Answer:
x̄ = (22.5 + 1.51 + 1.86 + 2.06 + 3.48 + 4.47 + 3.37 + 5.40 + 5.45 + 4.34 + 2.64 + 2.14)/12
= 33.54/12
= 2.795

b. Compare the mean monthly rainfall for the first half of the year with the mean monthly rainfall for the second half of the year.
Answer:
Mean:
x̄ = (22.5 + 1.51 + 1.86 + 2.06 + 3.48 + 4.47)/6
= 15.6/6
= 2.6
For second 6 months:
x̄ = (3.37 + 5.40 + 5.45 + 4.34 + 2.64 + 2.14)/6
= 23.34/6
= 3.89
The mean value of the second 6 months is greater than the first 6 months.

Question 21.
OPEN-ENDED
Create two different data sets that have six values and a mean of 21.
Answer:
Mean of 21:
Set 1:
12, 31, 21, 24, 13, 25 for these numbers we can calculate the mean we get 21
Set 2:
12, 31, 20, 30, 10, 18 for these numbers we can calculate the mean we get 21

Question 22.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The bar graph shows your cell phone data usage for five months. Describe how the outlier affects the mean. Then use the data to answer the statistical question, “How much cell phone data do you use in a month?”
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.2 19
Answer: 288 is a lot less than the other data values so it is an outlier
Mean with outlier=10/5
Mean with outlier = 2
Mean without outlier = 6.18/5
Mean without outlier = 1.236
The outlier causes the mean to be about 0.76 data usage.

Question 23.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The table shows the heights of the volleyball players on two teams. Compare the mean heights of the two teams. Do outliers affect either mean? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.2 20
Answer:
Dolphins=59+65+53+56+58+61+64+68+51+56+54+57=702
Total no of observations=12;Mean=702\12=58.5
Tigers=63+68+66+58+54+55+61+62+53+70+64+64=683
Total no of observations=12; Mean=683/12=56.9

Question 24.
REASONING
Use a dot plot to explain why the mean of the data set below is the point where the data set is balanced.
11, 13, 17, 15, 12, 18, 12
Answer:
mean = (11 + 13 + 17 + 15 + 18 + 12)/6
= 86/6
= 14.3

Question 25.
DIG DEEPER!
In your class, 7 students do not receive a weekly allowance, 5 students receive $3, 7 students receive $5, 3 students receive $6, and 2 students receive $8.
a. What is the mean weekly allowance? Explain how you found your answer.
b. A new student who joins your class receives a weekly allowance of $3.50. Without calculating, explain how this affects the mean.
Answer:
Given number of students receive no amount = 7
Number of students receive $3 = 5
Then, total amount 5 students receive = 5 × 3 = $15
Then, total amount 7 students receive = 5 × 7 = $35
Number of students receive $6 = 3
Then total amount 3 students receive = 6 × 3 = $18
Number of students receive $8 = 2
Then, total amount 2 students receive = 2 × 8 = $16
Now, the total amount all students receive =
15 + 35 + 18 + 6 = 84
The total students = 7 + 5 + 7 + 3 + 2 = 24
Mean = total amount/total amount = 84/24 = $3.5
Hence, the mean weekly allowance is $3.5

Question 26.
PRECISION
A collection of 8 geodes has a mean weight of 14 ounces. A different collection of 12 geodes has a mean weight of 14 ounces. What is the mean weight of the 20 geodes? Explain how you found your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.2 21
Answer:
Given,
A collection of 8 geodes has a mean weight of 14 ounces.
A different collection of 12 geodes has a mean weight of 14 ounces.
Total weight of the first 8 backpacks
8×14
112 pounds
Total weight of the second 12 backpacks
12×9
108
Total weight of the whole 20 backpacks
112+108
220
So the mean weight of the 20 backpacks
220 / 20
11

Lesson 9.3 Measures of Center

EXPLORATION 1

Finding the Median
Work with a partner.
a. Write the total numbers of letters in the first and last names of 15 celebrities, historical figures, or people you know. One person is already listed for you.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.3 1

Dr. B. R. Ambedkar-8
Otto von Bismarck-15
A. P. J. Abdul Kalam-10
Vallabhbhai Patel-16
Alexander Hamilton-17
Jawaharlal Nehru -15
Mother Teresa -12
Thomas Jefferson-15
J. R. D. Tata -4
Indira Gandhi -12
Sachin Tendulkar-15
Napoleon Bonaparte-17
John Adams-9
Karl Marx-8
Andrew Jackson-13
b. Order the values in your data set from least to greatest. Then write the data on a strip of grid paper with 15 boxes.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.3 2
c. The middle value of the data set is called the median. The value (or values) that occur most often is called the mode. Find the median and the mode of your data set. Explain how you found your answers.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.3 3
d. Why are the median and the mode considered averages of a data set?
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.3 4

A measure of center is a measure that describes the typical value of a data set. The mean is one type of measure of center. Here are two others.

Try It

Question 1.
Find the median and mode of the data.1, 2, 20, 4, 17, 8, 12, 9, 5, 20, 13
Answer: Given the data,
1, 2, 20, 4, 17, 8, 12, 9, 5, 20, 13
First, write the numbers in the ascending or descending order.
1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12, 13, 17, 20, 20
The Median is 9.
The mode is 20 because it is repeated more than once.

Question 2.
100, 75, 90, 80, 110, 102
Answer:
Given the data,
100, 75, 90, 80, 110, 102
First, write the numbers in the ascending or descending order.
75, 80, 90, 100, 102, 110
= (90+100)/2
= 85
Mode:
No mode in the data.

Question 3.
One member of the class was absent and ends up voting for horror. Does this change the mode? Explain.
Answer: No

Question 4.
The times (in minutes) it takes six students to travel to school are 8, 10, 10, 15, 20, and 45. Find the mean, median, and mode of the data with and without the outlier. Which measure does the outlier affect the most?
Answer:
Median:
Write the numbers in ascending or descending order
8, 10, 10, 15, 20, and 45
= (10 + 15)/2 = 25/2 = 12.5
Mode:
10 is the mode. Because it is the most repeated number.
Mean:
Adding up the values and then dividing by the number of values.
= (8 + 10 + 10 + 15 + 20 + 45)/6
= 108/6
= 18

Question 5.
WHAT IF?
The store decreases the price of each video game by$3. How does this decrease affect the mean, median, and mode?
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Question 6.
FINDING MEASURES OF CENTER
Consider the data set below.
15, 18, 13, 11, 12, 21, 9, 11
a. Find the mean, median, and mode of the data.

Answer:
Given the data,
15, 18, 13, 11, 12, 21, 9, 11
x̄ = (15 + 18 + 13 + 11 + 12 + 21 + 9 + 11)/8
x̄ = 110/8
x̄ = 13.75
Median:
Write the numbers in ascending order and descending order.
9, 11, 11, 12, 13, 15, 18, 21
= (12 + 13)/2
= 12.5
Mode:
11 is the mode because this is repeated more than one time.

b. Each value in the data set is decreased by 7. How does this change affect the mean, median, and mode?
Answer:
Each value is decreased by 7 in the given data
8, 11, 6, 4, 5, 14, 2, 4
x̄ = (8 + 11 + 6 + 4 + 5 + 14 + 2 + 4)/8
x̄ = 54/8
x̄ = 6.75

Question 7.
WRITING
Explain why a typical value in a data set can be described by the median or the mode.
Answer:
For data from skewed distributions, the median is better than the mean because it isn’t influenced by extremely large values. The mode is the only measure you can use for nominal or categorical data that can’t be ordered

Question 8.
How does removing the outlier affect your answer in Example 5?
Answer:

Question 9.
It takes 10 contestants on a television show 43, 41, 62, 40, 44, 43, 44, 46, 45, and 41 seconds to cross a canyon on a zipline. Find the mean, median, and mode of the data with and without the outlier. Which measure does the outlier affect the most?
Answer:

Question 10.
The table shows the weights of several great white sharks. Use the data to answer the statistical question, “What is the weight of a great white shark?”
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.3 12
Answer:

Measures of Center Homework & Practice 9.3

Review & Refresh

Find the mean of the data.
Question 1.
1, 5, 8, 4, 5, 7, 6, 6, 2, 3
Answer: 4.7

Explanation:
Given the data,
1, 5, 8, 4, 5, 7, 6, 6, 2, 3
x̄ = ∑x/n
x̄ = (1 + 5 + 8 + 4 + 5 + 7 + 6 + 6 + 2 + 3)/16
x̄ = 49/16
x̄ = 3.06

Question 2.
9, 12, 11, 11, 10, 7, 4, 8
Answer: 9

Explanation:
Given the data,
9, 12, 11, 11, 10, 7, 4, 8
x̄ = ∑x/n
x̄ = (9 + 12 + 11 + 11 + 10 + 7 + 4 + 8)/8
x̄ = 72/8
x̄ = 9

Question 3.
26, 42, 31, 50, 29, 37, 44, 31
Answer: 36.25

Explanation:
Given the data,
26, 42, 31, 50, 29, 37, 44, 31
x̄ = ∑x/n
x̄ = (26+42+31+50+29+37+44+31)/8
x̄ = 290/8
x̄ = 36.25

Question 4.
53, 45, 43, 55, 28, 21, 61, 29, 24, 40, 27, 42
Answer: 39

Explanation:
Given the data,
53, 45, 43, 55, 28, 21, 61, 29, 24, 40, 27, 42
x̄ = ∑x/n
x̄ = (53+45+43+55+28+21+61+29+24+40+27+42)/12
x̄ = 468/12
x̄ = 39

Question 5.
A shelf in your room can hold at most 30 pounds.  ere are 12 pounds of books already on the shelf. Which inequality represents the number of pounds you can add to the shelf?
A. x < 18
B. x ≥ 18
C. x ≤ 42
D. x ≤ 18
Answer: x ≤ 18

Explanation:
12+x ≤ 30
12+x -12 ≤ 30-12
x ≤ 18

Find the missing values in the ratio table. Then write the equivalent ratios.
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.3 13
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-6-Chapter-9-Statistical-Measures-9.3-13

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.3 14
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-6-Chapter-9-Statistical-Measures-9.3-14

Find the surface area of the prism.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.3 15
Answer:
Given,
l = 6m
w = 5m
h = 5m
We know that,
Surface Area of the Prism = 2lw + 2lh + 2hw
= 2(6 × 5) + 2(6 × 8) + 2(8 × 5)
= 60 + 96 + 80
= 236 sq. meters

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.3 16
Answer:
Given,
l = 4.5 ft
w = 2ft
h = 3.5ft
We know that,
Surface Area of the Prism = 2lw + 2lh + 2hw
= 2(4.5 × 2) + 2(4.5 × 3.5) + 2(2 × 3.5)
= 18 + 31.5 + 14
= 63.5 sq. ft

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.3 17
Answer:
Given,
l = 6 yd
w = 4 yd
h = 2 yd
We know that,
Surface Area of the Prism = bh + 2lh + lb
= 2 × 4 + 2(6 × 5) + 6 × 2
= 8 + 60 + 12
= 80 sq. yards

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

FINDING THE MEDIAN Use grid paper to find the median of the data. (See Exploration 1, p. 425.)
Question 11.
9, 7, 2, 4, 3, 5, 9, 6, 8, 0, 3, 8
Answer:
First, arrange the numbers in ascending or descending order.
= 0, 2, 3, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 8, 9, 9
= (5 + 6)/2
= 11/2
= 5.5

Question 12.
16, 24, 13, 36, 22, 26, 22, 28, 25
Answer:
First, arrange the numbers in ascending or descending order.
13, 16, 22, 22, 24, 25, 26, 28, 36
24 is the median.
The median is the middle score in a set of given data.

FINDING THE MEDIAN AND MODE
Find the median and mode of the data.
Question 13.
3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 3, 8
Answer: The Median is 7; The Mode is 3.
Given: 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 3, 8
Sorted list: 3,3,5,7,8,9,11
Median is the middle number in a sorted list of numbers = 7
The mode is the value that appears most frequently in a data set = 3

Question 14.
14, 19, 16, 13, 16, 14
Answer: The Median is 15; The Modes are 14 and 16.
Given: 13,14,14,16,16,19
Sorted list: 14, 19, 16, 13, 16, 14
Median is the middle number in a sorted list of numbers = 15
The mode is the value that appears most frequently in a data set = 14,16

Question 15.
16. 93, 81, 94, 71, 89, 92, 94, 99
Answer: The Median is 90.5; The Mode is 94.
Given: 16, 93, 81, 94, 71, 89, 92, 94, 99
Sorted list: 16,71,81,89,92,93,94,94,99
Median is the middle number in a sorted list of numbers = 92
The mode is the value that appears most frequently in a data set = 94

Question 16.
44, 13, 36, 52, 19, 27, 33
Answer: The Median is 33; There are no modes.
Given: 44, 13, 36, 52, 19, 27, 33
Sorted list: 13,19,27,33,36,44,52
Median is the middle number in a sorted list of numbers = 33
The mode is the value that appears most frequently in a data set = no mode

Question 17.
12, 33, 18, 28, 29, 12, 17, 4, 2
Answer: The Median is 17; The Modes are 12.
Given: 12, 33, 18, 28, 29, 12, 17, 4, 2
Sorted list: 2,4,12,12,17,18,28,29,33
Median is the middle number in a sorted list of numbers = 17
The mode is the value that appears most frequently in a data set = 12

Question 18.
55, 44, 40, 55, 48, 44, 58, 67
Answer:
The Median is 51.5
The Modes are 44 and 55.
Given: 55, 44, 40, 55, 48, 44, 58, 67
Sorted list: 40,44,44,48,55,55,58,67
Median is the middle number in a sorted list of numbers = 51.5
The mode is the value that appears most frequently in a data set = 44,55

Question 19.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the median of the data. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.3 18
Answer: No, first the given data is arranged in ascending order then after median is to be found. The median is 55

FINDING THE MODE
Find the mode of the data.
Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.3 19
Answer: The modes are Black and Blue.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.3 20
Answer: The modes are singing, dancing, comedy.

Question 22.
REASONING
In Exercises 20 and 21, can you find the mean and median of the data? Explain.
Answer: You can’t find the mean and median in exercises 20 and 21.
The data set is not made up of numbers

FINDING MEASURES OF CENTER
Find the mean, median, and mode of the data.
Question 23.
4.7, 8.51, 6.5, 7.42, 9.64, 7.2, 9.3
Answer: Given: 4.7, 8.51, 6.5, 7.42, 9.64, 7.2, 9.3
Sorted list: 4.7, 6.5, 7.2, 7.42, 8.51, 9.64
Mean: x̄ = ∑x/n
x̄ = (4.7+6.5+7.2+7.42+8.51+9.64)/6
x̄ = 43.97/6
x̄ =7.32
Median: 7.42.
Mode: no mode.

Question 24.
8\(\frac{1}{2}\), 6\(\frac{5}{8}\), 3\(\frac{1}{8}\), 5\(\frac{3}{4}\), 6\(\frac{5}{8}\), 5\(\frac{1}{4}\), 10\(\frac{5}{8}\), 4\(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer: Given: 8.5, 6.62, 3.12, 5.75, 6.62, 5.25, 10.62, 4.5
Sorted list: 3.12, 4.5, 5.25, 5.75, 6.62, 6.62, 8.5, 10.62
Mean: x̄ = ∑x/n
x̄ = (3.12, 4.5, 5.25, 5.75, 6.62, 6.62, 8.5, 10.62)/8
x̄ =
x̄ =
Median: 6.18
Mode: 6.62

Question 25.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The weights (in ounces) of several moon rocks are shown in the table. Find the mean, median, and mode of the weights.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.3 21
Answer:
Mean
x̄ = (2.2 + 2.2 + 3.2 + 2.4 + 2.8 + 3.4 + 2.6 + 3.0 + 2.5)/9
Median:
Write the moon rock weights in ascending or descending order.
2.6 is the median
Mode:
2.2 is repeated move times
So, 2.2 is the mode.

REMOVING AN OUTLIER Find the mean, median, and mode of the data with and without the outlier. Which measure does the outlier affect the most?
Question 26.
45, 52, 17, 63, 57, 42, 54, 58
Answer:
Outliners means removing of the small data value
17 is the outliner
x̄ = ∑x/n
= (45 + 52 + 17 + 63 + 57 + 42 + 54 + 58)/8
= 388/8 = 48.5
Mean without outliner:
= (45 + 52 + 63 + 57 + 42 + 54 + 58)/7
= 371/7 = 53
Median with outliner:
17, 42, 45, 52, 54, 57, 58, 63
= (52 + 54)/2
= 106/2
= 53
Median without outliner:
42, 45, 52, 54, 57, 58, 63
54 is the median
Mode:
There is no change of value in the without outliner and with the outliner.
So, there is no mode in the data values.

Question 27.
85, 77, 211, 88, 91, 84, 85
Answer:
77 is the outliner
Mean with outliner:
x̄ = (85 + 77 + 211 + 88 + 91 + 84 + 85)/7
=721/7
= 103
Mean without outliner:
x̄ = (85 + 211 + 88 + 91 + 84 + 85)/6
= 644/6
= 107
Median with outliner:
Write the data values in ascending or descending order.
77, 84, 85, 88, 91, 211
85 is the median.
Median without outliner:
84, 85, 85, 88, 91, 211
= (85 + 88)/2
= 173/2
= 86.5
Mode:
There is no change of value in the without outliner and with the outliner.
85 is the mode.

Question 28.
23, 73, 45, 27, 23, 25, 43, 45
Answer:
73 is the outliner
Mean with outliner:
Mean = (23 + 45 + 27 + 23 + 25 + 43 + 45)
= 231/7
= 33
Mean with outliner:
Mean = (23 + 45 + 27 + 23 + 25 + 43 + 45+ 73)
= 304/8
= 38

Question 29.
101, 110, 99, 100, 64, 112, 110, 111, 102
Answer:
64 is the outliner
Mean with outliner:
x̄ = (101 + 110 + 99 + 100 + 64 + 112 + 110 + 111 + 102)/9
= 901/9 = 101
Mean with outliner:
x̄ = (101 + 110 + 99 + 100 + 112 + 110 + 111 + 102)/8
= 755/8
= 94.37
Median:
Write the data values in ascending or descending order
64, 99, 100, 101, 102, 110, 111, 112
Median without outliner:
= (101 + 102)/2
= 203/2
= 101.5
Mode:
Mode with and without outliner = 110

Question 30.
REASONING
The table shows the monthly salaries for employees at a company.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.3 22
a. Find the mean, median, and mode of the data.
b. Each employee receives a 5% raise. Find the mean, median, and mode of the data with the raise. How does this increase affect the mean, median, and mode of the data?
c. How are the mean, median, and mode of the monthly salaries related to the mean, median, and mode of the annual salaries?
Answer:

CHOOSING A MEASURE OF CENTER
Find the mean, median, and mode of the data. Choose the measure that best represents the data. Explain your reasoning.
Question 31.
48, 12, 11, 45, 48, 48, 43, 32
Answer:
Write the data in ascending order or descending order.
11, 12, 32, 43, 45, 48, 48, 48
= (32 + 43)/2
= 75/2
= 37.5
48 is the mode of the data

Question 32.
12, 13, 40, 95, 88, 7, 95
Answer:
Mean:
x̄ = ∑x/n
= (12 + 13 + 40 + 95 + 88 + 7 + 95)/7
= 350/7 = 50
Median:
7, 12, 13, 40, 88, 95, 95
40 is the median
mode:
95 is the mode.

Question 33.
2, 8, 10, 12, 56, 9, 5, 2, 4
Answer:
Mean:
x̄ = ∑x/n
= (2 + 8 + 10 + 12 + 56 + 9 + 5 + 2 + 4)/9
= 108/9
= 12
Median:
2, 2, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 12, 56
8 is the median
Mode:
2 is the mode.

Question 34.
126, 62, 144, 81, 144, 103
Answer:
Mean:
x̄ = ∑x/n
= (126 + 62 + 144 + 81 + 144 + 103)6
= 660/60
= 11
Median:
62, 81, 103, 126, 144, 144
= (103 + 126)/2
= 114.5

Question 35.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The weather forecast for a week is shown. Which measure of center best represents the high temperatures? the low temperatures? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.3 23
Answer:

Question 36.
RESEARCH
Find the costs of 10 different boxes of cereal. Choose one cereal whose cost will be an outlier.
a. Which measure of center does the outlier affect the most? Justify your answer.
b. Use the data to answer the statistical question, “How much does a box of cereal cost?”
Answer:

Question 37.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The bar graph shows the numbers of hours you volunteered at an animal shelter. What is the minimum number of hours you need to volunteer in the seventh week to justify that you volunteered an average of 10 hours per week for the 7 weeks? Explain your answer using measures of center.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.3 24
Answer:

Question 38.
REASONING
Why is the mode the least frequently used measure of center to describe a data set? Explain.
Answer:
The mode can be helpful in some analyses, but generally it does not contain enough accurate information to be useful in determining the shape of a distribution. When it is not a “Normal Distribution” the Mode can be misleading, although it is helpful in conjunction with the Mean for defining the amount of skewness in a distribution.

Question 39.
DIG DEEPER!
The data are the prices of several fitness wristbands at a store.
$130 $170 $230 $130
$250 $275 $130 $185
a. Does the price shown in the advertisement represent the prices well? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.3 25
b. Why might the store use this advertisement?
c. In this situation, why might a person want to know the mean? the median? the mode? Explain.
Answer:

Question 40.
CRITICAL THINKING
The expressions 3x, 9x, 4x, 23x, 6x, and 3x form a data set. Assume x> 0.
a. Find the mean, median, and mode of the data.
b. Is there an outlier? If so, what is it?
Answer:
Mean: This is an average of all the numbers. Add up the numbers and then divide by how many numbers there are.
(3 + 9 + 4 + 23 + 6 + 3)/6 = 48/6 = 8
Median: The number in the middle, when the numbers are in order. If there are 2 middle numbers, average them together.
3, 3, 4, 6, 9, 23 : 4 and 6 are the middle numbers. 4+6/2 = 10/2 = 5
Mode: What value occurs most frequently? 3 is the only duplicate
Outlier: What value is abnormal to our set of data? All of our numbers are small (single digits), except for 23. That makes it an outlier.

Lesson 9.4 Measures of Variation

EXPLORATION 1

Interpreting Statements
Work with a partner. There are 24 students in your class. Your teacher makes the following statements.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.4 1
• “The exam scores range from 75% to 96%.”
a. What does each statement mean? Explain.
b. Use your teacher’s statements to make a dot plot that can represent the distribution of the exam scores of the class.
c. Compare your dot plot with other groups’. How are they alike? different?

EXPLORATION 2

Grouping Data
Work with a partner. The numbers of U.S.states visited by students in a sixth-grade class are shown.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.4 2
a. Represent the data using a dot plot. Between what values do the data range?
b. Use the dot plot to make observations about the data.
c. How can you describe the middle half of the data?

A measure of variation is a measure that describes the distribution of a data set. A simple measure of variation to find is the range. The range of a data set is the difference of the greatest value and the least value.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.4 3

Try It
Question 1.
The ages of people in line for a roller coaster are 15, 17, 21, 32, 41, 30, 25, 52, 16, 39, 11, and 24. Find and interpret the range of the ages.
Answer:
Given,
The ages of people in line for a roller coaster are 15, 17, 21, 32, 41, 30, 25, 52, 16, 39, 11, and 24.
Range = (upper value – lower value)/2
= (52 – 11)/2
= 41/2
= 20.5

Question 2.
The data are the number of pages in each of an author’s novels. Find and interpret the interquartile range of the data.
356, 364, 390, 468, 400, 382, 376, 396, 350
Answer:
Given,
The data are the number of pages in each of an author’s novels.
356, 364, 390, 468, 400, 382, 376, 396, 350
Lower quartile = 360
Upper quartile = 398
Interquartile range = 38

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Question 3.
WRITING
Explain why the variability of a data set can be described by the range or the interquartile range.
Answer:
The interquartile range is the third quartile (Q3) minus the first quartile (Q1). But the IQR is less affected by outliers: the 2 values come from the middle half of the data set, so they are unlikely to be extreme scores. The IQR gives a consistent measure of variability for skewed as well as normal distributions.

Question 4.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.4 8
Answer:

Question 5.
The table shows the distances traveled by a paper airplane. Find and interpret the range and interquartile range of the distances.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.4 11
Answer: Given: 13.5, 12.5, 21, 16.75, 10.25, 19, 32, 26.5, 29,16.25, 28.5, 18.5.

Question 6.
The table shows the years of teaching experience of math teachers at a school. How do the outlier or outliers affect the variability of the data?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.4 12
Answer:
Given the data
5, 10, 7, 8, 10, 11, 22, 8, 6, 35
22 is added to the data set
22 is the outliner
so there is no effect to measure of center and the measure of variability.

Measures of Variation Homework & Practice 9.4

Review & Refresh

Find the mean, median, and mode of the data.
Question 1.
4, 8, 11, 6, 4, 5, 9, 10, 10, 4
Answer:
Mean = x̄ = (4 + 8 + 11 + 6 + 4 + 5 + 9 + 10 + 10 + 4)/10
= 71/10
= 7.1
Median:
Write the data in ascending or descending order.
4, 4, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 10, 11
= (5 + 8)/2
= 13/2
=6.5
Mode:
More number if data repeated is called mode.
4 is the mode.

Question 2.
74, 78, 86, 67, 80
Answer:
Mean = x̄ = (74 + 78 + 86 + 67 + 80)/5
= 385/5
= 77
Median:
Write the data in ascending or descending order.
67, 74, 78, 80, 86
78 is the median
Mode:
There is no mode in the data.

Question 3.
15, 18, 17, 17, 15, 16, 14
Answer:
Mean = x̄ = (15 + 18 + 17 + 17 + 15 + 16 + 14)/7
= 112/7 = 16
Median:
Write the data in ascending or descending order.
14, 15, 15, 16, 17, 17, 18
16 is the median
Mode:
17, 15 are the median.

Question 4.
31, 14, 18, 26, 17, 32
Answer:
Mean:
x̄ = (31 + 14 + 18 + 26 + 17 + 32)/6
Median:
Write the data in ascending or descending order.
14, 17, 18, 26, 31, 32
= (18 + 26)/2
= 44/2
= 22
Mode:
There is no mode in the data.

Copy and complete the statement using < or >.
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.4 13
Answer:
A negative number is less than the positive number
6 > -7

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.4 14
Answer:
A negative number is less than the positive number
-3 < 0

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.4 15
Answer:
A negative number is less than the positive number
14 > -14

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.4 16
Answer:
A negative number is less than the positive number
8 > -10

Find the surface area of the pyramid.
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.4 17
Answer:
Given,
Length = 12 mm
Height = 14 mm
A = a² + 2a √a²/4 + h²
Area = 509.56 sq. mm

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.4 18
Answer:
Given,
Length = 5 in
Height = 8.5 in
A = a² + 2a √a²/4 + h²
Area = 113.6 sq. inches

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.4 19
Answer:
Given,
Length = 6 ft
Height = 9 ft
A = a² + 2a √a²/4 + h²
Area = 149.84 sq.ft

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

INTERPRETING STATEMENTS There are 20 students in your class. Your teacher makes the two statements shown. Use your teacher’s statements to make a dot plot that can represent the distribution of the scores of the class. (See Exploration 1, p. 433.)
Question 12.
“The quiz scores range from 65% to 95%.”
“The scores were evenly spread out.”
Answer:

Question 13.
“The project scores range from 78% to 93%.”
“Most of the students received low scores.”
Answer:

FINDING THE RANGE Find the range of the data.
Question 14.
4, 8, 2, 9, 5, 3
Answer: 7

Explanation:
Range is the difference of higher value and lower value
lowest value = 2
highest value = 9
R = 9 – 2
R = 7

Question 15.
28, 42, 36, 23, 14, 47, 40
Answer: 33

Explanation:
The range is the difference between higher value and lower value
Lowest value: 14
Highest value: 47
Range = 47 – 14
R = 33

Question 16.
26, 21, 27, 33, 24, 29
Answer: 12

Explanation:
The range is the difference between higher value and lower value
Lowest value: 21
Highest value: 33
Range = 33 – 21
R = 12

Question 17.
52, 40, 49, 48, 62, 54, 44, 58, 39
Answer: 23

Explanation:
The range is the difference between higher value and lower value
Lowest value: 39
Highest value: 62
Range = 62 – 39
R = 23

Question 18.
133, 117, 152, 127, 168, 146, 174
Answer: 57

Explanation:
The range is the difference between higher value and lower value
Lowest value: 117
Highest value: 174
Range = 174 – 117
R = 57

Question 19.
4.8, 5.5, 4.2, 8.9, 3.4, 7.5, 1.6, 3.8
Answer: 7.3

Explanation:
The range is the difference of higher value and lower value
Lowest value: 1.6
Highest value: 8.9
Range = 8.9 – 1.6
R = 7.3

Question 20.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the range of the data. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.4 20
Answer:
The range is the difference between higher value and lower value
Lowest value: 28
Highest value: 59
Range =  59 – 28
Range = 31

FINDING THE INTERQUARTILE RANGE Find the interquartile range of the data.
Question 21.
4, 6, 4, 2, 9, 1, 12, 7
Answer: 6

Explanation:
This simple formula is used for calculating the interquartile range:
IQR = Xu – Xl
Lower quartile (xL): 2.5
Upper quartile (xU): 8.5
IQR = 8.5 – 2.5
IQR = 6

Question 22.
18, 22, 15, 16, 15, 13, 19, 18
Answer: 3.75

Explanation:
This simple formula is used for calculating the interquartile range:
IQR = Xu – Xl
Lower quartile (xL): 15
Upper quartile (xU): 18.75
IQR = 18.75 – 15
= 3.75

Question 23.
40, 33, 37, 54, 41, 34, 27, 39, 35
Answer: 7

Explanation:
This simple formula is used for calculating the interquartile range:
IQR = Xu – Xl
Lower quartile (xL): 33.5
Upper quartile (xU): 40.5
IQR = 40.5 – 33.5
= 7

Question 24.
84, 75, 90, 87, 99, 91, 85, 88, 76, 92, 94
Answer: 8

Explanation:
This simple formula is used for calculating the interquartile range:
IQR = Xu – Xl
Lower quartile (xL): 84
Upper quartile (xU): 92
IQR = 92 – 84
= 8

Question 25.
132, 127, 106, 140, 158, 135, 129, 138
Answer: 12

Explanation:
This simple formula is used for calculating the interquartile range:
IQR = Xu – Xl
Lower quartile (xL): 127.5
Upper quartile (xU): 139.5
IQR = 139.5 – 127.5
= 12

Question 26.
38, 55, 61, 56, 46, 67, 59, 75, 65, 58
Answer: 12.75

Explanation:
This simple formula is used for calculating the interquartile range:
IQR = Xu – Xl
Lower quartile (xL): 52.75
Upper quartile (xU): 65.5
IQR = 65.5  – 52.75
= 12.75

Question 27.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The table shows the number of tornadoes in Alabama each year for several years. Find and interpret the range and interquartile range of the data. Then determine whether there are any outliers.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.4 21
Answer:
The data is 65, 32, 54, 23, 55, 145,37, 80, 94, 42, 69, 77
Range:
Lowest value: 23
Highest value: 145
R = Highest value – Lowest value
R = 145 – 23
R = 122
IQR:
This simple formula is used for calculating the interquartile range:
IQR = Xu – Xl
Lower quartile (xL): 38.25
Upper quartile (xU): 79.25
IQR = 79.25 – 38.25
= 41

Question 28.
WRITING
Consider a data set that has no mode. Which measure of variation is greater, the range or the interquartile range? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
It would be based on the set of numbers you have, but in most cases, it is the interquartile range, because the mode is usually closer to the median. This leaves the interquartile range as a larger number.

Question 29.
CRITICAL THINKING
Is it possible for the range of a data set to be equal to the interquartile range? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
The interquartile range (IQR) is a measure of variability, based on dividing a data set into quartiles. Quartiles divide a rank-ordered data set into four equal parts.

Question 30.
REASONING
How does an outlier affect the range of a data set? Explain.
Answer:
Outlier An extreme value in a set of data that is much higher or lower than the other numbers. Outliers affect the mean value of the data but have little effect on the median or mode of a given set of data.

Question 31.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The table shows the numbers of points scored by players on a sixth-grade basketball team in a season.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.4 22
a. Find the range and interquartile range of the data.
b. Identify the outlier(s) in the data set. Find the range and interquartile range of the data set without the outlier(s). Which measure does the outlier or outliers affect more?
Answer:

Question 32.
DIG DEEPER!
Two data sets have the same range. Can you assume that the interquartile ranges of the two data sets are about the same? Give an example to justify your answer.
Answer:
Yes,
A data set with the least value of 2 and the greatest value of 20 will have the same range as a data set with the least value of 82 and the greatest value of 100 will have the same range of 18.

Question 33.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The tables show the ages of the finalists for two reality singing competitions.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.4 23
a. Find the mean, median, range, and interquartile range of the ages for each show. Compare the results.

Answer:
18, 15, 22, 18, 24, 17, 21, 16, 28, 21
Mean:
x̄ = ∑x/n = (18 + 15 + 22 + 18 + 24 + 17 + 21 + 16 + 28 + 21)/10
=200/10 = 20
Median:
15, 16,  17,  18,  18, 21, 22, 24, 28
= (18 + 21)/2
= 39/2
= 19.5
Range:
(28 – 15)/2
= 13/2
= 6.5
interquartile range:
Number of observations: 10
Xl = 16.75
Xu = 22.5
Xu – Xl = 5.75
Ages of show B:
Mean:
x̄ = ∑x/n = (21 + 20 + 23 + 13 + 15 + 18 + 17 + 22 + 36 + 25)/10
= 210/10 = 21
Median:
13, 15, 17, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 36
= (20 + 21)/2 = 41/2 = 20.5
Range:
(36 – 13)/2
= 23/2
= 11.5
Interquartile Range:
Samples = 10
Xl = 16.5
Xu = 23.5

b. A 21-year-old is voted off Show A, and the 36-year-old is voted off Show B. How do these changes affect the measures in part(a)? Explain.
Answer:
Mean:
x̄ = ∑x/n = (18 + 17 + 15 + 22 + 16 + 18 + 28 + 24)/8
= 158/8
= 79
Median: 15, 16, 17, 18, 18, 22, 24, 28
(18 + 18)/2
= 36/2
= 18
Range:
(28 – 15)/2
= 13/2
= 6.5
Interquartile Range:
Samples = 8
Xl = 16.25
Xu = 23.5
Interquartile Range = 23.5 – 16.25
= 7.25
21, 20, 23, 13, 15, 18, 17, 22, 25
Mean = (21 + 20 + 23 + 13 + 15 + 18 + 17 + 22 + 25)/9
= 174/2
= 87
Median:
13, 15, 17, 18, 21, 20, 22, 23, 25
21 is the median
Range:
(25 – 13)/2
= 12/2
= 6
Interquartile Range:
data = 9
Xl = 16
Xu = 22.5
(Xu – Xl) = 22.5 – 16
= 6.5
In Part A there is no effect on the range and it affects the mean, median, interquartile.

Question 34.
OPEN-ENDED
Create a set of data with 7 values that has a mean of 30, a median of 26, a range of 50, and an interquartile range of 36.
Answer:
The first thing we need to do is to put the data in increasing order. This is needed to calculate the median:
30,31,32,33,34,35,35,36,37,39

Lesson 9.5 Mean Absolute Deviation

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.5 1

EXPLORATION 1

Finding Distances from the Mean
Work with a partner. The table shows the exam scores of 14 students in your class.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.5 2
a. Which exam score deviates the most from the mean? Which exam score deviates the least from the mean? Explain how you found your answers.
b. How far is each data value from the mean?
c. Divide the sum of the values in part(b) by the number of values. In your own words, what does this represent?
d. REASONING Ina data set, what does it mean when the value you found in part(c) is close to 0? Explain.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.5 3

Another measure of variation is the mean absolute deviation. The mean absolute deviation is an average of how much data values differ from the mean.

Try It
Question 1.
Find and interpret the mean absolute deviation of the data.
5, 8, 8, 10, 13, 14, 16, 22
Answer: Number of observations : 8
Mean: 12

Question 2.
WHAT IF?
The pitcher allows 4 runs in the next game. How would you expect the mean absolute deviation to change? Explain.
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Question 3.
WRITING
Explain why the variability of a data set can be described by the mean absolute deviation.
Answer:

Question 4.
FINDING THE MEAN ABSOLUTE DEVIATION
Find and interpret the mean absolute deviation of the data. 8, 12, 4, 3, 14, 1, 9, 13
Answer: number of observations:8
Mean: 8
mean absolute deviation: 4

Question 5.
WHICH ONE do DOESN’T BELONG?
Which one does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.5 6
Answer: MEAN
A mean is different from all the above-given factors
A mean is the simple mathematical average of a set of two or more numbers.
The mean for a given set of numbers can be computed in more than one way, including the arithmetic mean method, which uses the sum of the numbers in the series, and the geometric mean method, which is the average of a set of products.

Question 6.
The tables show the numbers of questions answered correctly by members of two teams on a game show. Compare the mean, median, and mean absolute deviation of the numbers of correct answers for each team. What can you conclude?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.5 9
Answer:
Tiger sharks
3, 6, 5, 4, 4, 2
Mean: (3 + 6 + 5 + 4 + 4 + 2)/6
= 24/6
= 4
Median:
2, 3, 4, 4, 5, 6
= (4 + 4)/2
= 4
MAD:
Number of observations: 6
Mean = 4
MAD = 1
Bear Cats:
Mean:
6, 1, 4, 1, 8, 4
(6 + 1 + 4 + 1 + 8 + 4)/6
= 24/6
= 4
Median:
1, 1, 4, 4, 6, 8
= (4 + 4)/2
= 4
MAD:
Number of observations: 6
Mean = 4
MAD = 2
The mean, Median, Mean Absolute Deviation of both tiger sharks and Bear Cats are the same.

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
The data set shows the numbers of books that students in your book club read last summer.
8, 6, 11, 12, 14, 12, 11, 6, 15, 9, 7, 10, 9, 13, 5, 8
A new student who read 18 books last summer joins the club. Is18 an outlier? How does including this value in the data set affect the measures of center and variation? Explain.
Answer: 8 is added to the dataset.
Yes, 18 is an outliner
No, it does not affect the measures of the center and variation by removing the outliner.
If the outliner is not removed then it affects the measures of center and variation.

Mean Absolute Deviation Homework & Practice 9.5

Review & Refresh

Find the range and interquartile range of the data.
Question 1.
23, 45, 39, 34, 28, 41, 26, 33
Answer:
Number of observations:8
Lower quartile (xL): 26.5
Upper quartile (xU): 40.5
interquartile range = 14
Range:
Number of observations:8
Lowest value: 23
Highest value: 45
Range = 45 – 23
= 22

Question 2.
63, 53, 48, 61, 69, 63, 57, 72, 46
Answer:
Number of observations:9
Lower quartile (xL): 50.5
Upper quartile (xU): 66
interquartile range = 15.5
Range:
Number of observations:9
Lowest value: 46
Highest value: 72
Range = 26

Graph the integer and its opposite.
Question 3.
15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistics Answer Key img_5

Question 4.
17
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistics Answer Key img_6

Question 16.
– 22
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistics Answer Key img_7

Question 7.
Find the numbers of faces, edges, and vertices of the solid.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.5 10
Answer:
The name of the solid is a pentagon.
Number of vertices = 5
Number of faces = 5
Numver of edges = 5

Write the word sentence as an equation.
Question 8.
17 plus a number q is 40.
Answer:
We have to write the equation for the word sentence.
The phrase ‘plus’ indicates ‘+’
17 + q = 40

Question 9.
The product of a number s and 14 is 49.
Answer:
We have to write the equation for the word sentence.
The phrase product indicates ‘×’
s × 14 = 49

Question 10.
The difference of a number b and 9 is 32.
Answer:
We have to write the equation for the word sentence.
The phrase difference indicates ‘-‘
b – 9 = 32

Question 11.
The quotient of 36 and a number g is 9.
Answer:
We have to write the equation for the word sentence.
The phrase quotient indicates ‘÷’
36 ÷ g = 9

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

FINDING DISTANCES FROM THE MEAN Find the average distance of each data value in the set from the mean. (See Exploration 1, p. 439.)
Question 12.
Model years of used cars on a lot: 2014, 2006, 2009, 2011, 2005
Answer:

Question 13.
Prices of kites at a shop: $7, $20, $9, $35, $12, $15, $7, $10, $20, $25
Answer:

FINDING THE MEAN ABSOLUTE DEVIATION Find and interpret the mean absolute deviation of the data.
Question 14.
69, 51, 71, 77, 71, 80, 75, 63, 73
Answer:
Given the data
69, 51, 71, 77, 71, 80, 75, 63, 73
Number of samples = 9
Mean Absolute Deviation = 70

Question 15.
94, 86, 95, 99, 88, 90
Answer:
Given the data
94, 86, 95, 99, 88, 90
Number of samples = 6
Mean Absolute Deviation = 92

Question 16.
46, 54, 43, 57, 50, 62, 78, 42
Answer:
Given the data
46, 54, 43, 57, 50, 62, 78, 42
Number of samples = 8
Mean Absolute Deviation = 54

Question 17.
25, 28, 20, 22, 32, 28, 35, 34, 30, 36
Answer:
Given the data
25, 28, 20, 22, 32, 28, 35, 34, 30, 36
Number of samples = 10
Mean Absolute Deviation = 29

Question 18.
101, 115, 124, 125, 173, 165, 170
Answer:
Given the data
101, 115, 124, 125, 173, 165, 170
Number of samples = 7
Mean Absolute Deviation = 139

Question 19.
1.1, 7.5, 4.9, 0.4, 2.2, 3.3, 5.1
Answer:
Given the data
1.1, 7.5, 4.9, 0.4, 2.2, 3.3, 5.1
Number of samples = 7
Mean Absolute Deviation = 3.5

Question 20.
\(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{5}{8}, \frac{3}{8}, \frac{3}{4}, \frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
Number of observations:5
Mean (x̄): 0.5
Mean Absolute Deviation (MAD): 0.15

Question 21.
4.6, 8.5, 7.2, 6.6, 5.1, 6.2, 8.1, 10.3
Answer:
Number of observations:8
Mean (x̄): 7.075
Mean Absolute Deviation (MAD): 1.45

Question 22.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds and interprets the mean absolute deviation of the data set 35, 40, 38, 32, 42, and 41. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.5 11
Answer:
x̄ = ∑x/n = (35 + 40 + 38)/3
= 113/3
= 37.6
Yes, the data values are different from the mean by an average of 3.

Question 23.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The data set shows the admission prices at several glass-blowing workshops.
$20, $20, $16, $12, $15, $25, $11
Find and interpret the range, interquartile range, and mean absolute deviation of the data.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.5 12
Answer:
Range = (25 – 11)
= 14/2
= 7
Interquartile range:
Samples = 7
Xl = 12
Xu = 20
Xu – Xl = 20 – 12
= 8
Absolute Deviation of the data:
Data = 7
Mean = 17
Mean Absolute Deviation = 4

Question 24.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The table shows the prices of the five most-expensive and least-expensive dishes on a menu. Find the MAD of each data set. Then compare their variations.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.5 13
Answer:
Five expensive dishes
$28, $30, $28, $39, $25
MAD:
Dishes = 5
Mean $30
MAD = $3.6
First leasr expensive dishes:
$7, $7, $10, $8, $12
MAD:
Dishes = 5
Mean $8.8
MAD = $1.76
Mean Absolute Deviation of five most expensive dishes is greater than Mean Absolute Deviation of five least expensive dishes.

Question 25.
REASONING
The data sets show the years of the coins in two collections.
Your collection: 1950, 1952, 1908, 1902, 1955, 1954, 1901, 1910
Your friend’s collection: 1929, 1935, 1928, 1930, 1925, 1932, 1933, 1920
Compare the measures of center and the measures of variation for each data set. What can you conclude?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.5 14
Answer:
The measure of center is a value of the center or middle of a data set.
There are 4 measures of center they are
Mean
Median
Mode
Midrange
four measures of variations
Range
Interquartile range
Variance
Standard deviation
your collection:
Mean: (1950 + 1952 + 1908 + 1902 + 1955 + 1954 + 1901 + 1910)/8
= 1,929
Median: 1901, 1902, 1908, 1910, 1950, 1952, 1954, 1955
= (1910 + 1952)/2
= 1930
Mode: There is no mode
Midrange:
(1955 + 1901)/2
= 3856/2
= 1928
Range:
(1955 – 1901)/2
= 54/2
= 27
Interquartile range:
Number of observations = 8
Xl = 1903.5
Xu = 1953.5
Interquartile range = 50
Variance = 655.14
Standard deviation = 25.59

Question 26.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You survey students in your class about the numbers of movies they watched last month. A new student joins the class who watched 22 movies last month. Is22 an outlier? How does including this value affect the measures of center and the measures of variation? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures 9.5 15
Answer:

REASONING
Which data set would have the greater mean absolute deviation? Explain your reasoning.
Question 27.
guesses for number of gumballs in a jar
guesses for number of baseballs in a jar
Answer:
Gumballs in the jar have a greater mean absolute deviation because baseballs are larger than baseballs.

Question 28.
monthly rainfall amounts in a city
monthly amounts of water used in a home
Answer:

Question 29.
REASONING
Range, interquartile range, and mean absolute deviation are all measures of variation. Which measure of variation is most reliable? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 30.
DIG DEEPER!
Add and subtract the MAD from the mean in the original data set in Exercise 26.
a. What percent of the values are within one MAD of the mean? two MADs of the mean? Which values are more than twice the MAD from the mean?
b. What do you notice as you get more and more MADs away from the mean? Explain.
Answer:

Statistical Measures Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan

Question 1.
Six friends play a carnival game in which a person throws darts at balloons. Each person throws the same number of darts and then records the portion of the balloons that pop. Find and interpret the mean, median, and MAD of the data.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures cc 1
Understand the problem.
You know that each person throws the same number of darts. You are given the portion of balloons popped by each person as a fraction, a decimal, or a percent.

Make a plan.
First, write each fraction and each decimal as a percent. Next, order the percents from least to greatest. Then find and interpret the mean, median, and MAD of the data.

Solve and check.
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.
Answer:

Question 2.
The cost c (in dollars) to rent skis at a resort for n days is represented by the equation c = 22n. The durations of several ski rentals are shown in the table. Find the range and interquartile range of the costs of the ski rentals. Then determine whether any of the costs are outliers.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures cc 2
Answer:
Given the equation c = 22n
c = 22(1) = 22
c = 22(5) = 1100
c = 22(1) = 22
c = 22(3) = 66
c = 22(5) = 110
c = 22(4) = 88
c = 22(3) = 66
c = 22(12) = 264
c = 22(1) = 22
c = 22(12) = 264
c = 22(5) = 110
c = 22(7) = 154
c = 22(4) = 88
c = 22(1) = 22
22, 110, 22, 66, 110, 88, 66, 264, 22, 264, 110, 154, 88, 22
Range = (264 – 22)/2 = 242/2
= 141
Interquartile range:
Number of observations: 14
lower quartile = 22
upper quartile = 121
Interquartile range = upper quartile – lower quartile
= 121 – 22
= 99

Performance Task
Which Measure of Center Is Best: Mean, Median, or Mode?
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Daylight in the Big City.“ You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures cc 3

Statistical Measures Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary

Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures cr 1

Graphic Organizers

You can use a Definition and Example Chart to organize information about a concept. Here is an example of a Definition and Example Chart for the vocabulary term statistical question.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures cr 2

Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures cr 3
1. mean
2. outlier
3. median
4. mode
5. range
6. quartiles
7. interquartile range

Chapter Self-Assessment

As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures crr 1

9.1 Introduction to Statistics (pp. 413–418)
Learning Target: Identify statistical questions and use data to answer statistical questions.

Determine whether the question is a statistical question. Explain.
Question 1.
How many positive integers are less than 20?
Answer: There are only 19 numbers in that group

Question 2.
In what month were the students in a sixth-grade class born?
Answer: February

Question 3.
The dot plot shows the number of televisions owned by each family on a city block.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures crr 3
a. Find and interpret the number of data values on the dot plot.
b. Write a statistical question that you can answer using the dot plot. Then answer the question.
Answer:

Display the data in a dot plot. Identify any clusters, peaks, or gaps in the data
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures crr 4
Answer:

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures crr 5
Answer:

Question 6.
You conduct a survey to answer, “What is the heart rate of a typical sixth-grade student?” e table shows the results. Use the distribution of the data to answer the question.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures crr 6
Answer:

9.2 Mean (pp. 419–424)
Learning Target: Find and interpret the mean of a data set.

Question 7.
Find the mean of the data.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures crr 7
Answer:
x̄ = ∑x/n =(1112+1409+675+536+1398+162)/6
x̄ = ∑x/n=6751/6
x̄ = ∑x/n=1125.16

Question 8.
The double bar graph shows the monthly profit for two toy companies over a four-month period. Compare the mean monthly profits.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures crr 8
Answer:
Company A:
3.6, 3, 3.4, 4
Mean: (3.6 + 3 + 3.4 + 4)/4 = 14/4 = 3.5
Company B:
3, 4.3, 2.2, 4.1
Mean: (3 + 4.3 + 2.2 + 4.1)/4
= 13.6/4
= 3.4

Question 9.
The table shows the test scores for a class of sixth-grade students. Describe how the outlier affects the mean. Then use the data to answer the statistical question, “What is the typical test score for a student in the class?”
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures crr 9
Answer:

9.3 Measures of Center (pp. 425–432)
Learning Target: Find and interpret the median and mode of a data set.

Find the median and mode of the data.
Question 10.
8, 8, 6, 8, 4, 5, 6
Answer:
Median:
write the given data in ascending order or descending order.
4, 5, 6, 8, 8, 8
= (6 + 8)/2
= 14/2
= 7
Mode:
8 is the mode.

Question 11.
24, 74, 61, 29, 38, 27, 68, 54
Answer:
Median:
write the given data in ascending order or descending order.
24, 74, 61, 29, 38, 27, 68, 54
= 24, 27, 29, 38, 54, 61, 68, 74
= (38 + 54)/2
= 92/2
= 48
Mode:
There is no mode in the data.

Question 12.
Find the mean, median, and mode of the data set 67, 52, 50, 99, 66, 50, and 57 with and without the outlier. Which measure does the outlier affect the most?
Answer:
Given the data,
67, 52, 50, 99, 66, 50, and 57
Mean with outliner:
(67 + 52 + 50 + 99 + 66 + 50 + 57)/7
= 441/7
= 63
Mean without outliner:
66 is the median
Mode with outliner: 50
Mode without outliner:
No mode
Outliners affect the mean value of the data but have little effect on the median or mode of a given set of data.

Question 13.
The table shows the lengths of several movies. Which measure of center best represents the data? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures crr 13
Answer:

Question 14.
Give an example of a data set that does not have a median. Explain why the data set does not have a median.
Answer:

9.4 Measures of Variation (pp. 433–438)
Learning Target: Find and interpret the range and interquartile range of a data set.

Find the range of the data.
Question 15.
45, 76, 98, 21, 52, 39
Answer:
Lowest value = 21
Highest value = 98
Range = (98 – 21)/2
= 77/2
= 38.5

Question 16.
95, 63, 52, 8, 93, 16, 42, 37, 62
Answer:
Lowest value = 8
Highest value = 95
Range = (95 – 8)/2
= 87/2
= 43.5

Find the interquartile range of the data.
Question 17.
28, 46, 25, 76, 18, 25, 47, 83, 44
Answer:
Given the data
28, 46, 25, 76, 18, 25, 47, 83, 44
Number of observations: 9
lower quartile: 25
upper quartile: 61.5
Interquartile range (Xu – Xl) = 36.5

Question 18.
14, 25, 97, 55, 66, 28, 92, 38, 94
Answer:
Given the data
14, 25, 97, 55, 66, 28, 92, 38, 94
Number of observations: 9
lower quartile: 26.5
upper quartile: 93
Interquartile range (Xu – Xl) = 66.5

Question 19.
The table shows the weights of several adult emperor penguins. Find and interpret the range and interquartile range of the data. Then determine whether there are any outliers.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures crr 19
Answer:
25, 27, 36, 23.5, 33.5, 31.25, 30.75, 32, 24, 29.25
Yes there are outliner
Range: (36  – 25)/2
= 11/2
= 5.5
Interquartile range:
Number of observations = 10
Mean = 29.225
MAD = 3.98

Question 20.
Two data sets have the same interquartile range. Can you assume that the ranges of the two data sets are about the same? Give an example to justify your answer.
Answer:
23
Yes, a data set with the least value of 2 and the greatest value of 20 will have the same range as a data set with the least value of 82 and the greatest value of 100 will have the same range of 18.

9.5 Mean Absolute Deviation (pp. 439–444)
Learning Target: Find and interpret the mean absolute deviation of a data set.

Find and interpret the mean absolute deviation of the data.
Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures crr 21
Answer:
Given data,
6, 8.5, 6, 9, 10, 7, 8, 9.5
No. of observations: 8
Mean = 8
Mean Absolute Deviation: 1.25

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures crr 22
Answer:
Given data,
130, 150, 190, 100, 175, 120, 165, 140, 180, 190
No. of observations: 10
Mean = 154
Mean Absolute Deviation: 26

Question 23.
The table shows the prices of the five most-expensive and least-expensive manicures given by a salon technician on a particular day. Find the MAD of each data set. Then compare their variations.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures crr 23
Answer:
five most-expensive:
$58, $52, $70, $49, $56
No. of observations: 5
Mean = 57
Mean Absolute Deviation: 5.6
5 least-expensive manicures:
$10, $10, $15, $10, $15
No. of observations: 5
Mean = 12
Mean Absolute Deviation: 2.4
The Mean Absolute Deviation of the five most-expensive is greater than the Mean Absolute Deviation of the 5 least-expensive manicures.

Question 24.
You record the lengths of songs you stream. The next song is 276 seconds long. Is 276 an outlier? How does including this value affect the measures of center and the measures of variation? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 9 Statistical Measures crr 24
Answer:
Given the data,
233, 219, 163, 213, 224, 208, 225, 220, 222, 240, 228, 219, 260, 249, 209, 236,  206
The next song is 276 seconds long.
276 is the outliner.
We can remove 276 from the given data set.
So, there is no effect on the center and the measure of variations.

Statistical Measures Practice Test

Find the mean, median, mode, range, and interquartile range of the data.
Question 1.
5, 6, 4, 24, 10, 6, 9, 8
Answer:
Mean = (5 + 6 + 4 + 24 + 10 + 6 + 9 + 8)/8
= 72/8
= 9
Median:
4, 5, 6, 6, 8, 9, 10, 24
= (6 + 8)/2 = 14/2
= 7
Mode:
6 is the mode
range = (24 – 4)/2
= 20/2
= 10
Range:
Lowest value: 4
Highest value: 24
Range: 20
Interquartile range:
Lower quartile (xL): 5.25
Upper quartile (xU): 9.75
Interquartile range (xU-xL): 4.5

Question 2.
46, 27, 94, 56, 53, 65, 43
Answer:
Given the data,
46, 27, 94, 56, 53, 65, 43
Mean = (46 + 27 + 94 + 56 + 53 + 65 + 43)/7
= 16.75
Median = 15.5
Mode: There is no mode
Range:
Number of observations = 7
Lowest value: 27
Highest value: 94
Range: 67
Interquartile range:
Lower quartile (xL): 43
Upper quartile (xU): 65
Interquartile range (xU-xL): 22

Question 3.
32, 58, 19, 36, 44, 57, 11, 26, 74
Answer:
Given the data,
32, 58, 19, 36, 44, 57, 11, 26, 74
Mean = (32 + 58 + 19 + 36 + 44 + 57 + 11 + 26 + 74)/9
= 357/9
= 39.66
Median:
Arrange the data in ascending or descending order.
11, 19, 26, 32, 36, 44, 57, 58, 74
Median = 36
Mode: There is no mode in the data
Range:
Lowest value: 11
Highest value: 74
Range: 63
Interquartile range:
Lower quartile (xL): 22.5
Upper quartile (xU): 57.5
Interquartile range (xU-xL): 35

Question 4.
36, 24, 49, 32, 37, 28, 38, 40, 39
Answer:
Given the data
36, 24, 49, 32, 37, 28, 38, 40, 39
Arrange the data in ascending or descending order.
24, 28, 32, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 49
Mean = (24 + 28 + 32 + 36 + 37 + 28 + 38 + 40 + 49)/9
= 34.66
Median: 37
Mode: There is no mode
Range:
Lowest value: 24
Highest value: 49
Range: 25
Interquartile range:
Lower quartile (xL): 30
Upper quartile (xU): 39.5
Interquartile range (xU-xL): 9.5

Find and interpret the mean absolute deviation of the data.
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures pt 5
Answer:
Given the data,
312, 286, 196, 201, 158, 225, 206, 192
Mean (x̄): 0.5
Mean Absolute Deviation (MAD): 0.15

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures pt 6
Answer:
Given the data,
15, 8, 19, 20, 18, 20, 22, 14, 10, 15
Mean (x̄): 16.1
Mean Absolute Deviation (MAD): 3.7

Question 7.
You conduct a survey to answer, “How many Times (minutes)minutes does it take a typical sixth-grade student to run a mile?” The table shows the results. Use the distribution of the data to answer the question.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures pt 7
Answer:

Question 8.
The table shows the weights of Alaskan malamute 8181808281dogs at a veterinarian’s office. Which measure of center best represents the weight of an Alaskan malamute? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures pt 8
Answer:

Question 9.
The table shows the numbers of guests Numbers of Guests at a hotel on different days.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures pt 9
a. Find the range and interquartile range of the data.
b. Use the interquartile range to identify the outlier(s) in the data set. Find the range and interquartile range of the data set without the outlier(s). Which measure did the outlier or outliers affect more?
Answer:

Question 10.
The data sets show the numbers of hours worked each week by two people for several weeks.
Person A: 9, 18, 12, 6, 9, 21, 3, 12
Person B: 12, 18, 15, 16, 14, 12, 15, 18
Compare the measures of center and the measures of variation for each data set. What can you conclude?
Answer:

Question 11.
The table shows the lengths of several bearded dragons captured for a study. Find the mean, median, and mode of the data in centimeters and in inches. How does converting to inches affect the mean, median, and mode?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures pt 11
Answer:

Statistical Measures Cumulative Practice

Question 1.
Which statement can be represented by a negative integer?
A. The temperature rises 15 degrees.
B. A hot-air balloon ascends 450 yards.
C. You earn $50 completing chores.
D. A submarine submerges 260 feet.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures cp 1
Answer: D. A submarine submerges 260 feet.

Question 2.
What is the height h (in inches) of the prism?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures cp 2
Answer:
h = v/lw
h = 5850/30(12 1/4)
h = 5850/(30 × 12.25)
h = 5850/367.50
h = 15.91 inches

Question 3.
Which is the solution of the inequality \(\frac{2}{3}\)x < 6?
F. x < 4
G. x < 5\(\frac{1}{3}\)
H. x < 6\(\frac{2}{3}\)
I. x < 9
Answer: I. x < 9

Question 4.
The number of hours that each of six students spent reading last week is shown in the bar graph.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures cp 4
For the data in the bar graph, which measure is the?
A. mean
B. median
C. mode
D. range
Answer: C. mode

Explanation:
In the above bar graph, 10 is repeated two ways.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
Which list of numbers is in order from least to greatest?
F. – 5.41, – 3.6, – 3.2, – 3.06, – 1
G. – 1, – 3.06, – 3.2, – 3.6, – 5.41
H. – 5.41, – 3.06, – 3.2, – 3.6, – 1
I. – 1, – 3.6, – 3.2, – 3.06, – 5.41
Answer: F. – 5.41, – 3.6, – 3.2, – 3.06, – 1

Explanation:
We have to write the numbers from least to greatest
The negative sign with the highest number will be the least.
– 5.41, – 3.6, – 3.2, – 3.06, – 1
Thus the correct answer is option F.

Question 6.
What is the mean absolute deviation of the data shown in the dot plot, rounded to the nearest tenth?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures cp 6
A. 1.4
B. 3
C. 3.2
D. 57.
Answer:
Data from the dot plot
5, 5, 4, 4, 6, 1
Number of observations: 6
Mean = 4.166
Mean absolute deviation = 1.66
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 7.
A family wants to buy tickets to a theme park. There are separate ticket prices for adults and children.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures cp 7
Which expression represents the total cost (in dollars) for adult tickets c and child tickets?
F. 600 (a + c)
G. 50(a × c)
H. 30a + 20c
I. 30a × 20c
Answer: H. 30a + 20c

Question 8.
The dot plot shows the leap distances (in feet) of a tree frog. How many leaps were recorded?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures cp 8
Answer: 7 leaps were recorded

Question 9.
What is the value of the expression when a = 6 and b = 14?
0.8a + 0.02b
A. 0.4828
B. 0.8814
C. 5.08
D. 16.4
Answer:
Given the expression,
0.8a + 0.02b
a = 6
b = 14
0.8(6) + 0.02(14)
4.8 + 0.28
= 5.08
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 10.
Which property was not used to simplify the expression?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures cp 10
F. Distributive Property
G. Associative Property of Addition
H. Multiplication Property of One
I. Commutative Property of Multiplication
Answer: I. Commutative Property of Multiplication

Question 11.
What are the coordinates of Point P?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures cp 11
A. (- 3, – 2)
B. (3, – 2)
C. (- 2, – 3)
D. (-2, 3)
Answer: B. (3, – 2)

Explanation:
By seeing the above graph we can write the ordered pair P.
the x-axis is on 3 and the y-axis is on -2
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 12.
Create a data set with 5 numbers that has the following measures.
Think
Solve
Explain
• a mean of 7
• a median of 9
Explain how you created your data set.
Answer:
The data set is 3, 2, 9, 1, 20

Final Words:

I hope the article regarding the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 9 Statistical Measures is helpful for the students who are lagging in this concept. Feel free to post the comments if you have any doubts regarding the methods or answers. We will try to clarify your doubts as early as possible.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000

Hey guys are you in search of diverse opportunities to develop your problem-solving skill? We have the best solution to it, just practice all Big Ideas Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000. These Big Ideas Math Book 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 are prepared in a fun-learning way like mathematical practices through engaging activities such as games, songs, literature-based exercises, etc. so to connect with elementary school mathematics. Make the most out of the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 to prepare efficiently by clearing all your queries while practicing.

Big Ideas Math Book 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000

Its a Free Easy Access Student Edition of Big Ideas Math Book 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000. Chapter wise are provided below in PDF links. So, Students are notified to improve their math skills & problem-solving skills by referring to these chapter-wise Big Ideas Math Answer Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000. Also, you all can make use of these Big Ideas Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 for Homework Help & complete all your assessments properly.

Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 Vocabulary

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 1
Organize It
Use the review words to complete the graphic organizer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 2
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Count-and-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Vocabulary

Define It

Use your vocabulary cards to complete the puzzle.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 3

Chapter 8 Vocabulary cards

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 4
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 5

Lesson 8.1 Count to 120 in Different Ways

Explore and Grow

Start at 5. Skip count by fives. Circle the numbers you count. Start at 10. Skip count by tens. Color the numbers you count.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 6
What patterns do you notice?
____________________
____________________
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8 Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Lesson-8.1-Count-to-120-in Different-Ways-Explore-and-Grow
In column 5 we notice the pattern of count by tens and in column 10 we notice the pattern of count by tens.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Count by ones.
35, 36, 37, ___, ____, ___, ___, ___
Answer:
35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42 .

Question 2.
Count by fives.
55, 60, 65, __, ___, ___, ___, ___
Answer:
55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90

Question 3.
Count by tens.
21, 31, 41, ___, __, ___, ___, ___
Answer:
21, 31, 41, 51, 61, 71, 81, 91 .

Apply and Grow: Practice

Count by ones.

Question 4.
57, 58, 59, __, ___, ___, ___, ___
Answer:
57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64

Count by fives.

Question 6.
35, 40, 45, __, ___, ___, __, ___
Answer:
35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70

Question 5.
__, 106, __, 108, __, ___, ___
Answer:
105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111

Count by fives.

Question 6.
35, 40, 45, __, ___, ___, ___, ___
Answer:
35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70

Question 7.
__, 80, __, 90, __, __, ___
Answer:
70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120 .

Count by tens.

Question 8.
12, 22, 32, __, ___, __, ___, __
Anwer:
12, 22, 32, 42, 52, 62, 72, 82 .

Question 9.
__, 50, __, 70, __, __, ___
Answer:
40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 .

Question 10.
Number Sense
Newton counts by ones from 47 to 53. Which numbers does he count?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 6.1
Answer:
counts by ones from 47 to 53 are :
47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53 .
numbers does he count are 49 and 52 numbers

Question 11.
Number Sense
Descartes counts by fives from 90 to 115. Which numbers does he count?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 7
Answer:
counts by fives from 90 to 115 are :
90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115 .
numbers does he count are 105 and 110 .

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Newton has 65 points. He captures small aliens worth 5 points. Descartes has 25 points. He captures large aliens worth 10 points.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 8
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 9
Answer:
Number of points Newton have = 65
Number of points for small aliens = 5.
Number of aliens did Newton have = 65 / 5 = 13.

Number of points Descartes have = 25
Number of points for Large aliens = 10.
Number of aliens did Descartes have = 25 / 10 = 2.5
Newton have more aliens than Descartes.so Descartes needs more aliens .

Show and Grow

Question 12.
Newton has 55 points. He collects gold coins worth 10 points. Descartes has 70 points. He collects silver coins worth 5 points. Who needs to collect more coins to reach 100 points?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 10
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 11
Answer:
Number of points Newton have = 55 points
he collects gold coins worth = 10 points each .
for 100 points newton requires 45 points
Number of coins required for 45 points for Newton= 45/ 10 = 4.5 coins.

Number of points Descartes have = 70 points
he collects silver coins worth = 5 points each .
for 100 points Descartes requires 30 points
Number of coins required for 30 points for Descartes= 30/ 5 = 6 coins.
Descartes requires more 6 coins to reach 100 points .

Question 13.
You and your friend count from 30 to 70. You count by fives. Your friend counts by tens. Who says more numbers? Explain.
Answer:
Count by fives:( by me)
30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70 = total 9 numbers.
Count by tens:( my friend)
30, 40, 50, 60, 70 = total 5 numbers.
I say more numbers than my friend .

Count to 120 in Different Ways Homework & Practice 8.1

Count by ones.

Question 1.
63, 64, 65, __, __, ___, ___, ___
Answer:
63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70 .

Question 2.
__, 112, __, 114, __, __, ___
Answer:
111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117 .

Count by fives.

Question 3.
10, 15, 20, __, __, ___, __, ___
Answer:
10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45 .

Question 4.
__, 95, __, 105, __, __, ___
Answer:
90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120 .

Count by tens.

Question 5.
44, 54, 64, __, __, __, ___, __
Answer:
44, 54, 64, 74, 84, 94, 104 .

Question 6.
__, 20, __, 40, __, __, __
Answer:
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70 .

Question 7.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Newton counts by fives. Is he correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 12
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 13
Answer:
No, Count by fives means 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 and so on …..
As per the above count 5, 15, 25, 35, 45, 55 they are count by tens as there is 10 differences between the sequence of numbers.

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
Who needs to make more shots to earn 50 points?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 14

Answer:
Newton
Number of points with Newton = 30 .
Newton requires more 20 points to make it 50 points
Points for one shot = 5 .
Number of shots required for Newton = 20 / 5 = 4 shots.

Descartes
Number of points with Descartes = 20 .
Descartes requires more 30 points to make it 50 points
Points for one shot = 10 .
Number of shots required for Descartes = 30 / 10 = 3 shots.

Therefor Newton needs to make more shots than Descartes .

Review & Refresh

Question 9.
34 – 16 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 15
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Count-to-120-Different-Ways-Homework-Practice-8.1-Question-9

Question 10.
75 – 32 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 16
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Count-to-120-Different-Ways-Homework-Practice-8.1-Question-10

Question 11.
93 – 28 = ?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 17
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Count-to-120-Different-Ways-Homework-Practice-8.1-Question-11

Lesson 8.2 Count to 1,000 in Different Ways

Explore and Grow

Count by hundreds to 1,000.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 18
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000- Lesson-8.2-Count-to-1,000-Different Ways-Explore-Grow-1

Count by tens to 1,000.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 19
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000- Lesson-8.2-Count-to-1,000-Different Ways-Explore-Grow-2
Count by fives to 1,000.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 20
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000- Lesson-8.2-Count-to-1,000-Different Ways-Explore-Grow-3
Count by ones to 1,000.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 21
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000- Lesson-8.2-Count-to-1,000-Different Ways-Explore-Grow-4

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Count by fives.
675, 680, 685, __, __, __, __, ___
Answer:
675, 680, 685, 690, 695, 700, 705, 710 .

Question 2.
Count by tens.
850, 860, 870, __, __, __, __, ___
Answer:
850, 860, 870, 880, 890, 900, 910, 920 .

Question 3.
Count by hundreds.
100, 200, 300, __, __, __, __, ___
Answer:
100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800 .

Apply and Grow: Practice

Count by fives.

Question 4.
520, 525, 530, __, __, __, __, ___
Answer:
520, 525, 530, 535, 540, 545, 550, 555 .

Question 5.
875, 880, __, __, __, __, ___
Answer:
875, 880, 885, 890, 895, 900, 905 .

Count by tens.

Question 6.
600, 610, 620, __, __, __, __, ___
Answer:
600, 610, 620, 630, 640, 650, 660, 670 .

Question 7.
460, 470, __, __, __, __, ___
Answer:
460, 470, 480, 490, 500, 510, 520 .

Count by hundreds.

Question 8.
200, 300, 400, __, __, __, __, ___
Answer:
200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900 .

Question 9.
400, 500, __, __, __, __, __
Answer:
400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000 .

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
Newton counts by hundreds. Find the missing number. Think: How do you know?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 22
Answer:
The missing number is 0  as the count start from 0, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500 Each number is 100 more than the previous number.

Question 11.
Structure
Did Descartes count by tens or by hundreds? Think: How do you know?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 23
Answer:
It is count by tens as Each number is 10 more than the previous number .

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

A summer camp leader has 240 T-shirts. He buys 6 more colors with 10 shirts in each color. How many T-shirts does he have now?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 24
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 25
Answer:
Number of T-Shirts = 240.
Number of T-shirts were bought = 6 X 10 ( 6 different colors ) = 60 T-shirts .
Total Number of T-Shirts = 240 + 60 = 300 .

Show and Grow

Question 12.
You have 100 bracelets. You buy 5 more boxes with 100 bracelets in each box. How many bracelets do you have now?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 26
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 27
Answer:
Number of Bracelets = 100.
Number of Boxes bought = 5 x 100 = 500 bracelets.
Total Number of Bracelets = 100 + 500 = 600 bracelets.

Question 13.
You and your friend count from 370 to 420. You count by tens. Your friend counts by fives. Who says more numbers? Explain.
_________________________
_________________________
Answer:
Count by Tens:( by me)
370, 380, 390, 400, 410, 420 . = total 6 numbers.
Count by fives:( my friend)
370, 375, 380, 385, 390, 395, 400, 405, 410, 415, 420 = total 11 numbers.
My friends say more numbers than me .

Count to 1,000 in Different Ways Homework & Practice 8.2

Count by fives.

Question 1.
445, 450, 455, ___, __, __, __, ___
Answer:
445, 450, 455, 460, 465, 470, 475, 480 .

Question 2.
770, 775, __, __, __, __, ___
Answer:
770, 775, 780, 785, 790, 795, 800,

Count by tens.

Question 3.
520, 530, 540, __, __, __, __, __
Answer:
520, 530, 540, 550, 560, 570, 580, 590 .

Question 4.
660, 670, __, __, __, __, ___
Answer:
660, 670, 680, 690, 700, 710, 720 .

Count by Hundreds.

Question 5.
300, 400, 500, __, __, __, __, ___
Answer:
300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000.

Question 6.
200, 300, __, __, __, __, ___
Answer:
200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800 .

Review & Refresh

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
Newton starts at 950 and counts to 1,000 by fives. Complete the number line to show the last 6 numbers he counts.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 28
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000- Count-to-1,000-Different-Ways-Homework-Practice-8.2-Question-7

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
A carnival worker has 380 stuffed animals. She buys 6 more boxes with 5 stuffed animals in each box. How many stuffed animals does she have now?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 29
Answer:
Number of stuffed animals = 380 .
Number of animals bought = 6 x 5 = 30.
Total Number of stuffed animals = 380 + 30 = 410 Animals .

Question 9.
Modeling Real Life
A water park shop owner has 100 goggles. He buys 4 more colors with 100 goggles in each color. How many goggles does the shop owner have now?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 30
Answer:
Number of Goggles = 100.
Number of goggles bought = 4 x 100 = 400
Total Number of Goggles = 100 + 400 = 500 Goggles .

Question 10.
You see 14 geese in a pond. 17 more join them. Then you see 11 more fly to the pond. How many geese do you see in all?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 31
Answer:
Number of geese in a pond = 14.
Number of geese joined = 17 .
Total geese’s = 14 + 17 = 31 .
Number of geese’s flew to pond = 11 .
Total Geese’s = 31 + 11 = 42 .

Lesson 8.3 Place Value Patterns

Explore and Grow

What patterns do you see in the shaded row and column? Use the patterns to complete the chart.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 32
Answer:
The pattern in Rows = Count by ones.
The pattern in Columns = Count by Tens.
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Lesson-8.3-Place-Value-Patterns-Explore-Grow

Show and Grow

Use place value to find the missing numbers.

Question 1.
485, 486, 487, __, __, ___, ___
Answer:
485, 486, 487, 488, 489, 490, 491 .

Question 2.
612, 622, 632, __, __, ___, ___
Answer:
612, 622, 632, 642, 652, 662, 672 .

Question 3.
267, 277, __, 297, ___, 317, __
Answer:
267, 277, 287, 297, 307, 317, 327 .

Question 4.
101, 201, ___, 401, __, __, ___
Answer:
101, 201, 301, 401, 501, 601, 701 .

Apply and Grow: Practice

Use place value to find the missing numbers.

Question 5.
324, 325, ___, 327, __, __, ___
Answer:
324, 325, 326, 327, 328, 329, 330 .

Question 6.
194, 294, __, 494, __, __, ___
Answer:
194, 294, 394, 494, 594, 694, 794 .

Question 7.
463, 473, __, 493, __, __, __
Answer:
463, 472, 483, 493, 503, 513, 523 .

Question 8.
232, 332, __, 532, __, ___, __
Answer:
232, 332, 432, 532, 632, 732, 832 .

Question 9.
985, 986, __, 988, __, __, __
Answer:
985, 986, 987, 988, 989, 990 .

Question 10.
751, 761, __, 781, __, __, __
Answer:
751, 761, 771, 781, 791, 801, 811 .

Question 11.
606, 607, __, 609, __, __, __
Answer:
606, 607, 608, 609, 700, 701, 702 .

Question 12.
Repeated Reasoning
Use place value to describe each pattern.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 33
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Lesson-8.3-Place-Value-Patterns-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-12

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

There are 273 tickets in a bin. Some more are put in the bin. Now there are 973. How many groups of 100 tickets were put in the bin?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 34
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 35
Answer:

Number of tickets in bin = 273.
Number of tickets added in bin = X.
Total Number tickets in bin now = 973 = 273 + X
X = 973 – 273 = 700 .
Number of groups = 700/100 = 7 (Each group contains 100 tickets) .
Therefore 7 groups of 100 tickets were put in bin .

Show and Grow

Question 13.
You have 338 pennies in a jar. You put more in the jar. Now there are 388. How many groups of 10 pennies were put in the jar?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 36

Answer:
Number of pennies =338.
Number of pennies added = X.
Total Number of pennies = 388 = 338 + X.
X= 388 – 328 = 50.
Number of groups of 10 pennies were put in the jar = 50 / 10 = 5.

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
There are 410 people at a show. 8 more rows of seats get filled. Now there are 490 people. How many people can sit in each row?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 37
Explain how you solved.
______________
______________
Answer:
Number of people = 410 .
Number of people added = X.
Total Number of people = 490.
490=410 + X.
X = 490 – 410 = 80 .
Number of people added = 80 .
Number of Rows = 8.
Number of people in each row = 80 /8 = 10.

Place Value Patterns Homework & Practice 8.3

Use place value to find the missing numbers.

Question 1.
710, 711, 712, __, __, __, ___
Answer:
710, 711, 712, 713, 714, 715, 716 .

Question 2.
822, 832, 842, __, __, __, __
Answer:
822, 832, 842, 852, 862, 872, 882 .

Question 3.
325, 425, 525, __, __, __, __
Answer:
325, 425, 525, 625, 725, 825, 925 .

Question 4.
669, 679, __, 699, __, __, ___
Answer:
669, 679, 689, 699, 709, 719, 729 .

Question 5.
534, 535, __, 537, __, __, __
Answer:
534, 535, 536, 537, 538, 539 , 540

Question 6.
368, 468, __, 668, __, __, ___
Answer:
368, 468, 568, 668, 768, 868, 968 .

Question 7.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Newton says the hundreds digit in the numbers shown increases by 1. Is he correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 38

Answer:
No, There is increase in the tens place not in hundreds place .Each Number is 10 more than the previous number so it is count by tens.

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
A farmer has 467 cornstalks. The farmer grows some more. Now there are 967 cornstalks. How many groups of 100 cornstalks did the farmer add?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 39

Answer:
Number of cornstalks = 467 .
Number of cornstalks grown =X
Total Number of cornstalks = 967.
467 + X =967.
X = 967- 467 = 500.
Number of cornstalks grown = 500 .
Number of groups of 100 cornstalks added = 500/100 = 5.

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
There are 250 people at a party. 3 more tables get filled. Now there are 280 people. How many people can sit at each table?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 40

Answer:
Number of people in the party = 250 .
Number of more people added = X.
Total Number of people in the party = 280 .
250 + X = 280 .
X = 280- 250 = 30 .
Number of more people added = 30 .
Number of tables got filled with added people = 3.
Number of people in each table = 30 / 3 = 10 .

Review & Refresh

Question 10.
8 + 4 = __
Answer:
12.

Question 11.
15 – 8 = __
Answer:
7.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 41

Answer:
10.
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Place-Value-Patterns-Homework-Practice-8.3-Question-12

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 42

Answer:
6
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Place-Value-Patterns-Homework-Practice-8.3-Question-13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 43

Answer:
13.
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Place-Value-Patterns-Homework-Practice-8.3-Question-14

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 44
Answer:
9 .
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Place-Value-Patterns-Homework-Practice-8.3-Question-15

Lesson 8.4 Find More or Less

Explore and Grow

Model 253. Use your model to complete the sentences.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 45

1 more than 253 is __.
1 less than 253 is __.
10 more than 253 is __.
10 less than 253 is __.
100 more than 253 is __.
100 less than 253 is __.
Answer:
1 more than 253 is 254.
1 less than 253 is 252.
10 more than 253 is 263.
10 less than 253 is 243.
100 more than 253 is 353.
100 less than 253 is 153.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
10 more than 452 is __.
Answer:
10 more than 452 is 462.

Question 2.
10 less than 813 is __.
Answer:
10 less than 813 is 803..

Question 3.
100 less than 729 is __.
Answer:
100 less than 729 is 629.

Question 4.
100 more than 386 is __.
Answer:
100 more than 386 is 486.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 5.
10 more than 571 is __.
Answer:
10 more than 571 is 581.

Question 6.
10 less than 333 is __.
Answer:
10 less than 333 is 323.

Question 7.
100 more than 604 is __.
Answer:
100 more than 604 is 704.

Question 8.
100 less than 592 is __.
Answer:
100 less than 592 is 492.

Question 9.
1 more than 934 is __.
Answer:
1 more than 934 is 935.

Question 10.
1 less than 101 is __.
Answer:
1 less than 101 is 100.

Question 11.
10 less than 286 is __.
Answer:
10 less than 286 is 276.

Question 12.
1 more than 467 is __.
Answer:
1 more than 467 is 468.

Question 13.
10 more than 763 is __.
Answer:
10 more than 763 is 773.

Question 14.
100 less than 846 is __.
Answer:
100 less than 846 is 746.

Question 15.
1 less than 999 is __.
Answer:
1 less than 999 is 998.

Question 16.
100 more than 28 is __.
Answer:
100 more than 28 is 128.

Question 17.
100 less than 135 is __.
Answer:
100 less than 135 is 35.

Question 18.
100 more than 900 is __.
Answer:
100 more than 900 is 1000.

Question 19.
Number Sense
Complete each sentence.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 46
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Lesson-8.4-Find-More-Less-Question-19

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

An orange tree has 639 oranges. A lemon tree has 100 fewer lemons. How many lemons does the tree have?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 47

Answer:
Number of Oranges = 639.
Number of Lemons = 639 – 100 =539.

Show and Grow

Question 20.
A history book has 197 pictures. A science book has 10 more pictures. How many pictures are in the science book?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 48
Answer:
Number of pictures in history books = 197 .
Number of pictures in science book = 197 + 10  = 207.

Question 21.
DIG DEEPER!
A boat puzzle has 525 pieces. A bird puzzle has 100 more than the boat puzzle. A space puzzle has 10 fewer than the bird puzzle. How many puzzle pieces does the space puzzle have?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 49
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 50
Answer:
Number of puzzles in boat puzzle = 525 .
Number of puzzles in bird puzzle = 100 + 525 = 625.
Number of puzzles in space puzzle = 625 – 10 = 615 .

Question 22.
DIG DEEPER!
You have 398 points. Newton has 100 fewer than you. Descartes has 10 more than Newton. How many points does Descartes have?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 51
Answer:
Number of points = 398 .
Number of points Newton have = 398 – 100 = 298 .
Number of points Descartes have = 298 + 10 = 308 .

Find More or Less Homework & Practice 8.4

Question 1.
10 more than 106 is __.
Answer:
10 more than 106 is 116.

Question 2.
10 less than 467 is __
Answer:
10 less than 467 is 457.

Question 3.
100 more than 321 is __.
Answer:
100 more than 321 is 421.

Question 4.
100 less than 945 is __.
Answer:
100 less than 945 is 845.

Question 5.
1 more than 513 is __.
Answer:
1 more than 513 is 514.

Question 6.
1 less than 899 is __.
Answer:
1 less than 899 is 898.

Question 7.
1 less than 264 is __.
Answer:
1 less than 264 is 263.

Question 8.
100 more than 555 is __.
Answer:
100 more than 555 is 655.

Question 9.
1 more than 852 is __.
Answer:
1 more than 852 is 853.

Question 10.
100 less than 573 is __.
Answer:
100 less than 573 is 473.

Question 11.
10 less than 314 is __
Answer:
10 less than 314 is 304.

Question 12.
10 more than 687 is __
Answer:
10 more than 687 is 697.

Question 13.
Structure
Complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 52

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Find-More-Less-Homework-Practice-8.4-Question-13

Question 14.
Number Sense
Complete the sentence.
__ is 10 less than 546 and 10 more than __.
Answer:
536 is 10 less than 546 and 10 more than 556.

Question 15.
Modeling Real Life
Your magic book has 163 tricks. Your friend’s magic book has 100 more tricks than yours. How many tricks does your friend’s magic book have?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 53
Answer:
Number of tricks in my magic books = 163 .
Number of tricks in my friends magic books = 100+163 = 263.

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
You have 624 songs. Newton has 100 fewer than you. Descartes has 10 more than Newton. How many songs does Descartes have?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 54

Answer:
Number of songs = 624.
Number of songs Newton have = 624 – 100 = 524.
Number of songs Descartes have = 524 + 10  = 534 .

Review & Refresh

Question 17.
A bookcase has 5 shelves. There are 2 stuffed animals on each shelf. How many stuffed animals are there in all?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 55
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 56
Answer:
Number of shelves = 5.
Number of stuffed animals in each shelf = 2
Total Number of stuffed animals in each 5 shelves = 2 added 5 times.
2+2+2+2+2 = 10 animals.

Lesson 8.5 Compare Numbers Using Symbols

Explore and Grow

Make a quick sketch of each number. Circle the greater number.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 57
How do you know which number is greater?
____________________
____________________
Answer:

When comparing the values of two numbers, you can use a number line to determine which number is greater. The number on the right is always greater than the number on the left. In the example Above, you can see that 472 is greater than 439 because 472 is to the right of 439 on the number line.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Compare.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 58
Answer:
652 > 614.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Compare

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 59
Answer:
324 > 317.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 60
Answer:
26 < 206 .

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 61
Answer:
546 < 564 .

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 62
Answer:
931 > 842.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 63
Answer:
700 + 30 + 5 = 735.
735 = 735 .

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 64
Answer:
400 + 20 = 420.
412 < 420.

Question 8.
Reasoning
Find the number that will make all three comparisons true.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 65
Answer:
105.

Question 9.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Is Newton correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 66
Answer:
625 < 631.
The given number is a 3-digit number .In 3-digit number Comparison First check the hundred place both the numbers having 6 in hundred place . so then go to the tens place in 625 we have 2 in tens place and in 631 we have 3 in tens place so 3 is greater than 2. so 631 is greater than 625.

Question 10.
There are 125 kids in a taekwondo club. There are 135 kids in a soccer club. Which club has fewer kids?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 67
Answer:
Number of kids in taekwondo club = 125 .
Number of kids in soccer club = 135.
Kids in taekwondo club are 10 fewer than soccer club .

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Newton reads 200 pages on Monday, 70 on Tuesday, and 9 on Wednesday. Descartes reads 297 pages. Who reads more pages in all?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 68
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 69
Answer:
Number of pages read by Newton on Monday = 200.
Number of pages read by Newton on Tuesday = 70.
Number of pages read by Newton on Wednesday =9.
Total pages read by Newton all 3 days = 200 + 70 + 9 = 279.
Total pages read by Descartes = 297.
Descartes reads more pages.
279 < 297 .

Show and Grow

Question 11.
Newton counts train cars. The train has 100 boxcars, 40 tank cars, and 4 locomotives. Descartes counts a train with 142 cars. Who counts more cars in all?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 70
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 70.1
Answer:
Total cars counted by Newton = 100 + 40 = 140.
Total cars counted by Descartes = 142.
142 > 140 .
Descartes counts more cars .

Question 12.
You have 221 coins in your piggy bank. Your friend has 219 coins. Who has fewer coins?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 71
Answer:
Number of coins in my piggy bank = 221.
Number of coins my friend have = 219.
My friend have 2 coins fewer than me .

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
652 people go to a play on Friday. 625 people go on Saturday. 655 people go on Sunday. On which day are there fewer than 650 people at the play?
Answer:
People played on Friday = 652.
People played on Saturday =625
People played on Sunday =655.
On Saturday 25 people are fewer than 650 people at the play .

Compare Numbers Using Symbols Homework & Practice 8.5

Compare

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 72
Answer:
923 > 854.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 73
Answer:
386 < 389.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 74
Answer:
406 = 406 .

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 75
Answer:
621 > 63.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 76
Answer:
746 < 752 .

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 77
Answer:
235 > 130.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 78
Answer:
500 + 60 + 1 = 561.
562 > 561 .

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 79
Answer:
100 + 10 = 110.
110 = 110.

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
What is Descartes’s number?

  • It is less than 300.
  • It is greater than 200.
  • The ones digit is 6 less than 10.
  • The tens digit is 2 more than the ones digit.

Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 80
Answer:
lies between 200 – 300.
ones digit = 10 – 6 = 4.
Tens digit = 4 + 2 = 6.
264.

Question 10.
There are 428 pages in a science book. There are 424 pages in a math book. Which book has more pages?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 81
Answer:
Number of pages in science book = 428
Number of pages in Math book = 424 .
science – 428 > 424 – math
Science book has more pages.

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
A concession stand sells 300 bags of popcorn on Saturday, 50 on Sunday, and 4 on Monday. They sell 345 drinks. Did they sell more bags of popcorn or drinks?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 82
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 83
Total Number of popcorn sold all 3 days = 300 + 50 + 4 = 354.
Number of drinks sold = 345 .
354 > 345 .
popcorn bags are sold more.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
Newton climbs 136 stairs on Friday. He climbs 132 on Saturday. He climbs 128 on Sunday. On which day does he climb more than 134 stairs?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 84
Answer:
Friday = 136.
Saturday = 132.
Sunday = 128 .
On Friday he climbed 136 stairs more than 134 stairs.

Review & Refresh

Find the difference. Use addition to check your answer.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 85

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000- Compare-Numbers-Using-Symbols-Homework-Practice-8.5-Question-13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 86
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000- Compare-Numbers-Using-Symbols-Homework-Practice-8.5-Question-14

Lesson 8.6 Compare Numbers Using a Number Line

Explore and Grow

Identify a number that is less than 538. Identify a number that is greater than 538. Model the numbers on the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 87

Explain how you know.
____________________
____________________
____________________
Answer:
The number on the right is always greater than the number on the left.
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Lesson-8.6-Compare-Numbers-Using-Number-Line-Explore-Grow

Show and Grow

Compare
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 88

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 89
Answer:
527 > 525.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 90
Answer:
521 < 524 .

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 91
Answer:
528 = 528 .

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 92
Answer:
530 > 520

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 93
Answer:
522 < 523

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 94
Answer:
529 > 526

Write a number that makes the statement true.

Question 7.
372 < __
Answer:
372 < 373

Question 8.
195 > __
Answer:
195 > 190

Apply and Grow: Practice

Compare.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 95

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 96
Answer:
714 = 714

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 97
Answer:
720 > 710

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 98
Answer:
718 > 717

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 99
Answer:
711 < 713

Write a number that makes the statement true.

Question 13.
736 = __
Answer:
736 = 736 .

Question 14.
461 > __
Answer:
461 > 460

Question 15.
__ < 295
Answer:
290 < 295

Question 16.
__ > 573
Answer:
574> 573

Question 17.
Logic
Is Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 100 greater than or less than Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 101? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 102
Answer:
The Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 101 is greater than Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 100.As the values goes towards 100. The Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 101 is close to 100 than Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 100.so Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 101has higher value than Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 100. Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 101 > Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 100.

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
What number might Newton be thinking?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 103
Answer:
342<350<356

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Order the race numbers from least to greatest.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 104
Model:
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 105
Order from least to greatest: __, __, __, __
Your race number is greater than all of the other numbers but less than 900. What is a possible race number for you?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 105.1
Answer:
Order from least to greatest : 856 , 865 , 868 , 876 .
Possible race number = 878.

Show and Grow

Question 19.
Order the race times from least to greatest.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 106
DIG DEEPER!
Your time is less than all of the other times but greater than 320 seconds. What is a possible time for you?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 107
Answer:
The Race times from least to greatest = 329,  335, 340, 342 .
320<329.
Possible time 325

Compare Numbers Using a Number Line Homework & Practice 8.6

Compare.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 108

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 109
Answer:
450 < 460

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 110
Answer:
459 > 457

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 111
Answer:
455 > 451

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 112
Answer:
456 = 456

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 113
Answer:
455 > 454

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 114
Answer:
452 < 453

Write a number that makes the statement true.

Question 7.
529 > __
Answer:
529 > 528

Question 8.
815 < __
Answer:
815 < 820

Question 9.
__ < 142
Answer:
140 < 142

Question 10.
__ = 364
Answer:
364 = 364

Question 11.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Is Descartes correct? Explain.
______________
______________
______________
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 115
Answer:
986 < 987 .
The numbers which move to the right of the number line will increase in value .
The number on the right is always greater than the number on the left.
so the number 987 is greater than 986 .

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
I am not greater than 243. I am not less than 243. What number am I? Explain how you know.
Answer:
243

Question 13.
Modeling Real Life
Order the numbers from least to greatest.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 116
Answer:
The numbers from least to greatest = 675 , 679, 689, 698 .

DIG DEEPER!
Your car’s number is greater than all of the others but less than 705. What is a possible number for your car?

Review & Refresh

Question 14.
Circle the shapes with flat surfaces that are circles.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 117

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Compare-Numbers-Using-Number-Line-Homework-Practice 8.6-Question-14

Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 Performance Task

The table shows the number of each type of fish in a tank.

Question 1.
Complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 118
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Count-Compare-Numbers-1,000-Performance-Task-Question-1
Question 2.
Compare the numbers of fish.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 119

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Count-Compare-Numbers-1,000-Performance-Task-Question-2

Question 3.
All of the purple, green, and pink fish are moved to a new exhibit. How many fish are left in the tank?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 120

Total Number of fishes = 351 + 529 + 312 + 458 + 312 = 1962.
Number of fishes moved to new exhibit = 312 + 529 + 351 = 1192
Number of fishes left = 1962 – 1192 = 770.

Question 4.
A school of 24 fish swim in an array. Draw an array for the fish.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Count-Compare-Numbers-1,000-Performance-Task-Question-4

Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 Activity

Number Boss

To Play: Place Number Cards 0–9 in a pile. Each player flips 3 cards and makes a three-digit number. Compare the numbers. The player with the greater number takes both sets of cards. If the numbers are equal, flip cards again. The person with the greater number takes all of the cards. Repeat until all of the cards have been used.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 121

Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 Chapter Practice

8.1 Count to 120 in Different Ways

Question 1.
Count by ones.
113, 114, 115, __, __, __, __, ___
Answer:
113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120

Question 2.
Count by fives.
25, 30, 35, __, __, __, __, ___
Answer:
25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60

Question 3.
Count by tens.
33, 43, 53, __, __, __, __, __
Answer:
33, 43, 53, 63, 73, 83, 93, 103

8.2 Count to 1,000 in Different Ways

Question 4.
Count by fives.
210, 215, 220, ___, __, __, __, ___
Answer:
210, 215, 220, 225, 230, 235, 240, 245

Question 5.
Count by tens.
740, 750, 760, __, __, __, __, __, ___
Answer:
740, 750, 760, 770, 780, 790, 800, 810

Question 6.
Count by hundreds.
300, 400, 500, __, __, __, __, __
Answer:
300 , 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000

8.3 Place Value Patterns

Use place value to find the missing numbers.

Question 7.
854, 855, 856, __, __, __, __
Answer:
854, 855, 856, 857, 858, 859, 860

Question 8.
940, 950, 960, __, __, __, __
Answer:
940, 950, 960, 970, 980, 990, 1000

Question 9.
275, 375, 475, ___, __, __, __
Answer:
275, 375, 475, 575, 675, 775, 875

Question 10.
Repeated Reasoning
Use place value to describe each pattern.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 122

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-8.3-Place-Value-Patterns-Question-10

8.4 Find More or Less

Question 11.
10 more than 813 is ___
Answer:
10 more than 813 is 823.

Question 12.
10 less than 976 is __
Answer:
10 less than 976 is 966.

Question 13.
100 more than 254 is __.
Answer:
100 more than 254 is 354.

Question 14.
100 less than 531 is __.
Answer:
100 less than 531 is 431.

Question 15.
1 more than 444 is ___
Answer:
1 more than 444 is 445.

Question 16.
1 less than 622 is __.
Answer:
1 less than 622 is 621

Question 17.
Modeling Real Life
Your craft book has 110 ideas. Your friend’s craft book has 10 fewer ideas than yours. How many ideas does your friend’s craft book have?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 123
Answer:
Number of Ideas in my craft book = 110 .
Number of ideas in my friends craft book =110 – 10 =100 .

Question 18.
Modeling Real Life
You have 324 beads. Newton has 100 more than you. Descartes has10 fewer than Newton. How many beads does Descartes have?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 124
Answer:
Number of beads = 324.
Number of beads newton have = 324 + 100 = 424 .
Number of beads Descartes have = 424 – 10 = 414 .

8.5 Compare Numbers Using Symbols

Compare

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 125
Answer:
583 = 583

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 126
Answer:
626 < 725

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 127
Answer:
932 > 910

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 128
Answer:
49 < 411

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 129
Answer:
300 + 40 + 6 = 346
328 <346

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 130
Answer:
200 + 10 + 8 = 218
280 > 218

Question 25.
There are 318 kids in a gymnastics club. There are 219 kids in a swim club. Which club has fewer kids?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 131
Answer:
Number of kids in Gymnastics club = 318.
Number of kids in Swim club =219.
Swim club has 99 fewer kids than Gymnastics club .

8.6 Compare Numbers Using a Number Line

Compare
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 132

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 133
Answer:
683 < 687

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 134
Answer:
689 > 688

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 135
Answer:
681 = 681

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 136
Answer:
690 > 680

Write a number that makes the statement true.

Question 30.
324 < __
Answer:
324 < 325

Question 31.
136 > __
Answer:
136 > 133

Question 32.
__ = 750
Answer:
750 = 750

Question 33.
__ < 871
Answer:
771 < 871

Question 34.
Number Sense
What number might Descartes be thinking?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 137
Answer:
238<___>325.
238<315>325

Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 Cumulative Practice 1 – 8

Question 1.
Which equation can you use to check your answer to 32 − 18?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 138
Answer:
32 – 18 =14.
Equation
18 + 14 = 32

Question 2.
Which number does not belong?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 139

Answer:
324, 334, 344, 354, 364, 374
345 does not belong

Question 3.
Find the missing digits.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 140

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Count-Compare-Numbers-1,000-Cumulative-Practice-1 - 8-Question-3

Question 4.
Use the number cards to decompose to subtract.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 141
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Count-Compare-Numbers-1,000-Cumulative-Practice-1 - 8-Question-4

Question 5.
Which choice does not show 124?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 142

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Count-Compare-Numbers-1,000-Cumulative-Practice-1 - 8-Question-5

Question 6.
Which quick sketch shows 43 − 25?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 143
Answer:
43 – 25 = 18
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Count-Compare-Numbers-1,000-Cumulative-Practice-1 - 8-Question-6

Question 7.
You have 4 fewer gel pens than your friend. You have 6 gel pens. Which picture shows how many gel pens your friend has?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 144

Answer:
Number of gel pens with me = 6.
Number of gel pens with my friend = 6 + 4 = 10.Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Count-Compare-Numbers-1,000-Cumulative-Practice-1 - 8-Question-7

Question 8.
Which number does not belong?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 145
Answer:
563<_____<567 . It can be 564, 565, 566
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Count-Compare-Numbers-1,000-Cumulative-Practice-1 - 8-Question-8

Question 9.
Your friend uses compensation to add. Complete the equation to show what numbers he added after using compensation.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 146

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Count-Compare-Numbers-1,000-Cumulative-Practice-1 - 8-Question-9

Question 10.
Which choices show 238?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 147
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Count-Compare-Numbers-1,000-Cumulative-Practice-1 - 8-Question-10

Question 11.
Which picture shows 2 groups of 3?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 148
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Count-Compare-Numbers-1,000-Cumulative-Practice-1 - 8-Question-11

Question 12.
Descartes wants to use addition to subtract 51 − 25. Help him complete the number line and equations.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 8 Count and Compare Numbers to 1,000 149

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Count-Compare-Numbers-to-1,000-Count-Compare-Numbers-1,000-Cumulative-Practice-1 - 8-Question-12

Conclusion:
I wish the above mentioned details are helpful for you. Make use of the given links and kickstart your preparation. This Big Ideas Math Grade 2 Chapter 8 will help you to score highest marks in the exams. All the Best!!!

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area

Big Ideas Math Book 3rd Grade Answer Key Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area answer key are attainable in this chapter. This answer key is useful for students who are preparing for their examinations and can download this pdf for free of cost. Here, each and every question was explained in detail which helps students to understand easily. Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 explains different types of questions on perimeter and area.

Big Ideas Math Book 3rd Grade Answer Key Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area

This chapter contains different topics like finding the perimeter of the polygons, finding unknown side lengths and the same perimeter with different areas, etc. Those topics were being set up by the numerical specialists as indicated by the most recent release. Look down this page to get the answers for all the inquiries. Tap the connection to look at the subjects shrouded in this chapter Find Perimeter and Area.

Lesson 1 Understand Perimeter

Lesson 2 Find Perimeters of Polygons

Lesson 3 Find Unknown Side Lengths

Lesson 4 Same Perimeter, Different Areas

Lesson 4 Same Perimeter, Different Areas

Lesson 5 Same Area, Different Perimeters

Performance Task

Lesson 15.1 Understand Perimeter

Explore and Grow

Question 1.
Model a rectangle on your geoboard. Draw the rectangle and label its side lengths. What is the distance around the rectangle?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 1
Answer:
The units around the rectangle are 15 units.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area
In the above figure, the length of the rectangle is 4 units, and
the breadth of the rectangle is 3 units.
The units around the rectangle are 15 units.

Structure
Change the side lengths of the rectangle on your geoboard. What do you notice about the distance around your rectangle compared to the distance around the rectangle above? Explain

Answer:
The distance around the rectangle is 15 units

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area
In the above figure, we can see the length of the rectangle is 3 units, and
the breadth of the rectangle is 4 units.
There is no change in the distance around the rectangle which is 15 units.

Think and Grow: Understand Perimeter
Perimeter is the distance around a figure. You can measure perimeter using standard units, such as inches, feet, centimeters, and meters.
Example
Find the perimeter of the rectangle.
Choose a unit to begin counting. Count each unit around the rectangle.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 2
Answer:
The perimeter of the rectangle is 20 in.

Explanation:
To find the perimeter of the triangle, we need to know the length and the breadth of the rectangle.
Here, the length of the rectangle is 7 in,
and the breadth is 3 in,
So the perimeter of the rectangle is 2(Length + Breadth)
= 2(7+3)
= 2(10)
= 20 in.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Find the perimeter of the figure.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 4
There are ___ units around the figure.
Answer:
There are 22 units around the figure.

Explanation:
To find the perimeter of the rectangle, we need to know the length and the breadth of the rectangle.
Here, the length of the rectangle is 6 m,
and the breadth is 5 m,
So the perimeter of the rectangle is 2(Length + Breadth)
= 2(6+5)
= 2(11)
= 22 m.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 5
There are ___ units around the figure.
So, the perimeter is ____ feet.
Answer:
The perimeter of the figure is 24 ft.

Explanation:
To find the perimeter of the figure, we will add all the sides of the figure
So the sides of the figure are 5,3,2,4,3,7.
and the perimeter of the figure is 5+3+2+4+3+7
= 24 ft.

Question 3.
Draw the figure that has a perimeter of 16 centimeters.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 6
Answer:
The sides of the figure are 4 cm.

Explanation:
As the perimeter of the figure is 16 cm,
So let the sides of the figure be 4 cm,
by that, we can get the perimeter as 16 cm, i.e
4+4+4+4= 16 cm.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 4.
Find the perimeter of the figure.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 7
There are ___ units around the figure.
So, the perimeter is ___
Answer:
There are 20 units around the figure.
So, the perimeter is 20 cm.

Explanation:
To find the perimeter of the figure, we will add all the sides of the figure
So the sides of the figure are 3,3,2,2,5,5.
and the perimeter of the figure is 3+3+2+2+5+5
= 20 units,
So the perimeter is 20 cm.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 8
There are ___ units around the figure.
So, the perimeter is ___
Answer:
There are 26 units around the figure.
So, the perimeter is 26 ft.

Explanation:
To find the perimeter of the figure, we will add all the sides of the figure
So the sides of the figure is 5,5,2,3,1,3,2,5
and the perimeter of the figure is 5+5+2+3+1+3+2+5
= 26 units,
So the perimeter is 26 ft.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 9
Perimeter = ___
Answer:
The perimeter of the figure is 22 in.

Explanation:
To find the perimeter of the figure, we will add all the sides of the figure
So the sides of the figure is 4,3,2,3,3,3,1,3
and the perimeter of the figure is 4+3+2+3+3+3+1+3
= 22 units,
So the perimeter is 22 in.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 10
Perimeter = ___
Answer:
The perimeter is 24 m.

Explanation:
To find the perimeter of the figure, we will add all the sides of the figure
So the sides of the figure is 5,7,2,2,1,2,1,1,1,2
and the perimeter of the figure is 5+7+2+2+1+2+1+1+1+2
= 24 units,
So the perimeter is 24 m.

Question 8.
Draw a figure that has a perimeter likely measurement for the of 14 centimeters.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 11
Answer:
The length of the rectangle is 2 cm, and
the breadth is 5 cm.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area
In the above figure, we can see the length of the rectangle is 2 cm
and the breadth of the rectangle is 5 cm
perimeter = 2(length + breadth)
= 2(5+2)
= 2(7)
= 14 cm.
so the perimeter of the rectangle is 14 cm.

Question 9.
Precision Which is the most likely measurement for the perimeter of a photo?
20 inches
100 meters
5 centimeters
2 inches
Answer:
2 inches.

Explanation:
The most likely measurement for the perimeter of a photo is 2 inches.

Question 10.
You be the teacher Your friend counts the units around the figure and says the perimeter is 12 units. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 12
Answer:
No, he is not correct.

Explanation:
No, he is not correct. As there are 2+2+1+1+4+1+1+2= 14 units, but not 12 units. So he is not correct.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life
Use a centimeter ruler to find the perimeter of the bookmark.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 13
The perimeter is ___
Answer:
The perimeter of the bookmark is 26 cm.

Explanation:
On measuring, the length of the sides of the bookmark are 4 cm, 9 cm, 2 cm, 2 cm, 9 cm
to find the perimeter of the bookmark, we will add all the length of the sides
so the perimeter of the bookmark is
p = 4 cm+ 9 cm+ 2 cm+ 2 cm+ 9 cm
= 26 cm.
The perimeter of the bookmark is 26 cm.

Show and Grow

Question 11.
Use an inch ruler to find the perimeter of the decal.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 14
Answer:
The perimeter of the decal is 17 in.

Explanation:
On measuring, the length of the sides of the decal is 5in, 2in, 5in, 5in
to find the perimeter of the decal, we will add all the length of the sides
so the perimeter of the decal is
p= 5in+2in+5in+5in
= 17 in
The perimeter of the decal is 17 in.

Question 12.
How much greater is the perimeter of your friend’s desk than the perimeter of your desk?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 15
Answer:
Friend’s perimeter is 22-16= 6 times greater.

Explanation:
As we can see figure 1 is a square and the sides of the square are 4 ft.
So the perimeter of the square is a+a+a+a,
= 4+4+4+4
= 16 ft.
And now let’s find the perimeter of the friend’s figure,
So the sides of the figure is 2,6,5,2,3,4
and the perimeter is 2+6+5+2+3+4= 22 ft.
By this, we can see that the friend’s figure has a greater perimeter,
and friend’s perimeter is 22-16= 6 times greater.

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
Explain how you might use a centimeter ruler and string to estimate the perimeter of the photo of the window.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 16
Answer:
Here, we will use the ruler to find the length of the bottom part of the window and the sides which are straight we can find the length using the ruler. And the curve sides we will measure using the string.

Understand Perimeter Homework & Practice 15.1

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 17
There are ___ units around the figure.
So, the perimeter is ___ inches.
Answer:
There are 20 units around the figure,
So the perimeter is 20 in.

Explanation:
To find the perimeter of the figure, we will add all the sides of the figure,
As we can see the above image is a square,
and the perimeter of the square is s+s+s+s
= 5+5+5+5
= 20 in.
As there are 20 units around the figure,
So the perimeter is 20 in.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 18
There are ___ units around the figure.
So, the perimeter is ___ feet.

Answer:
There are 32 units around the figure,
So the perimeter is 32 ft.

Explanation:
To find the perimeter of the figure, we will add all the sides of the figure,
The sides of the above figure is 2,3,4,3,2,5,8,5
and the perimeter of the figure is 2+3+4+3+2+5+8+5
= 32 units.
As there are 32 units around the figure,
So the perimeter is 32 ft.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 19
Perimeter = ___
Answer:
There are 26 units around the figure,
So the perimeter is 26 cm.

Explanation:
To find the perimeter of the figure, we will add all the sides of the figure,
The sides of the above figure is 2,2,2,3,1,3,5,8
and the perimeter of the figure is 2+2+2+3+1+3+5+8
= 26 units.
As there are 26 units around the figure,
So the perimeter is 26 cm.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 20
Perimeter = ___
Answer:
There are 38 units around the figure,
So the perimeter is 38 m.

Explanation:
To find the perimeter of the figure, we will add all the sides of the figure,
The sides of the above figure is 2,8,2,3,1,3,2,8,2,3,1,3
and the perimeter of the figure is 2+8+2+3+1+3+2+8+2+3+1+3
= 38 units.
As there are 38 units around the figure,
So the perimeter is 38 m.

Question 5.
Draw a figure that has a perimeter of 18 inches.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 21
Answer:
The length of the rectangle is 5 in
and the breadth of the rectangle is 4 in.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area
Let the length of the rectangle be 5 in
and the breadth of the rectangle be 4 in
so the perimeter of the rectangle is
p = 2(length+breadth)
= 2(5+4)
= 2(9)
= 18 in.

Question 6.
Reasoning
Which color represents the perimeter of the rectangle? What does the other color represent?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 22
Answer:
Blue color represents the perimeter of the rectangle and
the other color yellow represents the area of the figure.

Explanation:
In the above figure, the blue color represents the perimeter of the rectangle.
Because the perimeter represents the distance around the edge of the shape.
And the other color yellow represents the area of the figure,
as area represents the amount of space inside a shape.

Question 7.
Modeling Real Life
Use a centimeter ruler tofind the perimeter of the library card.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 24
Answer:
The perimeter of the library card is 24 cm.

Explanation:
On measuring, the length of the sides of the library card is 5cm, 7cm, 5cm, 7cm
to find the perimeter of the library card, we will add all the length of the sides
so the perimeter of the library card is
p= 5cm+7cm+5cm+7cm
= 24 cm
The perimeter of the library card is 24 cm.

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
How much greater is the perimeter of your piece of fabric than the perimeter of your friend’ spiece of fabric?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 25
Answer:
My fabric is 4 inches greater than my friend’s fabric.

Explanation:
To find the perimeter of the figure 1, we will add all the sides of the figure,
The sides of the above figure is 2,1,1,2,2,2,8,2,2,2,1,1
and the perimeter of the figure is 2+1+1+2+2+2+8+2+2+2+1+1
= 26 in.
So the perimeter of the figure is 26 in.
And now let’s find the perimeter of the friend’s figure,
So the sides of the figure is 1,2,2,4,1,5,4,3
and the perimeter is 1+2+2+4+1+5+4+3
= 22 in.
By this, we can see that my fabric has the highest perimeter than the friend’s fabric
which is 26-22= 4 in greater.

Review & Refresh

Write two equivalent fractions for the whole number.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 26
Answer:
1= 4/4 = 6/6

Explanation:
Here, the equivalent fraction for the whole number means if the numerator was divided by the denominator without any reminder then the fraction is equivalent to a whole number. So 1= 4/4 = 6/6.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 27
Answer:
4= 4/1 = 8/2.

Explanation:
Here, the equivalent fraction for the whole number means if the numerator was divided by the denominator without any reminder then the fraction is equivalent to a whole number. So 4= 4/1 = 8/2.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 28
Answer:
6= 24/4 = 36/6.

Explanation:
Here, the equivalent fraction for the whole number means if the numerator was divided by the denominator without any reminder then the fraction is equivalent to a whole number. So 6= 24/4 = 36/6.

Find Perimeters of Polygons 15.2

Explore and Grow

Model a rectangle on your geoboard. Draw the rectangle and label its side lengths. Then find the perimeter in more than one way.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 29

Answer:
The perimeter of the rectangle is 14 units.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area
In  the above figure, we can see the length of the rectangle is 4 units
and the breadth of the rectangle is 3 units,
so the perimeter of the rectangle is
p =2(length + breadth)
= 2(4+3)
= 2(7)
= 14 units.
The perimeter of the rectangle is 14 units.
Critique the Reasoning of Others
Compare your methods of finding the perimeter to your partner’s methods. Explain how they are alike or different.
Answer:
There are two methods to find the perimeter explained below.

Explanation:
There are two ways to find the perimeter.
The first method is
Perimeter = 2(length + breadth)
here, we will add length and breadth, and then we will multiply the result by 2.
and the second method is
Perimeter = a+b+c+d
here, we will add all the sides of the figure.

Think and Grow: Find Perimeter

Example
Find the perimeter of the trapezoid.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 30
You can find the perimeter of a figure by adding all of the side lengths.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 31
Write an equation. The letter P represents the unknown perimeter. Add the side lengths.
So, the perimeter is ___.
Answer:
So, the perimeter is 36 in.

Explanation:
To find the perimeter of the trapezoid, we will add all the sides of the trapezoid,
so the sides of the trapezoid is 6 in,12 in,8 in,10 in
The perimeter is 6+12+8+10
= 36 in.

Example
Find the perimeter of the rectangle
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 33
Because a rectangle has two pairs of equal sides, you can also use multiplication to solve.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 34
One Way:
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 35
Another Way:
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 36
So, the perimeter is ___.

Answer:
Perimeter = 7+9+7+9
= 32 cm.
Perimeter= 2×9 + 2× 7
= 32 cm.
So, the perimeter is 32 cm.

Explanation:
To find the perimeter of a rectangle, we have two ways,
One way is to add all the sides of the rectangle, which is
7+9+7+9= 32 cm.
And the other way is, as the two sides of the rectangle are equal, we wil use formula
Perimeter = 2( Length + Breadth)
= 2× Length + 2 × Breadth
= 2×9 + 2× 7
= 18+ 14
= 32 cm.

Show and Grow

Find the perimeter of the polygon.
Answer:

Explanation:
To find the perimeter of the polygon, we will add the length of the all sides.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 37
The perimeter is ___.
Answer:
The perimeter is 12 m.

Explanation:
To find the perimeter of the polygon, we will add the length of all sides of the polygon.
So the length of the sides is 5 m, 3 m, 3 m, 2 m
The perimeter is 5+3+3+2
= 12 m.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 38
The perimeter is ___.

Answer:
The perimeter is 24 ft.

Explanation:
As we can see in the above figure which has all sides are equal,
so the perimeter of the square is 4s
= 4×6
= 24 ft.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the perimeter of the polygon.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 39
Perimeter = ___
Answer:
The perimeter of the polygon is 28 m.

Explanation:
To find the perimeter of the polygon, we will add the length of the all sides of the polygon.
So the length of the sides is 4 m, 9 m, 10 m, 5 m
The perimeter is 4+9+10+5
= 28 m.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 40
Perimeter = ___
Answer:
The perimeter of the figure is 40 in.

Explanation:
To find the perimeter of the figure, we will add the length of all sides of the figure.
So the length of the sides is 12 in, 4 in, 8 in, 7 in,9 in.
The perimeter is 12+4+8+7+9
= 40 in.

Question 5.
Rectangle
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 41
Perimeter = ___
Answer:
The perimeter of the rectangle is 36 cm.

Explanation:
To find the perimeter of the rectangle, we need to know the length and the breadth of the rectangle.
Here, the length of the rectangle is 9 cm,
and the breadth is 10 cm,
So the perimeter of the rectangle is 2(Length + Breadth)
= 2(10+9)
= 2(19)
= 38 cm.

Question 6.
Rhombus
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 42
Perimeter = ___
Answer:
The perimeter of the Rhombus is 4 in.

Explanation:
As all sides of the Rhombus are equal, so the formula of the Rhombus is 4a
and the side of the Rhombus is 1 in,
so the perimeter is 4a
= 4×1
= 4 in.

Question 7.
Parallelogram
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 43
Perimeter = ___
Answer:
The perimeter of the parallelogram is 22 cm.

Explanation:
As the opposite sides of the parallelogram are equal,
so the perimeter of the parallelogram is 2(a+b)
the length of the parallelogram is 3 cm,
and the breadth of the parallelogram is 8 cm
So the perimeter of the parallelogram is
= 2(3+8)
= 2(11)
= 22 cm.

Question 8.
Square
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 44
Perimeter = ___
Answer:
The perimeter of the square is 16 ft.

Explanation:
As we can see in the above figure which has all sides are equal,
so the perimeter of the square is 4s
= 4×4
= 16 ft.

Question 9.
You build a pentagon out of wire for a social studies project. Each side is 8 centimeters long. What is the perimeter of the pentagon?
Answer:
The perimeter of the pentagon is 40 cm.

Explanation:
The length of the pentagon is 8 cm,
so the perimeter of the pentagon is 5a,
which is 5×8
= 40 cm

Question 10.
Number Sense
The top length of the trapezoid is 4 feet. The bottom length is double the top. The left and right lengths are each 2 feet less than the bottom. Label the side lengths and find the perimeter of the trapezoid.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 45
Answer:
The sides of the trapezoid are 4ft, 6ft, 8ft, 6ft, and the perimeter is 24 ft.

Explanation:
As the top length of the trapezoid is 4 feet and the bottom length is double the top,
which is 4×2= 8 feet. And the left and right lengths are each 2 feet less than the bottom,
which means 8 – 2 = 6 ft each.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area

So to find the perimeter of the trapezoid is we will add the length of all sides.
The perimeter of the trapezoid is 4+6+8+6= 24 ft.

Question 11.
Writing
Explain how finding the perimeter of a rectangle is different from finding its area.
Answer:
Perimeter= 2(length + breadth)
Area = length × breadth.

Explanation:
To find the perimeter of the rectangle,
we will add the length and breadth and will multiply the result with 2
Perimeter= 2(length + breadth)
and to find the area of the rectangle,
we will multiply the length and breadth of the rectangle.
Area = length × breadth.

Question 12.
Dig Deeper!
A rectangle has a perimeter of 12 feet. What could its side lengths be ?
Answer:
The length of the rectangle is 4 feet
and the breadth of the rectangle is 2 feet

Explanation:
Given the perimeter is 12 feet,
so the let the length be 4 feet
and the breadth be 2 feet
Let’s check on the length and breadth is correct are not
perimeter = 2( length + breadth)
= 2( 4+2)
= 2(6)
= 12 feet.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

The rectangular sign is 34 feet longer than it is wide. What is the perimeter of the sign?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 46
Understand the problem:
Make a plan:
Solve:
The perimeter is ___.
Answer:
The perimeter of the rectangular sign is 124 ft.

Explanation:
Given the rectangular sign is 34 feet longer than it’s wide
and the wide is 14 ft,
so the length is 34ft + 14ft= 48 ft.
the perimeter of the rectangular sign is
P= 2(48ft + 14ft)
= 2(62ft)
= 124 ft.
The perimeter of the rectangular sign is 124 ft.

Show and Grow

Question 13.
A city has a rectangular sidewalk in a park. The sidewalk is 4 feet wide and is 96 feet longer than it is wide. What is the perimeter of the sidewalk?
Answer:
The perimeter of the sidewalk is 208 feet.

Explanation:
As given the rectangular sidewalk’s wide is 4 feet and the length is 96 feet longer than it’s wide,
which means 96+4= 100 feet is the length of the rectangular sidewalk,
so the perimeter of the rectangular sidewalk is 2( length + breadth)
= 2( 4+100)
= 2(104)
= 208 feet.

Question 14.
A team jogs around a rectangular field three times. The field is 80 yards long and 60 yards wide. How many yards does the team jog?
Answer:
The number of yards does the team jog is 3×280= 840 yards.

Explanation:
The length of the rectangular field is 80 yards,
The breadth of the rectangular field is 60 yards,
So, the perimeter of the rectangular field is 2(length + breadth)
= 2(80+60)
= 2(140)
= 280 yards.
As the team jogs around a rectangular field three times,
so the number of yards does the team jog is 3×280= 840 yards.

Question 15.
Each side of the tiles is 8 centimeters long. What is the sum of the perimeters?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 47
You put the tiles together as shown. Is the perimeter of this new shape the same as the sum of the perimeters above? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 48
Answer:
The sum of the perimeters is 96 cm.
Yes, there will be a change in the perimeter of the new figure. The perimeter is 80 cm.

Explanation:
In the above figure, we can see a hexagon that has six sides.
So the formula for the perimeter of a hexagon is 6a,
the perimeter of the tiles is 6×8
= 48 cm.
So the sum of the tiles 48+48= 96 cm.
Yes, there will be a change in the perimeter of the new figure. As there are ten sides in the new figure, so the perimeter of the new figure is 10×8= 80 cm.

Find Perimeters of Polygons Homework & Practice 15.2

Find the perimeter of the polygon

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 49
Perimeter = ___
Answer:
The perimeter of the polygon is 29 in.

Explanation:
The perimeter of the polygon is the sum of the length of its sides,
So the sides of the polygon are 9 in, 4 in, 6 in, 10 in,
and the perimeter of the polygon is 9+4+6+10= 29 in.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 50
Perimeter = ___
Answer:
The perimeter of the figure is 38 cm.

Explanation:
The perimeter of the figure is the sum of the length of its sides,
So the sides of the figure are 6 cm, 5 cm, 7 cm, 8 cm, 7 cm, 5 cm,
and the perimeter of the figure is 6+5+7+8+7+5= 38 cm.

Question 3.
Square
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 51
Perimeter = ___
Answer:
The perimeter of the square is 8 ft.

Explanation:
The length of the square is 2 ft,
and the perimeter of the square is 4a
= 4×2
= 8 ft.
so the perimeter of the square is 8 ft.

Question 4.
Parallelogram
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 52
Perimeter = ___
Answer:
The perimeter of the parallelogram is 8m.

Explanation:
The length of the parallelogram is 1 m,
and the breadth of the parallelogram is 3 m,
so the perimeter of the parallelogram is 2(length + breadth)
= 2(1+3)
= 2(4)
= 8 m.

Question 5.
Rhombus
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 53
Perimeter = ___
Answer:
The perimeter of the rhombus is 40 ft.

Explanation:
The length of the side of the rhombus is 10 ft,
and the perimeter of the rhombus is 4a
= 4×10
= 40 ft.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 54
Perimeter = ___
Answer:
The perimeter of the rectangle is 22 in.

Explanation:
To find the perimeter of the rectangle, we need to know the length and the breadth of the rectangle.
Here, the length of the rectangle is 7 in,
and the breadth is 4 in,
So the perimeter of the rectangle is 2(Length + Breadth)
= 2(7+4)
= 2(11)
= 22 in.

Question 7.
Each side of a triangle is 5 centimeters long. What is the perimeter of the triangle?
Answer:
The perimeter of the triangle is 15 cm.

Explanation:
Given the length of the side of the triangle is 5 cm,
and the perimeter of the triangle is 3a
= 3×5
= 15 cm.

Question 8.
You Be The Teacher
Descartes says that a square will always have a greater perimeter than a triangle because it has more sides. Is he correct? Explain.
Answer:
Yes, Descartes is correct.

Explanation:
Yes, Descartes is correct. As the square has four sides and the perimeter of the square is 4a.
Whereas the triangle has 3 sides and the perimeter of the triangle is 3a.
So the square will always have a greater perimeter than a triangle.

Question 9.
Structure
Draw a pentagon and label its sides so that it has the same perimeter as the rectangle.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 55
Answer:
The length of the side of the pentagon is 4m.

Explanation:
Given the length of the rectangle is 7 m,
and the breadth of the rectangle is 3 m,
So the perimeter of the rectangle is 2( length + breadth)
= 2(7+3)
= 2(10)
= 20 m.
Here we have the perimeter of the pentagon which is 20 m,
so we should find the sides of the pentagon,
As we know the perimeter of the pentagon is 5a
5a= 20
a= 20/5
= 4 m.
So the length of the side of the pentagon is 4m.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area

Question 10.
Modeling Real Life
An Olympic swimming pool is 82 feet longer than it is wide. What is the perimeter of the swimming pool?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 150
Answer:
The perimeter of the swimming pool is 492 ft.

Explanation:
Given the Olympic swimming pool is 82 feet longer than it’s wide
and the wide is 82 ft,
so the length of the swimming pool is 82+82= 164 ft
the perimeter of the swimming pool is
p= 2(length+breadth)
= 2(164+82)
= 2(246)
= 492 ft.
The perimeter of the swimming pool is 492 ft.

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
You put painter’s tape around two rectangular windows. The windows are each 52 inches long and 28 inches wide. How much painter’s tape do you need?
Answer:
The painter’s tape 160 inches.

Explanation:
Given the length of the window is 52 inches
and the width of the window is 28 inches
so the perimeter of the window is
p= 2(length + breadth)
= 2(52+28)
= 2(80)
= 160 inches.
So the painter’s tape 160 inches.

Review & Refresh

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 56
Answer:
737.

Explanation:
On adding 590+147 we will get 737.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 57
Answer:
894.

Explanation:
On adding 636+258 we will get 894

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 58
Answer:
805.

Explanation:
On adding 476+329 we will get 805

Lesson 15.3 Find Unknown Side Lengths

Explore and Grow

You have a map with the three side lengths shown. The perimeter of the map is 20 feet. Describe how you can find the fourth side length of your map without measuring.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 59

Answer:
The fourth side of the map is 4ft.

Explanation:
We can find the value of the fourth side in two methods
First method:
Given the perimeter of the map is 20 feet,
and the sides of the map is 6 ft, 4 ft, 6ft, X ft.
As we know the perimeter of the rectangle is
6+4+6+X= 20 feet
16+X= 20
X= 20- 16
= 4 ft.
Second method:
As we know that the opposite sides of the rectangle are equal, as we know that the length of the side is 4 ft so the other side will also be 4 ft.

Repeated Reasoning
How is finding the unknown side length of a square different from finding the unknown side length of a rectangle?
Answer:
Refer below for a detailed explanation.

Explanation:
To find the unknown side length of the square
if we know the perimeter of the square then
the perimeter of the square is
p= 4a
we will substitute the value of p, on solving we will get the length of the square.
and to find the unknown side length of the rectangle,
we need to know the area or perimeter of the rectangle
and the other side of the rectangle.
so the formula of the perimeter of the rectangle is
p = 2(length + breadth)
we will substitute the perimeter value and the other side value
then we can find the length of the rectangle.

Think and Grow: Find Unknown Side Lengths
Example
The perimeter of the trapezoid is 26 feet. Find the unknown side length.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 60
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 61
Write an equation for the perimeter.
Add the known side lengths.
What number plus 16 equals 26?
The unknown side length is ___.
Answer:
K= 10,
The number 16+10 equals 26.
The unknown side length is 10.

Explanation:
Given the perimeter of the trapezoid is 26 ft,
So the perimeter of the trapezoid is
K+5+6+5= 26
K+16= 26
K= 10.
The number 16+10 equals 26.
The unknown side length is 10.

Example
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 62
The perimeter of the square is 32 centimeters. Find the length of each side of the square.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 63
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 64
Write an equation for the perimeter 4 times what number equals 32?
So, the length of each side is ___.
Answer:
n= 8.
The length of each side is 8 cm.

Explanation:
The perimeter of the square is 32 cm
So to find the sides of the square
4a= 32
a= 32/4
= 8 cm.
So, the length of each side is 8 cm.

Show and Grow

Find the unknown side length.

Question 1.
Perimeter = 34 inches
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 65
y = ___
Answer:
y = 13 in.

Explanation:
Given the perimeter is 34 inches,
and the sides of the figure are 10 in, 7 in, 4 in, y in.
so the perimeter of the figure is
34 in = 10+7+4+y
34 = 21+ y
y = 34 – 21
y = 13.

Question 2.
Perimeter = 20 meters
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 66
j = ___
Answer:
The length of the sides of the square is 5 m.

Explanation:
As we can see the above figure is a square and the perimeter of the square 20 meters,
so the sides of the square are
perimeter = 4a
20 = 4 j
j= 5 m.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the unknown side length.

Question 3.
Perimeter = 19 feet
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 67
y = ___
Answer:
The perimeter of the figure is 8 ft.

Explanation:
The perimeter of the figure is 19 feet,
and the length of the sides of the figure is 8 ft, 3 ft, y ft.
so perimeter = 8 ft + 3 ft + y ft
19= 11 ft + y ft
y= 19 ft – 11 ft
= 8 ft.

Question 4.
Perimeter = 26 centimeters
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 68
d = ___
Answer:
d= 4 cm.

Explanation:
The perimeter of the figure is 26 cm,
and the length of the sides of the figure is 10 cm, 5 cm, 7 cm, d cm.
so the perimeter of the figure is
p = 10+5+7+d
26 = 22 + d
d= 26-22
= 4

Question 5.
Perimeter = 30 feet
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 69
k = ___
Answer:
k = 11 ft.

Explanation:
Given the perimeter of the figure is 30 feet,
and the length of the sides is 5ft, 12 ft, 2 ft, k ft
So the perimeter of the figure is
p = 5 + 12 + 2 + k
30 ft = 19 ft + k
k = 11 ft.

Question 6.
Perimeter = 32 inches
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 70
k = ___
Answer:
k= 4 in.

Explanation:
Given the perimeter of the figure is 32 inches,
and the lengths of all sides is 10 in, 4 in, 5 in, 4 in, 5 in, k in.
So the perimeter of the figure is
p= 10+4+5+4+5+k
32 in =  28 in + k
k= 4 in.

Question 7.
Perimeter = 8 meters
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 71
y = ___
Answer:
y = 2 m.

Explanation:
Given the perimeter of the rhombus is 8 feet,
and the length of the side is y m,
So the perimeter of the rhombus is
p = 4a
8 m = 4×y
y = 2 m.

Question 8.
Perimeter = 48 inches
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 72
d = ___
Answer:
d = 8 in.

Explanation:
Given the perimeter of the Hexagon is 48 inches,
and the length of the sides is d in
So the perimeter of the hexagon is
p = 6 a
48 in = 6 × d in
d= 8 in.

Question 9.
Number Sense
A rectangle has a perimeter of 30 centimeters. The left side is 7 centimeters long. What is the length of the top side?
Answer:
The length of the top side is 8 cm.

Explanation:
Given the perimeter of the rectangle is 30 cm,
and the length of the left side of the rectangle is 7 cm,
So let the length of the top side be X,
Perimeter of the rectangle is
P = 2 (Length + breadth)
30 = 2 ( 7 cm + X cm)
30 / 2 = 7 cm + X cm
15 = 7 cm + X cm
X = 15 cm – 7 cm
X = 8 cm.
so, the length of the top side is 8 cm.

Question 10.
Writing
A triangle has three equal sides and a perimeter of 21 meters. Explain how to use division to find the side lengths.
Answer:
The length of the side is 7 m.

Explanation:
Given the perimeter of the triangle is 21 m,
and we need to find the side of the lengths,
so the perimeter of the triangle is
p = 3a
21 m = 3×a
a = 21/3
= 7 m
So the length of the side is 7 m.

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
Newton draws and labels the square and rectangle below. The perimeter of the combined shape is 36 feet. Find the unknown side length.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 73
Answer:
The unknown side of the length is 14 ft.

Explanation:
As the perimeter of the combined shape is 36 feet,
and the length of the side of the rectangle is 4 ft, and the other side be X ft
and the perimeter of the rectangle is 36 ft,
so perimeter = 2 (length + breadth)
36 ft  = 2( 4 ft + X ft)
36/2 = 4 ft + X ft
18 = 4 ft + X ft
X= 14 ft.
The unknown side of the length is 14 ft.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

The perimeter of the rectangular vegetable garden is 30 meters. What are the lengths of the other three sides?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 74
Understand the problem:
Make a plan:
Solve:
The lengths of the other three sides are ___, ___, and ___.
Answer:
The lengths of other three sides is 6 m, 9 m, 9 m.

Explanation:
The perimeter of the rectangular vegetable garden is 30 m
as it is in a rectangular shape, so the opposite sides are equal,
and the length of the side of the rectangular vegetable garden is 6m,
let the other side be X m
so the perimeter is
p = 2( length + breadth)
30 m = 2( 6 m+ X m)
30/2 = 6 + X
15 = 6 + X
X= 15 – 6
= 9 m.
So the lengths of other three sides is 6 m, 9 m, 9 m.

Show and Grow

Question 12.
The perimeter of the rectangular zoo enclosure is 34 meters. What are the lengths of the other three sides?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 75
Answer:
The lengths of the other three sides are 12 m, 11 m, 11 m.

Explanation:
The perimeter of the rectangular zoo is 34 m
as it is in rectangular shape, so the opposite sides are equal,
and the length of the side of the rectangular zoo is 12 m,
let the other side be X m
so the perimeter is
p = 2( length + breadth)
34 m = 2( 12 m+ X m)
34/2 = 12 + X
17 = 6 + X
X= 17 – 6
= 11 m.
So the lengths of the other three sides is 12 m, 11 m, 11 m.

Question 13.
The floor of an apartment is made of two rectangles. The Perimeter is 154 feet. What are the lengths of the other three sides?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 76
Answer:
The other length of the side of the small rectangle is 7 ft.
The other length of the side of the big rectangle is 30 ft.

Explanation:
Given the perimeter of the apartment is 154 feet,
first, we will take the big rectangle,
as the opposite sides of the rectangle are equal and the length of the big rectangle is 30 ft
so the other length is also 30 ft.
as the perimeter of the small rectangle is 38 ft
and the length of the one side of the rectangle is 12 ft
so the other length of the small rectangle is
p = 2(length+breadth)
38 = 2(12 + breadth)
38/2 = 12+ breadth
19= 12 + breadth
breadth= 19 – 12
= 7 ft.
The other length of the side is 7 ft.

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
You want to make a flower bed in the shape of a pentagon. Two sides of the flower bed are each 7 inches long, and two sides are each 16 inches long. The perimeter is 57 inches. Sketch the flower bed and label all of the side lengths.
Answer:
The length of the other side is 11 ft.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area
Given the perimeter of the flower bed shaped pentagon is 57 inches
and the two sides of the flower bed each is 7 inches long
and the other two sides of the flower bed each is 16 inches long
the other side of the flower bed be X
the perimeter of the flower bed is
p = 7+7+16+16+X
57= 46+X
X= 11 in.
The length of the other side is 11 ft.

Find Unknown Side Lengths Homework & Practice 15.3

Find the unknown side length.

Question 1.
Perimeter = 24 feet
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 77
d = ___
Answer:
The length of the unknown side is 8 ft.

Explanation:
The perimeter of the triangle is 24 ft,
and the lengths of the sides is 10 ft, 6 ft, d ft
so the perimeter of the triangle is
p = 10+6+d
24 = 10+6+d
24 = 16+d
d = 24 – 16
=  8 ft.
The length of the unknown side is 8 ft.

Question 2.
Perimeter = 46 inches
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 78
k = ___
Answer:
The length of the unknown side is 15 in.

Explanation:
The perimeter of the figure is 46 inches,
and the lengths of the sides is 13 in, 5 in, 13 in, k in
so the perimeter of the figure is
p = 13+5+13+k
46 = 31+k
46-31 = k
k = 15
=  15 in.
The length of the unknown side is 15 in.

Question 3.
Perimeter = 21 centimeters
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 79
y = ___
Answer:
The length of the unknown side is 7 cm.

Explanation:
The perimeter of the figure is 21 cm,
and the lengths of the sides is 4 cm, 1 cm, 9 cm, y cm
so the perimeter of the figure is
p = 4 cm+ 1 cm+ 9 cm+ y cm
21 = 14+ y
y = 21 – 14
y = 7
=  7 cm.
The length of the unknown side is 7 cm.

Question 4.
Perimeter = 41 meters
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 80
y = ___
Answer:
The length of the unknown side is 8 m.

Explanation:
The perimeter of the figure is 41 m,
and the lengths of the sides is 3 m, 12 m, 10 m, 8 m, y m
so the perimeter of the figure is
p = 3+12+10+8+y
41 = 33 + y
y = 41-33
y = 8
=  8 m.
The length of the unknown side is 8 m.

Question 5.
Perimeter = 12 feet
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 81
d = ___
Answer:
The length of the sides of the triangle is 4 ft.

Explanation:
The perimeter of the triangle is 12 feet,
and the length of the side of the triangle is d ft,
so the perimeter of the triangle is
p = 3 a
12 = 3 × d
d = 12/3
= 4 ft.
The length of the sides of the triangle is 4 ft.

Question 6.
Perimeter = 50 inches
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 82
k = ___
Answer:
The length of the sides of the Hexagon is 4 in.

Explanation:
The perimeter of the Hexagon is 50 inches,
and the length of the side of the Hexagon is k in,
so the perimeter of the hexagon is
p = 5 a
50 = 5 × k
k = 50/5
= 10 in.
The length of the sides of the triangle is 10 in.

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
Each polygon has equal side lengths that are whole numbers. Which polygon could have a perimeter of 16 centimeters? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 83
Answer:
The length of the sides of the octagon is 2 cm.

Explanation:
In the above three polygons, the second figure is an octagon, which has eight sides.
and the perimeter of the octagon is
p = 8 a
16 cm = 8 a
a = 16 /8
= 2 cm.

Question 8.
Number Sense
The area of a square is 25 square inches. What is its perimeter?
Answer:
The perimeter of the square is 20 inches.

Explanation:
The area of the square is 25 square inches, so
area = s^2
25 = s^2
s= 5 inches
so the perimeter of the square is
p = 4s
= 4×5
= 20 inches.

Question 9.
Modeling Real Life
The perimeter of the rectangular side walk is 260 meters. What are the lengths of the other three sides?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 84
Answer:
The length of the other three sides is 10 m,10m,120 m.

Explanation:
The perimeter of the rectangular side walk is 260 meters,
and the length of the one side of the side walk is 120 m,
so the perimeter of the rectangular side walk is
p = 2( length + breadth)
260 = 2 ( 120 + breadth)
260/2 = 120 + breadth
130 = 120 + breadth
breadth = 130 – 120
= 10 m.
The length of the other three sides is 10 m,10m,120 m.

Question 10
Modeling Real Life
Two rectangular tables are pushed together. The perimeter is 40 feet. What are the lengths of the other three sides?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 85
Answer:
The other length of the side of the small rectangle is 3 ft.
The other length of the side of the big rectangle is 5 ft.

Explanation:
Given the perimeter of the apartment is 40 feet,
first, we will take the big rectangle,
as the opposite sides of the rectangle are equal
and the length of the big rectangle is 5 ft
so the other length is also 5 ft.
as the perimeter of the small rectangle is 10 ft
and the length of the one side of the rectangle is 2 ft
so the other length of the small rectangle is
p = 2(length+breadth)
10 = 2(2 + breadth)
10/2 = 2+ breadth
5= 2 + breadth
breadth= 5 – 2
= 3 ft.
The other length of the side is 3 ft.

Review & Refresh

Write the time. Write another way to say the time.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 86
Answer:
06: 48

Explanation:
Another way to say time is 06: 48

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 87
Answer:
03: 24

Explanation:
Another way to say time is 03: 24

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 88
Answer:

Explanation:
Another way to say the time is 11: 48

Lesson 15.4 Same Perimeter, Different Areas

Use color tiles to create two different rectangles that each have a perimeter of 16 units. Then draw your rectangles and label their dimensions. Do the rectangles have the same area? Explain how you know.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 89

Answer:
No, the area of rectangle 1 and rectangle 2 is not the same.

Explanation:

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area
Given the perimeter of the rectangle is 16 units
The length of rectangle 1 is 5 units
and the breadth of rectangle 1 is 3 units
so the area of rectangle 1 is
area = length × breadth
= 5×3
= 15 square units.
The length of rectangle 2 is 6 units
and the breadth of rectangle 2 is 2 units
so the area of rectangle 2 is
area = length × breadth
= 6×2
= 12 square units.
No, the area of rectangle 1 and rectangle 2 is not the same.

Repeated Reasoning
Draw another rectangle that has the same perimeter but different dimensions. Compare the area of the new rectangle to the rectangles above. What do you notice?
Answer:
No, the area of rectangle 1 and rectangle 2 is not the same.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area
The length of rectangle 1 is 4 units
and the breadth of rectangle 1 is 3 units
the perimeter of rectangle 1 is
p= 2(length+breadth)
= 2(4+3)
= 2(7)
= 14 units.
so the area of rectangle 1 is
area = length × breadth
= 4×3
= 12 square units.
The length of rectangle 2 is 5 units
and the breadth of rectangle 2 is 2 units
the perimeter of rectangle 1 is
p= 2(length+breadth)
= 2(5+2)
= 2(7)
= 14 units.
so the area of rectangle 2 is
area = length × breadth
= 5×2
= 10 square units.
No, the area of rectangle 1 and rectangle 2 is not the same.

Think and Grow : Same Perimeter, Different Areas

Example :
Find the perimeter and the area of Rectangle A. Draw a different rectangle that has the same perimeter. Which rectangle has the greater area?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 90
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 91
Rectangle ___ has a greater area.
Answer:
The perimeter of the rectangle A is 20 m
and the area of the rectangle A is 24 m2
The perimeter of rectangle B is 20 m
and the area of the rectangle B is 16 m2
The rectangle A has a greater area.

Explanation:
Given the length of the rectangle is 6m
and the breadth of the rectangle is 4m,
so the perimeter of the rectangle is
p = 2( length + breadth)
= 2(6 + 4)
= 2(10)
= 20 m.
And the area of the rectangle is
a = length × breadth
= 6 × 4
= 24 m2

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area

we can see in the above figure another rectangle with a length of 8m,
and the breadth is 2m,
so the perimeter of the rectangle is
p = 2(length + breadth)
= 2(8 + 2)
= 2(10)
= 20 m.
And the area of the rectangle is
area = length × breadth
= 8×2
= 16 m2
So the rectangle A has a greater area.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Find the perimeter and area of Rectangle A. Draw a different rectangle that has the same perimeter. Which rectangle has the greater area?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 92
Perimeter = ___
Area = ___
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 93
Perimeter = ___
Area = ___
Rectangle ___ has the greater area.
Answer:The perimeter of the rectangle A is 14 in
and the area of the rectangle A is 10 in2
The perimeter of rectangle B is 14 in
and the area of the rectangle B is 12 in2
The rectangle B has a greater area.

Explanation:
Given the length of the rectangle is 5 in
and the breadth of the rectangle is 2 in,
so the perimeter of the rectangle is
p = 2( length + breadth)
= 2(5 + 2)
= 2(7)
= 14 in.
And the area of the rectangle is
a = length × breadth
= 5×2
= 10 in2

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area

we can see in the above figure another rectangle with a length of 4 in,
and the breadth is 3 in,
so the perimeter of the rectangle is
p = 2(length + breadth)
= 2(4 + 3)
= 2(7)
= 14 in.
And the area of the rectangle is
area = length × breadth
= 4×3
= 12 in2
So the rectangle B has a greater area.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the perimeter and area of Rectangle A. Draw a different rectangle that has the same perimeter. Which rectangle has the greater area?

Question 2.
Rectangle A
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 94
Perimeter = ___
Area = ___
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 95
Perimeter = ___
Area = ___
Rectangle ___ has the greater area.
Answer:
The perimeter of the rectangle A is 22 cm
and the area of the rectangle A is 11 cm2
The perimeter of rectangle B is 22 cm
and the area of the rectangle B is 30 cm2
The rectangle B has a greater area.

Explanation:
Given the length of the rectangle is 10 cm,
and the breadth of the rectangle is 1 cm,
so the perimeter of the rectangle is
p = 2( length + breadth)
= 2(10 + 1)
= 2(11)
= 22 cm.
And the area of the rectangle is
a = length × breadth
= 11 × 1
= 11 cm2

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area

we can see in the above figure another rectangle with a length of 6 cm,
and the breadth is 5 cm,
so the perimeter of the rectangle is
p = 2(length + breadth)
= 2(6 + 5)
= 2(11)
= 22 cm.
And the area of the rectangle is
area = length × breadth
= 6×5
= 30 cm2
So the rectangle B has a greater area.

Question 3.
Rectangle A
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 96
Perimeter = ___
Area = ___

Rectangle B
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 97
Perimeter = ___
Area = ___
Rectangle ___ has the greater area
Answer:
The perimeter of the rectangle A is 20 m
and the area of the rectangle A is 21 m2
The perimeter of rectangle B is 20 m
and the area of the rectangle B is 24 m2
The rectangle B has a greater area.

Explanation:
Given the length of the rectangle is 7 m,
and the breadth of the rectangle is 3 m,
so the perimeter of the rectangle is
p = 2( length + breadth)
= 2(7 + 3)
= 2(10)
= 20 m.
And the area of the rectangle is
a = length × breadth
= 7 × 3
= 21 m2

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area

we can see in the above figure another rectangle with a length of 6 m,
and the breadth is 4 m,
so the perimeter of the rectangle is
p = 2(length + breadth)
= 2(6 + 4)
= 2(10)
= 20 m.
And the area of the rectangle is
area = length × breadth
= 6×4
= 24 m2
So the rectangle B has a greater area.

Question 4.
MP Structure
Draw a rectangle that has the same perimeter as the one shown, but with a lesser area. What is the area ?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 98

Answer:
The perimeter of the rectangle A is 26 ft
and the area of the rectangle A is 40 ft2
The perimeter of rectangle B is 26 ft
and the area of the rectangle B is 30 ft2
The rectangle B has a greater area.

Explanation:
Given the length of the rectangle is 5 ft,
and the breadth of the rectangle is 8 ft,
so the perimeter of the rectangle is
p = 2( length + breadth)
= 2(5 + 8)
= 2(13)
= 26 ft.
And the area of the rectangle is
a = length × breadth
= 5 × 8
= 40 ft

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area

we can see in the above figure another rectangle with a length of 10 ft,
and the breadth is 3 ft,
so the perimeter of the rectangle is
p = 2(length + breadth)
= 2(10 + 3)
= 2(13)
= 26 ft.
And the area of the rectangle is
area = length × breadth
= 10×3
= 30 ft2
So the rectangle A has a greater area.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

A paleontologist has 12 meters of twine to rope off a rectangular section of the ground. How long and wide should she make the roped-off section so it has the greatest possible area?
Draw to show:
She should make the roped-off section ___ meters long and ___ meters wide.
Answer:
She should make the roped-off section 4 meters long and 2 meters wide.

Explanation:
Given that a paleontologist has 12 meters of twine to rope off a rectangular section,
so if we take the length as 4 m and width as 2 m then we can get the greatest possible area,
so the area of the rectangular section is
area = length × breadth
= 4 m ×2 m
= 8 m2

Show and Grow

Question 5.
Newton has 16 feet of wood to make a rectangular sandbox. How long and wide should he make the sandbox so it has the greatest possible area?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 99
Answer:
The greatest possible area of the rectangular sandbox is 15 ft2

Explanation:
As Newton has 16 feet of wood to make a rectangular sandbox,
so let the length be 5 ft and the wide be 3 ft to get the greatest possible area,
so the area of the rectangular sandbox is
area = length × breadth
= 5 ft × 3 ft
= 15 ft2
The greatest possible area of the rectangular sandbox is 15 ft2

Question 6.
DIG DEEPER!
You and Newton are building forts. You each have the same length of rope to make a rectangular perimeter for the forton the ground. Your roped-off section is shown. Newton’s section has a greater area than yours. Draw one way Newton could rope off his fort.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 100

Descartes also builds a fort. He has the same length of rope as you to make a perimeter around his fort. Descartes’s roped-off section has a lesser area than yours. Draw one way Descartes could rope off his fort.

Answer:
Refer the below for detailed explanation.

Explanation:
The length of the rope is 7 ft
and the breadth of the rope is 3 ft
the perimeter is
p = 2(length+breadth)
= 2(7+3)
= 2(10)
= 20 ft.
The area of the rectangle is
area= length×breadth
= 7×3
= 21 square feet.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area
Let the length of the Newton’s rope is 6 ft
and the breadth of the Newton’s rope is 4 ft
the perimeter is
p = 2(length+breadth)
= 2(6+4)
= 2(10)
= 20 ft.
The area of the rectangle is
area= length×breadth
= 6×4
= 24 square feet.
And here Newton’s area is greater.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area

Let the length of the Descarte’s rope is 8 ft
and the breadth of the Descarte’s rope is 2 ft
the perimeter is
p = 2(length+breadth)
= 2(8+2)
= 2(10)
= 20 ft.
The area of the rectangle is
area= length×breadth
= 8×2
= 16 square feet.
And here Descartes area is lesser.

Same Perimeter, Different Areas Homework & Practice 15.4

Question 1.
Find the perimeter and the area of Rectangle A. Draw a different rectangle that has the same perimeter? Which rectangle has the greater area?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 101
Perimeter = ___
Area = ___
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 102
Perimeter = ___
Area = ___
Rectangle __ has the greater area.
Answer:
The perimeter of the rectangle A is 7 cm
and the area of the rectangle A is 24 cm2
The perimeter of rectangle B is 26 ft
and the area of the rectangle B is 30 ft2
The rectangle B has a greater area.

Explanation:
Given the length of the rectangle is 7 cm,
and the breadth of the rectangle is 5 cm,
so the perimeter of the rectangle is
p = 2( length + breadth)
= 2(7 + 5)
= 2(12)
= 24 cm.
And the area of the rectangle is
a = length × breadth
= 7 × 5
= 35 cm2.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area

we can see in the above figure rectangle with a length of 6.5 cm,
and the breadth is 5.5 cm,
so the perimeter of the rectangle is
p = 2(length + breadth)
= 2(6.5 + 5.5)
= 2(12)
= 24 ft.
And the area of the rectangle is
area = length × breadth
= 6.5×5.5
= 35.75 square feet
So the rectangle B has a greater area.

Question 2.
Patterns
Complete the pattern. Find the area of each rectangle.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 103
Each rectangle has the same perimeter. As the area increases, what do you notice about the shape of the rectangle?
Answer:
As the area increases the shape of the figure was changed, we can see the figure was changed from rectangle to square.

Explanation:
As we know that the perimeter of the above figure is the same,
so the perimeter of the above figures is
p = 2 (length + breadth)
= 2 (1 m+9 m)
= 2(10 m)
= 20 m.
So, the perimeter of the above figures is 20 m.
The area of figure 1 is
area = length × breadth
= 1 m × 9 m
= 9 m2.
The area of figure 2 is
= 8m × 2m
= 16 m2.
The area of figure 3 is
= 7m × 3m
= 21 m2.
Let the length of figure 4 be 6m and the breadth be 4m,
The area of figure 4 is
= 6m × 4m
= 24 m2.
Let the length of figure 5 be 5m and the breadth be 5m,
The area of figure 5 is
= 5m × 5m
= 25 m2.

Question 3.
Modeling Real Life
You are making a card with a 36-centimeter ribbon border. How long and wide should you make the card so you have the greatest possible area to write?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 104
Answer:
The length and the breadth of the card is 9 cm.

Explanation:
Given the perimeter of the card with a ribbon border is 36 cm
so the length of the card is
p =4a
36 = 4a
a= 36/4
= 9 cm.
The length and the breadth of the card is 9 cm.
The area of the card is
a = length×breadth
= 9×9
= 81 square cm.

Question 4.
DIG DEEPER!
A school has two rectangular playgrounds that each have the same perimeter. The first playground is shown. The second has a lesser area than the first. Draw one way the second playground could look.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 105

The school builds another playground. It has the same perimeter as the first. The third playground has a greater area than the first. Draw one way the third playground could look
Answer:

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area

Review & Refresh

Question 5.
2 × 30 = ___
Answer:
60

Explanation:
On multiplying 2 × 30 we will get 60.

Question 6.
6 × 20 = ___
Answer:
120

Explanation:
On multiplying 6 × 20 we will get 120.

Question 7.
3 × 90 = ___
Answer:
270

Explanation:
On multiplying 3 × 90 we will get 270.

Lesson 15.5 Same Area, Different Perimeters

Explore and Grow

Use color tiles to create two different rectangles that each have an area of 18 square units. Then draw your rectangles and label their dimensions. Do the rectangles have the same perimeter? Explain how you know
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 106

Answer:
By comparing the perimeters of both rectangles, we can see that the perimeters are not the same.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area
In the above figure, we can see two colored rectangles
the length of rectangle 1 is 6 units
and the breadth of rectangle 1 is 3 units
so the perimeter of rectangle 1 is
p = 2(length+breadth)
= 2(6+3)
= 2(9)
= 18 units
and the area of rectangle 1 is
area= length×breadth
= 6×3
= 18 square units
The length of rectangle 2 is 9 units
and the breadth of rectangle 2 is 2 units
so the perimeter of rectangle 2 is
p = 2(length+breadth)
= 2(9+2)
= 2(11)
= 22 units.
and the area of rectangle 2 is
area= length×breadth
= 9×2
= 18 square units.
By comparing the perimeters of both rectangles, we can see that the perimeters are not the same.

Repeated Reasoning
As the perimeter increases and the area stays the same, what do you notice about the shape of the rectangle?

Think and Grow : Same Area, Different Perimeters

Example
Find the area and the perimeter of Rectangle A. Draw a different rectangle that has the same area. Which rectangle has the lesser perimeter?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 107
Area = 2 × 6
= _____
Perimeter = 6 + 2 + 6 + 2
= ______
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 108
Area = ___ × ___
= ____
Perimeter = ___ + ___ + ___ + ___
= ____
Rectangle ___ has the lesser perimeter.
Answer:
The perimeter of the rectangle A is 16 ft
and the area of the rectangle A is 12 ft2
The perimeter of rectangle B is 14 ft
and the area of the rectangle B is 12 ft2
The rectangle A has a lesser area.

Explanation:
Given the length of the rectangle is 6 ft,
and the breadth of the rectangle is 2 ft,
so the perimeter of the rectangle is
p = 2( length + breadth)
= 2(6 + 2)
= 2(8)
= 16 ft.
And the area of the rectangle is
a = length × breadth
= 6 × 2
= 12 ft2

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area
we can see in the above figure rectangle B and the length be 4 ft,
and the breadth be 3ft,
so the perimeter of the rectangle is
p = 2(length + breadth)
= 2(4 + 3)
= 2(7)
= 14 ft.
And the area of the rectangle is
area = length × breadth
= 4×3
= 12 ft2
So the rectangle A has a lesser area.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Find the area and the perimeter of Rectangle A. Draw a different rectangle that has the same area. Which rectangle has the lesser perimeter?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 109
Area = ___
Perimeter = ___
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 110
Area = ___
Perimeter = ___
Rectangle __ has the lesser perimeter.
Answer:
The perimeter of the rectangle A is 16 ft
and the area of the rectangle A is 12 ft2
The perimeter of rectangle B is 14 ft
and the area of the rectangle B is 12 ft2
The rectangle A has a lesser area.

Explanation:
Given the length of the rectangle is 6 cm,
and the breadth of the rectangle is 6 cm,
so the perimeter of the rectangle is
p = 2( length + breadth)
= 2(6 + 6)
= 2(12)
= 24 cm.
And the area of the rectangle is
a = length × breadth
= 6 × 6
= 36 cm2

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area

we can see in the above figure rectangle B and the length be 9 cm,
and the breadth be 4 cm,
so the perimeter of the rectangle is
p = 2(length + breadth)
= 2(9 + 4)
= 2(13)
= 26 cm.
And the area of the rectangle is
area = length × breadth
= 9×4
= 36 cm2
So the rectangle A has a lesser perimeter.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the area and the perimeter of Rectangle A. Drawa different rectangle that has the same area. Which rectangle has the lesser perimeter?
Answer:

Question 2.
Rectangle A
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 111
Area = ___
Perimeter = ___
Rectangle B
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 112
Area = ___
Perimeter = ___
Rectangle ___ has the lesser perimeter.
Answer:
The perimeter of the rectangle A is 24 in
and the area of the rectangle A is 20 in2
The perimeter of rectangle B is 18 in
and the area of the rectangle B is 20 in2
The rectangle B has a lesser perimeter.

Explanation:
Given the length of the rectangle is 10 in,
and the breadth of the rectangle is 2 in,
so the perimeter of the rectangle is
p = 2( length + breadth)
= 2(10 + 2)
= 2(12)
= 24 in.
And the area of the rectangle is
a = length × breadth
= 10 × 2
= 20 in2

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area

we can see in the above figure rectangle B and the length be 5 in,
and the breadth be 4 in,
so the perimeter of the rectangle is
p = 2(length + breadth)
= 2(5 + 4)
= 2(9)
= 18 in.
And the area of the rectangle is
area = length × breadth
= 5×4
= 20 in2
So the rectangle B has a lesser perimeter.

Question 3.
Rectangle A
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 113
Area = ___
Perimeter = ___
Rectangle B
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 114
Area = ___
Perimeter = ___
Rectangle ___ has the lesser perimeter.
Answer:
The perimeter of the rectangle A is 12 m
and the area of the rectangle A is 8 m2
The perimeter of rectangle B is 18 m
and the area of the rectangle B is 8 m2
The rectangle A has a lesser perimeter.

Explanation:
Given the length of the rectangle is 4 m,
and the breadth of the rectangle is 2 m,
so the perimeter of the rectangle is
p = 2( length + breadth)
= 2(4 + 2)
= 2(6)
= 12 m.
And the area of the rectangle is
a = length × breadth
= 4 × 2
= 8 m2

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area

we can see in the above figure rectangle B and the length be 8 m,
and the breadth be 1 m,
so the perimeter of the rectangle is
p = 2(length + breadth)
= 2(8+ 1)
= 2(9)
= 18 m.
And the area of the rectangle is
area = length × breadth
= 8×1
= 8 m2
So the rectangle A has a lesser perimeter.

Question 4.
DIG DEEPER!
The perimeter of a blue rectangle is 10 feet. The perimeter of a green rectangle is 14 feet. Both rectangles have the same area. Find the area and the dimensions of each rectangle.
Answer:

Explanation:
Given the perimeter of the blue rectangle is 10 ft and
the perimeter of the green rectangle is 14 ft

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You have 40 square patio bricks that are each 1 foot long and 1 foot wide. You want to make a rectangular patio with all of the bricks. How long and wide should you make the patio so it has the least possible perimeter?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 115
Draw to show:
You should make the patio ___ feet long and ___ feet wide.
Answer:
You should make the patio 8 feet long and 5 feet wide.
The least possible perimeter is 26 feet.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area
As there are 40 square patio bricks and each brick is 1 foot long and 1 foot wide
so to make a rectangular patio we need
the length of the rectangular patio be 8 feet
and the breadth of the rectangular patio be 5 feet
so the perimeter of the rectangular patio is
p= 2(length+breadth)
= 2(8+5)
= 2(13)
= 26 feet.
The least possible perimeter is 26 feet.

Show and Grow

Question 5.
Your friend has 16 square foam tiles that are each 1 foot long and 1 foot wide. He wants to make a rectangular exercise space with all of the tiles. How long and wide should he make the exercise space so it has the least possible perimeter?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 116
Answer:
The least possible perimeter is 16 feet.

Explanation:
As there are 16 square foam tiles and each foam tile is 1 foot long and 1 foot wide
so to make an exercise space we need
the length of the exercise space be 4 feet
and the breadth of the exercise space be 4 feet
so the perimeter of the exercise space is
p= 2(length+breadth)
= 2(4+4)
= 2(8)
= 16 feet.
The least possible perimeter is 16 feet.

Question 6.
DIG DEEPER!
You and your friend each use fencing to make a rectangular playpen for a puppy. Each pen has the same area. Your pen is shown. Your friend’s pen uses less fencing than yours. Draw one way your friend could make her pen.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 117

Your cousin makes a playpen for a puppy. His pen has the same area as your pen. Your cousin’s pen uses more fencing than yours. Draw one way your cousin could make his pen.
Answer:

 

Same Area, Different Perimeters Homework & Practice 15.5

Question 1.
Find the area and the perimeter of Rectangle A. Drawa different rectangle that has the same area. Which rectangle has the lesser perimeter?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 118
Area = ___
Perimeter = ___
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 119
Area = ___
Perimeter = ___
Rectangle __ has the lesser perimeter.
Answer:
The perimeter of rectangle A is 4 in
and the area of rectangle A is 20 square inches.
It is not possible to draw a rectangle that has the same area and different perimeter.

Explanation:
Given the length of the rectangle is 4 in,
and the breadth of the rectangle is 4 in,
so the perimeter of the rectangle is
p = 2( length + breadth)
= 2(4+4)
= 2(8)
= 16 in.
And the area of the rectangle is
a = length × breadth
= 4 × 4
= 16 square inches.

Question 2.
Structure
The dimensions of a rectangle are 4 feet by 10 feet. Which shape has the same area, but a different perimeter?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 120
Answer:
The yellow shape rectangle has the same area and different perimeter.

Explanation:
Given the dimensions of the rectangle are 4 feet by 10 feet
so the perimeter of the rectangle is
p= 2(length+breadth)
= 2(4+10)
= 2(14)
= 28 feet.
The area of the rectangle is
area = length×breadth
= 10×4
= 40 square feet.
Here, we can see the yellow rectangle has a length of 8 feet
and the breadth of the rectangle is 5 feet
so the perimeter of the rectangle is
p = 2(length+beadth)
= 2(8+5)
= 2(13)
= 26 feet.
and the area of the rectangle is
area = length×breadth
= 8×5
= 40 square feet.

Question 3.
MP Reasoning
The two fields have the same area. Players run one lap around each field. At which field do the players run farther?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 121
Answer:
As the perimeter of field A is greater than field B so in field A the players run father.

Explanation:
Let the length of field A is 10m
and the breadth of field A is 2m
so the perimeter of field A is
p = 2(length+breadth)
= 2(10+2)
= 2(12)
= 24 m.
and the area of field A is
area= length×breadth
= 10×2
= 20 square meters.
Let the length of field B is 5m
and the breadth of field B is 4m
so the perimeter of field B is
p = 2(length+breadth)
= 2(5+4)
= 2(9)
= 18 m.
and the area of field A is
area= length×breadth
= 5×4
= 20 square meters.
As the perimeter of field A is greater than field B so in field A the players run father.

Question 4.
Modeling Real Life
You have 24 square pieces of T-shirt that are each 1 foot long and 1 foot wide. You want to make a rectangular T-shirt quilt with all of the pieces. How long and wide should you make the quilt so it has the least possible perimeter?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 122
Answer:
The least possible perimeter is 20 feet.

Explanation:
As there are 24 square pieces of T-shirt and each was 1 foot long and 1 foot wide
so to make a rectangular T-shirt quilt with all of the pieces we need
the length of the rectangular T-shirt quilt be 6 feet
and the breadth of the rectangular T-shirt quilt be 4 feet
so the perimeter of the rectangular T-shirt quilt is
p= 2(length+breadth)
= 2(6+4)
= 2(10)
= 20 feet.
The least possible perimeter is 20 feet.

Question 5.
DIG DEEPER!
You and Descartes each have40 cobblestone tiles to arrange in to a rectangular pathway. Your pathway is shown. Descartes’s pathway has a lesser perimeter than yours. Draw one way Descartes could make his pathway.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 123
Newton also makes a rectangular pathway with 40 cobblestone tiles. His pathway has a greater perimeter than yours. Draw one way Newton could make his pathway.
Answer:

Review & Refresh

Identify the number of right angles and pairs of parallel sides.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 124
Right angles: ___
Pairs of Parallel sides: ___
Answer:
Right angles: 1
Pairs of Parallel sides: 2.

Explanation:
In the above figure, we can see there are the right angle is 1, and the pairs of parallel sides are 2.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 125
Right angles: ___
Pairs of parallel sides: ____
Answer:
Right angles: 4.
Pairs of Parallel sides: 2.

Explanation:
In the above figure, we can see there are the right angle is 4, and the pairs of parallel sides are 2.

Find Perimeter and Area Performance Task

You and your cousin build a tree house.

Question 1.
The floor of the tree house is in the shape of a quadrilateral with parallel sides that are 4 feet long and 10 feet long. The other 2 sides are equal in length. The perimeter is 24 feet. Sketch the floor and label all of the side lengths.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 151
Answer:
The length of the sides is 6 feet.

Explanation:
The perimeter of the floor is 24 feet
so the length of the floor be 6 feet
as the two other sides are also equal
so the other side length also be 6 feet
and let’s check the perimeter
p = 2(length+breadth)
= 2(6+6)
= 2(12)
= 24 feet.

Question 2.
Each rectangular wall of the tree house is 5 feet tall. How many square feet of wood is needed for all of the walls?
Answer:

Explanation:

Question 3.
You cut out a door in the shape of a rectangle with sides that are whole numbers. Its area is 8 square feet. What is the height of the door?
Answer:
The height of the rectangular door is 4 feet.

Explanation:
The area of the rectangular shape door is 8 square feet
as the sides of the rectangular door are whole numbers
so the length rectangular door be 4 feet
and the breadth be 2 feet
then we can get the area 8 square feet
let’s check the area
area = length×breadth
= 4×2
= 8 square feet.
So the height of the rectangular door is 4 feet.

Question 4.
You want to paint the floor and walls on the inside of your tree house. The area of the floor is 28 square feet. Each quart of paint covers 100 square feet.
a. How many quarts of paint do you need to buy?
b. Do you have enough paint to paint the outside walls of the tree house? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 152
Answer:
a. 2,800 square feet quarts of paint we need to buy.

Explanation:
a. The area of the floor is 28 square feet and each quart of paint covers 100 square feet, so we need to buy
28×100= 2,800 square feet quarts of paint.

b.

Find Perimeter and Area Activity

Perimeter Roll and Conquer
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 153
Directions:
1. Players take turns rolling two dice.
2. On your turn, draw a rectangle on the board using the numbers on the dice as the side lengths. Your rectangle cannot cover another rectangle.
3. Write an equation tofind the perimeter of the rectangle.
4. If you cannot fit a rectangle on the board, then you lose your turn. Play 10 rounds, if possible.
5. Add all of your rectangles’ perimeters together. The player with the greatest sum wins!
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 154
Answer:

Explanation:

Find Perimeter and Area Chapter Practice

15.1 Understand Perimeter

Find the perimeter of the figure

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 156
Perimeter = ___
Answer:
The perimeter of the rectangle is 18 cm.

Explanation:
In the above figure, we can see the rectangle
with a length of 5 cm,
and the breadth of 4 cm
the perimeter of the rectangle is
p = 2 (length + breadth)
= 2 (5+4)
= 2(9)
= 18 cm.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 157
Perimeter = ___
Answer:
The perimeter of the figure is 26 ft.

Explanation:
To find the perimeter of the above figure,
we will add the lengths of all sides of the figure
the sides of the above figure is 2 ft, 8 ft, 3 ft, 2 ft, 2 ft, 2 ft, 1 ft, 1 ft, 2 ft, 3 ft
the perimeter of the above figure is
p = 2+8+3+2+2+2+1+1+2+3
= 26 ft.

Question 3.
Draw a figure that has a perimeter of 10 inches.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 158
Answer:

15.2 Find Perimeter of Polygons

Find the perimeter of the polygon

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 159
Perimeter = ___
Answer:
The perimeter of the polygon is 33 cm.

Explanation:
To find the perimeter of the polygon, we will add all the sides of the polygon
so the sides of the polygon are 9 cm, 6 cm, 8 cm, 10 cm
the perimeter of the polygon is
p = 9 cm +6 cm +8 cm +10 cm
= 33 cm.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 160
Perimeter = ___
Answer:
The perimeter of the figure is 27 ft.

Explanation:
To find the perimeter of the figure, we will add all the sides of the figure
so the sides of the perimeter is 5 ft, 11 ft, 7 ft, 3 ft, 1 ft
the perimeter of the figure is
p = 5 ft+11 ft+ 7 ft+3 ft+1 ft
= 27 ft.

Question 6.
Parallelogram
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 161
Perimeter = ___
Answer:
The perimeter of the parallelogram is 12 m.

Explanation:
Given the length of the parallelogram is 4 m
and the breadth of the parallelogram is 2 m
the perimeter of the parallelogram is
p = 2 (length + breadth)
= 2( 4 m+ 2 m)
= 2(6 m)
= 12 m

Find the perimeter of the polygon

Question 7.
Rhombus
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 162
Perimeter = ___
Answer:
The perimeter of the rhombus is 36 cm.

Explanation:
Given the length of the side of the rhombus is 9 cm
and the perimeter of the rhombus is
p = 4a
= 4× 9 cm
= 36 cm.

Question 8.
Rectangle
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 163
Perimeter = ___
Answer:
The perimeter of the rectangle is 26 in.

Explanation:
The length of the rectangle is 5 inch
and the breadth of the rectangle is 8  inch
the perimeter of the rectangle is
p = 2( length + breadth)
= 2( 5 in+ 8 in)
= 2(13 in)
= 26 in.
So the perimeter of the rectangle is 26 in.

Question 9.
Square
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 164
Perimeter = ___
Answer:
The perimeter of the square is 28 ft.

Explanation:
The length of the square is 7 ft
so the perimeter of the square is
perimeter= 4a
= 4×7
= 28 ft.

Question 10.
Modeling Real Life 
You want to put lace around the tops of the two rectangular lampshades. How many centimeters of lace do you need?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 165
Answer:
We need 1,120 square centimeters.

Explanation:
The length of the rectangular lampshades is 35 cm
The breadth of the rectangular lampshades is 32 cm
and the area of the rectangular lampshades is
area= length×breadth
= 32×35
= 1,120 square cm.
So 1,120 square centimeters of lace you need.

15.3 Find Unknown Side Lengths

Find the unknown side length.

Question 11.
Perimeter = 22 feet
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 166
d = ____
Answer:
The length of the other side is 9 ft.

Explanation:
Given the perimeter of the above figure is 22 feet
and the length of the sides of the figure is 6 ft, 7 ft, d ft
so the perimeter of the figure is
p = 6 ft+ 7 ft+ d ft
22  ft = 13 ft + d ft
d = 22 ft – 13 ft
= 9 ft.
So, the length of the other side is 9 ft.

Question 12.
Perimeter = 31 inches
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 167
k = ___
Answer:
The length of the other side is 5 in.

Explanation:
Given the perimeter of the above figure is 31 inches
and the length of the sides of the figure is 10 in, 4 in, 12 in and k in.
so the perimeter of the figure is
p = 10 in+ 4 in+ 12 in+k in
31 in = 26 in + k in
k = 31 in – 26 in
= 5 in.
So, the length of the other side is 5 in.

Question 13.
Perimeter = 34 meters
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 168
y = ___
Answer:
The length of the other side is 7 m.

Explanation:
Given the perimeter of the above figure is 34 meters
and the length of the sides of the figure is 11 m, 8 m, 2 m, 1 m, 5 m, y m.
so the perimeter of the figure is
p = 11 m+ 8 m+ 2 m+ 1 m+ 5 m+ y m
34 m = 27 m + y m
y = 34 m – 27 m
= 7 m.
So, the length of the other side is 7 m.

Find the unknown side length.

Question 14.
Perimeter = 24 feet
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 169
k = ___
Answer:
The length of the sides of the triangle is 8 feet.

Explanation:
The perimeter of the triangle is 24 feet
and the perimeter of the triangle is
p = 3a
24 feet = 3a
a= 24/3
= 8 feet.
So, the length of the sides of the triangle is 8 feet.

Question 15.
Perimeter = 16 meters
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 170
y = ___
Answer:
The length of the sides of the square is 4 meters.

Explanation:
The perimeter of the triangle is 16 meters
and the perimeter of the triangle is
p = 4a
16 meters = 4a
a= 16/4
= 4 meters.
So, the length of the sides of the triangle is 4 meters.

Question 16.
Perimeter = 30 inches
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 171
d = ___
Answer:
The length of the sides of the pentagon is 6 inches.

Explanation:
The perimeter of the pentagon is 30 inches
and the perimeter of the pentagon is
p = 5a
30 inches = 5a
d= 30/5
= 6 inches.
So, the length of the sides of the pentagon is 6 inches.

Question 17.

Number Sense
A rectangle has a perimeter of 38 centimeters. The left side length is 10 centimeters. What is the length of the top side?
Answer:
The length of the top side is 9 cm.

Explanation:
Given the perimeter of the rectangle is 38 cm and
the left side length is 10 cm
Let the length of the top side be X, so
perimeter of the rectangle is
p = 2( length +breadth)
38 = 2(10+X)
38/2 = 10 + X
19 = 10 + X
X = 19 – 10
= 9 cm.
So the length of the top side is 9 cm.

15.4 Same Perimeter, Different Area

Question 18.
Find the perimeter and area of Rectangle A. Drawa different rectangle that has the same perimeter. Which rectangle has the greater area?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 172
Perimeter = ____
Area = ___
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 173
Perimeter = ____
Area = ___
Rectangle ___ has the greater area.
Answer:
The perimeter of the rectangle A is 14 m
The area of the rectangle A is 10 square meters
The perimeter of the rectangle B is 14 m
The area of the rectangle B is 12 square meters
The rectangle B has greater area.

Explanation:
The length of the rectangle is 5m
and the breadth of the rectangle is 2m
the perimeter of the rectangle is
p= 2(length+breadth)
= 2(5+2)
= 2(7)
= 14 m
and the area of the rectangle is
area = length×breadth
= 2×5
= 10 square meters.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area img 27

In the above image, we can see the length of the rectangle is 4 m
and the breadth of the rectangle is 3 m
so the perimeter of the rectangle is
p= 2(length+breadth)
= 2(4+3)
= 2(7)
= 14 m.
and the area of the rectangle is
area = length×breadth
= 4×3
= 12 square meters.
The rectangle B has greater area.

Question 19.
Patterns
Each Rectangle has the same perimeter. Are the areas increasing or decreasing ? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 174
Answer:
As we can see in the above images the length of the images was increasing one by one and the breadth is decreasing, so the areas increasing or decreasing will depend upon the breadth of the rectangle. So, if the breadth is also increasing then the area will also be increasing. And if the breadth was decreasing then the area will also be decreasing.

15.5 Same Area, Different Perimeters

Question 20.
Find the area and the perimeter of Rectangle A. Drawa different rectangle that has the same area. Which rectangle has the lesser perimeter?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 175
Area = ___
Perimeter = ___
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 176
Area = ___
Perimeter = ___
Rectangle ___ has the lesser perimeter.
Answer:
The perimeter of the rectangle A is 14 m
The area of the rectangle A is 10 square meters
The perimeter of the rectangle B is 14 m
The area of the rectangle B is 12 square meters
The rectangle B has greater area.

Explanation:
The length of the rectangle is 10 in
and the breadth of the rectangle is 5 in
the perimeter of the rectangle is
p= 2(length+breadth)
= 2(10+5)
= 2(15)
= 30 in
and the area of the rectangle is
area = length×breadth
= 10×5
= 50 square inches.

Question 21.
Reasoning
The two dirt-bike parks have the same area. Kids ride dirt bikes around the outside of each park. At which park do the kids ride farther ? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 177
Answer:
As the length of the park B is longer, so at the park B kids rid farther than the park A.

Find Perimeter and Area Cumulative practice 1 – 15

Question 1.
A mango has a mass that is 369 grams greater than the apple. What is the mass of the mango?
A. 471 grams
B. 369 grams
C. 267 grams
D. 461 grams
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 178
Answer:
B.

Explanation:
The mass of the mango is 369 grams greater than apple

Question 2.
Which term describes two of the shapes shown, but all three of the shapes?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 179
A. polygon
B. rectangle
C. square
D. parallelogram
Answer:
B, C, D.

Explanation:
In the above figures, we can see the parallelogram and the square. As the square is also known as a rectangle so we will choose option B also.

Question 3.
A rectangular note card has an area of 35 square inches. The length of one of its sides is 7 inches. What is the perimeter of the note card?
A. 5 inches
B. 24 inches
C. 84 inches
D. 12 inches
Answer:
The breadth of the rectangular note card is 24 inches.

Explanation:
The area of the rectangular note card is 35 square inches and the length of one of its sides is 7 inches
so the breadth of the rectangular note card is
area = length × breadth
35 = 7 × breadth
breadth = 35/7
= 5 inches.
The perimeter of the rectangular note card is
p = 2(length+breadth)
= 2(7+5)
= 2(12)
= 24 inches.
The breadth of the rectangular note card is 24 inches.

Question 4.
How many minutes are equivalent to4 hours?
A. 400 minutes
B. 240 minutes
C. 24 minutes
D. 40 minutes
Answer:
B

Explanation:
The number of minutes is equivalent to 4 hours is
4× 60= 240 minutes.

Question 5.
A balloon artist has 108 balloons. He has 72 white balloons, and an equal number of red, blue, green, and purple balloons. How many purple balloons does he have?
A. 36
B. 180
C. 9
D. 32
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 180
Answer:
9 balloons.

Explanation:
As a balloon artist has 108 balloons and he has 72 white balloons
and the remaining balloons are 108 – 72= 36 balloons
and an equal number of red, blue, green, and purple balloons
which means 36 balloons are equally divided by 4 colors of balloons, so
36÷4 = 9 balloons.
So the purple balloons are 9.

Question 6.
Which statements about the figures are true?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 181
Answer:
The shapes have different perimeters.
The shapes have the same area.

Explanation:
The length of the side of the square is 6 in,
and the perimeter of the square is
p = 4a
= 4×6 in
= 24 in
The area of the square is a^2
= 6 in×6 in
36 in^2.

Question 7.
The graph show many students ordered each lunch option.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 182
Part A How many students ordered lunch?
Part B Choose a lesser value for the key. How will the graph change?
Answer:
Part A: 60 students ordered lunch.
Part B: Turkey hot dog has a lesser value.

Explanation:
Part A:
The number of students who ordered lunch is
the grilled chicken was ordered by 21 students
Turkey hot dog was ordered by 9 students
A peanut butter and jelly sandwich was ordered by 12 students
the salad bar was ordered by 18 students
so the number of students who ordered lunch is
21+9+12+18= 60 students.

Part B:
The turkey hot dog was ordered by 9 students which is a lesser value.

Question 8.
Find the sum
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 183
Answer:
935

Explanation:
The sum of the above given numbers is 935

Question 9.
What is the perimeter of the figure?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 184
A. 26 units
B. 22 units
C. 20 units
D. 16 unit
Answer:
B

Explanation:
The sides of the figure is 2,4,1,2,1,1,2,2,1,1,2,1,1,1
and the perimeter of the figure is
p = 2+4+1+2+1+1+2+2+1+1+2+1+1+1
= 22 units.

Question 10.
Which bar graph correctly shows the data?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 185
Answer:
Graph B.

Explanation:
Graph B shows the correct graph data.

Question 11.
Which polygons have at least one pair of parallel sides?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 186
Answer:
Red color polygon.

Explanation:
The red color polygon has one pair of parallel sides, as it is a trapezoid.

Question 12.
The perimeter of the polygon is 50 yards. What is the missing side length?
A. 41 yards
B. 10 yards
C. 91 yards
D. 9 yards
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 187
Answer:
The missing side length is 9 yards.

Explanation:
Given the perimeter of the polygon is 50 yards
Let the missing side length be X yd
and the lengths of the sides of the polygon is 15 yds, 6 yds, 13 yds, 7 yds, and X yd,
So the perimeter of the polygon is
p = 15 yd+6 yd+13 yd+ 7 yd+ X yd
50 yards = 41 yards + X Yards
X = 9 yards.
So the missing side length is 9 yards.

Question 13.
Which line plot correctly shows the data?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 188
Answer:
A

Explanation:
Option A line plot shows the correct data.

Question 14.
Your friend is asked to draw a quadrilateral with four right angles. She says it can only be a square. Is she correct?
A. Yes, there is no other shape it can be.
B. No, it could also be a rectangle.
C. No, it could also be a hexagon.
D. No, it could also be a trapezoid.
Answer:
Yes, there is no other shape it can be.

Explanation:
Yes, she is correct. There is no other shape than the square with four right angles.

Question 15.
Which numbers round to480 when rounded to the nearest ten?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 189
Answer:
484, 480, 478

Explanation:
The numbers that are rounded to 480 to the nearest ten is 484, 480, 478.

Find Perimeter and Area Cumulative Steam Performance Task 1 – 15

Question 1.
Use the Internet or some other resource to learn more about crested geckos.
a. Write three interesting facts about geckos.
b. Geckos need to drink water every day. Is this amount of water milliliters or liters? Explain.
c. Geckos can live in a terrarium. Is the capacity of this terrarium milliliters liters measured in or?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 190
Answer:
a) The three interesting facts about geckos are:
i) Geckos are a type of lizards and their toes help them to stick to any surface except Teflon.
ii) Gecko’s eyes are 350 times more sensitive than human eyes to light.
iii) Some of the pieces of Geckos have no legs and look more like snakes.

b) The number of water Geckos will have is in milliliters only as Geckos will not often drink water.

c)Yes, geckos can live in a terrarium and the capacity of this terrarium is between 120 liters to 200 liters.

Question 2.
Your class designs a terrarium for a gecko.
a. The base of the terrarium is a hexagon. Each side of the hexagon is 6 inches long. What is the perimeter of the base?
b. The terrarium is 20 inches tall. All of the side walls are made of glass. How many square inches of glass is needed for the terrarium?
c. Another class designs a terrarium with a rectangular base. All of its sides are equal in length. The base has the same perimeter as the base your class designs. What is the perimeter of the base? What is the area?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 191
Answer:
a. 36 inches.
b.

Explanation:

a.
Given the length of the sides of the hexagon is 6 inches, and
the perimeter of the hexagon is
p = 6a
= 6 × 6
= 36 inches.

Question 3.
An online store sells crested geckos. The store owner measures the length of each gecko in the store. The results are shown in the table.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 192
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 193
a. Use the table to complete the line plot.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 194
b. How many geckos did the store owner measure?
c. What is the difference in the lengths of the longest gecko and the shortest gecko?
d. How many geckos are shorter than 6\(\frac{1}{4}\) inches?
e.The length of a gecko’s tail is about 3 inches. How would the line plot change if the store owner measured the length of each gecko without its tail?
Answer:
b. The number of geckos the store owner measures is 24.

d. 12

Explanation:

a.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area

b. The number of geckos the store owner measures is 24.

d. The number of geckos shorter than 6\(\frac{1}{4}\) inches are 12.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions: It is very essential for the students to learn the fundamentals. In order to help the students, we are preparing the BIM Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Understand Fractions in the pdf format. Download Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions pdf for free. This will help you out to complete the homework, assessment in time.

Big Ideas Math Book 3rd Grade Answer Key Chapter 10 Understand Fractions

Get the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions according to the topics from this page. Most of the students think that fractions are difficult but if you understand the concept it is a very easy chapter among all. We have provided the step by step explanation for all the topics in a simple manner. So go through it and start your preparation with love and joy.

Lesson 1: Equal Parts of a Whole

Equal Parts of a Whole

Lesson 2: Understand a Unit Fraction

Understand a Unit Fraction

Lesson 3: Write Fractions of a Whole

Lesson 4: Fractions on a Number Line: Less Than 1

Lesson 5: Fractions on a Number line: Greater Than 1

Fractions on a Number line: Greater Than 1

Performance Task

Lesson 10.1 Equal Parts of a Whole

Explore and Grow

Use the name of the equal parts to divide each rectangle. Write the number of equal parts for each rectangle.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 1
Repeated Reasoning
How many equal parts are in a rectangle that is divided into eighths? Explain.
Answer:

Think and Grow: Equal Parts of a Whole
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 2
The rectangle represents a whole. A whole is all of the parts of one shape or group.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 3
2 equal parts, or halves
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 4
3 equal parts, or thirds
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 5
4 equal parts, or fourths
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 6
6 equal parts, or sixths
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 7
8 equal parts, or eighths

Example
Tell whether the shape shows equal parts or unequal parts. If the shape shows equal parts, then name them.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 8
_____ parts.
_________
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 9
_____ parts.
_________

Show and Grow

Tell whether the shape shows equal parts or unequal parts. If the shape shows equal parts, then name them.

Question 1.

__6__ parts.

_____sixths____

Answer:
i) 6
ii) sixths

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the rectangle is divided into 6 parts and the parts are named as sixths and they are unequal

Question 2.
Tell whether the shape shows equal parts or unequal parts. If the shape shows equal parts, then name them.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 11
____ parts.
_________

Answer:
i) 4
ii) Fourths

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the rhombus is divided into 4 equal parts and the parts are named as fourths.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 12
_____ parts.
_________

Answer:
i) 3
ii)Thirds

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the rectangle is divided into 3 equal parts and the parts are named as thirds. They become three rectangles

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 13
_____ parts.
_________

Answer:
i) 8
ii)Eighths

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the  Rectangle is divided into 8 equal parts and the parts are named as eighths.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 14
_____ parts.
_________

Answer:
i) 4
ii) Fourths

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the rhombus is divided into 4 equal parts and the parts are named as fourths.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 15
_____ parts.
_________

Answer:
i) 6
ii) sixths

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the circle is divided into 6 equal parts and the parts are named as sixths.They are equal in parts after dividing it becomes 6 equal triangles.

Question 7.
Divide the rectangle into 2 equal parts. Then name the equal parts.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 16

Answer:
When a rectangle is divided into two equal parts then it becomes two halfs.

Question 8.

Divide the square into 6 equal parts. Then name the equal parts.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 17
________

Answer:
i) sixths

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the square is divided into 6 equal parts and the parts are named as sixths.

Question 9.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Newton says he divided each shape into fourths. Is he correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 18

Answer:

From the above figures we can see that they are divided.
From figure one and two they are divided equally and they are named as fourths.
From the third figure the circle is not divided equally.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Three students want to share a whiteboard to solve math problems. Each student wants to use an equal part of the board. Should the students divide the whiteboard into halves, thirds, or fourths?

Draw to show:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 19
The students should divide the whiteboard into ____.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions Draw to Show
The students should divide the whiteboard into three equal parts and name the parts as thirds.
As the whiteboard looks like a rectangle if we divide the rectangle into three equal parts then it becomes three rectangles

Show and Grow

Question 10.
Six friends want to share an egg casserole. Each friend wants an equal part. Should the friends cut the casserole into halves, fourths, or sixths?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 20
Answer:
Friend should cut the egg casserole into six equal parts. And the name as sixths

Question 11.
Eight students need to sit around two tables. Each student needs an equal part of a table. Should the tables be divided into thirds, fourths, or sixths?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 21

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions Question 8

Explaination:
Each table should be divided into fourths as the eight students want to have equal parts

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
Ten friends want to share five rectangular sheets of paper. Each friend wants an equal part. Should the friend cut the sheets of paper into halves or thirds? Explain.

Answer:

The friends should cut each sheet into halves.
As there are five papers if one paper is cutting in two parts it becomes two halves similarly all five.
All five into halves becomes 10

Equal Parts of a Whole Homework & Practice 10.1

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 22
1 equal part, or whole
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 23
2 equal parts, or halves
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 24
3 equal parts, or third
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 25
4 equal parts, or fourths
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 26
6 equal parts, or sixths
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 27
8 equal parts, or eighths

Tell whether the shape shows equal parts or unequal parts. If the shape shows equal parts, then name them.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 150
_____ parts.
_________

Answer
i) 6
ii) sixths

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the rectangle is divided into 6 equal parts and the parts are named as sixths. They are equal.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 151
_____ parts.
_________

Answer:
i) 3
ii) thirds

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the circle is divided into 3 unequal parts and the parts are named as fourths.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 152
_____ parts.
_________

Answer
i) 4
ii) Fourths

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the hexagon is divided into 4 equal parts and the parts are named as fourths.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 153
_____ parts.
_________

Answer
i) 8
ii) eighths

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the circle is divided into 8 equal parts and the parts are named as eighths.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 154
_____ parts.
_________

Answer
i) 4
ii) Fourths

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the rectangle is divided into 4 equal parts and the parts are named as fourths.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 155
_____ parts.
_________

Answer
i) 3
ii) thirds

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the triangle is divided into 3 unequal parts and the parts are named as thirds.

Question 7.
Divide the square into 3 equal parts. Then name the equal parts.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 28
_____

Explanation:
If the square is divided into three equal parts the name is thirds

Question 8.
Divide the triangle into 2 equal parts. Then name the equal parts.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 29
______

Explanation:
If the triangle is divided into two equal then it becomes two halves

Question 9.
Patterns
Use the pattern to divide the square into equal parts. Name the equal parts.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 30
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 31
_____

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions Question 9

Explanation:
According to the pattern, the sixth square is divided into 4 parts Horizontally. The name of the equal part is fourths.

Question 10.
Modeling Real Life
Eight friends want to share a lasagna. Each friend wants an equal part. Should the friends cut the lasagna into fourths, sixths, or eighths?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 32

Explanation:
From the above figure the lasagna is to be shared between 8 friends. In order to share we have to cut the lasagna in to eight equal parts.

Therefore it becomes eighths

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
Twelve friends want to pull weeds from three community gardens. Each friend wants to pull weeds from an equal part. Should the friends divide each garden into thirds, fourths, or sixths?

Answer: fourths

Explanation

As twelve friends want to pull weeds from three community gardens. They have to get equal parts each community garden should be divided into four parts.

As each garden divided into four equal parts 3gardens*4parts=12people

3*4=12

So,twelve people get equal parts.

Review & Refresh

Question 12.
2 × (3 × 3) = ___18

Question 13.
(4 × 2) × 9 = ____72

Question 14.
2 × (8 × 5) = ____80

Lesson 10.2 Understand a Unit Fraction

Explore and Grow

Match each shaded part to its name.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 33
Precision
What is the same about each shape? What is different?

Think and Grow: Understand a Unit Fraction

A fraction is a number that represents part of a whole.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 34
A unit fraction represents one equal part of a whole.

Example
What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 35

Show and Grow

What fraction of the whole is shaded?

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 36

Answer

i(one thirds)

Three equal parts

 

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the circle is divided into 3 parts equally in which 1 part is shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part is one thirds.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 37

Answer

i(one eighths)

Eight equal parts

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the square is divided into 8 parts equally in which 1 part are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part is one eighths.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 38

i(one halves)

Two equal parts

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the parallelogram is divided into 2 parts equally in which 1 parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part is one halves.

 

Apply and Grow: Practice

What fraction of the whole is shaded?

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 39

i(one sixths)

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the rectangle is divided into 6 parts equally in which 1 parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part is one sixths.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 40

iii (one fourths)

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the ellipse is divided into 4 parts equally in which one parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part is one fourths.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 41

iii (one halves)

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the hexagon is divided into 2 parts equally in which one parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part is one halvess.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 42

iii (one eighths)

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the rhombus is divided into 8 parts equally in which one parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part is one eighths.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 43

iii (one fourths)

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the rectangle is divided into 4 parts equally in which one parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part is one fourths.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 44

iii (one sixths)

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the triangle is divided into 8 parts equally in which 3 parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part is one eighths.

Question 10.
Divide the circle into 4 equal parts. Shade one part. What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 45

iii (one fourths)

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the circle is divided into 4 parts equally in which one parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part is one fourths.

Question 11.
Divide the square into 3 equal parts. Shade one part. What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 46

iii ( one thirds)

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the square is divided into 3 parts equally in which one parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part one thirds.

Question 12.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Descartes says the part he shaded can be represented by a unit fraction. Is he correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 47

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

For which nation’s flag can you use a unit fraction to represent the amount of green? Explain.
Flag of ____
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 48
Explain:

Flag of Nigeria:two thirds.

Flag of Mauritius:one fourths.

Flag of Seychelles:one fifths

Explanation:

The above figure shows that the flag of Nigeria is divided into 3 parts equally in which two  parts are green shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded parts is two thirds.

The above figure shows that the flag of Mauritius is divided into 4 parts equally in which one  parts are green shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded parts is one fourths.

The above figure shows that the flag of Seychelles is divided into 5 parts equally in which one  parts are green shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded parts is one fifths.

Show and Grow

Question 13.
For which nation’s flag can you use a unit fraction to represent the amount of red? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 49

Flag of Bahrain:two thirds.

Flag of Australia:two thirds.

Flag of France:one thirds

 

Explanation:

The above figure shows that the flag of Bahrain is divided into 3 parts equally in which two  parts are red shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded parts is two thirds.

The above figure shows that the flag of Australia is divided into 3 parts equally in which one  parts are red shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded parts is one thirds.

The above figure shows that the flag of France is divided into 3 parts equally in which one  parts are red shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded parts is one thirds.

Question 14.
You paint a plate that has 4 equal parts. You paint two parts orange and one part red. You paint the rest of the plate yellow. What fraction of the plate is yellow?

One fourths

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
Draw a quilt square that has blue, red, and white parts, but only the blue part can be represented by a unit fraction.

Understand a Unit Fraction Homework & Practice 10.2

What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 50

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the circle is divided into 4 parts equally in which one parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part one sixths.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 51

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the rectangle is divided into 8 parts equally in which one parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part one eighths.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 52

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the square is divided into 3 parts equally in which one parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part one thirds.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 53

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the triangle is divided into 4 parts equally in which one parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part one fourths.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 54

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the parallelogram is divided into 2 parts equally in which one parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part one halves.

Question 6.
Divide the square into 6 equal parts. Shade one part. What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 55

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the square is divided into 6 parts equally in which one parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part one sixths.

Question 7.
Precision
Did Descartes label the shaded part correctly? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 56

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the rectangle is divided into 8 parts equally in which one parts are shaded.  The shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator.

The precision done was wrong numerator place is changed with the denominator

Question 8.

DIG DEEPER!
You want to make a card. You fold a sheet of paper in half, then in half again. What fraction of the sheet of paper represents the front of the card?

Explanation:

One by fourth represent the front of the card

Question 9.
Writing
Explain how you know Newton ate \(\frac{1}{3}\) of his taco.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 57

Explanation

The above taco is divided into two three equal parts in that one by third of the taco is eaten as it has shown empty

Question 10.
Modeling Real Life
For which foods can you use a unit fraction to represent the amount eaten? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 58

Explanation:

From the above figures.

  • Wheat is uncountable so we can’t represent as units we can’t share the wheat as units.
  • The leaves are also uncountable.
  • Apple is countable we can represent as units.
  • Maize is also uncountable so we can’t represent as units we can’t share the wheat as units.

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
You prepare a rectangular dip tray that has 6 equal parts. Three parts are hummus, one part is queso, and one part is guacamole. The rest of the tray is salsa. What fraction of the tray is salsa?

Explanation:

The total number of parts are 6

In that 3 parts one third part is hummus.

One part meant one sixth part is queso.

One by sixth part is guacamole.

The remaining one by sixth part is salsa.

Therefore one sixth is answer

Review & Refresh

Compare

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 59

Answer:24 is less than 36.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 60

Answer: 30 is greater than 20.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 61

Answer: 42 is equal to 42.

Lesson 10.3 Write Fractions of a Whole

Explore and Grow

Write a fraction for the shaded part of each whole.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 62

Reasoning
All of the equal parts of a shape are shaded. What do you know about the numerator and denominator of the fraction that describes the shaded parts?

Think and Grow: Fractions of a Whole

Example
What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 63

Show and Grow

What fraction of the whole is shaded?

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 64

Answer:4 parts, three fourths.

Explanation:
There are 4 blocks in the square out of which 3 parts are shaded. Each part of the square is 1/4 and the name for the shaded part is three fourths. The fraction of the shaded part is 3/4 three fouth.

Question 2.

Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 65

Answer:6 parts, 6 parts

Explanation:
There are 6 blocks in the rectangle out of which 6 parts are shaded. Each part of the rectangle is 1/6 and the name for the shaded part whole. The fraction of the shaded part is whole.

 

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 66

Answer:5 parts, 8 parts.

Explanation:
There are 8 blocks in the circle out of which 5 parts are shaded. Each part of the circle is 1/8 and the name for the shaded part is Five Eights. The fraction of the shaded part is 5/8.

Question 4.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 67

Answer:two sixths

Explanation:
There are 6 blocks in the hexagon out of which 2 parts are shaded. Each part of the hexagon is one sixth.the name for the shaded parts is two sixths. The fraction of the shaded part is 2/6.

Apply and Grow: Practice

What fraction of the whole is shaded?

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 68

Explanation:
There are 6 blocks in the rectangle out of which 4 parts are shaded. Each part of the rectangle is 1/6 and the name for the shaded part is four sixths. The fraction of the shaded part is 4/6.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 69

Explanation:
There are 3 blocks in the circle out of which 3 parts are shaded. Each part of the circle is 1/3 and the name for the shaded part is whole. The fraction of the shaded part is 3/3.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 70

Explanation:
There are 8 blocks in the square out of which 5 parts are shaded. Each part of the square is 1/8 and the name for the shaded part is Five Eights. The fraction of the shaded part is 5/8.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 71

Explanation:
There are 4 blocks in the hexagon out of which 3 parts are shaded. Each part of the hexagon is 1/4 and the name for the shaded part is three fourths. The fraction of the shaded part is 3/4.

Question 9.
Divide the rectangle into eighths. Shade three of the equal parts. What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 72

Explanation:
There are 8 blocks in the rectangle out of which 3 parts are shaded. Each part of the rectangle is 1/8 and the name for the shaded part is three Eights. The fraction of the shaded part is 3/8.

Question 10.
Divide the triangle in half. Shade two of the equal parts. What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 73

Explanation:
If we divide There are 2 blocks in the triangle out of which 2 parts are shaded means the whole is shaded the fraction is 2/2

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
Newton is thinking of a fraction. What is his fraction?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 74

Explanation:

According to Newton let us consider a rectangular shape in that it is divided into 6 parts. Here conditions are the number should be odd and greater than three so the number will be five.

There fore the fraction is 5/6.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You are making a stained glass window that has 6 equal parts. You finish 1 part of the window. What fraction of the window do you have left to finish?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 75

Draw to show:
You have Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 76 of the window left to finish.

Answer: 5/6 fraction.

Show and Grow

Question 12.
You color 8 equal parts of a banner for a school play. You write the title in 4 of the parts. What fraction of the banner does not have the title?

Explanation:
There are 8 blocks in the rectangle out of which 4 parts are written title. Each part of the rectangle is 1/8 and the name for the shaded is two eigths. The fraction of the shaded part is 2/8.

Question 13.
A fruit tray has 4 equal parts. One part of the tray has grapes. Another part of the tray has pineapple. The rest of the tray has watermelon. What fraction of the tray has watermelon?

Answer:2/4

Explanation:
There are 4 blocks in the rectangle out of which 1 is filled with grapes and the other with pineapple. Each part of the rectangle is 1/4 and the name for the covered watermelon is two fourths . The fraction of the shaded part is 2/4.

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
You divide a flower bed into equal parts. You plant sunflowers in 1 part. You plant daisies in the other 2 parts. What fraction of the flower bed has sunflowers?
Answer: 1/3

Write Fractions of a Whole Homework & Practice 10.3

What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 77

Explanation:
There are 6 blocks in the square out of which 4 parts are shaded. Each part of the square is 4/6 and the name for the shaded part is four sixths. The fraction of the shaded part is 4/6.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 78

Explanation:
There are 2 blocks in the triangle out of which 2 parts are shaded. Each part of the triangle is 1/2 and the name for the shaded part is whole. The fraction of the shaded part is 2/2.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 79

Explanation:
There are 8 blocks in the octagon out of which 5 parts are shaded. Each part of the octagon is 1/8 and the name for the shaded part is Five Eights. The fraction of the shaded part is 5/8.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 80

Explanation:
There are 6 blocks in the circle out of which 5 parts are shaded. Each part of the circle is 1/6 and the name for the shaded part is Five sixths. The fraction of the shaded part is 5/6.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 81

Explanation:

Rectangle is divided into 4 parts in it 2 parts are shaded. Fraction is 2/4

Question 6.
Divide the rectangle into sixths. Shade 2 of the equal parts. What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 82

Explanation:

The fraction of the whole shaded is 2/6.

Question 7.
Divide the square into thirds. Shade 2 of the equal parts. What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 83

Answer:2/3 parts of the square is shared

Question 8.

Open-Ended
Divide and shade the square to show more than \(\frac{4}{8}\), but less than \(\frac{8}{8}\). What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 84

Answer:

The square is divided into 8 parts in that four are already shaded 3/8

Question 9.
Reasoning
A pool has 4 swim lanes. Swimmers are using all of the lanes. Draw and shade a model that represents the lanes being used. Then write a fraction for your model.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 85

Answer:4/4 fraction

Question 10.
Patterns
What fraction of each circle is shaded? Think: What do you notice about the numerators? Model and write the next fraction.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 850

Answer:1/6, 2/6, 3/6 and the partsnof the circle to be shaded is 4/6

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
A vegetable tray has 8 equal parts. Three parts have peppers. One part has broccoli. Another part has tomatoes. The rest of the tray has carrots. What fraction of the tray has carrots?

Answer:let us assume a square

  • Three parts are peppers 3/8.
  • One part is broccoli 1/8.
  • One part is tomatoes 1/8.
  • The remaining 3 parts are carrots that is 3/8.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
You divide an art canvas into equal parts. You paint 1 part blue, 2 parts orange, and the last part yellow. What fraction of the canvas is painted orange?

Answer: 2/4

Explanation:

Canvas divided into two parts out of 4.

Review & Refresh

Complete the fact family.

Question 13.
6 × ___ = 42
___ × ___ = 42
42 ÷ 7 = ___
42 ÷ ___ = 7

Answer:

6×7=42

7×6=42

42/7=6

42/6=7

Question 14.
9 × ___ = 9
___ × 9 = 9
9 ÷ 1 = ___
9 ÷ ___ = 1

Answer:

9×1=9

1×9=9

9÷1=9

1÷9=9

 

Lesson 10.4 Fractions on a Number Line : Less Than 1

Explore and Grow

Use the \(\frac{1}{6}\) Fraction Strips to complete the fractions on the number line. Then plot \(\frac{3}{6}\) on the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 86

Precision
Plot \(\frac{6}{6}\) on the number line. What do you notice? Explain.

Think and Grow: Fractions on a Number Line: Less Than 1

Every number on a number line represents a distance from 0. The distance from 0 to 1 is one whole. A number line can be divided into any number of equal parts or distances.
Example:
Plot \(\frac{3}{4}\) on the number line.
Step 1: Divide the length from 0 to 1 into ___ equal parts.
Step 2: Label each tick mark on the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 87

Show and Grow

Plot the fraction on the number line.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 88

Answer:

One 1/2 is 1/2

1×1/2 is 1/2

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 2 equal parts. Labeled each tick mark on the number line as 1/2

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 89

Answer:

Two 1/6 is 2/6

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 6 equal parts. Labeled each tick mark on the number line as 1/6.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Plot the fraction on a number line.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 90

Answer:

Two 1/4s are 2/4

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 4 equal parts. Labeled each tick mark on the number line as 1/4.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 91

The above figure shows the number line 0 to 1

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 92

The above figure is a number line

Question 6.
\(\frac{6}{8}\)

6/8

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 8 equal parts. Labeled each tick mark on the number line as 1/8.and the latex is 6/8.

Question 7.
\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer:3/4

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 4 equal parts. Labeled each tick mark on the number line as 1/4.

Question 8.
Structure
Complete the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 93

Answer:

The above number line is divided into seven equal parts. They are0 , 1/7,2/7, 3/7 4/7, 5/7, 6/7 ,1

 

Question 9.
Writing
How are the number lines the same? How are they different?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 94

Answer: The both number lines are same because both are divided into same equal parts.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Three laps around a walking trail is 1 mile. How many laps does it take you to walk \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile?
Model:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 95
You need to walk ___ laps to walk \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile.

Explanation:

Mark first 0 and 1

Then divide it into 3 equal parts as 1/3 2/3,

That is 2 times of 1/3 is 2/3

Show and Grow

Question 10.
You follow a recipe and make four servings. How many servings can you make using \(\frac{1}{4}\) of each ingredient in the recipe?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 96

Answer: Four 1/4 of ingredients can be served.

Explanation:

There are four types of ingredients making once with one ingredient as 1/4.

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
A gymnast needs to take 8 equal-sized steps to get from one end of a balance beam to the other. She starts on the left end of the beam and takes 6 steps. What fraction of the beam is behind her? What fraction of the beam is in front of her?

Answer:

Fraction of the beam behind her is 4/6.

Fraction of the beam front of her is 2/6.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
A tightrope walker needs to take 6 equal-sized steps to get from one end of a tightrope to the other. He starts on the left side of the rope and takes 5 steps. What fraction of the rope is behind him? What fraction of the rope is in front of him ?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 97

Answer:

The fraction of the beam behind him is 5/6.

Fraction of the beam front of him is 1/6.

Fractions on a Number Line : Less Than 1 Homework & Practice 10.4

Plot the fraction on a number line.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 98

Answer: four 1/6 are 4/6

Question 2.
\(\frac{3}{8}\)
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 99

Answer:

The above number line is divided into eight equal parts and the latex is 3×1/8 is 3 /8th parts of 0-1

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{4}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 100

Answer:

The above number line is divided into four equal parts and the latex is 1×1/4 is 1/4th parts of 0-1

Question 4.

\(\frac{2}{6}\)

Answer:

The above number line is divided into eight equal parts and the latex is 3×1/8 is 3 /8th parts of 0-1

Question 5.
\(\frac{5}{8}\)

Answer:

The above number line is divided into eight equal parts and the latex is

5×1/8 is 5/8th parts of 0-1

Question 6.
Logic
What fraction is located halfway between 0 and 1?

Ans: The fraction is located halfway between 0 and 1 is 1/2 and 1/2.

Question 7.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend draws a number line and plots \(\frac{2}{6}\). Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 101

Answer: no

My friend marked the correct point but he did not divided into equal parts.

Question 8.
Structure
Which number line shows \(\frac{2}{3}\) ?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 102

Answer: Second number line.

Question 9.
Modeling Real Life
Four laps around a soccer field is 1 mile. How many laps does it take you to run \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile?

Question 4.
DIG DEEPER!
A diver needs to take 8 equal-sized steps before diving into the pool. She starts at the beginning of the diving board and takes 6 steps. What fraction of the diving board is behind the diver? What fraction of the diving board is in front of the diver?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 103

Answer:

The diving behind the driver is 5/6 and the diving board in front of the driver is 1/6

Review & Refresh

Find the area of the shape.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 104
Area = _21/70__ square units.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 105
Area = __20/70_ square units.

Lesson 10.5 Fractions on a Number line: Greater Than 1

Explore and Grow

Divide each circle into halves. Shade three halves. Write the fraction.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 106

Precision
Complete the fractions on the number line. Plot \(\frac{3}{2}\) on the number line. What do you notice? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 107

Think and Grow : Fractions on a Number Line: Greater Than 1

When the numerator is greater than the denominator, the fraction is greater than one whole.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 108
You can show fractions greater than one whole on a number line.

Example:
Plot \(\frac{2}{3}\) on the number line.
Step 1: Divide each whole into ___ equal parts.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 109

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Plot \(\frac{15}{8}\) on the number line
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 110

Answer:

The above number line is divided into sixteen equal parts that is from  0 to 2 and the latex is fifteen of 1/8 is 15/8

Apply and Grow: Practice

Plot the fraction on the number line.

Question 2.
\(\frac{7}{4}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 111

Explanation:

The number line is divided into eight equal parts from 0 to 2. Each part is divided as 1/4. The latex is seven parts of 1/4

Question 3.
\(\frac{9}{6}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 112

Explanation: above number line is divided into nine equal parts 9/6 is the nine of 1/6

Question 4.
\(\frac{5}{3}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 113

Explanation:

The above number line is divided into six equal parts three from 0 to 1 and three from 1 to 2. 5×1/3 =5/3

Structure
Complete the number line.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 114

Answer: the number line is divided into eight equal parts 1/8

From 0 to 1 is 4 parts and from 1 to 2 is 4 parts.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 115

Answer:

The above number line is divided in twelve equal parts.

From 0 to 1 is 1/6 and from 0 to 2 is 1/6.

Number Sense
Draw and shade a model for the plotted fraction.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 116

3/2

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 to two parts.and 1 to 2 two parts total 4 parts

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 117

Explanation:

The above number line is divided into eight equal parts and are represented 1/4.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

How far is the aquarium from the bank?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 118
The aquarium is ___ miles from the bank.

Show and Grow

Use the number line to answer the questions.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 119

Question 9.
How far is the gas station from the school?

Explanation:the school is 5/4 of the total distance from school to gas station.

 

Question 10.
A post office is the same distance from the restaurant as it is from the hospital. How far is the post office from the school?

Explanation:

10/4 miles to the school A

As shown in figure postoffice is the same distance from the restaurant and to the hospital.

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
How far is the gas station from the hospital?

The gas station is 7/4 miles from the hospital.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
How far is the library from the amusement park?

Answer:

3 miles far from the amusement park to the library.

Fractions on a Number line: Greater Than 1 Homework & Practice 10.5

Plot the fraction on a number line.

Question 1.
\(\frac{8}{6}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 120

Question 2.
\(\frac{3}{2}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 121

3/2

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 2 equal parts.  And divided the 1 to 2 to two equal parts.Labeled each tick mark on the number line as 1/2.and the latex is 3/2.

Question 3.
\(\frac{7}{4}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 122

7/4

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 4 equal parts and again 1 to 2 it is divided into 4 parts.Labeled each tick mark on the number line as 1/4.and the latex is 7/4

Question 4.
\(\frac{7}{6}\)
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 123

7/6

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 12 equal parts. Labeled each tick mark on the number line as 1/6.and the latex is 7/6.

Question 5.
\(\frac{4}{3}\)

4/3

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 8 equal parts. Labeled each tick mark on the number line as 1/8.and the latex is 4/3.

Question 6.
\(\frac{6}{4}\)

6/4

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 8 equal parts. Labeled each tick mark on the number line as 1/8.and the latex is 6/4.

Question 7.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Newton says 2 is between 1 and \(\frac{9}{8}\) on a number line. Is he correct? Explain.

Answer: he is correct.

Explanation: consider a number line and mark 0 to 3 in between divide the line in to eight equal parts each16/8 is 2.

Question 8.
Writing
Explain what the numerator \(\frac{7}{4}\) of the fraction represents.

Answer: greater

Explanation:

As the number line dividing basis it is divided into 8 equal parts as is greater side.

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
What fraction is shaded? Plot the fraction on the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 124

 

Question 10.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 125

Modeling Real Life
Use the number line to answer the questions.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 126

Question 11.
How far is the grocery store from the school ?

Answer: 2

Explanation:

The grocery store is two miles away from the school.

From the above figure, we can see that each part is divided into 4 equal parts in that way school is 2 miles away.

Question 12.
A playground is the same distance from the grocery store as it is from the library. How far is the playground from the mall?

Answer:1 mile

Explanation:

The grocery store is 1 mile away from the play ground.as it has the same distance each.

Review & Refresh

Question 13.
25 Nearest ten: ___30

The 10 which comes after 25 is 30

Question 14.
182 Nearest hundred: ___200

The 100 which comes after 182 is 200.

Understand Fractions Performance Task

Question 1.
You, your friend, and your cousin are making spinners for a board game.
a. You design a spinner with 3 equal parts for your game. Draw the equal parts.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 127
b. Your friend designs a spinner that is split into sixths. Does this spinner work for your game?
c. Your cousin wants to design a spinner that is \(\frac{1}{3}\) blue, \(\frac{2}{3}\) yellow, and \(\frac{1}{3}\) red. Is your cousin correct? Explain.

Answer: the spinner is divided into three equal parts to play the game.

B. The spinner which is divided by my friend is useful for the game as he spotted the circle into 6 equal parts it is shown.

C. He is wrong because he divided the circle into 3 parts and saying coloring as four parts.

 

Question 2.
Use the game board above to find the area of each color in square inches. Which color has the greatest area?

Explanation:

Blue color has 4 inches length in to breadth.

L*B.

2*2=4

Area of the blue surface is4 into no of blocks is 4*12 is 24.

Question 3.

Design a spinner that has 8 equal parts. One part is red, two parts are blue, one part is yellow, and the rest is green.
a. What fraction of the spinner is green?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 129
b. Which colour are you most likely to spin ? Explain

Understand Fractions Activity

Fraction Spin and Cover

Directions:

  1. Take turns using the spinners to find which fraction model to cover.
  2. Use a counter to cover the fraction model.
  3. Repeat this process until you cover all of the models.
  4. The player with the most fraction models covered wins!

Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 130

Understand Fractions Chapter Practice

10.1 Equal Parts of a Whole

Tell whether the shape shows equal parts or unequal parts. If the shape shows equal parts, then name them.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 132

Answer: 6 parts.

Explanation: the above rectangle is divided into 6 equal parts. and name  sixths.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 133

Answer:4 equal parts

Explanation:

The above triangle is divided into 4 equal parts which are equal in size. they name as fourths.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 134

Answer:9 parts unequal

Explanation:

The above circle is divided but it is not equal. the name as ninths.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 135

Answer:3 equal parts

Explanation:The above square is divided into three equal parts. and named as thirds.

Question 5.
Divide the triangle into two equal parts. Then name the equal parts.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 136

Answer: Halves

Explanation: the above circle is divided into two equal parts. they named as halves.

Question 6.
Divide the circle into eight equal parts. Then name the equal parts.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 137

Answer: eighths.

Explanation: the circle is divided into eight equal parts. the named as eighths.

10.2 Understand a Unit Fraction

What fraction of the whole is shaded?

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 138

Answer: 1/6 is shaded.

Explanation: the above rectangle is divided into 6 parts and in that one part is shaded. that is 1/6

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 139

Answer: 1/3

Explanation: the above parallelogram is divided into three equal parts in which one part is coloured. That is 1/3

Question 9.
Divide the square into four equal parts. Shade one part. What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 140

Answer:1/4.

Explanation:The above square is divided into four parts in which one is shaded. that is 1/4th part of the whole is shaded.

Question 10.
Divide the circle into eight equal parts. Shade one part. What fraction of the whole is shaded?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 156

Answer:1/8

Explanation: the above circle is divided into eight equal parts. in that one part is shaded. the whole part shaded is 1/8.

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
Descartes arranges his bedroom into four equal parts. His bed takes up two parts. His dresser takes up one part. The rest of his bedroom is free space. What fraction of Descartes’s bedroom is free space?

10.3 Write Fractions of a Whole

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 157

Answer:3/4

Explanation: from the above semicircle the number of divided parts are 4. In that three are shaded that is 3/4th of the whole is shaded.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 158

Answer: whole.

Explanation: the above triangle is divided into two equal parts in that two equal parts are shaded. so the whole part is shaded.

Question 14.
Divide the circle into sixths. Shade 4 of the equal parts. Then write a fraction for the shaded parts.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 141

Answer:4/6 parts is shaded.

Explanation: the circle is divided into 6.the 4 parts are shaded the shaded part is 4/6.

 

Question 15.
Divide the square into thirds. Shade 2 of the equal parts. Then write a fraction for the shaded parts.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 142

Answer:2/3 is shaded.

Explanation.

The square is divided into three equal parts of two equal parts are shaded. the shaded part is 2/3.

Question 16.
Modeling Real Life
A circular mandala poster is divided into eight equal parts. You color one part red, three parts green, and two parts yellow. What fraction of the poster do you have left to color?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 143

Answer: 2/8

Explanation: the circle mandala poster is divided into 8 equal parts.

Red=1

Green=3

Yellow=2

The two parts should be colored.

10.4 Fractions on a Number Line: Less Than 1

Plot the fraction on the number line

Question 17.
\(\frac{3}{4}\)
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 144

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 4 equal parts. Point and mark each tick mark on the number line as 1/4 that of divided parts and the latex is 3 of 1/4 s are 3/4

Question 18.
\(\frac{5}{6}\)
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 145

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 6 equal parts. Point and mark each tick mark on the number line as 1/6 that of divided parts and the latex is 5 of 1/6 s are 5/6.

Question 19.
\(\frac{2}{3}\)
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 146

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 3 equal parts. Point and mark each tick mark on the number line as 1/3 that of divided parts and the latex is 2 of 1/3 s are 2/3.

Plot the fraction on a number line.

Question 20.
\(\frac{3}{6}\)

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 6 equal parts. Point and mark each tick mark on the number line as 1/6 that of divided parts and the latex is 3 of 1/6 s are 3/6.

Question 21.
\(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 into 8 equal parts. Point and mark each tick mark on the number line as 1/8 that of divided parts and the latex is 5 of 1/8s are 5/8.

Question 22.
Modeling Real Life
You follow a recipe and make three servings. How many servings can you make using \(\frac{1}{3}\) of each ingredient in the recipe?

10.5 Fractions on a Number Line: Greater Than 1

Plot the fraction on the number line.

Question 23.
\(\frac{4}{3}\)
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 147

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 and 1 to 2 into 6 equal parts. Point and mark each tick mark on the number line as 1/3 that of divided parts and the latex is 4 of 1/3 s are 4/3.

Question 24.
\(\frac{9}{6}\)
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 148

Explanation:

Divided the length from 0 to 1 and 1 to 2 into 12 equal parts. Point and mark each tick mark on the number line as 1/6 that of divided parts and the latex is 9 of 1/6 s are 9/6.

Question 25.
Structure
Complete the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 149

Divided the length from 0 to 1 and 1 and 2 into 1/2 equal parts. Point and mark each tick mark on the number line as 1/2 and 3/2.

Question 26.
Number Sense
What fraction is shaded? Plot the fraction on the number line
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions 160

Explanation:

The above two circles are divided into 16 equal parts.

From 0 to 1 eight equal parts which are fully shaded.

From 1 to 2 eight equal parts in that 6 parts are shaded.

BIM Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Understand Fractions

The Solution Key for Big Ideas Math Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions is prepared as per the latest edition 2019. So, the students who are in search of Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 10 Understand Fractions can Download from here and practice well for the exams. Stay tuned to our ccssanswers.com to get the solutions of all grade 3 chapters from 1 to 15.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals: If you are an avid student and curious about Maths then take the help of the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals. You can explore Questions from Practice Tests, Cumulative Practice, Chapter Test, Performance Tests, and seek the Homework Help required. Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals provided will enhance the Overall Maths Skills.

Big Ideas Math Book 4th Grade Answer Key Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals

In order to help you guys, we have provided the solutions in pdf format. So Download Big Ideas Math Book 4th Grade Answer Key Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals pdf for free. Access the topicwise Grade 4 Big Ideas Math Answer Key available via quick links and use them as a reference whenever you have any queries.

Lesson: 1 Understand Tenths

Lesson: 2 Understand Hundredths

Lesson: 3 Fractions and Decimals

Lesson: 4 Compare Decimals

Lesson: 5 Add Decimal Fractions and Decimals

Lesson: 6 Fractions, Decimals and Money

Lesson: 7 Operations with Money

Performance Task

Lesson 10.1 Understand Tenths

Explore and Grow

How many dimes have a total value of one dollar? Draw a model.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 1

One dime is what fraction of one dollar? Write your answer in words and as a fraction.

Answer:
We know that,
1 dollar = 10 dimes
So,
The representation of one dime in the fraction of 1 dollar is: \(\frac{1}{10}\)
In terms of words, one Dime is equal to one-tenth of the Dollar

Explanation:
The given note is “Dollar note”
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 1
We know that,
1 Dollar = 10 Dimes
So,
The representation of one Dime in the fraction of 1 dollar is: \(\frac{1}{10}\)

So,
The representation of a Dime in the model is:

From the above model,
We can say that one Dime is equal to one-tenth of one Dollar.

Structure
How is one whole related to one-tenth? How do you think you can write \(\frac{1}{10}\) in a place value chart?
Answer:
The representation of one-tenth in a place value chart is:

Explanation:
The one-tenth is the fraction value which is less than one whole. When we divide the one whole into ten parts,
then each divided part represents one-tenth of the 10 parts.
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{1}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Think and Grow: Understand Tenths

A decimal is a number with one or more digits to the right of the decimal point. The first place to the right of the decimal point is the tenths place.
You can write tenths as fractions or decimals.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 2

Example
Write \(\frac{3}{10}\) as a decimal.
Shade the model. Use a place value chart.

Example
Write 2\(\frac{8}{10}\) as a decimal.
Shade the model. Use a place value chart.

Show and Grow

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 5
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{5}{10}\)
The given model fro \(\frac{5}{10}\) is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 5
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.5

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 6

Answer: The representation of 1\(\frac{7}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 1\(\frac{7}{10}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 1\(\frac{7}{10}\) is: \(\frac{17}{10}\)
The given model for 1\(\frac{7}{10}\) is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 6
Here,
In 1\(\frac{7}{10}\),
1 represents the one’s place and 7 represents the tenths place
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of 1\(\frac{7}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 1.7

Apply and Grow: Practice

Shade the model to represent the fraction or mixed number. Then write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 7
Answer: The representation of  \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the place- value chart is:

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{2}{10}\)
The model representing the \(\frac{2}{10}\) is:

The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.2

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 8
Answer: The representation of 1\(\frac{9}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 1\(\frac{9}{10}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 1\(\frac{9}{10}\) is: \(\frac{19}{10}\)
The model representiong 1\(\frac{9}{10}\) is:

The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of 1\(\frac{9}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 1.9

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 9
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{7}{10}\)
The model representing the \(\frac{7}{10}\) is:

The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.7

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 10
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{4}{10}\)
The model representing the \(\frac{4}{10}\) is:

The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.4

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 11
Answer: The representation of 5\(\frac{1}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is:5\(\frac{1}{10}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 5\(\frac{1}{10}\) is: \(\frac{51}{10}\)
In 5\(\frac{1}{10}\),
5 represents the ones position and 1 represents the tenths position.
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of 5\(\frac{1}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 5.1

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 12
Answer: The representation of 24\(\frac{3}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 24\(\frac{3}{10}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 24\(\frac{3}{10}\) is: \(\frac{243}{10}\)
In 24\(\frac{3}{10}\),
2 represents the tens position
4 represents the one’s position
3 represents the tenths position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of 24\(\frac{3}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 24.3

Write the number as a fraction or mixed number and as a decimal.

Question 9.
six tenths
Answer: The representation of six tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{6}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{6}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{6}{10}\)
In \(\frac{6}{10}\),
6 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{6}{10}\) in the Decimal form is: 0.6

Question 10.
eleven and five-tenths
Answer: The representation of eleven and five-tenths in the fraction form is: 11\(\frac{5}{10}\)
The representation of 11\(\frac{5}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 11\(\frac{5}{10}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 11\(\frac{5}{10}\) is: \(\frac{115}{10}\)
In 11\(\frac{5}{10}\),
1 represents Ten’s and 1 represents the one’s position
5 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
the representation of 11\(\frac{5}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 11.5

Question 11.
Newton passes 8 out of 10 obedience classes. What portion of the classes does Newton pass? Write your answer as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 13
Answer: The portion of the classes does Newton pass is: 0.8

Explanation:
It is given that Newton passes 8 out of 10 obedience classes.
The representation of the portion of the classes that Newton passed in the fraction form = \(\frac{The number of classes that Newton passed} {The total number of classes}\) = \(\frac{8}{10}\)
So,
The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{8}{10}\),
8 represents the Tenth’s position.
So, the representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.8
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
We can conclude that the representation of the portion of the classes that Newton passed in the decimal form is: 0.8

Question 12.
You move a game piece around a game board 3\(\frac{2}{10}\) times before you lose a turn. Write this number as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 14.
Answer: The representation of 3\(\frac{2}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 3.2

Explanation:
It is given that you move a game piece around a game board 3\(\frac{2}{10}\) times before you lose a sum.
So,
The representation of 3\(\frac{2}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 3\(\frac{2}{10}\),
3 represents one’s position
2 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of 3\(\frac{2}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 3.2

Question 13.
Writing
Do 0.5 and 5.0 have the same value? Explain.
Answer: 0.5 and 5.0 does not have the same value because the place-value of 5 is different in both 0.5 and 5.0

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 0.5 and 5.0
The position of 5 in 0.5 according to the place-value chart is:

The position of 5 in 5.0 according to the place-value chart is:

In 0.5, the position of 5 is: tenth’s position
In 5.0, the position of 5 is: One’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.5 and 5.0 do not have the same value.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You have a collection of dinosaur figurines. What portion of the dinosaurs in your collection are carnivores? Write your answer as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 15
Draw a model to represent the collection. Shade the same number of parts as there are carnivore dinosaurs in the collection.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 15.1
Write the decimal shown by the model.
Answer:
From the above table, 3 of the dinosaurs in the collection are carnivores.
The total number of dinosaurs in the collection is: 10
So,
The representation of carnivores in the collection of dinosaurs is: \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Explanation:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 15
From the above table,
The total number of dinosaurs are: 10
The number of carnivores in the total number of dinosaurs is: 3
So,
The representation of carnivores in the total number of dinosaurs in the fraction form is: \(\frac{3}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{3}{10}\),
3 represents tenth’s position.
The formula for converting a fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of carnivores from the total number of dinosaurs in the decimal form is: 0.3

Show and Grow

Question 14.
Use the table above. What portion of the dinosaurs in your collection are herbivores? Write your answer as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 16
Answer: The portion of dinosaurs in your collection that are herbivores is: 0.5

Explanation:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 15
From the above table,
The total number of dinosaurs are: 10
The number of herbivores from the collection of dinosaurs is: 5
So,
The representation of the number of herbivores from the total dinosaurs in the fraction form is: \(\frac{5}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{3}{10}\),
3 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of the herbivores from the total number of dinosaurs in the decimal form is: 0.5

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
You have 10 apps on your tablet. Six of the apps are games. What portion of the apps on your tablet are not games? Write your answer as a decimal.
Answer: The portion of the apps on your tablet that is not games in the fraction form is: \(\frac{4}{10}\)

Explanation:
It is given that there are 10 apps on your tablet out of which 6 of the apps are games.
So,
The total number of apps on your tablet are: 10
The number of apps that are games on your tablet is: 6
So,
The number of apps that are not games on your tablet is: 4
So,
The representation of the apps that are not games out of the total apps in the fraction form is: \(\frac{4}{10}\)
So,
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{4}{10}\),
4 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The portion of the apps that are not games out of the total number of apps in the decimal form is: 0.4

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
You make 3 pans of lasagna for a party. You cut each pan of lasagna into10 equal pieces. The guests eat 22 pieces. Write the fraction and decimal that represent how many pans of lasagna the guests eat.
Answer: The representation of the pans of lasagna the guests eat in the fraction form is: \(\frac{22}{30}\)

Explanation:
It is given that there are 3 pans of lasagna for a party and each pan of lasagna cut into 10 equal parts.
So,
The total number of pieces of Lasagna = The total number of pans × The number of parts that each Lasagna is cut
= 3 × 10 = 30 pieces
It is also given that the guests eat 22 pieces out of 30 pieces.
So,
The representation of the number of pieces that the guests eat is: \(\frac{22}{30}\)
The representation of \(\frac{22}{30}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{22}{30}\),
22 represents the ten’s and one’s position
30 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of the number of pieces out of the total number of pieces in the decimal form is: 22.30

Understand Tenths Homework & Practice 10.1

Question 1
Write \(\frac{6}{10}\) as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 17
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{6}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.6

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{6}{10}\)
The given model for \(\frac{6}{10}\) is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 17
The representation of \(\frac{6}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{6}{10}\),
6 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{6}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.6

Question 2.
Shade the model to represent 1\(\frac{8}{10}\). Then write the mixed number as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 18

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.
Answer: The representation of 1\(\frac{8}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 1.8

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 1\(\frac{8}{10}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 1\(\frac{8}{10}\) is: \(\frac{18}{10}\)
The model given for 1\(\frac{8}{10}\) is:

So,
The representation of 1\(\frac{8}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 1\(\frac{8}{10}\),
1 represents the one’s position
8 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
Th representation of 1\(\frac{8}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 1.8

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{10}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{1}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.1

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{1}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{1}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{1}{10}\),
1 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{1}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.1

Question 4.
\(\frac{5}{10}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.5

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{5}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{5}{10}\),
5 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.5

Question 5.
\(\frac{2}{10}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.2

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{2}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{2}{10}\),
2 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.2

Question 6.
\(\frac{8}{10}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.8

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{8}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{8}{10}\),
8 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.8

Question 7.
4\(\frac{3}{10}\)
Answer: The representation of 4\(\frac{3}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 4.3

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 4\(\frac{3}{10}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 4\(\frac{3}{10}\) is: \(\frac{43}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of 4\(\frac{3}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 4\(\frac{3}{10}\),
4 represents the one’s position
3 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of 4\(\frac{3}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 4.3

Question 8.
1\(\frac{4}{10}\)
Answer: The representation of 1\(\frac{4}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 1.4

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 1\(\frac{4}{10}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 1\(\frac{4}{10}\) is: \(\frac{14}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of 1\(\frac{4}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 1\(\frac{4}{10}\),
1 represents the one’s position
4 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of 1\(\frac{4}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 1.4

Question 9.
31\(\frac{7}{10}\)
Answer: The representation of 31\(\frac{7}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 31.7

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 31\(\frac{7}{10}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 31\(\frac{7}{10}\) is: \(\frac{317}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of 31\(\frac{7}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 31\(\frac{7}{10}\),
3 represents the ten’s position
1 represents the one’s position
7 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of 31\(\frac{7}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 31.7

Question 10.
40\(\frac{6}{10}\)
Answer: The representation of 40\(\frac{6}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 40.6

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 40\(\frac{6}{10}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 40\(\frac{6}{10}\) is: \(\frac{406}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of 40\(\frac{6}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 40\(\frac{6}{10}\),
4 represents the ten’s position
0 represents the one’s position
6 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of 40\(\frac{6}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 40.6

Write the number as a fraction or mixed number and as a decimal.

Question 11.
three tenths
Answer: The representation of the three-tenths in the decimal form is: 0.3

Explanation:
The given fraction in the word form is: Three-tenths
The representation of the three-tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{3}{10}\)
So,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{3}{10}\),
3 represents the tenth’s place
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.3

Question 12.
fourteen and nine-tenths
Answer: The representation of fourteen and nine-tenths in the decimal form is: 14.9

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction in Word form is: fourteen and nine-tenths
The representation of fourteen and nine-tenths in the fraction form is: 14\(\frac{9}{10}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 14\(\frac{9}{10}\) is: \(\frac{149}{10}\)
So,
The representation of 14\(\frac{9}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 14\(\frac{9}{10}\),
1 represents the ten’s place
4 represents the one’s place
9 represents the tenth’s place
Hence,
The representation of 14\(\frac{9}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 14.9

Question 13.
You knock down 5 out of 10 bowling pins. What portion of the bowling pins do you knockdown? Write your answer as a decimal.
Answer: The portion the bowling pins did you knockdown is: \(\frac{5}{10}\) = 0.6

Explanation:
It is given that you knock down 5 bowling pins out of 10 bowling pins.
So,
The representation of the portion of bowling pins you knock down is: \(\frac{5}{10}\)
so,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{5}{10}\),
5 represents the tenth’s position
Hence,
The representation of the portion of the bowling pins that you knockdown in the decimal form is: \(\frac{5}{10}\) = 0.5

Question 14.
You drive a go-kart around a track 8\(\frac{7}{10}\) times before you spin out. Write this number as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 19

Answer:  The representation of 8\(\frac{7}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 8.7

Explanation:
It is given that you drive a go-kart around a track 8\(\frac{7}{10}\) before you spin out.
So,
The given mixed fraction is: 8\(\frac{7}{10}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 8\(\frac{7}{10}\) is: \(\frac{87}{10}\)
So,
The representation of 8\(\frac{7}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 8\(\frac{7}{10}\),
8 represents the one’s position
7 represents the tenth’s position
Hence,
The representation of 8\(\frac{7}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 8.7

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
Which number-cards are represented by the model?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 20

Use the table.
Answer: The number- cards represented by the model are: 1\(\frac{3}{10}\) and 1.3

Explanation:
The given model is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 20
In the given model, the tables are represented by:
A) 1\(\frac{3}{10}\) B) 13 C) 0.13 D) 1.3
In the given model,
Consider the fully colored model as one whole unit.
So,
The total number of colored units is: 10
Now, in another model,
The number of colored parts is: 3
The number of total parts is: 10
So,
The portion of the colored part from the total number of parts is: \(\frac{3}{10}\)
So, by combining the 2 models,
The total number of colored parts = 1 + \(\frac{3}{10}\)
= 1 + 0.3
= 1.3
So,
The representation of the total number of colored parts in the mixed fraction form is: 1\(\frac{3}{10}\)
The representation of the total number of colored parts in the decimal form is: 1.3

Question 16.
Modeling Real Life
A photographer frames her photographs from a safari trip. What portion of the framed photographs are of mammals? Write your answer as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 21
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 21.1

Answer: The portion of the framed photographs that are of mammals in the decimal form is: 0.6

Explanation:
It is given that a photographer frames photos from a safari trip and the framed photos are all categorized according to the table given below:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 21
So,
From the table,
The total number of framed photographs are: 10
The number of framed photographs that are mammals is: 6
So,
The portion of the mammals from the total number of framed photographs in the fraction form is: \(\frac{6}{10}\)
The representation of the \(\frac{6}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{6}{10}\),
6 represents the tenth’s position
Hence,
The portion of the mammals from the  framed photographs in the decimal form is:  0.6

Question 17.
DIG DEEPER!
What portion of the framed not photographs are of mammals? Write your answer as a decimal.
Answer: THe portion of the photographs that are not mammals in the decimal form is: 0.4

Explanation:
The table for all the framed photographs is given below:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 21
From the table,
The total number of framed photographs are: 10
The number of framed photographs that are not mammals is: 4
So,
The portion of the photographs that are not mammals in the fraction form is: \(\frac{4}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{4}{10}\),
4 represents the tenth’s position
Hence,
The number of framed photographs that are not mammals in the decimal form is: 0.4

Review & Refresh

Find the product.

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 22
Answer: 47 × 6 = 282

Explanation:
By using the partial products method,
47 × 6 = ( 40 + 7 ) × 6
= ( 40 × 6 ) + ( 7 × 6 )
= 240 + 42
= 282
Hence, 47 × 6 = 282

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 23
Answer: 961 × 3 = 2,883

Explanation:
By using the partial products method,
961 × 3 = ( 900 + 60 + 1 ) × 3
= ( 900 × 3 ) + ( 60 × 3 ) + ( 1 × 3 )
= 2,700 + 180 + 3
= 2,883
Hence, 961 × 3 = 2,883

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 24
Answer: 2,405 × 8 = 19,240

Explanation:
By using the partial products method,
2,405 × 8 = ( 2,400 + 5 ) × 8
= ( 2,400 × 8 ) + ( 5 × 8 )
= 19,200 + 40
= 19,240
Hence, 2,405 × 8 = 19,240

Lesson 10.2 Understand Hundredths

Explore and Grow

How many pennies have a total value of one dollar? Draw a model.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 25

One penny is what fraction of one dollar? Write your answer in words and as a fraction.

Answer: The representation of one penny into the dollar in the fraction form is: 0.01

Explanation:
The given note is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 25
We know that,
1 Dollar = 100 pennies
So,
The representation of  1 penny into the dollar is: \(\frac{1}{100}\) dollars

Hence, one dollar is equal to 100 pennies and 1 penny is equal to 0.01 dollars

Structure
How is one-tenth related to one hundredth? How do you think you can write \(\frac{1}{100}\) in a place value chart?

Answer: The one-tenth is related to the one-hundredth as: \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Explanation:
We know that,
one-hundredth = \(\frac{1}{10}\) × \(\frac{1}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{1}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{1}{100}\),
1 represents the hundredth’s position

Think and Grow: Understand Hundredths

In decimal, the second place to the right of the decimal point is the hundredths place. You can write hundredths as fractions or decimals. A fraction with a denominator of 10 or 100 is called a decimal fraction.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 26

Show and Grow

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 29
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{45}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.45

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{45}{100}\)
The model given for \(\frac{45}{100}\) is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 29

So,
The representation of \(\frac{45}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{45}{100}\),
5 represents the hundredth’s position
4 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{45}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.45

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 30
Answer: The representation of 1\(\frac{90}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.90

Explanation:
The given fraction is: 1\(\frac{90}{100}\)
The model given for 1\(\frac{90}{100}\) is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 30

So,
The representation of 1\(\frac{90}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 1\(\frac{90}{100}\),
1 represents the one’s position
0 represents the hundredth’s position
9 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of 1\(\frac{90}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.90

Apply and Grow: Practice

Shade the model to represent the fraction or mixed number. Then write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 31
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{98}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.98

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{98}{100}\)
The model given for \(\frac{98}{100}\) is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 31

So,
The representation of \(\frac{98}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{98}{100}\),
8 represents the hundredth’s position
9 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{98}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.98

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 32
Answer:

The representation of 1\(\frac{34}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.34

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 1\(\frac{34}{100}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 1\(\frac{34}{100}\) is: \(\frac{134}{100}\)
The model given for 1\(\frac{34}{100}\) is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 32

So,
The representation of 1\(\frac{34}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 1\(\frac{34}{100}\),
1 represents the one’s position
4 represents the hundredth’s position
3 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of 1\(\frac{34}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.34

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 5.
\(\frac{42}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{42}{100}\) in the form of decimal number is: 0.42

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{42}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{42}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{42}{100}\),
2 represents the hundredth position
4 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{42}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.42

Question 6.
\(\frac{7}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{7}{100}\) in the form of decimal number is: 0.07

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{7}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{7}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{7}{100}\),
7 represents the hundredth position
0 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{7}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.07

Question 7.
4\(\frac{56}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of 4\(\frac{56}{100}\) in the form of a decimal number is: 4.56

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 4\(\frac{56}{100}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 4\(\frac{56}{100}\) is: \(\frac{456}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 4\(\frac{56}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 4\(\frac{56}{100}\),
4 represents the one’s position
6 represents the hundredth position
5 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of 4\(\frac{56}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 4.56

Question 8.
23\(\frac{9}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of 23\(\frac{9}{100}\) in the form of a decimal number is: 23.09

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 23\(\frac{9}{100}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 23\(\frac{9}{100}\) is: \(\frac{2,309}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 23\(\frac{9}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 23\(\frac{9}{100}\),
2 represents the ten’s position
3 represents the one’s position
9 represents the hundredth position
0 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of 23\(\frac{9}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 23.09

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 9.
sixty-one hundredths
Answer:
The representation of sixty-one hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{61}{100}\)
The representation of sixty-one hundredths in the decimal form is: 0.61

Explanation:
The given word form is: Sixty-one hundredths
So,
The representation of sixty-one hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{61}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{61}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{61}{100}\),
1 represents the hundredth’s position
6 represents the tenth’s position
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{61}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.61

Question 10.
twelve and eighty-three hundredths
Answer:
The representation of twelve and eighty-three hundredths in the fraction form is: 12\(\frac{83}{100}\)
The representation of twelve and eighty-three hundredths in the decimal form is: 12.83

Explanation:
The given word form is: twelve and eighty-three hundredths
So,
The representation of twelve and eighty-three hundredths in the fraction form is: 12\(\frac{83}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 12\(\frac{83}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 12\(\frac{83}{100}\),
1 represents the ten’s position
2 represents the one’s position
3 represents the hundredth’s position
8 represents the tenth’s position
Hence,
The representation of 12\(\frac{83}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 12.83

Question 11.
A shelter finds homes for 100 dogs. Five of the dogs are Doberman pinschers. What portion of the dogs are Doberman pinschers? Write your answer as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 33
Answer: The portion of the dogs that are Doberman pinschers in the fraction form is: 0.05

Explanation:
It is given that a shelter finds homes for 100 dogs and out of these 100 dogs, 5 dogs are Doberman pinschers
So,
The portion of the dogs that are Doberman pinschers = \(\frac{The number of dogs that are Doberman pinschers}{The total number of dogs}\)
= \(\frac{5}{100}\)
So,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{5}{100}\),
0 represents the tenth’s position
5 represents the hundredth’s position
Hence,
The portion of the dogs that are Doberman pinschers in the decimal form is: 0.05

Question 12.
An athlete runs 3\(\frac{50}{100}\) lengths of a football field. Write this number as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 33.1
Answer: The representation of 3\(\frac{50}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 3.5

Explanation:
It is given that an athlete runs 3\(\frac{50}{100}\) lengths of a football field.
So,
The representation of 3\(\frac{50}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Now,
In 3\(\frac{50}{100}\),
3 represents the one’s place
0 represents the hundredth’s place
5 represents the tenth’s position
Now,
The given mixed fraction is: 3\(\frac{50}{100}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 3\(\frac{50}{100}\) is: \(\frac{350}{100}\)
So,
The representation of 3\(\frac{50}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 3.50

Question 13.
Number Sense
Which number of cards show three-hundredths?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 34
Answer: From the given cards, \(\frac{3}{100}\) and 0.03 shows the form of three-hundredths

Explanation:
The given number of cards is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 34

The given fractions and decimal numbers in the given table are:
A) \(\frac{3}{100}\) B) \(\frac{3}{10}\) C) 300 D) 0.3 E) 0.03
We can observe that
From three-hundredths, we can say that,
The total number of cards are: 100
The portion of cards from 100 cards is: 3
So,
The representation of three-hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{3}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{3}{100}\),
0 represents the tenth’s position
3 represents the hundredth’s position
So,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.03
hence, from the given table,
We can conclude that the number of cards that represent the three-hundredths is: \(\frac{3}{100}\) and 0.03

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You use 51 toothpicks to make a bridge. What portion of the container of toothpicks do you use to make the bridge? Write your answer as a decimal.
Draw a model to represent the container of toothpicks. Shade the same number of parts as the number of toothpicks you use to make the bridge. Write the decimal shown by the model
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 35
Answer:
It is given that you are using 51 toothpicks to make a bridge.
So,
The total number of chopsticks are: 100
The number of chopsticks that are using to make a bridge is: 51
So,
The representation of the portion of the chopsticks that are used to make chopsticks = \(\frac{51}{100}\)
So, from \(\frac{3}{100}\),
We can say that you use 51 of the container of toothpicks to make the bridge.

Show and Grow

Question 14.
A book fair has 100 books. 60 of the books are chapter books. What portion of the books in the book fair are chapter books? Write your answer as a decimal.
Answer: The portion of the chapter books out of the total number of books in the decimal form is: 0.60

Explanation:
It is given that a book fair has 100 books and out of these 100 books, 60 books are chapter books.
So,
The portion of the chapter books out of the total number of books in the fraction form is: \(\frac{60}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{60}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

From \(\frac{60}{100}\), we can say that
0 represents the hundredth’s position-
6 represents the tenth’s position
So,
The representation of \(\frac{60}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.60
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the portion of the books that are the chapter books in the decimal form is: 0.60

Question 15.
The model represents the members of a marching band. What portion of the marching band plays a brass instrument? percussion instrument? Write your answers as decimals.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 36
Answer: The portion of the marching band that plays a brass instrument is: 0.47

Explanation:
It is given that the below model represents the members of a marching band.
The given model is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 36
In the given model, there are 3 categories of marching brand
In the given model, each box represents 1 unit.
So,
From the model,
The number of the marching band that plays a brass instrument is: 47
The number of the marching band that plays a woodwind instrument is: 36
The number of the marching band that plays a percussion instrument is: 17
The total number of instruments are: 100
So,
The portion of the marching band that plays a band instrument from the total number of instruments in the fraction form is: \(\frac{47}{100}\)
Hence, from the above,
The portion of the marching band that plays a band instrument from the total number of instruments i the decimal form is: 0.47

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
What portion of Earth’s surface is covered by water? Write your answer as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 37
Answer: The portion of Earth’s surface that is covered by water in the fraction form is: 0.71

Explanation:
It is given that about \(\frac{71}{100}\) of earth’s surface is covered by water.
So,
The representation of \(\frac{71}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

From \(\frac{71}{100}\), we can say that
1 represents the hundredth’s position
7 represents the tenth’s position
Hence,
The portion of water on the Earth’s surface represented in decimal form is: 0.71

Understand Hundredths Homework & Practice 10.2

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 1.
Write \(\frac{83}{100}\) as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 38
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{83}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.98

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{83}{100}\)
The model given for \(\frac{83}{100}\) is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 38

So,
The representation of \(\frac{83}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{83}{100}\),
3 represents the hundredth’s position
8 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{83}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.83

Question 2.
Shade the model to represent 1\(\frac{65}{100}\). Then write the mixed number as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 39
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{65}{100}\) in the form of a decimal number is: 1.65

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 1\(\frac{65}{100}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 1\(\frac{65}{100}\) is: \(\frac{165}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 1\(\frac{65}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 1\(\frac{65}{100}\),
1 represents the one’s position
5 represents the hundredth position
6 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of 1\(\frac{65}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.65

Question 3.
\(\frac{12}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{12}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.12

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{12}{100}\)
So,
The representation of \(\frac{12}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{12}{100}\),
2 represents the hundredth’s position
1 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{12}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.12

Question 4.
\(\frac{24}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{24}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.24

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{24}{100}\)
So,
The representation of \(\frac{24}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{24}{100}\),
4 represents the hundredth’s position
2 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{24}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.24

Question 5.
\(\frac{2}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{2}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.02

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{2}{100}\)
So,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{2}{100}\),
2 represents the hundredth’s position
0 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.02

Question 6.
\(\frac{8}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{8}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.08

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{8}{100}\)
So,
The representation of \(\frac{8}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{8}{100}\),
8 represents the hundredth’s position
0 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{8}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.08

Question 7.
2\(\frac{59}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of 2\(\frac{59}{100}\) in the form of a decimal number is: 2.59

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 2\(\frac{59}{100}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 2\(\frac{59}{100}\) is: \(\frac{259}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 2\(\frac{59}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 2\(\frac{59}{100}\),
2 represents the one’s position
9 represents the hundredth position
5 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of 2\(\frac{59}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 2.59

Question 8.
48\(\frac{31}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of 48\(\frac{31}{100}\) in the form of a decimal number is: 48.31

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 48\(\frac{31}{100}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 48\(\frac{31}{100}\) is: \(\frac{4,831}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 48\(\frac{31}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 48\(\frac{31}{100}\),
4 represents ten’s position
8 represents the one’s position
1 represents the hundredth position
3 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of 48\(\frac{31}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 48.31

Question 9.
6\(\frac{7}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of 6\(\frac{7}{100}\) in the form of a decimal number is: 6.07

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 6\(\frac{7}{100}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 6\(\frac{7}{100}\) is: \(\frac{607}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 6\(\frac{7}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 6\(\frac{7}{100}\),
6 represents the one’s position
7 represents the hundredth position
0 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of 6\(\frac{7}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 6.07

Question 10.
31\(\frac{6}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of 31\(\frac{6}{100}\) in the form of a decimal number is: 31.06

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 31\(\frac{6}{100}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 31\(\frac{6}{100}\) is: \(\frac{3,106}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 31\(\frac{6}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 31\(\frac{6}{100}\),
3 represents the ten’s position
1 represents the one’s position
6 represents the hundredth position
0 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of 31\(\frac{6}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 31.06

Write the number as a fraction or mixed number and as a decimal.

Question 11.
seventy-four hundredths
Answer:
The representation of seventy-four hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{74}{100}\)
The representation of seventy-four hundredths in the decimal form is: 0.74

Explanation:
The given word form is: Seventy-four hundredths
So,
The representation of seventy-four hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{74}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{74}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{74}{100}\),
4 represents the hundredth’s position
7 represents the tenth’s position
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{74}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.74

Question 12.
sixteen and thirty-one hundredths
Answer:
The representation of sixteen and thirty-one hundredths in the fraction form is: 16\(\frac{31}{100}\)
The representation of sixteen and thirty-one hundredths in the decimal form is: 16.31

Explanation:
The given word form is: sixteen and thirty-one hundredths
So,
The representation of sixteen and thirty-one hundredths in the fraction form is: 16\(\frac{31}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 16\(\frac{31}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 16\(\frac{31}{100}\),
1 represents the ten’s position
6 represents the one’s position
1 represents the hundredth’s position
3 represents the tenth’s position
Hence,
The representation of 16\(\frac{31}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 16.31

Write the value of the underlined digit.

Question 13.
5.84
Answer: The value of 8 in 5.84 is: 0.8

Explanation:
The given number is: 5.84
The representation of 5.84 in the place-value chart is:

In 5.83, from the place-value chart,
We can say that the value of 8 in 5.83 is: 0.8

Question 14.
21.03
Answer: The value of 2 in 21.03 is: 20

Explanation:
The given number is: 21.03
The representation of 21.03 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart,
We can say that the value of 2 in 21.03 is: 20

Question 15.
67.32
Answer: The value of 2 in 67.32 is: 0.02

Explanation:
The given number is: 67.32
The representation of 67.32 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart,
We can say that the value of 2 in 67.32 is: 0.02

Question 16.
506.19
Answer: The value of 5 in 506.19 is: 500

Explanation:
The given number is: 506.19
The representation of 506.19 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart,
We can say that the value of 5 in 506.19 is: 500

Question 17.
A clown has 100 balloons. She uses 56 of the balloons to make animals. What portion of the balloons does she use? Write your answer as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 39.1
Answer: The portion of the balloons she used to make animals in the decimal form is: 0.56

Explanation:
It is given that a clown has 100 balloons and she uses 56 of the balloons to make animals.
So,
The total number of balloons are: 100
The number of ballons that are used to make animals is: 56
So,
The portion of the balloons that are used to make animals is:\(\frac{56}{100}\)
So,
The representation of \(\frac{56}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
We can conclude that the portion of the balloons that are used to make animals in the decimal form is: 0.56

Question 18.
You fill a beaker 4\(\frac{35}{100}\) times for an experiment. Write this number as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 40
Answer: The representation of 4\(\frac{35}{100}\) in the form of a decimal number is: 4.35

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 4\(\frac{35}{100}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 4\(\frac{35}{100}\) is: \(\frac{435}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 4\(\frac{35}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 4\(\frac{35}{100}\),
4 represents the one’s position
5 represents the hundredth position
3 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of 4\(\frac{35}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 4.35

Question 19.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Descartes writes 2\(\frac{40}{100}\) as 2.04. Is he correct? Explain.
Answer:
The representation of 2\(\frac{40}{100}\) in the form of a decimal number is: 2.40
So, Descartes is wrong.

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 2\(\frac{40}{100}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 2\(\frac{40}{100}\) is: \(\frac{240}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 2\(\frac{40}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 2\(\frac{40}{100}\),
2 represents the one’s position
0 represents the hundredth position
4 represents the tenth position
So,
The representation of 2\(\frac{40}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 2.40
But, according to Descartes,
The representation of 2\(\frac{40}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 2.04
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Descartes is not correct.

Question 20.
DIG DEEPER!
Shade each model to show 0.6 and 0.60. What do you notice?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 41
Answer: From the values of 0.6 and 0.60, we can notice that the value of 6 in both numbers are the same.

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 0.6 and 0.60
The given models of 0.6 and 0.60 are:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 41
Now,
The shaded models of 0.6 and 0.60 will be:

Now,
The representation of 0.6 in the place-value chart is:

The representation of 0.60 in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
From the above 2 place-value charts,
We can conclude that 0.6 and 0.60 are the same as the value of 6 in 0.6 and 0.60 is the same.

Question 21.
Modeling Real Life
You work on the puzzle shown. You connect 78 of the puzzle pieces. What portion of the puzzle have you completed? Write your answer as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 42
Answer: The portion of the puzzles you have completed in the decimal form is: 0.78

Explanation:
It is given that you are working on a 100-box puzzle and you connected 78 of the puzzle pieces.
So,
The total number of puzzles are: 100
The number of puzzles that are connected is: 78
So,
The portion of the puzzles that are connected in the fraction form is: \(\frac{78}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{78}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the portion of the puzzles that are connected in the decimal form is: 0.78

Review & Refresh

Divide. Then check your answer.

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 43
Answer: 1,308 ÷ 5 = 261 R 3

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
1,308 ÷ 5 = ( 1,000 + 300 + 5 ) ÷ 5
= ( 1,000 ÷ 5 ) + ( 300 ÷ 5 ) + ( 5 ÷ 5 )
= 200 + 60 + 1
= 261 R 3
Hence, 1,308 ÷ 5 = 261 R 3

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 44
Answer: 67 ÷ 4 = 16 R 3

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
67 ÷ 4 = ( 56 + 8 ) ÷ 4
= ( 56 ÷ 4 ) + ( 8 ÷ 4 )
= 14 + 2
= 16 R 3
Henec, 67 ÷ 4 = 1 R 3

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 45
Answer: 725 ÷ 2 = 362 R 1

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
725 ÷ 2 = ( 720 + 4 ) ÷ 2
= ( 720 ÷ 2 ) + ( 4 ÷ 2 )
= 360 + 2
= 362 R 1
Hence,
75 ÷ 2 = 362 R 1

Lesson 10.3 Fractions and Decimals

Explore and Grow

Plot each fraction or decimal on a number line.

Reasoning
What do you notice about the locations of the points? What can you conclude about the numbers?

Answer: From the above plots, we can see that the number of lines between any two numbers is the same whether the given number is in fraction form or in the decimal form
So, from the above plots, we can conclude that the location of the numbers and the gap between the two numbers is the same.

Think and Grow: Fractions and Decimals

Example
Write \(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths in fraction form and decimal form.
Fraction form: Shade the model to help write \(\frac{6}{10}\) as an equivalent fraction with a denominator of 100.

Two or more decimals that have the same value are equivalent decimals.
Example
Write 0.40 as tenths in decimal form and fraction form.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Write \(\frac{9}{10}\) as hundredths in fraction form and decimal form.
Answer:
The representation of \(\frac{9}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{90}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{90}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.90

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{9}{10}\)
So, to write \(\frac{9}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{9}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 9 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{90}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{9}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{90}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{90}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.90

Question 2.
Write 0.20 as tenths in decimal form and fraction form.
Answer:
The representation of 0.20 as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{2}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.2

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{20}{100}\)
So, to write \(\frac{20}{100}\) as tenths, divide the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{20}{100}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 20 and 10 are divided and then the denominators 100 and 10 are divided
So,
\(\frac{20}{100}=\frac{20 \div 10}{100 \div 10}=\frac{2}{10}\)
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{20}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{2}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.2

Apply and Grow: Practice

Write the number as tenths in fraction form and decimal form.

Question 3.
\(\frac{80}{100}\)
Answer:
The representation of \(\frac{80}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{8}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.8

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{80}{100}\)
So, to write \(\frac{80}{100}\) as tenths, divide the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{80}{100}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 80 and 10 are divided and then the denominators 100 and 10 are divided
So,
\(\frac{80}{100}=\frac{80 \div 10}{100 \div 10}=\frac{8}{10}\)
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{80}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{80}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{8}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.8

Question 4.
\(\frac{50}{100}\)
Answer:
The representation of \(\frac{50}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{5}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.5

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{50}{100}\)
So, to write \(\frac{50}{100}\) as tenths, divide the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{50}{100}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 50 and 10 are divided and then the denominators 100 and 10 are divided
So,
\(\frac{50}{100}=\frac{50 \div 10}{100 \div 10}=\frac{5}{10}\)
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{50}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{50}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{5}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.5

Question 5.
0.30
Answer:
The representation of 0.30 as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{3}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.3

Explanation:
The given decimal number is: 0.30
So,
The representation of 0.30 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{30}{100}\)
So, to write \(\frac{30}{100}\) as tenths, divide the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{30}{100}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 30 and 10 are divided and then the denominators 100 and 10 are divided
So,
\(\frac{30}{100}=\frac{30 \div 10}{100 \div 10}=\frac{3}{10}\)
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{30}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{3}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.3

Write the number as hundredths in fraction form and decimal form.

Question 6.
\(\frac{2}{10}\)
Answer:
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{20}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{20}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.20

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{2}{10}\)
So, to write \(\frac{2}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{2}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 2 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{20}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{20}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{20}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.20

Question 7.
0.7
Answer:
The representation of 0.7 as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{70}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{70}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.70

Explanation:
The given decimal number is: 0.7
So,
The representation of 0.7 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{7}{10}\)
So, to write \(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{7}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 7 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{70}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{70}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{70}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.70

Question 8.
2\(\frac{1}{10}\)
Answer:
The representation of 2\(\frac{1}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: 2\(\frac{10}{100}\)
The representation of 2\(\frac{10}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 2.10

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 2\(\frac{1}{10}\)
So,
To write 2\(\frac{1}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of 2\(\frac{1}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 1 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of 2\(\frac{10}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of 2\(\frac{1}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: 2\(\frac{10}{100}\)
The representation of 2\(\frac{10}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 2.10

Write the number represented by the point as hundredths in fraction form and decimal form.

Answer:
From the above number line,
‘A’ is: 0.4
‘B’ is: 0.9
‘C’ is: 1.5

Question 9.
A
Answer:
From the above number line, ‘A’ is: 0.4
The representation of 0.4 as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{40}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{40}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.40

Explanation:
The given decimal number is: 0.4
So,
The representation of 0.4 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{4}{10}\)
So,
To write \(\frac{4}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{4}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 4 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{40}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{40}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{40}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.40

Question 10.
B
Answer:
From the above number line, ‘B’ is: 0.9
The representation of 0.9 as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{90}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{90}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.90

Explanation:
The given decimal number is: 0.9
So,
The representation of 0.9 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{9}{10}\)
So,
To write \(\frac{9}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{9}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 9 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{90}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{9}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{90}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{90}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.90

Question 11.
C
Answer:
From the above number line, ‘C’ is: 1.5
The representation of 1.5 as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{150}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{150}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.50

Explanation:
The given decimal number is: 1.5
So,
The representation of 1.5 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{15}{10}\)
So,
To write \(\frac{15}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{15}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 15 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{150}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{15}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{150}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{150}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.50

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
Complete the table. Think: Can all of the numbers in the table be written as hundredths?

Answer: Yes, all the numbers in the table can be written as hundredths.

Explanation:
A) The given mixed fraction is: 23\(\frac{7}{10}\)
So,
The representation of 23\(\frac{7}{10}\) in the fraction form is: \(\frac{237}{10}\)
So,
To write 23\(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of 23\(\frac{7}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 7 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of 23\(\frac{70}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of 23\(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: 23\(\frac{70}{100}\)
The representation of 23\(\frac{70}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 23.70

B) The given mixed fraction is: 18\(\frac{2}{10}\)
So,
The representation of 18\(\frac{2}{10}\) in the fraction form is: \(\frac{182}{10}\)
So,
To write 18\(\frac{2}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of 18\(\frac{2}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 2 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of 18\(\frac{20}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of 18\(\frac{2}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: 18\(\frac{20}{100}\)
The representation of 18\(\frac{20}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 18.20
Hence, in the same way, C) and D) Expressions can also be written as hundredths and in the decimal form

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You use 100 tiles to make a mosaic. 80 of them are square tiles. Your friend uses 10 tiles to make a mosaic. Six of them are square tiles. Do the mosaics have the same fraction of square tiles?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 53

Determine whether the fractions are equivalent.
Write your friend’s fraction as hundredths in fraction form. Then compare.

Hence,
The mosaics don’t have the same fraction of square tiles.

Show and Grow

Question 13.
You use 10 beads to make a bracelet. Seven of them are purple. Your friend uses 100 beads to make a bracelet. 70 of them are purple. Do the bracelets have the same fraction of purple beads?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 56
Answer: Yes, the bracelets have the same fraction of purple beads.

Explanation:
It is given that you use 10 beads to make a bracelet and out of 10 beads, seven of them are purple.
So,
The portion of the bracelet that is purple is: \(\frac{7}{10}\)
So,
The given fraction is: \(\frac{7}{10}\)
So,
To write \(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{7}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 7 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{70}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{70}{100}\)
It is also given that your friend uses 100 beads to make a bracelet and out of 100, 70 beads are purple.
So,
The portion of purple beads from the total number of beads is: \(\frac{70}{100}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the bracelet has the same fraction of purple beads
Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
The model represents the types of trees on a tree farm. What portion of the tree farm is blue spruce? Fraser fir? white pine? Write your answers as decimals in tenths.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 57
Answer:
The portion of the tree farm that is blue spruce is: 0.4
The portion of the tree farm that is Fraser fir is: 0.4
The portion of the tree farm that is White pine is: 0.2

Explanation:
It is given that the below model represents the types of trees on a tree farm.
The given model is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 57
In the given model, there are 3 categories of trees
In the given model, each box represents 1 unit.
So,
From the model,
The number of trees of blue spruce is: 40
The number of trees of Frazer fir is: 40
The number of trees of White pine is: 20
The total number of trees in a tree farm is: 100
So,
The portion of the tree farm that is blue spruce from the total number of instruments in the fraction form is: \(\frac{40}{100}\)
The portion of the tree farm that is Frazer fir from the total number of instruments in the fraction form is: \(\frac{40}{100}\)
The portion of the tree farm that is White pine from the total number of instruments in the fraction form is: \(\frac{20}{100}\)
Now, for the Blue spruce,
So,
To write \(\frac{40}{100}\) as tenths, divide the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{40}{100}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 40 and 10 are divided and then the denominators 100 and 10 are divided
So,
\(\frac{40}{100}=\frac{40 \div 10}{100 \div 10}=\frac{4}{10}\)
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) as tenths in the decimal form is: 0.4
Now, for the Frazer fir,
So,
To write \(\frac{40}{100}\) as tenths, divide the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{40}{100}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 40 and 10 are divided and then the denominators 100 and 10 are divided
So,
\(\frac{40}{100}=\frac{40 \div 10}{100 \div 10}=\frac{4}{10}\)
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) as tenths in the decimal form is: 0.4
Now, for the White pine,
So,
To write \(\frac{20}{100}\) as tenths, divide the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{20}{100}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 20 and 10 are divided and then the denominators 100 and 10 are divided
So,
\(\frac{20}{100}=\frac{20 \div 10}{100 \div 10}=\frac{4}{10}\)
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) as tenths in the decimal form is: 0.2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The portion of the tree farm that is blue spruce is: 0.4
The portion of the tree farm that is Fraser fir is: 0.4
The portion of the tree farm that is White pine is: 0.2

Fractions and Decimals Homework & Practice 10.3

Write the number as tenths in fraction form and decimal form.

Question 1.
\(\frac{40}{100}\)
Answer:
The representation of \(\frac{40}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{4}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.4

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{40}{100}\)
So, to write \(\frac{40}{100}\) as tenths, divide the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{40}{100}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 40 and 10 are divided and then the denominators 100 and 10 are divided
So,
\(\frac{40}{100}=\frac{40 \div 10}{100 \div 10}=\frac{5}{10}\)
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{40}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{4}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.4

Question 2.
\(\frac{70}{100}\)
Answer:
The representation of \(\frac{70}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{7}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.7

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{70}{100}\)
So, to write \(\frac{70}{100}\) as tenths, divide the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{70}{100}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 70 and 10 are divided and then the denominators 100 and 10 are divided
So,
\(\frac{70}{100}=\frac{70 \div 10}{100 \div 10}=\frac{7}{10}\)
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{70}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{7}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.7

Question 3.
0.20
Answer:
The representation of 2.20 as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{2}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.2

Explanation:
The given decimal number is: 0.20
So,
the representation of 0.20 in the fraction orm is: \(\frac{20}{100}\)
So, to write \(\frac{20}{100}\) as tenths, divide the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{20}{100}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 20 and 10 are divided and then the denominators 100 and 10 are divided
So,
\(\frac{20}{100}=\frac{20 \div 10}{100 \div 10}=\frac{2}{10}\)
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{20}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{2}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.2

Write the number as hundredths in fraction form and decimal form

Question 4.
\(\frac{8}{10}\)
Answer:
The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{80}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{80}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.80

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{8}{10}\)
So, to write \(\frac{8}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{8}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 8 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{80}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{80}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{80}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.80

Question 5.
0.5
Answer:
The representation of 0.5 as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{50}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{50}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.50

Explanation:
The given decimal number is: 0.5
So,
The representation of 0.5 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{5}{10}\)
So, to write \(\frac{5}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{5}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 5 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{50}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{50}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{50}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.50

Question 6.
9\(\frac{6}{10}\)
Answer:
The representation of 9\(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: 9\(\frac{60}{100}\)
The representation of 9\(\frac{60}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 9.60

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 9\(\frac{6}{10}\)
So,
To write 9\(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of 9\(\frac{6}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 6 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of 9\(\frac{60}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of 9\(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: 9\(\frac{60}{100}\)
The representation of 9\(\frac{60}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 9.60

Write the number represented by the point as hundredths in fraction form and decimal form.

Answer:
From the above number line,
‘A’ value is: 0.3
‘B’ value is: 0.6
‘c’ value is: 1.8

Question 7.
A
Answer:
From the above number line, ‘A’ is: 0.3
The representation of 0.3 as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{30}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{30}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.30

Explanation:
The given decimal number is: 0.3
So,
The representation of 0.3 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{3}{10}\)
So,
To write \(\frac{3}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{3}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 3 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{30}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{30}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{30}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.30

Question 8.
B
Answer:
From the above number line, ‘A’ is: 0.6
The representation of 0.6 as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{60}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{60}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.60

Explanation:
The given decimal number is: 0.6
So,
The representation of 0.6 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{6}{10}\)
So,
To write \(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{6}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 6 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{60}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{60}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{60}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.60

Question 9.
C
Answer:
From the above number line, ‘A’ is: 1.8
The representation of 1.8 as hundredths in the fraction form is: 1\(\frac{80}{100}\)
The representation of 1\(\frac{80}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.80

Explanation:
The given decimal number is: 1.8
So,
The representation of 1.8 in the fraction form is: 1\(\frac{8}{10}\)
So,
To write 1\(\frac{8}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of 1\(\frac{8}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 8 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of 1\(\frac{80}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of 1\(\frac{8}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: 1\(\frac{80}{100}\)
The representation of 1\(\frac{80}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.80

Question 10.
Precision
Which of the following show forty-one and nine-tenths?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 59
Answer:
Let the given Expressions be named as:
A) 41.9 B) 41.09  C) 40 + 1 + \(\frac{9}{10}\)  D) 40 + 1 + 9  E) 41\(\frac{90}{10}\) F) 40 + 1 + 0.9
Hence,
The representation of forty-one and nine-tenths is shown by: B), C) and F)

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 59
Let the given Expressions be named as:
A) 41.9 B) 41.09  C) 40 + 1 + \(\frac{9}{10}\)  D) 40 + 1 + 9  E) 41\(\frac{90}{10}\) F) 40 + 1 + 0.9
Now,
The given word form is: Forty-one and nine-tenths
The representation of forty-one and nine-tenths in the fraction form is: 41\(\frac{9}{10}\)
So,
The expanded form of 41\(\frac{9}{10}\) is: 40 + 1 + \(\frac{9}{10}\)
The expanded form of 41\(\frac{9}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 40 + 1 + 0.9
The standard form of 41\(\frac{9}{10}\) is: 41.09
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Expressions B), C), and F) representing 41\(\frac{9}{10}\)

Question 11.
Which One Doesn’t Belong? Which one does not belong with the other three?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 60
Answer:
Let the Expressions be named as:
A) 0.70  B) \(\frac{7}{10}\)  C) 0.07  D) \(\frac{70}{100}\)
Hence, from above,
Expression C) does not belong to the other three.

Explanation:
Let the Expressions be named as:
A) 0.70  B) \(\frac{7}{10}\)  C) 0.07  D) \(\frac{70}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{70}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{70}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.70
So,
To write \(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{7}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 7 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{70}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Expression C) does not belong to the other three.

Question 12.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Is Newton correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 61
Answer: Yes, Newton is correct

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 80 and 0.8
When we compare 80 and 0.8,
We can say that 0.8 is the number that we can obtain when we divide 80 with 100
So,
We can observe that 80 is the whole number and 0.8 is the decimal number
We know that,
The whole number is always greater than the decimal number.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 80 is greater than 0.8 as 80 is greater than 8 according to Newton

Question 13.
Number Sense
Write two equivalent fractions and two equivalent decimals represented by the model.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 62
Answer:
The equivalent fractions of \(\frac{6}{10}\) are: \(\frac{60}{100}\) and \(\frac{6}{10}\)
The equivalent decimals represented by \(\frac{6}{10}\) are: 0.6 and 0.60

Explanation:
The given model is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 62
From the above model,
The total number of parts are: 10
The number of colored parts is: 6
Hence,
The portion of the colored part out of the total number of parts is: \(\frac{6}{10}\)
Now,
The given fraction is: \(\frac{6}{10}\)
So, to write \(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{6}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 6 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{60}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

The representation of \(\frac{6}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The equivalent fractions of the given model is: \(\frac{60}{100}\) and \(\frac{6}{10}\)
The equivalent decimal numbers of \(\frac{6}{10}\) are: 0.6 and 0.60

Question 14.

Modeling Real Life
Does each player get a base hit on the same fraction of pitches? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 63
Answer: Yes, each player gets a base hit on the same fraction of pitches.

Explanation:
It is given that there are 2 types of players. They are: Major League player and Youth League player
It is also given that the Major League player gets a base hit on 30 out of 100 pitches and youth League player gets a base hit on 3 out of 10 pitches
So, for comparison, convert the youth League player’s base hit into hundredths.
Now,
The representation of the youth League plyer’s base hit is: \(\frac{3}{10}\)
So,
To write \(\frac{3}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{3}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 3 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{30}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that each player gets a base hit on the same fraction of pitches.

Review & Refresh

Find the equivalent fraction

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 64
Answer: The equivalent fraction of \(\frac{4}{6}\) is: \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
The given fraction is \(\frac{4}{6}\)
From the above fraction, the numerator and denominator are: 4 and 6
4 and 6 are the multiples of 2.  ( Since the  the numerator and the denominator are the even numbers )
So,
We have to divide the \(\frac{4}{6}\) with 2
So,
\(\frac{4}{6}=\frac{4 \div 2}{6 \div 2}=\frac{2}{3}\)
Hence,
The equivalent fraction of \(\frac{4}{6}\) is: \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 65
Answer: The equivalent fraction of \(\frac{25}{100}\) is: \(\frac{5}{20}\)

Explanation:
The given fraction is \(\frac{25}{100}\)
From the above fraction, the numerator and denominator are: 25 and 100
25 and 100 are the multiples of 5.  ( Since the  the numerator and the denominator are the multiples of 5 )
So,
We have to divide the \(\frac{25}{100}\) with 5
So,
\(\frac{25}{100}=\frac{25 \div 5}{100 \div 5}=\frac{5}{20}\)
Hence,
The equivalent fraction of \(\frac{25}{100}\) is: \(\frac{5}{20}\)

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 66
Answer: The equivalent fraction of \(\frac{14}{8}\) is: \(\frac{7}{4}\)

Explanation:
The given fraction is \(\frac{14}{8}\)
From the above fraction, the numerator and denominator are: 14 and 8
14 and 8 are the multiples of 2.  ( Since the  the numerator and the denominator are the even numbers )
So,
We have to divide the \(\frac{14}{8}\) with 2
So,
\(\frac{14}{8}=\frac{14 \div 2}{8 \div 2}=\frac{7}{4}\)
Hence,
The equivalent fraction of \(\frac{14}{8}\) is: \(\frac{7}{4}\)

Lesson 10.4 Compare Decimals

Use models to compare the decimals.


Answer:

By using the models, we can compare the number of boxes for the comparison of the decimal numbers.
Each box represents 1 unit out of 100 total units.
So,
The denominator will be the same i.e., the total number of boxes will be the same.
So, we have to compare only numerators i.e., the number of colored boxes so that we can compare the decimal numbers

Reasoning
How did you use your models to determine which decimal is greater?

Answer: For the comparison of the decimals, equate either the numerator or the denominator so that we can compare the numerators.
If we compare the numerators, then we have to make the denominators equal
If we compare the denominators, then we have to make the numerators equal
Hence, in this way, we can compare the decimal numbers.

Think and Grow: Compare Decimals

Example
Compare 0.7 and 0.07.
Answer: 0.7 is greater than 0.07

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.7 and 0.07
The representation of 0.7 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{7}{10}\)
The representation of 0.07 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{7}{100}\)
So,
for comparison, we have to make the denominators equal.
So,
Multiply \(\frac{7}{10}\) with 10
So for \(\frac{7}{10}\),
The numerator is 7 and denominator is 10
So,
The numerator 7 is multiplied by 10 and the denominator is also multiplied by 10 to make the denominators equal.
So,
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) in the hundredth’s form is: \(\frac{70}{100}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.7 is greater than 0.07 by comparing their fraction forms.

Example
Use a place value chart. Start at the left. Compare the digits in each place until the digits differ.
The digits in the one’s place are the same. Compare the tenths.

So, 0.7 > 0.07

Example
Compare 0.25 and 0.3.

Use a number line. 0.25 is 25 hundredths. 0.3 and 0.30 are equivalent decimals. So, 0.3 is equivalent to 30 hundredths.

Show and Grow

Compare.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 73
Answer: 0.46 is less than 0.44

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.46 and 0.44
The representation of 0.46 and 0.44 in the place-value chart is:

So,
From the above place-value chart,
we can observe that one’s and tenth’s positions are the same.
So,
Compare the hundredth’s position 6 and 4
So, 6 hundredths > 4 hundredths
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.46 is greater than 0.44

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 74
Answer: 0.05 is less than 0.2

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are 0.05 and 0.2
The representation of 0.05 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{5}{100}\)
The representation of 0.2 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{2}{10}\)
So, for comparison, change \(\frac{2}{10}\) in to hundredths
So, for the change of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in to hundredths, multiply \(\frac{2}{10}\) with 10
So,
The numerator 2 is multiplied by 10 and the denominator 10 is multiplied with 10
Hence,
The representation of 0.2 in hundredth’s form is: \(\frac{20}{100}\)
So, for comparison,
The given number line is:

So, from the above number line,
0.05 is to the left of 0.20
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.05 is less than 0.20

Apply and Grow: Practice

Use the number line to compare.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 76
Answer: 0.85 is less than 0.96

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.85 and 0.96
The given number line is:

From the above number line, 0.85 is to the left of 0.90
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.85 is less than 0.90

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 77
Answer: 0.25 is less than 0.52

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.25 and 0.52
The given number line is:

From the above number line,
0.25 is to the left of 0.52
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.25 is less than 0.52

Explanation:

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 78
Answer: 0.11 is greater than 0.09

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.11 and 0.09
The given number line is:

From the above line, we can observe that,
0.11 is to the right of 0.09
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that 0.11 is greater than 0.09

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 79
Answer: 0.72 is greater than 0.59

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.72 and 0.59
The given number line is:

From the above number line, we can observe that,
0.72 is to the right of 0.59
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.72 is greater than 0.59

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 80
Answer: 0.04 is less than 0.40

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.04 and 0.40
The given number line is:

From the above number line, we can observe that
0.04 is to the left of 0.40
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that 0.04 is less than 0.40

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 81
Answer: 0.90 is equal to 0.9

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.90 and 0.9
Change the 0.9 into hundredths by multiplying 0.9 with 10.
Now,
The representation of 0.9 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{9}{10}\)
So,
When we multiply \(\frac{9}{10}\) with 10, we can get
The representation of \(\frac{9}{10}\) in hundredth’s in the fraction form is: \(\frac{90}{100}\)
Now,
the given number line is:

We get the numer \(\frac{90}{100}\) by convrting the \(\frac{9}{10}\) and the given number is also \(\frac{90}{100}\)
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that 0.90 is equal to 0.9

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 82
Answer: 0.3 is greater than 0.03

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.3 and 0.03
The representation of 0.3 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{3}{10}\)
The representation of 0.03 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{3}{100}\)
So, for the conversion of \(\frac{3}{10}\) into hundredth’s, we have to multiply \(\frac{3}{10}\) with 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) as hundredth’s in the fraction form is: \(\frac{30}{100}\)
The given number line is:

From the above number line, we can observe that
0.03 is to the left of 0.30
Hence, from the above,
We can observe that 0.03 is less than 0.30

Compare

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 83
Answer: 5.29 is greater than 5.24

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 5.29 and 5.24
The representation of 5.29 and 5.24 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart, we can observe that one’s and the tenth’s positions are the same.
So,
We have to compare the hundredth’s position of the two decimal numbers.
So, 9 hundredths > 4 hundredths
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that 5.29 is greater than 5.24

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 84
Answer: 25.94 is greater than 25.9

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 25.94 and 25.9
The representation of 25.94 and 25.9 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart, we can observe that ten’s, one’s, and tenth’s positions are the same.
So, we have to compare the hundredth’s position.
So,
4 hundredths > 0 hundredths
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that 25.94 is greater than 25.9

Open-Ended
Complete the statement to make it true.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 85
Answer:
Let the missing numbers be 3 and 2
So,
0.31 > 0.21

Explanation:
Let the decimal numbers be: 0.31 and 0.21
The representation of 0.31 and 0.21 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart,
We can observe that one’s and hundredth’s positions are the same.
So, we have to compare the tenth’s position of the two decimal numbers
So,
3 tenths > 2 tenths
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.31 is greater than 0.21

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 86
Answer:
Le the missing number be 10
So,
12.10 = 12.10

Explanation:
Let the missing decimal numbers be: 12.10 and 12.10
The representation of 12.10 and 12.10 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart, we can observe that all the positions are the same.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 12.10 is equal to 12.10

Question 14.
9.43 < ____
Answer:
Let the missing number be: 9.53
So,
9.43 < 9.53

Explanation:
Let the 2 decimal numbers be: 9.43 and 9.53
The representation of 9.43 and 9.53 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart, we can observe that one’s position and hundredths position is the same.
So, we can either compare the tenths position.
So,
When we compare the tenths position, 4 tenths < 5 tenths
Hence, from the above
We can conclude that 9.43 is less than 9.53

Question 15.
Precision
Write the number that is halfway between 3.6 and 3.7. Explain how you found your answer.
Answer: The number that is halfway between 3.6 and 3.7 is 3.65

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 3.6 and 3.7
We know that,
The middle number between two numbers = (The given first number + The given second number) ÷ 2
So,
The number that is halfway between 3.6 and 3.7 = (3.6 + 3.7) ÷ 2
= 7.3 ÷ 2
= 3.65
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that the number that is halfway between 3.6 and 3.7 is: 3.65

DIG DEEPER!
Write whether the statement is true or false. If false, explain why

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 87
Answer: \(\frac{1}{10}\) is greater than 0.07

Explanation:
The given numbers are: \(\frac{1}{10}\) and 0.07
The representation of 0.07 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{7}{100}\)
So, for comparison, we have to convert \(\frac{1}{10}\) into hundredths form by multiplying \(\frac{1}{10}\) with 10.
So,
The representation of \(\frac{1}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{10}{100}\)
The representation of 0.07 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{7}{100}\)
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that \(\frac{1}{10}\) is greater than 0.07

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 88
Answer: 0.6 is greater than 0.36

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 0.6 and \(\frac{36}{100}\)
The representation of 0.6 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{6}{10}\)
So, for comparison, we have to convert \(\frac{6}{10}\) into hundredths form by multiplying \(\frac{6}{10}\) with 10.
So,
The representation of \(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{60}{100}\)
The representation of 0.36 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{36}{100}\)
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that 0.6 is greater than \(\frac{36}{100}\)

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
Newton and Descartes make paper airplanes. Newton’s paper Whose airplane flies 3.01 meters. Descartes’s paper airplane flies 3.10 meters. Whose paper airplane flies farther?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 89
Use a place value chart. Compare the digits in each place until the digits differ.

Compare Newton’s distance to Descartes’s distance.
So,
Descartes’s paper airplane flies farther.

Show and Grow

Question 18.
Compare the thickness of a nickel and a quarter. Which coin is thinner?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 91
Answer: When we compare the thickness of nickel and quarter by observing the table, we can say that the Quarter is thinner.

Explanation:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 91
From the given table,
The thickness of the Nickel is: 1.95mm
The thickness of the Quarter is: 1.75mm
Now,
The representation of the thicknesses of the Nickel and the Quarter in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart, we can observe that
7 tenths < 9 tenths
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the Quarter is thinner.

Question 19.
You, your cousin, and your friend run a 100-meter race. Who finishes first? second? third?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 92
Answer:
The one who finishes first is: You
The one who finishes second is: Friend
The one who finishes third is: Cousin

Explanation:
The given timings are:
The timing of yours is: 16.40 seconds
The timing of your friend is: 16.48 seconds
The timing of your cousin is: 16.58 seconds
Now, the representation of all the timings in the place-value chart is:


Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that:
The one who finishes first is: You
The one who finishes second is: Friend
The one who finishes third is: Cousin

Question 20.
DIG DEEPER!
Your water bottle is 0.25 full. Your friend’s water bottle is 0.5 full. You have more water than your friend. Explain how this is possible.
Answer: This is not possible.

Explanation:
It is given that your water bottle is 0.25 full and your friend’s water bottle is 0.5 full.
So, we have to compare 0.25 and 0.5
The representation of 0.5 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{5}{10}\)
The representation of 0.25 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{25}{100}\)
So, for comparison, we have to convert \(\frac{5}{10}\) as hundredths by multiplying \(\frac{5}{10} \) with 10.
So,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{50}{100}\)
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that your friend’s water bottle has more water than you.

Compare Decimals Homework & Practice 10.4

Compare

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 93
Answer: 0.58 is greater than 0.52

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.58 and 0.52
The representation of 0.58 and 0.52 in the place-value chart is:

From the above table, we can observe that one’s and tenth’s positions are the same.
So, we have to compare the hundredth’s position
So,
8 hundredths > 2 hundredths
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that 0.58 is greater than 0.52

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 94
Answer: 0.25 is greater than 0.05

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.25 and 0.05
The given number line is:

From the above number line,
We can observe that 0.05 is to the left of 0.25
hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.25 is greater than 0.05

Use the number line to compare.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 96
Answer: 0.76 is greater than 0.59

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.76 and 0.59
The given number line is:

From the above number line,
We can observe that 0.76 is to the right of 0.59
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that 0.76 is greater than 0.59

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 97
Answer: 0.21 is less than 0.23

Explanation:
the given decimal numbers are: 0.21 and 0.23
The given number line is:

From the above number line,
We can observe that 0.21 is to the left of 0.23
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that 0.21 is less than 0.23

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 98
Answer: 0.7 is greater than 0.07

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.7 and 0.07
The representation of 0.7 in the fracton form is: \(\frac{7}{10}\)
So,
The \(\frac{7}{10}\) should be converted into hundredths by multiplying \(\frac{7}{10}\) with 10.
So,
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{70}{100}\)
Now,
The given number line is:

From the above number line,
We can observe that 0.7 is to the left of 0.07
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.7 is greater than 0.07

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 99
Answer: 0.05 is less than 0.08

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.05 and 0.08
The given number line is:

From the above number line,
We can observe that 0.05 is to the left of 0.08
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.05 is less than 0.08

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 100
Answer: 0.10 is equal to 0.1

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.10 and 0.1
Now,
The representation of 0.1 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{1}{10}\)
The representation of 0.10 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{1}{100}\)
Now, to make the denominators equal, multiply \(\frac{1}{10}\) by 2.
So,
The representation of \(\frac{1}{10}\) as hundredths, in the fraction form is: \(\frac{1}{100}\)
Now,
The given number line is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.10 is equal to 0.1

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 101
Answer: 0.05 is less than 0.50

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.05 and 0.50
The given number line is:

From the above number line,
We can observe that 0.05 is to the left of 0.50.
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that 0.05 is less than 0.50

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 102
Answer: 0.13 is less than 0.19

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.13 and 0.19
The given number line is:


From the above number line,
We can observe that 0.13 is to the left of 0.10
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.13 is less than 0.19

Compare

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 103
Answer: 2.2 is greater than 2.02

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 2.2 and 2.02
The representation of 2.2 and 2.02 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart,
We can observe that only one’s position is the same
So,
2 tenths > 0 tenths
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 2.2 is greater than 2.02

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 104
Answer: 4.70 is equal to 4.7

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 4.70 and 4.7
The representation of 4.70 in the fraction form is: 4\(\frac{70}{100}\)
The representation of 4.7 in the fraction form is: 4\(\frac{7}{10}\)
So, to compare, we have to make the denominators equal.
So, multiply 4\(\frac{7}{10}\) with 10
So,
The representation of 4\(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredth’s in the fraction form is: 4\(\frac{70}{100}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 4.70 is equal to 4.7

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 105
Answer: 8.35 is less than 8.53

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 8.35 and 8.53
The representation of 8.35 and 8.53 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart,
We can observe that only the tenth’s position can be compared.
So,
3 tenths < 5 tenths
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 8.35 is less than 8.53

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 106
Answer: 35.01 is greater than 32.98

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 35.01 and 32.98
The representation of 35.01 and 32.98 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart,
We can compare one’s position since it is the position with the highest value after the ten’s position.
So,
5 ones > 2 ones
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that 35.01 is greater than 32.98

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 107
Answer: 14.9 is less than 14.92

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 14.9 and 14.92
The representation of 14.9 and 14.92 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart,
We can compare only the hundredth’s positions.
So,
0 hundredths< 2 hundredths
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 14.9 is less than 14.92

Question 15.
Precision
Explain how to compare 0.46 and 0.48.
Answer: 0.46 is less than 0.48

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.46 and 0.48
The representation of 0.46 and 0.48 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart,
We can compare the hundredth’s position
So,
6 hundredths < 8 hundredths
Hence, from the above
We can conclude that 0.46 is less than 0.48

Question 16.
Open-Ended
What might Descartes’s number be?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 108
Answer: Descartes’s number might be: 0.61, 0.62, 0.63, 0.64, 0.65

Explanation:
Given that my number is greater than 0.6 and less than 0.7.
So,
The numbers might be: 0.61, 0.62, 0.63, 0.64, 0.65, 0.66, 0.67, 0.68, 0.69
It is also given that the greatest digit in the number is in the tenths place.
So,
The numbers might be: 0.61, 0.62, 0.63, 0.64, 0.65
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Descartes’s number might be: 0.61, 0.62, 0.63, 0.64, 0.65

Question 17.
Modeling Real Life
A traffic light is red for 23.4 seconds and green for 23.6 seconds. Does the traffic light stay red or green longer?
Answer: The traffic light stay green for a long time

Explanation:
It is given that a traffic light is red for 23.4 seconds and green for 23.6 seconds.
So, we have to compare 23.4 and 23.6 to see which light stay for a long time
Now,
The representation of 23.4 and 23.6 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart, we can observe that we can compare only the tenths position.
So,
4 tenths < 6 tenths
So,
23.4 is less than 23.6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the green light stays for a long time

Question 18.
Modeling Real Life
Order the caterpillars from longest to shortest.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 109
Answer: Caterpillar B > Caterpillar A > Caterpillar C

Explanation:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 109
From the table,
The length of caterpillar A is: 3.5 cm
The length of caterpillar B is: 3.65 cm
The length of caterpillar C is: 3.45 cm
So,
When we compare the tenth’s position in all the lengths of the caterpillars,
We can observe that B > A > C
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that caterpillar B > caterpillar A > caterpillar C

Review & Refresh

Round the number to the nearest hundred thousand

Question 19.
695,023
Answer: The nearest hundred thousand of 695,023 is: 700,000

Explanation:
The given number is: 695,023
We know that,
The value of a digit depends on the position of the digit
So,
The value of the nearest hundred thousand in 695,023 is: 700,000

Question 20.
246,947
Answer: The value of the nearest hundred thousand in 246,947 is: 200,000

Explanation:
The given number is: 246,947
We know that,
The value of a digit depends on the position of the digit
So,
The value of the nearest hundred thousand in 246,947 is: 200,000

Lesson 10.5 Add Decimal Fractions and Decimals

Explore and Grow

How can you use a number line to find the sum?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 110
0.25 + 0.7
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 111
How can you use models to check your answers?

Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{7}{10}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) = \(\frac{95}{100}\)
The representation of the sum in the decimal form is:
0.25 + 0.7 = 0.95

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{25}{100}\) and \(\frac{7}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{7}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{7}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{70}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{70}{100}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\)
= \(\frac{70 + 25}{100}\)
= \(\frac{95}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{95}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.95
Now,

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{70}{100}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) = \(\frac{95}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{95}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.95

Reasoning
How can you add two decimal fractions with a denominator of 10? How can you add two decimal fractions with denominators of 10 and 100?

Answer: We add the two fractions only if their numerator or denominators are equal
If there are fractions with different denominators, then we will make the denominators equal either by multiplying or by dividing the fractions and add the different fractions.

Think and Grow: Add Decimal Fractions and Decimals

You have learned how to add fractions with the same denominator. You can use equivalent fractions to add fractions that do not have the same denominator.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 112
Step 1: Use equivalent fractions to write the fractions with the same denominator
Think: Rewrite \(\frac{3}{10}\) with a denominator of 100.


Example
Find 0.75 + 0.2.
Step 1: Write 0.75 and 0.2 as fractions.Think: 0.75 is 75 hundredths. 0.2 is 2 tenths.

Step 2: Use equivalent fractions to write the fractions with the same denominator.

Step 3: Add the numerators.

Step 4: Write the sum as a decimal.

So, 0.75 + 0.2 = 0.95

Show and Grow

Find the sum.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 119
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{36}{100}\) = \(\frac{46}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{46}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.46

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{36}{100}\) and \(\frac{1}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{1}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{1}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{1}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{10}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{10}{100}\) + \(\frac{36}{100}\)
= \(\frac{10 + 36}{100}\)
= \(\frac{46}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{46}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.46
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{36}{100}\) = \(\frac{46}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{46}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.46

Question 2.
0.5 + 0.25 = ____
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) = \(\frac{75}{100}\)
The representation of 0.25 + 0.5 in the decimal form is: 0.75

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.5 and 0.25
So, convert the two decimal numbers in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{25}{100}\) and \(\frac{5}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{5}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{5}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{50}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{50}{100}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\)
= \(\frac{50 + 25}{100}\)
= \(\frac{75}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{75}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.75
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) = \(\frac{75}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{75}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.75

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the sum.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 120
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{37}{100}\) = \(\frac{77}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{77}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.77

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{37}{100}\) and \(\frac{4}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{4}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{4}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{40}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{40}{100}\) + \(\frac{37}{100}\)
= \(\frac{40 + 37}{100}\)
= \(\frac{77}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{77}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.77
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{37}{100}\) = \(\frac{77}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{77}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.77

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 121
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{23}{100}\) = \(\frac{43}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{43}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.43

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{23}{100}\) and \(\frac{2}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{2}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{2}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{20}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{20}{100}\) + \(\frac{23}{100}\)
= \(\frac{20 + 23}{100}\)
= \(\frac{43}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{43}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.43
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{23}{100}\) = \(\frac{43}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{43}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.43

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 122
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{7}{10}\) + \(\frac{19}{100}\) = \(\frac{89}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{89}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.89

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{19}{100}\) and \(\frac{7}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{7}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{7}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{70}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{70}{100}\) + \(\frac{19}{100}\)
= \(\frac{70 + 19}{100}\)
= \(\frac{89}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{89}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.89
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{7}{10}\) + \(\frac{19}{100}\) = \(\frac{89}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{89}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.89

Question 6.
0.35 + 0.1 = ____
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{35}{100}\) = \(\frac{45}{100}\)
The representation of 0.35 + 0.1 in the decimal for is: 0.45

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.1 and 0.35
So, convert the two decimal numbers in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{35}{100}\) and \(\frac{1}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{1}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{1}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{1}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{10}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{10}{100}\) + \(\frac{35}{100}\)
= \(\frac{10 + 35}{100}\)
= \(\frac{45}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{45}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.45
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{35}{100}\) = \(\frac{45}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{45}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.45

Question 7.
0.8 + 0.15 = ____
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{8}{10}\) + \(\frac{15}{100}\) = \(\frac{95}{100}\)
The representation of 0.15 + 0.8 in the decimal for is: 0.95

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.8 and 0.15
So, convert the two decimal numbers in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{15}{100}\) and \(\frac{8}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{8}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{8}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{80}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{80}{100}\) + \(\frac{15}{100}\)
= \(\frac{80 + 15}{100}\)
= \(\frac{95}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{95}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.95
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{8}{10}\) + \(\frac{15}{100}\) = \(\frac{95}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{95}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.95

Question 8.
0.50 + 0.4 = __
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{50}{100}\) = \(\frac{90}{100}\)
The representation of 0.50 + 0.4 in the decimal for is: 0.90

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.4 and 0.50
So, convert the two decimal numbers in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{50}{100}\) and \(\frac{4}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{4}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{4}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{40}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{40}{100}\) + \(\frac{50}{100}\)
= \(\frac{50 + 40}{100}\)
= \(\frac{90}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{90}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.90
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{50}{100}\) = \(\frac{90}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{90}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.90

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 123
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{48}{100}\) + \(\frac{16}{100}\) + \(\frac{2}{10}\) = \(\frac{84}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{84}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.84

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{48}{100}\), \(\frac{16}{100}\) and \(\frac{2}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{2}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{2}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{20}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{48}{100}\) + \(\frac{16}{100}\) + \(\frac{20}{100}\)
= \(\frac{48 + 16 + 20}{100}\)
= \(\frac{84}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{84}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.84
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{48}{100}\) + \(\frac{16}{100}\) = \(\frac{84}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{84}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.84

Question 10.
0.3 + 0.25 + 0.1 = ___
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) = \(\frac{65}{100}\)
The representation of 0.25 + 0.1 + 0.3 in the decimal for is: 0.65

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.3, 0.1 and 0.25
So, convert the three decimal numbers in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{25}{100}\) , \(\frac{3}{10}\) and \(\frac{1}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{1}{10}\) and \(\frac{3}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{5}{10}\) and \(\frac{3}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{1}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{10}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{30}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{10}{100}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) + \(\frac{30}{100}\)
= \(\frac{10 + 25 + 30}{100}\)
= \(\frac{65}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{65}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.65
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) + \(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{65}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{65}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.65

Number Sense
Find the sum.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 124
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{29}{100}\) = \(\frac{79}{100}\)
The representation of 0.5 + \(\frac{29}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.79

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 0.5 and \(\frac{29}{100}\)
So, convert the decimal number in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{5}{10}\) and \(\frac{29}{100}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{5}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{5}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{50}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{50}{100}\) + \(\frac{29}{100}\)
= \(\frac{50 + 29}{100}\)
= \(\frac{79}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{79}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.79
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{29}{100}\) = \(\frac{79}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{79}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.79

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 125
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{8}{10}\) + \(\frac{75}{100}\) = \(\frac{155}{100}\)
The representation of 0.75 + \(\frac{8}{10}\) in the decimal for is: 1.55

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 0.75 and \(\frac{8}{10}\)
So, convert the decimal number in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{8}{10}\) and \(\frac{75}{100}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{8}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{8}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{80}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{80}{100}\) + \(\frac{75}{100}\)
= \(\frac{80 + 75}{100}\)
= \(\frac{155}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{155}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.55
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{8}{10}\) + \(\frac{75}{100}\) = \(\frac{155}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{155}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 1.55

Question 13.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says Newton and Descartes are both correct. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 126
Answer: Yes, your friend is correct.

Explanation:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{5}{100}\) + \(\frac{55}{100}\) = \(\frac{110}{100}\)
The representation of 0.55 + 0.5 + 0.05 in the decimal for is: 1.10

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.05, 0.5 and 0.55
So, convert the three decimal numbers in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{55}{100}\) , \(\frac{5}{10}\) and \(\frac{5}{100}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{5}{10}\)  as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{5}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{50}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{50}{100}\) + \(\frac{55}{100}\) + \(\frac{5}{100}\)
= \(\frac{50 + 55 + 5}{100}\)
= \(\frac{110}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{110}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.10
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{55}{100}\) + \(\frac{5}{100}\) = \(\frac{110}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{110}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 1.10 or 1.1

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
Write and solve a decimal addition problem represented by the model. Write your answer as a decimal and as a mixed number.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 127
Answer:
From the above model,
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{6}{10}\) + \(\frac{47}{100}\) = \(\frac{107}{100}\) = 1\(\frac{7}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{107}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 1.07

Explanation:
The given model is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 127
From the model,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{47}{100}\) and \(\frac{6}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{6}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{6}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{60}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{60}{100}\) + \(\frac{47}{100}\)
= \(\frac{60 + 47}{100}\)
= \(\frac{107}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{107}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.07
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{6}{10}\) + \(\frac{47}{100}\) = \(\frac{107}{100}\) = 1\(\frac{7}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{107}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 1.07

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You use \(\frac{8}{10}\) pound of clay to make a cup. You make a handle for the cup with \(\frac{15}{100}\) pound of clay and attach the handle to the cup. What fraction of a pound does your cup weigh in all?
Add the fractions.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 136

Use equivalent fractions to write the fractions with the same denominator.
Rewrite \(\frac{8}{10}\) with a denominator of 100.

Show and Grow

Question 15.
Each morning, you walk \(\frac{25}{100}\) mile to your friend’s house and then \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile to school. What fraction of a mile do you walk each morning?
Answer:
The fraction of a mile you walk each morning is:
\(\frac{25}{100}\) + \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{75}{100}\)

Explanation:
It is given that each morning, you walk \(\frac{25}{100}\) mile to your friend’s house and then \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile to school.
So,
To find the portion of a mile you walk in the morning, you have to add the fractions.
So,
Now, first, we have to convert \(\frac{5}{10}\) as hundredths so that we can add both the fractions because denominators have to be equal for the addition.
So,
Multiply \(\frac{5}{10}\) with 10 to convert it as hundredths
So,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{50}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{25}{100}\) + \(\frac{50}{100}\)
= \(\frac{75}{100}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the portion of a mile you walk in the morning is: \(\frac{75}{100}\)

Question 16.
You ride a zip line that is mile-long \(\frac{15}{100}\) mile long. You ride another zip line that is \(\frac{3}{10}\) mile long. Your friend rides a total of \(\frac{40}{100}\) mile on zip lines. Who rides farther on zip lines?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 138
Answer: Your friend rides farther on zip lines.

Explanation:
It is given that you ride a zip line that is mile-long \(\frac{15}{100}\) mile long. You ride another zip line that is \(\frac{3}{10}\) mile long and your friend rides a total of \(\frac{40}{100}\) mile on zip
lines.
So, the given three fractions are:
\(\frac{15}{100}\), \(\frac{3}{10}\) and \(\frac{40}{100}\)
So, for the comparison of the three fractions, we have to make the denominators equal.
So, we have to convert \(\frac{3}{10}\) as hundredths.
So,
We have to multiply \(\frac{3}{10}\) with 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{30}{100}\)
Now,
As the denominators are equal, compare the numerators.
So, we have to compare 15, 30, and 40
By comparing, we can observe that 40 > 30 > 15
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that your friend rides farther on zip lines than you.

Question 17.
DIG DEEPER!
You ship a package that weighs 0.8 pounds. Your package is 0.75 pounds lighter than your friend’s package. How much does your friend’s package weigh? Write your answer in decimal form.
Answer: The weight of your friend’s package is: 1.55 pounds

Explanation:
The two given decimal numbers are: 0.8 and 0.75
It is given that your package is 0.75 pounds lighter than your friend’s package.
So,
The weight of your friend’s package = 0.8 + 0.75
Now, first, convert the given decimal numbers into fractions.
So, The representation of 0.8 and 0.75 in the fraction forms is: \(\frac{8}{10}\) and \(\frac{75}{100}\)
Now, for addition, we have to make the denominators of the two fractions equal.
So,
We have to multiply \(\frac{3}{10}\) with 10, to make the denominator equal to 100
So,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{30}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{30}{100}\) + \(\frac{75}{100}\)
= \(\frac{105}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{105}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.05
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the weight of your friend’s package in the decimal form is: 1.05 pounds

Add Decimal Fractions and Decimals Homework & Practice 10.5

Find the sum.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 139
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{32}{100}\) = \(\frac{72}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{72}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.72

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{32}{100}\) and \(\frac{4}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{4}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{4}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{40}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{40}{100}\) + \(\frac{32}{100}\)
= \(\frac{40 + 32}{100}\)
= \(\frac{72}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{72}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.72
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{32}{100}\) = \(\frac{72}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{72}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.72

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 140
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{8}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{100}\) = \(\frac{83}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{83}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.83

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{3}{100}\) and \(\frac{8}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{8}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{8}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{80}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{80}{100}\) + \(\frac{3}{100}\)
= \(\frac{80 + 3}{100}\)
= \(\frac{83}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{83}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.83
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{8}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{100}\) = \(\frac{83}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{83}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.83

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 141
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{15}{100}\) = \(\frac{35}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{35}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.35

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{15}{100}\) and \(\frac{2}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{2}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{2}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{20}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{20}{100}\) + \(\frac{15}{100}\)
= \(\frac{20 + 15}{100}\)
= \(\frac{35}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{35}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.35
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{15}{100}\) = \(\frac{35}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{35}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.35

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 142
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{45}{100}\) = \(\frac{55}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{55}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.55

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{45}{100}\) and \(\frac{1}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{1}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{1}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{1}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{10}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{10}{100}\) + \(\frac{45}{100}\)
= \(\frac{10 + 45}{100}\)
= \(\frac{55}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{55}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.55
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{45}{100}\) = \(\frac{55}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{55}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.55

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 143
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{7}{10}\) + \(\frac{22}{100}\) = \(\frac{92}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{92}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.92

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{22}{100}\) and \(\frac{7}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{7}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{7}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{70}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{70}{100}\) + \(\frac{22}{100}\)
= \(\frac{70 + 22}{100}\)
= \(\frac{92}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{92}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.92
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{7}{10}\) + \(\frac{22}{100}\) = \(\frac{92}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{92}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.92

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 144
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{17}{100}\) = \(\frac{67}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{67}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.67

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{17}{100}\) and \(\frac{5}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{5}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{5}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{50}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{50}{100}\) + \(\frac{17}{100}\)
= \(\frac{50 + 17}{100}\)
= \(\frac{67}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{67}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.67
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{17}{100}\) = \(\frac{67}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{67}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.67

Question 7.
0.6 + 0.25 = ___
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{6}{10}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) = \(\frac{85}{100}\)
The representation of 0.25 + 0.6 in the decimal form is: 0.85

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.6 and 0.25
So, convert the two decimal numbers in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{25}{100}\) and \(\frac{6}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{6}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{6}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{60}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{60}{100}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\)
= \(\frac{60 + 25}{100}\)
= \(\frac{85}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{85}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.85
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{6}{10}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) = \(\frac{85}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{85}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.85

Question 8.
0.3 + 0.40 = ___
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{40}{100}\) = \(\frac{70}{100}\)
The representation of 0.40 + 0.3 in the decimal form is: 0.70

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.3 and 0.40
So, convert the two decimal numbers in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{40}{100}\) and \(\frac{3}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{3}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{3}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{30}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{30}{100}\) + \(\frac{40}{100}\)
= \(\frac{30 + 40}{100}\)
= \(\frac{70}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{70}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.70
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{40}{100}\) = \(\frac{70}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{70}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.70

Question 9.
0.05 + 0.9 = ___
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{9}{10}\) + \(\frac{5}{100}\) = \(\frac{95}{100}\)
The representation of 0.05 + 0.9 in the decimal form is: 0.95

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.05 and 0.9
So, convert the two decimal numbers in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{5}{100}\) and \(\frac{9}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{9}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{9}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{9}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{90}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{5}{100}\) + \(\frac{90}{100}\)
= \(\frac{5 + 90}{100}\)
= \(\frac{95}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{95}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.95
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{9}{10}\) + \(\frac{5}{100}\) = \(\frac{95}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{95}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.95

Find the sum.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 145
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{41}{100}\) + \(\frac{22}{100}\) + \(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{93}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{93}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.93

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{41}{100}\), \(\frac{22}{100}\) and \(\frac{3}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{3}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{3}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{30}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{41}{100}\) + \(\frac{22}{100}\) + \(\frac{30}{100}\)
= \(\frac{41 + 22 + 30}{100}\)
= \(\frac{93}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{93}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.93
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{41}{100}\) + \(\frac{22}{100}\) = \(\frac{93}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{93}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.93

Question 11.
0.8 + 0.25 + 0.75 = ___
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{8}{10}\) + \(\frac{75}{100}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) = \(\frac{180}{100}\)
The representation of 0.25 + 0.75 + 0.8 in the decimal for is: 1.80

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.8, 0.75 and 0.25
So, convert the three decimal numbers in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{25}{100}\) , \(\frac{8}{10}\) and \(\frac{75}{100}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{8}{10}\)  as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{80}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{80}{100}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) + \(\frac{75}{100}\)
= \(\frac{80 + 25 + 75}{100}\)
= \(\frac{180}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{180}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.80
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{8}{10}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) + \(\frac{75}{100}\) = \(\frac{180}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{180}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 1.80

Question 12.
Patterns
Describe and complete the pattern.

Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{9}{100}\) = \(\frac{19}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{19}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.19

The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{18}{100}\) = \(\frac{38}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{38}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.38

The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{27}{100}\) = \(\frac{57}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{114}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.57
Now,
Whwn we add all the three results, we will get
The last result’s representation in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{19}{100}\) + \(\frac{38}{100}\) + \(\frac{57}{100}\) = \(\frac{114}{100}\)
The last result’s representation in the decimal form is:
0.19 + 0.38 + 0.57 = 1.14

Question 13.
Which One Doesn’t Belong? Which expression does not belong with the other three?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 147
Answer:
Let the Expressions be named as A, B, C, and D
The given expressions are:
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 147
From the above expressions, Expression D does not belong with the other three

Explanation:
Let the expressions be named  A, B, C, and D
So,
The expressions are:
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 147
So, from the above expressions,
We can observe that the Expression D does not belong with the other three

Question 14.
Modeling Real Life
In an aquarium, \(\frac{5}{10}\) of the fish are red and \(\frac{3}{100}\) of the fish are yellow. What fraction of the fish is more?
Answer: The fraction of the fish that is red is more in the aquarium

Explanation:
It is given that in the aquarium,
There are \(\frac{5}{10}\) of the fish are red and \(\frac{3}{100}\) of the fish are yellow.
So, for comparison, we have to equal the denominators
So,
\(\frac{5}{10}\) has to be multiplied by 10 to make the denominator of \(\frac{5}{10}\) as hundredths
So,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{50}{100}\)
So, when we compare the fishes that are red and yellow,
We will get that
Red fishes > Yellow fishes
hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the red fishes are more than yellow fishes in the aquarium

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
Which gecko is longer? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 148
Answer: Leopard Gecko is longer

Explanation:
It is given that
The total length of Leopard Gecko is: 0.05 + 0.06 = 0.11 m = \(\frac{11}{100}\)
The length of Adult Electric Blue Gecko is: \(\frac{7}{100}\)
So, from the above,
We can say that the numerators of both the fractions are equal.
So, when we compare,
We can see that leopard gecko is longer than adult Electric Blue Gecko
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the Leopard Gecko is longer than the Adult Electric Blue Gecko

Review & Refresh

Question 16.
38 ÷ 4
Answer: 38 ÷ 4 = 9 R 2

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
38 ÷ 4 = ( 32 + 4 ) ÷ 4
= ( 32 ÷ 4 ) + ( 4 ÷ 4 )
= 8 + 1
= 9 R 2
Hence, 38 ÷ 4 = 9 R 2

Question 17.
641 ÷ 9
Answer: 641 ÷ 9 = 71 R 2

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
641 ÷ 9 = ( 630 + 9 ) ÷ 9
= ( 630 ÷ 9 ) + ( 9 ÷ 9 (
= 70 + 1
= 71 R 2
Hence, 641 ÷ 9 = 71 R 2

Question 18.
52 ÷ 7
Answer: 52 ÷ 7 = 7 R 3

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
52 ÷ 7 = (42 + 7 ) ÷ 7
= ( 42 ÷ 7 ) + ( 7 ÷ 7 )
= 6 + 1
= 7 R 3
Hence, 52 ÷ 7 = 7 R 3

Lesson 10.6 Fractions, Decimals and Money

Explore and Grow

Shade the model to show each money moment.

Answer: Here, we have taken the reference of 1 dollar and find out the amount by them that is equal to 1 dollar

Explanation:
We know that,
1 Quarter = 0.25 dollar
1 dime = 0.1 dollar
1 nickel = 0.05 dollar
1 penny = 0.01 dollar
Hence, the above values are marked in the above-given model.

Reasoning

How can you write each money amount as a fraction and a decimal in terms of dollars?

Answer:
The representation of the Quarter, in the dollar in the fraction form is: \(\frac{25}{100}\) dollar
The representation of the Quarter, in the dollar in the decimal form is: 0.25

The representation of the dime, in the dollar in the fraction form is: \(\frac{10}{100}\) dollar
The representation of the dime, in the dollar in the decimal form is: 0.10

The representation of the nickel, in the dollar in the fraction form is: \(\frac{5}{100}\) dollar
The representation of the nickel, in the dollar in the decimal form is: 0.05

The representation of the penny, in the dollar in the fraction form is: \(\frac{1}{100}\) dollar
The representation of the penny, in the dollar in the decimal form is: 0.01

Explanation:
We know that,
1 Quarter = 0.25 dollar
1 dime = 0.1 dollar
1 nickel = 0.05 dollar
1 penny = 0.01 dollar
So, all the money moments are represented in the terms of dollars.
So, the representation of all the money moments in terms of dollars in the fraction and the decimal forms is:
The representation of the Quarter, in the dollar in the fraction form is: \(\frac{25}{100}\) dollar
The representation of the Quarter, in the dollar in the decimal form is: 0.25

The representation of the dime, in the dollar in the fraction form is: \(\frac{10}{100}\) dollar
The representation of the dime, in the dollar in the decimal form is: 0.10

The representation of the nickel, in the dollar in the fraction form is: \(\frac{5}{100}\) dollar
The representation of the nickel, in the dollar in the decimal form is: 0.05

The representation of the penny, in the dollar in the fraction form is: \(\frac{1}{100}\) dollar
The representation of the penny, in the dollar in the decimal form is: 0.01

Think and Grow: Fractions, Decimals, and Money

You can use a dollar sign and a decimal point to write a money amount. Just as a decimal point separates ones from tenths and hundredths, it also separates whole dollars from cents.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 150

Use the total money amount to complete the table.

Show and Grow

Find the total money amount. Then write the amount as a fraction or mixed number and as a decimal.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 152
Answer: The total amount of money is: $0.66

Explanation:
We know that,
1 Quarter = $0.25
1 nickel = $0.05
1 penny = $0.01
The given money is: 2 Quarters, 3 nickels, and 1 penny
So,
The total amount of money = ( 2 × 0.25 ) + ( 3 × 0.05 ) + ( 1 × 0.01 )
= 0.50 + 0.15 + 0.01
= 0.06
Hence,
The total amount of money is: $0.06
The representation of $0.06 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{6}{100}\) dollar
The representation of $0.06 in the decimal form is: $0.06

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 153
Answer: The total amount of money is: $2.30

Explanation:
We know that,
1 Quarter = $0.25
1 nickel = $0.05
The given money is: 2 dollars, 1 Quarter, and 1 nickel
So,
The total amount of money = ( 2 × 1 ) + ( 1 × 0.25 ) + ( 1 × 0.05 )
= 2 + 0.25 + 0.05
= 2.30
Hence,
The total amount of money is: $2.30
The representation of $2.30 in the fraction form is: 2\(\frac{30}{100}\) dollar
The representation of $2.30 in the decimal form is: $2.30

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the total money amount. Then write the amount as a fraction or mixed number and as a decimal.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 154
Answer: The total amount of money is: $0.46

Explanation:
We know that,
1 Quarter = $0.25
1 nickel = $0.05
1 dime = $0.10
1 penny = $0.01
The given money is: 6 pennies, 1 Quarter, 1 dime, and 1 nickel
So,
The total amount of money = ( 6 × 0.01 ) + ( 1 × 0.25 ) + ( 1 × 0.05 ) + ( 1 × 0.10 )
= 0.06 + 0.25 + 0.05 + 0.10
= 0.46
Hence,
The total amount of money is: $0.46
The representation of $0.46 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{46}{100}\) dollar
The representation of $0.46 in the decimal form is: $0.46

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 155
Answer: The total amount of money is: $0.46

Explanation:
We know that,
1 Quarter = $0.25
1 nickel = $0.05
4 Quarters = 1 dollar
The given money is: 4 Quarters, 1 dollar, and 1 nickel
So,
The total amount of money = ( 1 × 1 ) + ( 4 × 0.25 ) + ( 1 × 0.05 )
= 1 + 1 + 0.05
= 2.05
Hence,
The total amount of money is: $2.05
The representation of $2.05 in the fraction form is: 2\(\frac{5}{100}\) dollar
The representation of $2.05 in the decimal form is: $2.05

Write the fraction or mixed number as a money amount and as a decimal.

Question 5.
\(\frac{53}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{53}{100}\) as the total amount of money is: $0.53

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{53}{100}\)
The given fraction will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $0.53

Question 6.
\(\frac{4}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{4}{100}\) as the total amount of money is: $0.04

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{4}{100}\)
The given fraction will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $0.04

Question 7.
\(\frac{100}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{100}{100}\) as the total amount of money is: $1

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{100}{100}\)
The given fraction will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $1

Question 8.
1\(\frac{22}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of 1\(\frac{22}{100}\) as the total amount of money is: $1.22

Explanation:
The given fraction is: 1\(\frac{22}{100}\)
The given fraction will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $1.22

Question 9.
1\(\frac{18}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of 1\(\frac{18}{100}\) as the total amount of money is: $1.18

Explanation:
The given fraction is: 1\(\frac{18}{100}\)
The given fraction will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $1.18

Question 10.
1\(\frac{70}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of 1\(\frac{70}{100}\) as the total amount of money is: $1.70

Explanation:
The given fraction is: 1\(\frac{70}{100}\)
The given fraction will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $1.70

Question 11.
You find 1 dime, 3 nickels, and 2 pennies on the ground. How much money do you find? Write your answer in three different ways.
Answer: The total amount of money you find on the ground is: $0.27

Explanation:
The given amount that you find on the ground is: 1 dime, 3 nickels, and 2 pennies
We know that,
1 dime = 0.10 dollars
1 nickel = $0.05 dollars
1 penny = $0.01 dollars
So,
The total amount of money you find on the ground = ( 1 × 0.10 ) + ( 3 × 0.05 ) + (2 × 0.01 )
= 0.10 + 0.15 + 0.02
= 0.27
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that the three ways of representing the total amount of money is:
The total amount of money you find on the ground is: $0.27
The representation of the total amount of money in the fraction form is: \(\frac{27}{100}\) dollar
The representation of the total amount of money in the decimal form is: $0.27

Question 12.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend has three $1 bills and 2 pennies. Your friend writes, “I have $ 3.2.” Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer: No, your friend is wrong

Explanation:
It is given that your friend has three $1 bills and 2 pennies.
So,
The given amount your friend has: 3 $1 bills and 2 pennies
We know that,
1 penny = 0.01 dollars
So,
The total amount of money your friend has = ( 3 × 1 ) + ( 2 × 0.01 )
= 3 + 0.02
= 3.02
Hence,
The total amount of money your friend has: $3.02 dollars or 3 dollars and 2 pennies
But, your friend has written $3.02 as $3.20 which means 3 dollars and 2 dimes
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that your friend is wrong

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
You have \(\frac{1}{4}\) dollar in coins. Draw two possible groups of coins that you could have.
Answer: The possible group of coins that you could have for \(\frac{1}{4}\) is: Quarter

Explanation:
It is given that you have \(\frac{1}{4}\) dollar in coins.
But, we have al, the money moments in terms of 100.
So, to make the denominator of \(\frac{1}{4}\) 100, multiply \(\frac{1}{4}\) by 25
So,
The representation of \(\frac{1}{4}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{25}{100}\)
We know that,
1 Quarter = $0.25
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the possible group of coins that you could have for \(\frac{1}{4}\) is: Quarter

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
Newton has \(\frac{85}{100}\) dollar. Can he buy the spinning toy? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 156
Write the fraction as a money amount.
\(\frac{85}{100}\) as a money amount is $0.85.
Compare the amount of money Newton has to the price of the toy.
Newton can’t buy the spinning toy.

Explanation:
It is given that Newton has \(\frac{85}{100}\) dollar
So,
The amount of money that Newton has in the decimal form is: $0.85
But, it is also given that
The cost of spinning toy is: \(\frac{99}{100}\) dollar
So, for comparison, we have to make either the numerators or the denominators equal.
Here, both the denominators are equal.
So, we can compare both the fractions directly.
So, by comparing, we get,
0.85 < 0.99
Hence,
We can conclude that Newton can’t buy the spinning toy.

Show and Grow

Question 14.
Descartes has \(\frac{76}{100}\) dollar. Can he buy the bouncy ball? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 156.1
Answer: Yes, he can buy the bouncy ball

Explanation:
It is given that Descartes has \(\frac{76}{100}\) dollar
So,
The amount of money that Descartes has in the decimal form is: $0.76
But, it is also given that
The cost of bouncy ball is: \(\frac{50}{100}\) dollar
So, for comparison, we have to make either the numerators or the denominators equal.
Here, both the denominators are equal.
So, we can compare both the fractions directly.
So, by comparing, we get,
0.76 > 0.50
Hence,
We can conclude that Descartes can buy the bouncy ball.

Question 15.
You throw 3 dimes, 3 nickels, and 8 pennies into a fountain. Your friend throws 1 quarter, 4 nickels, and 5 pennies. Who throws a greater amount of money into the fountain?
Answer: You throw a greater amount of money into the fountain when compared to your friend.

Explanation:
It is given that you throw 3 dimes, 3 nickels, and 8 pennies and your friend throws 1 quarter, 4 nickels, and 5 pennies
So,
The amount that you have is: 3 dimes, 3 nickels, and 8 pennies
The amount that your friend has is: 1 quarter, 4 nickels, and 5 pennies
We know that,
1 quarter = $0.25
1 dime = $0.10
1 nickel = $0.05
1 penny = $0.01
So,
The total amount of money you have = ( 3 × 0.10 ) + ( 3 × 0.05 ) + ( 8 × 0.01 )
= 0.30 + 0.15 + 0.08
= $0.53
The total amount of money your friend has = ( 1 × 0.25 ) + ( 4 × 0.05 ) + ( 5 × 0.01 )
= 0.25 + 0.20 + 0.05
= $0.50
Now,
The representation of the amount of money you have in the fraction form is: \(\frac{53}{100}\) dollars
The representation of the amount of money your friend has in the fraction form is: \(\frac{50}{100}\) dollars
So, by comparing these two amounts,
We can conclude that you have a greater amount of money than your friend

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
Complete the table. Which piggy bank has the greatest amount of money? the least amount of money?

Answer:
The piggy bank which has the greatest amount of money is: B
the piggy bank which has the least amount of money is: C

Explanation:
The given table is:

From the given table,
The amount of money present in all the three piggy banks is: Quarters, Dimes, Nickels,  and pennies
We know that,
1 Quarter = $0.25
1 dime = $0.10
1 nickel = $0.05
1 penny = $0.01
So,
The total amount of money that all the three piggy banks have:
A: ( 3 × 0.25 ) + ( 1 × 0.10 ) + ( 4 × 0.05 ) + ( 2 × 0.01 ) = $1.07
B: ( 1 × 0.25 ) + ( 7 × 0.10 ) + ( 3 × 0.05 ) + ( 0 × 0.01 ) = $1.10
C: ( 2 × 0.25 ) + ( 0 × 0.10 ) + ( 8 × 0.05 ) + ( 11 × 0.01 ) = $1.01
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that
The piggy bank that has the greatest amount of money is: B
The piggy bank that has the least amount of money is: C

Fractions, Decimals and Money Homework & Practice 10.6

Write the money amount as a fraction or mixed number and as a decimal.

Question 1.
$ 0.53
Answer: The representation of $0.53 as the total amount of money in the fraction form is: \(\frac{53}{100}\) dollar

Explanation:
The given amount of money in the decimal form is: $0.53
The given decimal form will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the fraction form is: \(\frac{53}{100}\) dollars
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $0.53

Question 2.
$ 0.40
Answer: The representation of $0.40 as the total amount of money in the fraction form is: \(\frac{40}{100}\) dollar

Explanation:
The given amount of money in the decimal form is: $0.40
The given decimal form will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the fraction form is: \(\frac{40}{100}\) dollars
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $0.40

Question 3.
$1.01
Answer: The representation of $1.01 as the total amount of money in the fraction form is: 1\(\frac{1}{100}\) dollar

Explanation:
The given amount of money in the decimal form is: $1.01
The given decimal form will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the fraction form is: 1\(\frac{1}{100}\) dollars
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $1.01

Find the total money amount. Then write the amount as a fraction or mixed number and as a decimal.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 158
Answer: The total amount of money is: $0.65

Explanation:
We know that,
1 Quarter = $0.25
1 nickel = $0.05
1 dime = $0.10
The given money is: 1 Quarter, 2 dimes, and 4 nickel
So,
The total amount of money = ( 1 × 0.25 ) + ( 4 × 0.05 ) + ( 2 × 0.10 )
=  0.25 + 0.20 + 0.20
= 0.65
Hence,
The total amount of money is: $0.65
The representation of $0.65 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{65}{100}\) dollar
The representation of $0.65 in the decimal form is: $0.65

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 159
Answer: The total amount of money is: $2.13

Explanation:
We know that,
1 dime = $0.10
1 penny = $0.01
The given money is: 3 pennies, 1 dime, and 2 dollars
So,
The total amount of money = ( 3 × 0.01 ) + ( 2 × 1 ) + ( 1 × 0.10 )
= 0.03 + 2 + 0.10
= 2.13
Hence,
The total amount of money is: $2.13
The representation of $2.13 in the fraction form is: 2\(\frac{13}{100}\) dollar
The representation of $2.13 in the decimal form is: $2.13

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 160
Answer: The total amount of money is: $0.92

Explanation:
We know that,
1 Quarter = $0.25
1 dime = $0.10
1 penny = $0.01
The given money is: 2 pennies, 2 Quarters, 4 dimes
So,
The total amount of money = ( 2 × 0.01 ) + ( 2 × 0.25 ) + ( 4 × 0.10 )
= 0.02 +0.50 + 0.40
= 0.92
Hence,
The total amount of money is: $0.92
The representation of $0.92 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{92}{100}\) dollar
The representation of $0.92 in the decimal form is: $0.92

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 161
Answer: The total amount of money is: $3.15

Explanation:
We know that,
1 Quarter = $0.25
1 nickel = $0.05
1 dime = $0.10
The given money is: 4 Quarters, 2 dollars, 1 dime, and 1 nickel
So,
The total amount of money = ( 2 × 1 ) + ( 4 × 0.25 ) + ( 1 × 0.05 ) + ( 1 × 0.10 )
= 2 + 1 + 0.05 + 0.10
= 3.15
Hence,
The total amount of money is: $3.15
The representation of $3.15 in the fraction form is: 3\(\frac{15}{100}\) dollar
The representation of $3.15 in the decimal form is: $3.15

Write the fraction or mixed number as a money amount and as a decimal.

Question 8.
\(\frac{87}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{87}{100}\) as the total amount of money is: $0.87

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{87}{100}\)
The given fraction will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $0.87

Question 9.
\(\frac{12}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{12}{100}\) as the total amount of money is: $0.12

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{12}{100}\)
The given fraction will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $0.12

Question 10.
1\(\frac{9}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of 1\(\frac{9}{100}\) as the total amount of money is: $1.09

Explanation:
The given fraction is: 1\(\frac{9}{100}\)
The given fraction will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $1.09

Question 11.
You find 3 quarters, 2 nickels, and 1 penny in your backpack. How much money do you find? Write your answer in three different ways.
Answer: The amount of money you find is: $0.86

Explanation:
It is given that you find 3 quarters, 2 nickels, and 1 penny in your backpack
So,
The amount of money you have is: 3 quarters, 2 nickels, and 1 penny
We know that,
1 quarter = $0.25
1 nickel = $0.05
1 penny = $0.01
So,
The total amount of money you have = ( 3 × 0.25 ) + ( 2 × 0.05 ) + ( 1 × 0.01 )
= 0.75 + 0.10 + 0.01
= 0.86
Hence,
The total amount of money you have is: $0.86
The total amount of money you have in the fraction form is: \(\frac{86}{100}\)
The total amount of money you have in the decimal form is: $0.86

Question 12.
Which One Doesn’t Belong? Which one does not belong with the other three?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 162
Answer:
Let the amounts be named A, B, C, and D
So, from the amounts,
we can say that A) does not belong to the other three.

Explanation:
Le the amounts named as A, B, C, and D
Now,
A) 3 pennies  B) \(\frac{3}{10}\)  C) 0.30 dollars  D) \(\frac{30}{100}\)
We know that,
1 penny = $0.01
So,
3 pennies = $0.03
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that A) does not belong to the other three.

Question 13.
Reasoning
Would you rather have \(\frac{2}{10}\) of a dollar or 6 nickels? Explain.
Answer: You would rather have 6 nickels

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{2}{10}\) of a dollar
So,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{20}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{20}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.20
We know that,
1 nickel = $0.05
So,
6 nickels = 6 × 0.05 = $0.30
Now,
When we compare the given fraction and 6 nickels, w can observe that
6 nickels > \(\frac{2}{10}\) of a dollar
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that you would have to rather have 6 nickels than \(\frac{2}{10}\) of a dollar

Question 14.
Modeling Real Life
Newton has \(\frac{46}{100}\) dollar. Can he buys the key chain ? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 163
Answer: No, Newton can’t buy the key chain

Explanation:
It is given that Newton has \(\frac{46}{10}\) dollar
So,
The representation of \(\frac{46}{10}\) in the decimal form is: $0.46
It is also given that,
The cost of the key chain is: $0.49
Now,
When we compare the fractions, we have to equate either the numerators or the denominators.
Here, both the denominators are equal.
So,
When we compare, we will observe
0.46 < 0.49
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Newton can’t buy the key chain

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
Descartes has $1. Can he buy 2 key chains? Explain how you know without calculating.
Answer: Yes, Descartes can buy 2 key chains

Explanation:
From the above problem,
The cost of 1 key chain is: $0.49
It is given that Descartes has $1 and he wants to buy the 2 key chains
So,
The cost of 2 key chains = 0.49 + 0.49 = $0.98
But, Descartes has $1
So,
The money that Descartes left = 1 – 0.98 = 0.02
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Descartes can buy the 2 key chains

Review & Refresh

Add.

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 164
Answer: \(\frac{24}{100}\) + \(\frac{35}{100}\) = \(\frac{59}{100}\)

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{24}{100}\) and \(\frac{35}{100}\)
So, for the addition of the fractions, we have to equate either both the numerators or both the denominators.
Here, both the denominators are equal.
Hence,
\(\frac{24}{100}\) + \(\frac{35}{100}\) = \(\frac{59}{100}\)

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 165
Answer: \(\frac{10}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{13}{8}\)

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{10}{8}\) and \(\frac{3}{8}\)
So, for the addition of the fractions, we have to see whether the denominators are equal or the numerators are equal.
Here, both the denominators are equal.
Hence,
\(\frac{10}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{13}{8}\)

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 166
Answer: \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{6}{10}\) = \(\frac{10}{10}\)

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{1}{10}\), \(\frac{3}{10}\) and \(\frac{6}{10}\)
So, in addition,
We have to equate either both the numerators or both the denominators.
Here,
The denominators of all the fractions are equal.
Hence,
\(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{6}{10}\) = \(\frac{10}{10}\)

Lesson 10.7 Operations with Money

Explore and Grow

Draw bills and coins to solve each problem. How much do all of the toys cost?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 167

  1. You pay for one of the toys with a $10 bill. What is your change?

Answer:
Let the toy be an Action figure.
Now,
It is given that the cost of an Action figure is: $5.50
It is also given that you pay for one of the toys with a $10 bill
So,
Your change = 10 – 5.50 = $4.50
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the change is: $4.50

2. You buy three of the same toys. How much do the toys cost in all?

Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 167
From the given table,
The cost of an Action figure is: $5.50
The cost of a whistle is: $1.25
The cost of a Board game is: $3.75
So,
The cost of 3 Action figures = 3 × 5.50 = $16.50
The cost of 3 whistles = 3 × 1.25 = $3.75
The cost of 3 board games = 3 × 3.75 = $11.15

3. You and your friend put your money together to buy some of the toys. The cashier gives you a $4.50 change. You want to share the change equally. How much money does each of you get?

Answer: It is given that you and your friend put your money together to buy some of the toys. It is also given that the cashier gives you a $4.50 change.
So,
The amount that should be shared equally between you and your friend = 4.50 ÷ 2
= (4 ÷ 2 ) + ( 0.50 ÷ 2 )
= 2 + 0.25
= 2.25
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that the amount that should be shared equally between you and your friend is: $2.25

Precision
Compare your work to your partner’s.

Think and Grow:
Newton has $1.35. Descartes has $1.25. How much money do they have altogether?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 168
Answer:
It is given that Newton has $1.35 and Descartes has $1.25.
So,
The total amount of money they have altogether = $1.35 + $1.25
= $2.60
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that they have $2.60 altogether.

Example
Newton has $2.45. He spends $1.10. How much money does he have left?

He has $1.35 left.
Example
Three friends each have$0.60. How much money do they have in all?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 170
Answer: It is given that the three friends each have $0.60
So,
the total amount of money that the three friends have = 0.60 × 3 = $1.80
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that they have $1.80 in all.
Example
You and a friend have a total of $ 1.48. You want to share the money equally. How much money should each of you get?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 171
Answer: It is given that you and a friend have a total of $1.48
It is also given that you want to share the money equally
So,
The amount of money that you and your friend share the money equally = 1.48 ÷ 2
= ( 1 ÷ 2 ) + ( 0.48 ÷ 2 )
= 0.5 + 0.24
= 0.74
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that you each should get $0.74.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
You pay a total of $2.25 for 3 granola bars. How much money does each bar cost? Draw bills and coins to solve.
Answer: The amount of money does each bar cost is: $0.75

Explanation:
It is given that you pay a total of $2.25 for 3 granola bars
So,
The amount of money that each bar cost = The total cost of 3 granola bars ÷ 3
= 2.25 ÷ 3
= 0.75
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the amount of money does each ba cost is: $0.75

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 2.
You buy 2 stamps. Each stamp costs $0.49. How much money do you spend in all?
Answer: The total amount of money you spend is: $0.98

Explanation:
It is given that you buy 2 stamps and each stamp costs $0.49
So,
The total amount of money you spent on buying stamps = The cost of each stamp × 2
= 0.49 × 2
= $0.98
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that the amount of money you spent on buying the 2 stamps is: $0.98

Question 3.
Newton has $2.50. He spends $1.07 on a flying disk. How much money does Newton have left?
Answer: The amount of money does Newton have left is: $1.43

Explanation:
It is given that Newton has $2.50 and he spends $1.07 on a flying disk
So,
The amount of money does Newton have left = The amount of money that Newton has – The amount of money that Newton spent
= 2.50 – 107
= $1.43
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the amount of money does Newton have left is: $1.43

Question 4.
A tube of toothpaste costs $2.71 and a toothbrush costs $1.62. How much more money does the toothpaste cost more than the toothbrush?
Answer: The amount of money that the toothpaste cost more than the toothbrush is: $1.09

Explanation:
It is given that a tube of toothpaste costs $2.71 and a toothbrush costs $1.62.
So,
The amount of money that the toothpaste cost more than the toothbrush = The cost of toothpaste -The cost of the toothbrush
= 2.71 – 1.62
= $1.07
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the more money does the toothpaste cost more than the toothbrush is: $1.07

Question 5.
Two fingerboards cost a total of $7.20. Each fingerboard costs the same amount. How much does each fingerboard cost?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 172
Answer: Each fingerboard costs: 0.36

Explanation:
It is given that the two fingerboards cost a total of $7.20
It is also given that each fingerboard costs the same amount.
So,
The cost of each fingerboard = The cost of 2 fingerboards ÷ 2
= 7.20 ÷ 2
= ( 7 ÷ 2 ) + ( 0.2 ÷ 2 )
= 3.5 + 0.1
= 3.6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the cost of each fingerboard is: $0.36

Question 6.
In Exercise 2, you pay for the stamps using a $1 bill. What is your change?
Answer:
From Exercise 2,
The total cost of buying 2 stamps is: $0.98
In this exercise, it is given that you pay for the stamps using a $1 bill.
So,
The change = 1 – 0.98
= 0.02
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that The change after paying the $1 bill for paying the stamps is: $0.02

Question 7.
You have four $1 bills and 3 dimes. Do you have enough money to buy the tube of toothpaste and the toothbrush in Exercise 4? Explain.
Answer: No, you don’t have enough money to buy the tube of toothbrush and toothpaste which is explained in Exercise 4

Explanation:
From Exercise 4,
The total cost of money to buy the tube of toothpaste and the toothbrush = 2.71 + 1.62 = $4.33
It is given that you have 4 $1 bills and 3 dimes
We know that,
1 dime = $0.10
So,
The total amount of money you have = (4 × 1 ) + ( 3 × 0.10 )
= 4 + 0.30
= 4.30
Now,
We have to compare 4.33 and 4.30
So, by comparing the 2 values, we will observe
4.33 > 4.30
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that you don’t have enough money to buy the toothpaste and the toothbrush

Question 8.
DIG DEEPER!
You have $1.10 less than Descartes. How much money do you, Newton, and Descartes have altogether?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 173
Answer:
It is given that you have $1.10 less than Descartes
From the above figure,
Newton has $1.50 and Descartes has $1.25 more than Newton
So,
The amount of money that Descartes has = The amount of money Newton has + 1.25
= 1.50 + 1.25
= $2.75
The amount of money you have = The amount of money Descartes has – 1.10
= 2.75 – 1.10
= $1.65
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The amount of money you have is: $1.65
The amount of money Newton has is: $1.50
The amount of money Descartes has is: $2.75

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You buy a joke book that costs $3.50 and a book about science experiments that costs $4.25. You give the cashier $8. What is your change?
Think: What do you know? What do you need to find? How will you solve?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 174
Step 1: Draw bills and coins to show the money you give the cashier, $8.
Step 2: Subtract the cost of the joke book. Subtract $3.50 by taking away
3 $1 bills and 2 quarters.
The given model is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 175
Step 3: Subtract the cost of the science experiment book.
Subtract $4.25 by taking away
4 $1 bills and 1 quarter.
Step 4: The remaining coin represents your change.
Your change is $1.75

Show and Grow

Question 9.
You buy a gel pen that costs $1.10 and a school shirt that costs $5.85. You give the cashier $7. What is your change?
Answer: The change is: $0.05

Explanation:
It is given that you buy a gel pen that costs $1.10 and a school shirt that costs $5.85.
So,
The total cost of the gel pen and the school skirt = 5.85 + 1.10 = $ 6.95
It is also given that you give the cashier $7
So,
the change = The money given to the cashier – The total cost of the gel pen and the school skirt
= 7 – 6.95
= 0.05
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the change is: $0.05

Question 10.
You have $2.50. Your friend has 2 times as much money as you. How much money do you and your friend have altogether?
Answer: The amount of money you and your friend have altogether is: $7.50

Explanation:
It is given that you have $2.50 and your friend has 2 times as much money as you.
So,
The amount of money your friend has = 2.50 × 2 = $5
So,
The amount of money you and your friend have altogether = The amount of money you have + The amount of money your friend has
= 5 + 2.5
= $7.5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the amount of money you and your friend have altogether is: $7.50

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
You have $8.38. Your friend has $3.16. How much money can you give to your friend so that you each have the same amount?
Answer: The amount of money you can give to your friend so that you each have the same amount = $5.22

Explanation:
It is given that you have $8.38 and your friend has $3.16
So,
The amount of money you can give to your friend so that you each have the same amount = The amount of money you have – The amount of money your friend has
= 8.38 – 3.16
= $5.22
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the amount of money you can give to your friend so that you each have the same amount is: $5.22

Operations with Money Homework & Practice 10.7

Draw bills and coins to solve.

Question 1.
A sketch pad is $2.85 and a sketching pencil is $1.25. How much more money is the sketch pad than the sketching pencil?
Answer: The amount of money the sketch pad needs more than the sketching pencil is: $1.60

Explanation:
It is given that a sketch pad is $2.85 and a sketching pencil is $1.25.
So,
The cost of a sketch pad is: $2.85
The cost of a sketching pencil is: $1.25
So,
the amount of money more than the sketching pencil = The cost of sketch pad – The cost of the sketching pencil
= 2.85 – 1.25
= $1.60
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the amount of money needed more than the sketching pencil is: $.1.60

Question 2.
Descartes buys two toys for a total of $2.54. Each toy costs the same amount. How much does each toy cost?
Answer: The cost of each boy is: $1.27

Explanation:
It is given that Descartes buys 2 toys for a total of $2.54 and it is also given that each toy costs the same amount
So,
The cost of each toy = The total cost of the two toys ÷ 2
= 2.54 ÷ 2
= $1.27
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the cost of each toy is: $1.27

Question 3.
You buy 4 bags of the water balloons shown. How much money do you spend in all?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 177
Answer: The total cost of the 4 bags of balloons are: $4.80

Explanation:
It is given that you have 4 bags of balloons and it is also given that the cost of each bag of balloon is $1.20
So,
The total cost of the four bags of balloons = 4 × 1.20
= $4.80
hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the cost of the four bags of balloons is: $4.80

Question 4.
You have four $1 bills and 2 nickels. Do you have enough money to buy the sketch pad and the sketching pencil in Exercise 1? Explain.
Answer: No, we have enough money to buy the sketch pad and the sketching pencil

Explanation:
From Exercise 1,
The total cost of the sketch pen and the sketching pencil = 2.85 + 1.25
= $4.10
In this exercise, it is given that you have 4 $1 bills and 2 nickels.
We know that,
1 nickel = $0.05
So,
The total amount of money = ( 4 × 1 ) + ( 2 × 0.05 )
=  + 0.1
= $4.1
So,
The total amount from exercise 1 and the money you have are equal
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that we have enough money to buy the sketch pen and the sketching pencil

Question 5.
Reasoning
You have 3 jars, with $2.32 in each jar. Do you have enough money to buy the model car? If not, how much more money do you need?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 178
Answer: You don’t have enough money to buy the model car
The amount of money that you needed more to buy the model car is: $0.53

Explanation:
It is given that you have 3 jars, with $2.32 in each jar
So,
The total amount of money n the three jars = 3 × 2.32 = $6.96
It is also given that
The cost of the model car is: $7.49
So,
The amount of money needed more to buy the model car = The cost of the model car – The total amount of money in the three jars
= 7.49 – 6.96
= $0.53
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that we don’t have enough money to buy the model car
The amount of money needed more to buy the car is: $0.53

Question 6.
DIG DEEPER!
Descartes has 3 quarters, 1 dime, and 3 nickels. He wants to put the same amount of money into each of the two piggy banks. How can he do this with these coins?
Answer: The amount of money in each of the two piggy banks is: $0.5

Explanation:
It is given that Descartes has 3 quarters, 1 dime, and 3 nickels.
So,
The amount of money Descartes possess is: 3 quarters, 1 dime, and 3 nickels
We know that,
1 quarter = $0.25
1 dime = $0.10
1 nickel = $0.05
So,
The total amount of money Descartes possesses = ( 3 × 0.25 ) + ( 1 × 0.10 ) + ( 3 × 0.05 )
= 0.75 + 0.10 + 0.15
= $1.00
So,
The amount of money in each of the two piggy banks = 1 ÷ 2 = $0.5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the amount of money in each of the two piggy banks is: $0.5

Question 7.
Modeling Real Life
You buy the key chains shown. You pay with a $5 bill. What is your change?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 179
Answer: The change is: $1.10

Explanation:
It is given that you have bought some key chains as shown in the below figure.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 179
From the above figure,
The cost of a basketball key chain is: $2.53
The cost of a football chain is: $2.37
So,
The total cost of the two key chains = 2.53 + 2.37
= $4.90
It is also given that you pay with a $5 bill
So,
The change = 5 – The total cost of the key chains
= 5 – 4.90
= $1.10
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the change obtained after buying the key chains is: $1.10

Question 8.
DIG DEEPER!
Your class collects pennies and nickels in separate jars. Your class collects $5.87 in pennies and $2.65 in nickels. You divide the total amount of money collected between two charities. How many pennies do you put in the nickel jar so that both jars have the same amount of money?
Answer:
The total amount of money divided between the 2 charities is: $4.26
The number of pennies you need to put in the nickel jar is: $3.22

Explanation:
It is given that your class collects pennies and nickels in separate jars. It is also given that your class collects $5.87 in pennies and $2.65 in nickels.
It is given that you divide the total amount of money collected between two charities.
So,
The total amount of money collected by the class = 5.87 + 2.65 = $8.52
Now,
The total amount of money divided between the 2 charities = 8.52 ÷ 2
= ( 8 ÷ 2 ) + ( 0.52 ÷ 2 )
= 4 + 0.26
= $ 4.26
Now,
The amount of money needed more to add pennies into the nickel jars = 5.87 – 2.65 = $3.22
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The total amount of money divided between the 2 charities is: $4.26
The number of pennies you need to put in the nickel jar is: $3.22

Review & Refresh

Write the product as a multiple of a unit fraction. Then find the product.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 180
Answer: The product of 6 and \(\frac{7}{12}\) is: \(\frac{14}{4}\)

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{6}{1}\) and \(\frac{7}{12}\)
For multiplication,
Multiply numerators and denominators separately.
So,
\(\frac{6}{1}\) × \(\frac{7}{12}\) = \(\frac{6 × 7 }{1 × 12}\)
= \(\frac{42}{12}\)
For the simplified form of \(\frac{42}{12}\), divide \(\frac{42}{12}\) by 3 as 42 and 12 are the multiples of 3
Hence,
\(\frac{7}{12}\) × \(\frac{6}{1}\) = \(\frac{42}{12}\) = \(\frac{14}{4}\)

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 181
Answer: The product of 2 and \(\frac{5}{6}\) is: \(\frac{5}{3}\)

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{2}{1}\) and \(\frac{5}{6}\)
For multiplication,
Multiply numerators and denominators separately.
So,
\(\frac{2}{1}\) × \(\frac{5}{6}\) = \(\frac{2 × 5 }{1 × 6}\)
= \(\frac{10}{6}\)
For the simplified form of \(\frac{10}{6}\), divide \(\frac{10}{6}\) by 2 as 10 and 6 are the multiples of 2
Hence,
\(\frac{5}{6}\) × \(\frac{2}{1}\) = \(\frac{10}{6}\) = \(\frac{5}{3}\)

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 182
Answer: The product of 10 and \(\frac{3}{8}\) is: \(\frac{15}{4}\)

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{10}{1}\) and \(\frac{3}{8}\)
For multiplication,
Multiply numerators and denominators separately.
So,
\(\frac{10}{1}\) × \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{10 × 3 }{1 × 8}\)
= \(\frac{30}{8}\)
For the simplified form of \(\frac{30}{8}\), divide \(\frac{30}{8}\) by 2 as 30 and 8 are the multiples of 2
Hence,
\(\frac{5}{8}\) × \(\frac{10}{1}\) = \(\frac{30}{8}\) = \(\frac{15}{4}\)

Relate Fractions and Decimals Performance Task 10

You have a recipe to make one loaf of home made whole wheat bread. You want to make 8 loaves of bread.

1. You need between 6.5 cups and 7 cups of whole wheat flour for one loaf of bread.
a. So far, you measure 3\(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of flour for one loaf. What is the least amount of cups you need to add?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 183

Answer: The least amount of cups you need to add is: 3.25

Explanation:
It is given that you need between 6.5 and 7 cups of whole wheat flour for one loaf of bread.
It is given that you measured so far 3\(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of flour for one loaf
So,
The least number of cups you need to add to make one loaf of bread = 6.5 – 3\(\frac{1}{4}\)
The representation of 3\(\frac{1}{4}\) in the decimal form is: 3.25
So,
The least number of cups you need = 6.5 – 3.25 = 3.25 cups
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that you need a minimum of 3.25 cups of wheat flour to make a loaf of bread

b. There are about 4 cups of flour in 1 pound. How many 5-pound bags of whole wheat flour should you buy to make all of the bread?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 184

Answer: You should buy about 20 cups of flour to make all the bread

Explanation:
It is given that we need about 4 cups of flour in 1 pound.
So,
The number of cups you need for five-pound bags = 4 × 5 = 20 cups
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that we will need about 20 cups of flour to make all the bread

c. You use a $10 bill to buy enough bags of whole wheat flour for 8 loaves. What is your change?
Answer: Your change is: $4.8

Explanation:
It is given that you use a $10 bill to buy enough bags of whole wheat flour for 8 loaves.
So,
The total cost of wheat flour = 2.69 × 2 = $5.38
So,
Your change = 10 – 5.38 = $4.62
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the change is: $4.62

Question 2.
You need to add 2\(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of warm water for one loaf of bread. The temperature of the water should be about 110°F.
a. How many cups of water do you need for all of the bread?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 185

Answer: The number of cups of warm water you need for all the bread is: 18 cups

Explanation:
It is given that you need to add 2\(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of warm water for one loaf of bread.
But, it is given for the whole read, there are 8 loaves of bread.
So,
The total number of cups you need to make all the bread = 2\(\frac{1}{4}\) × 8
= 2.25 × 8
= 18 cups
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that we will need 18 cups of warm water to make all the whole bread

b. You find the temperatures of 3 different samples of water. Which sample of water should you use? Explain.
Answer: We will use a C sample of water

Explanation:
The given temperatures are:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 185
From the above table,
The temperature of A is: 105.5
The temperature of B is: 114.4
The temperature of C is: 109.6
It is given that the temperature to make the bread is: 110
So,
We will choose sample C to make the bread.
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that we will use C’s sample of water to make the bread

Relate Fractions and Decimals Activity

Decimal Boss

Directions:

  1. Divide the Decimal Boss Cards equally between both players.
  2. Each player flips a Decimal Boss Card.
  3. Players compare their numbers. The player with the greater number takes both cards.
  4. The player with the most cards at the end of the round wins!

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 186

Relate Fractions and Decimals Chapter Practice 10

10.1 Understand Tenths

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 1.
\(\frac{8}{10}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.8

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{8}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{8}{10}\),
8 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.8

Question 2.
\(\frac{3}{10}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.3

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{3}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{3}{10}\),
3 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.3

Question 3.
6\(\frac{7}{10}\)
Answer: The representation of 6\(\frac{7}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 6.7

Explanation:
The given fraction is: 6\(\frac{7}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of 6\(\frac{7}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 6\(\frac{7}{10}\),
6 represents the one’s position
7 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of 6\(\frac{7}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 6.7

Question 4.
15\(\frac{4}{10}\)
Answer: The representation of 15\(\frac{4}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 15.4

Explanation:
The given fraction is: 15\(\frac{4}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of 15\(\frac{4}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 15\(\frac{4}{10}\),
1 represents the ten’s position
5 represents the one’s position
4 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of 15\(\frac{4}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 15.4

Write the number as a fraction or mixed number and as a decimal.

Question 5.
two tenths
Answer:
The representation of two-tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{2}{10}\)
The representation of two-tenths in the decimal form is: 0.2

Explanation:
The given word form is: Two-tenths
So,
The representation of two-tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{2}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{2}{10}\),
2 represents the tenth’s position
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.2

Question 6.
thirteen and six tenths
Answer:
The representation of thirteen and six-tenths in the fraction form is: 13\(\frac{6}{10}\)
The representation of thirteen and six-tenths in the decimal form is: 13.6

Explanation:
The given word form is: Thirteen and six-tenths
So,
The representation of thirteen and six-tenths in the fraction form is: 13\(\frac{6}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of 13\(\frac{6}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 13\(\frac{6}{10}\),
1 represents the ten’s position
3 represents the one’s position
6 represents the tenth’s position
Hence,
The representation of 13\(\frac{6}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 13.6

Question 7.
Modeling Real Life
You bake 2 loaves of banana bread for a party. You cut each loaf into10 equal pieces. The guests eat 18 pieces. Write the fraction and decimal that represent how many loaves the guests eat in all.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 187
Answer:
The representation of the loaves that the guests eat in the fraction form is: \(\frac{18}{20}\)
The representation of the loaves that the guests eat in the decimal form is: 0.9

Explanation:
It is given that you bake 2 loaves of banana bread and you cut each banana bread into 10 pieces
So,
The total number of pieces is: 20 pieces
It is also given that the guests eat 18 pieces.
So,
The number of pieces eaten by guests is: 18
So,
The representation of the loaves that the guests eat in the fraction form is: \(\frac{18}{20}\)
The representation of the loaves that the guests eat in the decimal form is: 0.9

10.2 Understand Hundredths

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 8.
\(\frac{10}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{10}{100}\) in the form of decimal number is: 0.10

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{10}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{10}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{10}{100}\),
0 represents the hundredth position
1 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{10}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.10

Question 9.
\(\frac{6}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{6}{100}\) in the form of decimal number is: 0.06

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{6}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{6}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{6}{100}\),
6 represents the hundredth position
0 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{6}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.06

Question 10.
8\(\frac{75}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of 8\(\frac{75}{100}\) in the form of a decimal number is: 8.75

Explanation:
The given fraction is: 8\(\frac{75}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 8\(\frac{75}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 8\(\frac{75}{100}\),
8 represents the one’s position
5 represents the hundredth position
7 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of 8\(\frac{75}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 8.75

Question 11.
34\(\frac{2}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of 34\(\frac{2}{100}\) in the form of a decimal number is: 34.02

Explanation:
The given fraction is: 34\(\frac{2}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 34\(\frac{2}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 8\(\frac{75}{100}\),
3 represents the ten’s position
4 represents the one’s position
2 represents the hundredth position
0 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of 34\(\frac{2}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 34.02

Write the number as a fraction or mixed number and as a decimal.

Question 12.
thirty-seven hundredths
Answer:
The representation of thirty-seven hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{37}{100}\)
The representation of thirty-seven hundredths in the decimal form is: 0.37

Explanation:
The given word form is: Thirty-seven hundredths
So,
The representation of thirty-seven hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{37}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{37}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{37}{100}\),
7 represents the hundredth’s position
3 represents the tenth’s position
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{37}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.37

Question 13.
nineteen and forty-one hundredths
Answer:
The representation of nineteen and forty-seven hundredths in the fraction form is: 19\(\frac{47}{100}\)
The representation of nineteen and forty-seven hundredths in the decimal form is: 19.47

Explanation:
The given word form is: Nineteen and forty-seven hundredths
So,
The representation of nineteen and forty-seven hundredths in the fraction form is: 19\(\frac{47}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 19\(\frac{47}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 19\(\frac{47}{100}\),
1 represents the ten’s position
9 represents the one’s position
7 represents the hundredth’s position
4 represents the tenth’s position
Hence,
The representation of 19\(\frac{47}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 19.47

10.3 Fractions and Decimals

Write the number as tenths in fraction form and decimal form.

Question 14.
\(\frac{30}{100}\)
Answer:
The representation of \(\frac{30}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{3}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.3

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{30}{100}\)
So, to write \(\frac{30}{100}\) as tenths, divide the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{30}{100}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 30 and 10 are divided and then the denominators 100 and 10 are divided
So,
\(\frac{30}{100}=\frac{30 \div 10}{100 \div 10}=\frac{8}{10}\)
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{30}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{30}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{3}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.3

Question 15.
\(\frac{90}{100}\)
Answer:
The representation of \(\frac{90}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{39{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{39}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.9

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{90}{100}\)
So, to write \(\frac{390}{100}\) as tenths, divide the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{90}{100}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 90 and 10 are divided and then the denominators 100 and 10 are divided
So,
\(\frac{90}{100}=\frac{90 \div 10}{100 \div 10}=\frac{8}{10}\)
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{90}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{90}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{9}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{9}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.9

Question 16.
0.50
Answer:
The representation of 0.50 as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{5}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.5

Explanation:
The given decimal number is: 0.50
So,
The representation of 0.50 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{50}{100}\)
So, to write \(\frac{50}{100}\) as tenths,divide the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{50}{100}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 50 and 10 are divided and then the denominators 100 and 10 are divided
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{50}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{5}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.5

Write the number as hundredths in fraction form and decimal form.

Question 17.
\(\frac{7}{10}\)
Answer:
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{70}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{70}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.70

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{7}{10}\)
So, to write \(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{7}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 7 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{70}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{70}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{70}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.70

Question 18.
\(\frac{4}{10}\)
Answer:
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{40}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{40}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.40

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{4}{10}\)
So, to write \(\frac{4}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{4}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 4 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{40}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{40}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{40}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.40

Question 19.
0.6
Answer:
The representation of 0.6 as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{60}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{60}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.60

Explanation:
The given decimal number is: 0.6
So,
The representation of 0.6 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{6}{10}\)
So, to write \(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths,multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{6}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 6 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 100 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{60}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{60}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{60}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.60

10.4 Compare Decimals

Compare

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 188
Answer: 0.79 is greater than 0.72

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.79 and 0.72
The representation of 0.79 and 0.72 in the place-value chart is:

So,
From the above place-value chart,
we can observe that one’s and tenth’s positions are the same.
So,
Compare the hundredth’s position 9 and 2
So, 9 hundredths > 2 hundredths
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.79 is greater than 0.72

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 189
Answer: 9.16 is less than 9.56

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 9.16 and 9.56
The representation of 9.16 and 9.56 in the place-value chart is:

So,
From the above place-value chart,
we can observe that one’s and hundredth’s positions are the same.
So,
Compare the tenth’s position 1 and 5
So, 1 hundredths < 5 hundredths
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 9.16 is less than 9.56

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 190
Answer: 11.40 is equal to 11.4

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 11.40 and 11.4
The representation of 11.40 and 11.4 in the place-value chart is:

So,
From the above place-value chart,
we can observe that one’s, tenth’s, and hundredth’s positions are the same.
So,
Compare the tenth’s position 4 and 4
So, 4 hundredths = 4 hundredths
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 11.40 is equal to 11.4

Open-Ended
Complete the statement to make it true.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 191
Answer: 0.19 is greater than 0.15

Explanation:
Let the missing number be 1
So,
The given decimal numbers are: 0.19 and 0.15
The representation of 0.19 and 0.15 in the place-value chart is:

So,
From the above place-value chart,
we can observe that one’s and tenth’s positions are the same.
So,
Compare the hundredth’s position 9 and 5
So, 9 hundredths > 5 hundredths
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.19 is less than 0.15

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 192
Answer: 6.30 is equal to 6.3

Explanation:
Let the missing number be 0
So,
The given decimal numbers are: 6.30 and 6.3
The representation of 6.30 and 6.3 in the place-value chart is:

So,
From the above place-value chart,
we can observe that one’s, hundredth’s, and tenth’s positions are the same.
So,
Compare the hundredth’s position 0 and 0
So, 0 hundredths = 0 hundredths
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 6.30 is equal to 6.3

Question 25.
___ > 40.48
Answer: 40.58 is greater than 40.48

Explanation:
Let the missing number be 40.58
So,
The given decimal numbers are: 40.58 and 40.48
The representation of 40.58 and 40.48 in the place-value chart is:

So,
From the above place-value chart,
we can observe that one’s and hundredth’s positions are the same.
So,
Compare the tenth’s position 9 and 5
So, 5 tenths > 4 tenths
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 40.58 is greater than 40.48

Question 26.
Open-Ended
What might Newton’s number be?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 193
Answer: Newton’s number might be: 0.23, 0.24, 0.25, 0.26, 0.27, 0.28, 0.29

Explanation:
It is given that Newton’s number will be between 0.2 and 0.3
So,
Newton’s number might be: 0.21, 0.22, 0.23, 0.24, 0.25, 0.26, 0.27, 0.28, 0.29
It is also given that the highest digit will be in the hundredth’s place
Hence,
Newton’s number might be: 0.23, 0.24, 0.25, 0.26, 0.27, 0.28, 0.29

10.5 Add Decimal Fractions and Decimals

Find the sum.

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 194
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{6}{10}\) + \(\frac{14}{100}\) = \(\frac{74}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{74}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.74

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{14}{100}\) and \(\frac{6}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{6}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{6}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{60}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{60}{100}\) + \(\frac{14}{100}\)
= \(\frac{60 + 14}{100}\)
= \(\frac{74}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{74}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.74
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{6}{10}\) + \(\frac{14}{100}\) = \(\frac{74}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{74}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.74

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 195
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{52}{100}\) = \(\frac{82}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{82}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.82

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{52}{100}\) and \(\frac{3}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{3}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{3}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{30}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{30}{100}\) + \(\frac{52}{100}\)
= \(\frac{30 + 52}{100}\)
= \(\frac{82}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{82}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.82
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{52}{100}\) = \(\frac{82}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{82}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.82

Question 29.
0.12 + 0.6 = ___
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{6}{10}\) + \(\frac{12}{100}\) = \(\frac{72}{100}\)
The representation of 012 + 0.6 in the decimal form is: 0.72

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.6 and 0.12
So, convert the two decimal numbers in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{12}{100}\) and \(\frac{6}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{6}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{6}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{60}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{60}{100}\) + \(\frac{12}{100}\)
= \(\frac{60 + 12}{100}\)
= \(\frac{72}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{72}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.72
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{6}{10}\) + \(\frac{12}{100}\) = \(\frac{72}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{72}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.72

Question 30.
0.4 + 0.72 = ___
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{72}{100}\) = \(\frac{112}{100}\)
The representation of 0.4 + 0.72 in the decimal form is: 1.12

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.4 and 0.72
So, convert the two decimal numbers in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{72}{100}\) and \(\frac{4}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{4}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{4}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{40}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{40}{100}\) + \(\frac{72}{100}\)
= \(\frac{72 + 40}{100}\)
= \(\frac{112}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{112}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.12
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{72}{100}\) = \(\frac{112}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{112}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 1.12

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 196
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{23}{100}\) + \(\frac{36}{100}\) + \(\frac{2}{10}\) = \(\frac{79}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{79}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.79

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{23}{100}\), \(\frac{36}{100}\) and \(\frac{2}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{2}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{2}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{20}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{23}{100}\) + \(\frac{36}{100}\) + \(\frac{20}{100}\)
= \(\frac{23 + 36 + 20}{100}\)
= \(\frac{79}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{79}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.79
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{23}{100}\) + \(\frac{36}{100}\) = \(\frac{79}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{79}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.79

Question 32.
0.18 + 0.2 + 0.07 = ___
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{18}{100}\) + \(\frac{7}{100}\) = \(\frac{45}{100}\)
The representation of 0.18 + 0.2 + 0.07 in the decimal for is: 0.45

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.18, 0.2 and 0.07
So, convert the three decimal numbers in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{18}{100}\) , \(\frac{2}{10}\) and \(\frac{7}{100}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{2}{10}\)  as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{2}{10}\)  by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{20}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{20}{100}\) + \(\frac{18}{100}\) + \(\frac{7}{100}\)
= \(\frac{20 + 18 + 7}{100}\)
= \(\frac{45}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{45}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.45
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{18}{100}\) + \(\frac{7}{100}\) = \(\frac{45}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{45}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.45

Number Sense
Find the sum.

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 197
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{48}{100}\) = \(\frac{98}{100}\)
The representation of 0.5 + \(\frac{48}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.98

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 0.5 and \(\frac{48}{100}\)
So, convert the decimal number in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{5}{10}\) and \(\frac{48}{100}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{5}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{5}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{50}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{50}{100}\) + \(\frac{48}{100}\)
= \(\frac{50 + 48}{100}\)
= \(\frac{98}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{98}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.98
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{48}{100}\) = \(\frac{98}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{98}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.98

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 198
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{9}{10}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) = \(\frac{115}{100}\)
The representation of 0.25 + \(\frac{9}{10}\) in the decimal for is: 1.15

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 0.25 and \(\frac{9}{10}\)
So, convert the decimal number in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{9}{10}\) and \(\frac{25}{100}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{9}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{9}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{9}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{90}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{90}{100}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\)
= \(\frac{90 + 25}{100}\)
= \(\frac{115}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{115}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.15
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{9}{10}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) = \(\frac{115}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{115}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 1.15

10.6 Fractions, Decimals, and Money

Find the total money amount. Then write the amount as a fraction or mixed number and as a decimal.

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 199
Answer: The total amount of money is: $1.13

Explanation:
We know that,
1 Quarter = $0.25
1 nickel = $0.05
1 penny = $0.01
The given money is: 3 pennies, 4 Quarters, and 2 nickels
So,
The total amount of money =  ( 4 × 0.25 ) + ( 2 × 0.05 ) + ( 3 × 0.01 )
= 1 + 0.10 + 0.03
= 1.13
Hence,
The total amount of money is: $1.13
The representation of $1.13 in the fraction form is: 1\(\frac{13}{100}\) dollar
The representation of $1.13 in the decimal form is: 1.13

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 200
Answer: The total amount of money is: $2.11

Explanation:
We know that,
1 Quarter = $0.25
1 nickel = $0.05
1 penny = $0.01
The given money is: 1 penny, 4 Quarters, 1 dollar, and 2 nickels
So,
The total amount of money = ( 1 × 1 ) + ( 4 × 0.25 ) + ( 2 × 0.05 ) + ( 1 × 0.01 )
= 1 + 1 + 0.1 + 0.01
= 2.11
Hence,
The total amount of money is: $2.11
The representation of $2.11 in the fraction form is: 2\(\frac{11}{100}\) dollar
The representation if $2.11 in the decimal form is: 2.11

Question 37.
Write \(\frac{18}{100}\) as a money amount and as a decimal.
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{18}{100}\) as the total amount of money is: $0.18

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{18}{100}\)
The given fraction will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $0.18

Question 38.
Write $0.94 as a fraction and as a decimal.
Answer: The representation of 0.94 as the total amount of money is: $0.94

Explanation:
The given decimal number is: 0.94
So,
The representation of 0.94 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{94}{100}\)
The given fraction will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $0.94

10.7 Operations with Money

Draw bills and coins to solve.

Question 39.
Bananas cost $0.29 per pound. You buy 3 pounds of bananas. How much money do you spend in all?
Answer: The total amount of money you spent is: $0.87

Explanation:
It is given that bananas cost $0.29 per pound and you bought 3 pounds of bananas
So,
The cost of bananas per pound is: $0.29
So,
The cost of 3 pounds of bananas = 3 × 0.29 = $0.87
hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the total amount of money you spent is: $0.89

Question 40.
Descartes has $3.50. He spends $1.75 on a journal. How much money does Descartes have left?
Answer: The amount of money Descartes left is: $1.75

Explanation:
It is given that Descartes has $3.50 and he spent $1.75 on a journal
So,
The total amount of money Descartes has: $3.50
The amount of money Descartes spent is: $1.75
So,
The amount of money Descartes left = The total amount of money Descartes has – The amount of money Descartes spent
= 3.50 – 1.75
= $1.75
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the amount of money Descartes left is: $1.75

Question 41.
You buy the items shown at a book fair. How much money do you spend in all?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 201
Answer: The total amount of money you spent is: $7.49

Explanation:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 201
From the given figure,
The cost of a book is: $6.99
The cost of the pen is: $0.50
Hence,
The total amount of money you spent = The cost of a book + The cost of a pen
= 6.99 + 0.50
= $7.49
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the amount of money you spent is: $7.49

Conclusion:

All detailed and step by step explanations are covered in the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals. The solutions are prepared by the highly experienced subject experts after the ample research. This will help you to score the highest marks in the exams. Keep in touch with us to get the solution key of all Big Ideas Math Grade 4 Chapters.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas

Have a glance at the Step by Step Big Ideas Math Book 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas Answer Key and get Homework help that you might need. Make the most out of the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas organized efficiently and clear all your queries during practice. We have provided the solution key of Big Ideas Math Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas in the pdf format so that you can prepare offline.

Big Ideas Math Book 4th Grade Answer Key Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas

Check out the topics covered in this chapter before you start your preparation. We provide simple methods to solve the problems in Big Ideas Math Book 4th Grade Answer Key Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas. If you stuck at some point you can go through the Bigideas Math Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas Solution Key. Just hit the links and clarify your doubts.

Lesson: 1 Perimeter Formula for a Rectangle

Lesson: 2 Area Formula for a Rectangle

Lesson: 3 Find Unknown Measures

Lesson: 4 Problem Solving: Perimeter and Area

Lesson 4 Problem Solving Perimeter and Area

Performance Task

Lesson 12.1 Perimeter Formula for a Rectangle

Explore and Grow

Use color tiles to create a rectangle with a perimeter of 12 units. Compare your rectangle to your partner’s. How are they the same? How are they different?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 1
How do you know that the perimeter of your rectangle is 12 units?

Answer:

The perimeter (P) of a rectangle = P=2l+2w( length=l ; width = w)

GIVEN: Perimeter of rectangle =12
P =2l + 2w
12= 2 (l + w)
12/2=l + w
6= l + w
Hence, the rectangle of my friend and mine are going to be same because perimeter given above is same for both the rectangle of us both.


The rectangle of mine is having a length of 3 units and width of 3 units.
Perimeter of my rectangle= (2 x l) + (2 x w)
P=(2 x 3) + (2 x 3)
P= 6 + 6
P= 12  units.
Here, my rectangle has 12  units perimeter. This is how I know my rectangle is having 12 units as its perimeter.

Structure
How is the perimeter of a rectangle related to its length and width?

Answer:
The perimeter (P) of a rectangle is given by the formula, P=2l+2w , where “l” is the length and “w” is the width of the rectangle.

Think and Grow: Use a Formula for Perimeter

Perimeter is the distance around a figure. A formula is an equation that uses letters and numbers to show how quantities are related. You can use a formula to show how the length, width, and perimeter of a rectangle are related.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 2
Example
Find the perimeter of the rectangle.
The length is ___ feet and the width is __ feet.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 3
P = (2 × l) + (2 × W) Formula for perimeter of a rectangle
= (2 × ___) + (2 × ___)
= __ + __
= ___
The perimeter is ___ feet.
ANSWER:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 3
Given: Length of Rectangle = 24 feet
Width of Rectangle = 9 feet
FORMULA: Perimeter = (2 x l) + (2 x w)
P = (2 x 24) + (2 x 9)
P = 48 + 18
P = 66  feet.
Hence, the Perimeter of the rectangle = 66  feet.

Show and Grow

Find the perimeter of the rectangle.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 300
Answer:
GIVEN: Length of rectangle = 16cm
Width of rectangle = 13 cm
Perimeter of the rectangle = (2 x l) + (2 x w)
P = ( 2 x 16) + ( 2 x 13 )
P = 32 + 26
P = 58  cm.
Hence, the perimeter of the rectangle = 58  cm.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 4
Answer:
GIVEN: Length of the rectangle = 8 inches
Width of the rectangle = 4 (1/2) inches =9/2 = 4.5 inches
Perimeter of the rectangle = (2 x l) + (2 x w) = 2( l + w)
P = 2( 8 + 4.5 )
P = 2(12.5 )
P = 25 inches.
Hence, the perimeter of the rectangle = 25 inches.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the perimeter of the rectangle.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 5
Answer:
GIVEN: Length of the rectangle = 54 yards
Width of the rectangle = 32 yards
Perimeter of the rectangle = (2 x l) + (2 x w) = 2( l + w)
P = 2(54+32)
P= 2 x 86
P= 172 yards.
Hence, the perimeter of the rectangle =172 yards.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 6
Answer:
GIVEN: Length of the rectangle =87 m
Width of the rectangle = 65 m
Perimeter of the rectangle = (2 x l) + (2 x w) = 2( l + w)
P= 2(87+65)
P= 2 x 153
P= 306  m.
Hence, the perimeter of the rectangle = 306 m.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 7
Answer:
GIVEN: Length of the rectangle = 49 inches
Width of the rectangle = 18 inches
Perimeter of the rectangle = (2 x l) + (2 x w) = 2( l + w)
P = 2(49+18)
P =2 x 67
P =134 inches.
Hence, the perimeter of the rectangle = 134 inches.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 8
Answer:
GIVEN: Length of the rectangle =11 cm
Width of the rectangle = 7 (3/10) cm = 73/10 cm =7.3 cm
Perimeter of the rectangle = (2 x l) + (2 x w) = 2( l + w)
P = 2(11+7.3)
P = 2 x 18.3
P = 36.6  cm.
Hence, the perimeter of the rectangle = 36.6 cm.

Question 7.
You want to string lights around a rectangular room that is 12 feet long and 10 feet wide. How many feet of lights do you need?
Answer:
GIVEN: Length of the rectangle = 12 feet
Width of the rectangle = 10 feet
Perimeter of the rectangle = (2 x l) + (2 x w) = 2( l + w)
P = 2(12+10)
P = 2 x 22
P = 44  feet
Hence, 44  feet of light is needed..

Question 8.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the perimeter of the rectangle. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 9
p = (2 × 13) × (2 × 5)
= 26 × 10
= 260  ft
Answer: GIVEN: Length of the rectangle = 13 feet
Width of the rectangle = 5 feet
Perimeter of the rectangle = (2 x l) + (2 x w) = 2( l + w)
P = 2(13+5)
P = 2 x 18
P = 36 feet.
Hence, the perimeter of the rectangle = 36  feet.
Therefore my friend is wrong because his formula for finding perimeter of rectangle is wrong.
Perimeter of the rectangle = (2 x l) + (2 x w) = 2( l + w)

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
You can use the formula for the perimeter of a rectangle to find the perimeter of the square. What other formula can you use to find the perimeter of the square?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 10

Answer:
The perimeter of a square is the total length of the four equal sides of the square.
Perimeter of the square = 4 × s = 4 s
The perimeter of a rectangle is the total length of the two lengths and two widths of the rectangle.
If the length and width of a rectangle are l and w, then its perimeter = 2(l + w) units.
We cannot equate the perimeter of a rectangle to find the perimeter of the square because rectangle has length and width whereas square has four sides.
No, other ways are there find the perimeter of the square.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
In a video game, you make a rectangular castle that is 4 times longer than it is wide. What is the perimeter of the castle?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 11
Multiply 4 and the width of the castle to find the length.
4 × 25 = ___
The length of the castle is ___ yards.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 12
Answer:
GIVEN: Width of the rectangular castle  = 25 yards
Length of the rectangular castle = 4 times longer than it is wide =4 x 25 yards = 100 yards
Perimeter of the rectangle castle = (2 x l) + (2 x w) = 2( l + w)
P = 2 (100+25)
P = 2 x 125
P = 250  yards
Hence, Perimeter of the rectangle  castle= 250 yards.

Show and Grow

Question 10.
A teacher wants to put a border around a rectangular whiteboard. The whiteboard is 2 times longer than it is wide. What is the perimeter of the whiteboard?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 13
Answer:
GIVEN: Width of the rectangular castle  =  1 m
Length of the rectangular castle = 2 times longer than it is wide = 2 x 1 m = 2 m
Perimeter of the rectangle castle= (2 x l) + (2 x w) = 2( l + w)
P = 2(2+1)
P = 2 x 3
P = 6 m
Hence, Perimeter of the rectangle castle = 6 m.

Question 11.
You want to put a ribbon border around each rectangular card. Which card requires more ribbon? How much more ribbon?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 14
Answer:
GIVEN: FIRST RECTANGULAR CARD
Width of the rectangular card  =  18 cm
Length of the rectangular card =  18 cm
Perimeter of the rectangle card= (2 x l) + (2 x w) = 2( l + w)
P = 2(18+18)
P = 2 x 36
P = 72 cm.
SECOND RECTANGULAR CARD
Width of the rectangular card  =  14cm
Length of the rectangular card =  21 cm
Perimeter of the rectangle = (2 x l) + (2 x w) = 2( l + w)
P = 2(21+14)
P = 2 x 35
P = 70  cm.
The FIRST RECTANGULAR CARD needs the more ribbon than SECOND RECTANGULAR CARD because FIRST RECTANGULAR CARD Perimeter = 72  cm and SECOND RECTANGULAR CARD Perimeter = 70 cm.
That means  difference in perimeter of FIRST RECTANGULAR CARD and the perimeter of SECOND RECTANGULAR CARD.
=72  cm – 70  cm
= 2  cm.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
A rectangular flower bed has a length of 6 feet. The width is 48 inches shorter than the length. What is the perimeter of the flower bed?
Answer:
GIVEN:
Length of the rectangular bed = 6 feet
Width of the rectangular bed = 48 inches shorter than the length.
1 inch = 0.08333 feet
48inches = 48 x 0.0833 =  4 feet
Width of the rectangular bed =  4 feet
The perimeter of the  rectangular flower bed = (2 x l) + (2 x w) = 2( l + w)
P = 2(6+4)
P = 2 x 10
P = 20 feet.
Hence, the perimeter of the  rectangular flower bed = 20 feet.

Perimeter Formula for a Rectangle Homework & Practice 12.1

Find the perimeter of the rectangle.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 15
Answer:
GIVEN: Length of the rectangle = 22 yards
Width of the rectangle = 18 yards
Perimeter of the rectangle = (2 x l) + (2 x w) = 2( l + w)
P = 2(22+18)
P = 2 x 40
P = 80 yards.
Hence, the Perimeter of the rectangle = 80 yards.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 16
Answer:
GIVEN: Length of the rectangle = 36 mm
Width of the rectangle = 25 mm
Perimeter of the rectangle = (2 x l) + (2 x w) = 2( l + w)
P = 2(36+25)
P = 2 x 61
P =122 mm
Hence, the Perimeter of the rectangle = 122 mm.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 17
Answer:
GIVEN: Length of the rectangle = 30 cm
Width of the rectangle = 14 cm
Perimeter of the rectangle = (2 x l) + (2 x w) = 2( l + w)
P = 2(30+14)
P = 2 x 44
P = 88 cm
Hence, the Perimeter of the rectangle = 88 cm.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 18
Answer:
GIVEN: Length of the rectangle = 12 (1/4) feet = 49/4 feet = 12.25 feet
Width of the rectangle = 8 feet
Perimeter of the rectangle = (2 x l) + (2 x w) = 2( l + w)
P = 2(12.25 + 8)
P = 2 x 20.25
P = 40.5 feet
Hence, the Perimeter of the rectangle = 40.5feet.

Question 5.
Number Sense
What is the perimeter of a square tabletop with side lengths of 48 inches?
Answer:
GIVEN: Side of the square tabletop = 48 inches
Perimeter of the square = 4 x sides
P = 4 x 48
P = 192  inches.
Hence, Perimeter of the square tabletop = 192 inches.

Question 6.
Structure
Use the Distributive Property to write P = (2 × l) + (2 × w) another way.
Answer:
According to the distributive property, multiplying the sum of two or more addends by a number will give the same result as multiplying each addend individually by the number and then adding the products together.
Perimeter of rectangle = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
P = 2(l + w)
Hence, According to distributive property,  the another way of the Perimeter of rectangle = 2(l + w).

Question 7.
Open-Ended
Draw a rectangle that has the same perimeter as the one shown, but different dimensions.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 19
Answer:
GIVEN: Length of the rectangle = 50 m
Width of the rectangle = 25 m
Perimeter of the rectangle = (2 x l) + (2 x w) = 2( l + w)
P = 2( 50+25)
P = 2 x 75
P = 150 m.
MY FIGURE:

Length of the rectangle = 49m
Width of the rectangle = 26 m
Perimeter of the rectangle = (2 x l) + (2 x w) = 2( l + w)
P = 2( 49+26)
P = 2 x 75
P = 150 m.
Hence, the given rectangle Perimeter and my figure  Perimeter are the same of 150 m.

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
A worker places tape around a rectangular shipping label that is 2 times longer than it is wide. How much tape does the worker need?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 20
Answer:
GIVEN:
Width of the rectangle shipping label = 74 mm
Length of the rectangle shipping label = 2 times longer than it is wide =  2 x 74mm = 148mm
Perimeter of the rectangle = (2 x l) + (2 x w) = 2( l + w)
P = 2(148+74)
P = 2 x 222
P = 444  mm.
Hence, Perimeter of the rectangle shipping label = 444 mm.

Question 9.
Modeling Real Life
A coach is painting lines around the perimeter of two rectangular fields. Which field requires more paint?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 21
Answer:
GIVEN: FIRST A COACH
Length of the rectangle field A = 100yards
Width of the rectangle field A =65 yards
Perimeter of the rectangle field A= (2 x l) + (2 x w) = 2( l + w)
P = 2( 100+65)
P =2 x 165
P = 230 yards
Length of the rectangle field B = 120yards
Width of the rectangle field B =53 1/3 yards = 160/3 = 53.3 yards
P = (2 x l) + (2 x w) = 2( l + w)
P = 2( 120+53.3)
P = 2 x 173.3
P = 346.6  yards
Hence, Perimeter of the rectangle field B is more than Perimeter of the rectangle field A
=346.6 – 230 = 116.6  yards.
Therefore, Perimeter of the rectangle field A requires more 116.6 square yards than Perimeter of the rectangle field B.

Review & Refresh

Write the first six numbers in the pattern. Then describe another feature of the pattern.

Question 10.
Rule: Subtract 11.
First number: 99
Answer:
Rule: Subtract 11.
GIVEN: First number = 99  in the pattern
Second number = 99-11= 88
Third number = 88-11= 77
Fourth number = 77-11 = 66
Fifth number = 66-11 = 55
Sixth number = 55-11 =44
Another feature of this pattern is that all the numbers are multiples of table 11.

Question 11.
Rule: Multiply by 5.
First number: 5
Answer: Rule: Multiply by 5.
GIVEN: First number = 5 in the pattern
Second number = 5 x5 =25
Third number = 25 x 5 = 125
Fourth number = 125 x 5= 625
Fifth number = 625 x 5 = 3125
Sixth number = 3125 x 5 = 15625
Another feature of this pattern is that all the numbers are multiples of table 5.

Lesson 12.2 Area Formula for a Rectangle

Explore and Grow

Use color tiles to create a rectangle with an area of 12 square units. Compare your rectangle to your partner’s. How are they the same? How are they different?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 22
How do you know that the area of your rectangle is 12 square units?
Answer:

Hence, the rectangle of my friend and mine are going to be same because area = 12 square units given above is same for both the rectangle of us both.

Area of the rectangle =l x w , where “l” is the length and “w” is the width.
Length of the rectangle = 4units
Width of the rectangle = 3units
A = l x w
A = 4 x 3
A = 12 square units.
Hence, the Area of the rectangle = 12 square units.

Structure
How is the area of a rectangle related to its length and width?
Answer:
The area “A” of a rectangle is given by the formula, A=l x w , where “l” is the length and “w” is the width.

Think and Grow: Use a Formula for Area

Area is the amount of surface a figure covers. You can use a formula to show how the length, width, and area of a rectangle are related.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 23
Example
Find the area of the rectangle.
The length is ___ inches and the width is ___ inches.
A = l × w Formula for area of a rectangle
= ___ × ___
= ___
The area is ___ square inches.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 24
Answer:
GIVEN:
Length of the rectangle = 19 inches
Width of the rectangle = 14 inches
Area of the rectangle = l x w
A = 19 x 14
A = 266  square inches
Hence, the Area of the rectangle = 266  square inches.

Show and Grow

Find the area of the rectangle

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 25
Answer:
GIVEN:
Length of the rectangle = 6 m
Width of the rectangle = 4 m
Area of the rectangle = l x w
A = 6 x 4
A = 24 square m.
Hence, the are of the rectangle = 24 square m.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 26
Answer:
GIVEN:
Length of the rectangle = 20 yards
Width of the rectangle = 12 yards
Area of the rectangle = l x w
A = 20 x 12
A = 240 square yards
Hence, the area of the rectangle = 240 square yards.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 27
Answer:
GIVEN:
Length of the rectangle = 11 cm
Width of the rectangle = 7cm
Area of the rectangle = l x w
A = 11 x 7
A = 77 square cm
Hence, the area of the rectangle = 77 square cm.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 28
Answer:
GIVEN:
Length of the rectangle =  5 feet
Width of the rectangle = 1 (1/2) feet = 3/2 feet = 1.5 feet
Area of the rectangle = l x w
A = 5 x 1.5
A = 7.5 square feet
Hence, the area of the rectangle = 7.5 square feet.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the area of the rectangle.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 29
Answer:
GIVEN:
Length of the rectangle =  35 mm
Width of the rectangle = 32 mm
Area of the rectangle = l x w
A = 35 x 32
A = 1120 mm
Hence, the area of the rectangle = 1120 mm.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 30
Answer:
GIVEN:
Length of the rectangle = 9 inches
Width of the rectangle = 4 (2/8) inches = 34/8 = 4.25 inches
Area of the rectangle = l x w
A = 9 x 4.25
A = 38.25 square inches
Hence, the area of the rectangle = 38.25 square inches.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 31
Answer:
GIVEN:
Length of the rectangle =  8 feet
Width of the rectangle = 5 (1/2) feet =11/2 = 5.5 feet
Area of the rectangle = l x w
A = 8 x 5.5
A = 44 square feet
Hence, the area of the rectangle = 44 square feet.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 32
Answer:
GIVEN:
Length of the rectangle = 79 cm
Width of the rectangle = 37 cm
Area of the rectangle = l x w
A = 79 x 37
A = 2923 square cm
Hence, the area of the rectangle = 2923 square cm.

Question 9.
You are installing wall-to-wall carpet in a rectangular bedroom that is 10 feet long and 9 feet wide. How many square feet of carpet do you need?
Answer:
GIVEN:
Length of the wall-to-wall carpet in a rectangular bedroom = 10 feet
Width of the wall-to-wall carpet in a rectangular bedroom = 9 feet
Area of the rectangle = l x w
A = 10 x 9
A = 90 square feet.
Hence, the area of the wall-to-wall carpet in a rectangular bedroom = 90 square feet
Therefore, 90 square feet of carpet is need.

Question 10.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Newton says the area of the rectangle is 33 square meters. Descartes says the area is 33 meters. Who is correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 33
Answer:
Length of the rectangle = 11 m
Width of the rectangle = 3 m
Area of the rectangle = l x w
A = 11 x 3
A = 33 square m
The area of the rectangle is 33 square meters.
Hence, Newton says correct not Descartes.

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
Write a formula for the area of a square that has a side length of s. Then use your formula to find the area of the square shown.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 34
Answer:
Area of the square = 4 x sides = 4 x s
Given : side of the square = 12 yards
Area of the square = 4 x sides = 4 x s
A= 4 x 12
A = 48 square yards
Hence, the Area of the square = 48 square yards.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
The length of the rectangular dance floor is 6 feet longer than the width. What is the area of the dance floor?
Add 6 feet to the width to find the length.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 35
Answer:
GIVEN: Width of rectangular dance floor = 24 feet
Length of the rectangular dance floor = 6 feet longer than the width = 24 +6 = 30 feet
Area of the  rectangular dance floor = l x w
A = 30 X 24
A = 720 square feet
Hence, the Area of the  rectangular dance floor = 720 square feet.

Show and Grow

Question 12.
A designer creates a rectangular advertisement for a website. The length of the advertisement is 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) centimeters longer than the width. What is the area of the advertisement?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 36
Answer:
Length of the rectangular advertisement = 1\(\ frac {1}{2}\) centimeters longer than the width= 1(1 /2) cm + 7 cm = =3 / 2 cm + 7 cm = (1.5 + 7 )cm =8.5 cm
Width of the rectangular advertisement = 7 cm
Area of the  rectangular advertisement = l x w
A = 8.5 x 7
A = 59.5 cm
Hence, the Area of the  rectangular advertisement = 59.5 cm.

Question 13.
You create a mural using 4 rectangular posters that are each 4\(\frac{1}{4}\) feet long and 2 feet wide. You put the posters next to each other with no gaps or overlaps. What is the area of the mural?
Answer:
GIVEN:
Width of the rectangular posters=  2 feet
Length of the rectangular posters= 4\(\frac{1}{4}\) feet = 4 (1/4) feet = 17/4 feet = 4.25 feet
Area of the mural = l x w
A = 4.25 x 2
A =  8.5  square feet
Hence, the Area of the mural = 8.5 square feet.

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
Two rolls of wrapping paper have the same piece. The red roll is 3 feet wide and is 10 yards long when unrolled. The striped roll is 3\(\frac{1}{2}\) feet wide and 8 yards long when unrolled. Which roll is the better buy? Explain.
Answer:
GIVEN:
Width of Red roll =3 feet
CONVERTION : 1 YARD = 3 FEET
Width of Red roll =3 feet = 1 yard
Length of the red roll = 10 yards
Area of the red roll = l x w
A = 10 x 1
A = 10 square yards.
Area of the red roll = 10 square yards.
Width of striped roll = 3\(\frac{1}{2}\) feet = 3 1/2 feet = 3.5 feet.
CONVERTION : 1 YARD = 3 FEET
Width of striped roll = 3.5 feet
I yard = 3.5 feet
Width of striped roll = yard = 3.5 / 1 feet
Width of striped roll = 3.5 yard
Length of striped roll = 8 yards
Area of the striped roll = l x w
A = 3.5 x 8
A = 28 square yards.
Area of the striped roll = 28 square yards.
Its better to buy striped roll than red roll because u are going to get more.

Area Formula for a Rectangle Homework & Practice 12.2

Find the area of the rectangle

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 37
Answer:
GIVEN: Length of the rectangle = 8 m
Width of the rectangle = 7 m
Area of the rectangle = l x w
A = 8 x 7
A = 42 square m
Hence, Area of the rectangle = 42 square m.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 38
Answer:
GIVEN: Length of the rectangle = 21 cm
Width of the rectangle = 9 cm
Area of the rectangle = l x w
A = 21 x 9
A = 189 square cm
Hence, Area of the rectangle = 189 square cm.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 39
Answer:
GIVEN: Length of the rectangle = 56 yards
Width of the rectangle = 12 yards
Area of the rectangle = l x w
A = 56 x 12
A = 672 square yards
Hence, Area of the rectangle = 672 square yards.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 40
Answer:
GIVEN:
Length of the rectangle = 10 (3/4) inches = 43/4 = 10.75 inches
Width of the rectangle = 6 inches
Area of the rectangle = l x w
A = 10.75 x 6
A = 64.5 square inches
Hence, Area of the rectangle = 64.5  square inches.

Question 5.
What is the area of the window?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 41
Answer:
GIVEN:
Length of the window = 48 inches
Width of the window = 18 inches
Area of the window = l x w
A = 48 x 18
A = 864 square inches
Hence, the Area of the window = 864 square inches.

Question 6.
Structure
A rectangle has an area of 40 square feet. The dimensions are whole numbers. What are all of the possible dimensions of the rectangle?
Answer:
GIVEN:
Area of the rectangle = 40 square feet.
The whole numbers are the part of the number system in which it includes all the positive integers from 0 to infinity. These numbers exist in the number line.
Area of the rectangle = l x w
All of the possible dimensions of the rectangle =
40 =1 × 40
40 = 2 × 20
40 = 4 × 10
40 = 5 × 8.

Question 7.
Open-Ended
Draw a rectangle that has the same area as the one shown, but different dimensions.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 42
Answer:
GIVEN:
Length of the rectangle = 40 mm
Width of the rectangle = 30 mm
Area of the rectangle = l x w
A = 40 x30
A = 1200 mm
Area of the rectangle = 1200 mm.

Length of my rectangle = 48 mm
Width of my rectangle = 25 mm
Area of my rectangle = l x w
A = 48 x 25
A = 1200 mm
Hence, the Area of my rectangle = 1200 mm.

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
An interior designer says that a rug under a dining room table should be 4 feet longer and 4 feet wider than the table. What is the area of a rug a customer should buy for under the table?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 43
Answer:
GIVEN:
Length of the dinning table = 6 feet
Width of the dinning table = 3feet
AS PER DESIGNER THE DINNING TABLE REQUIRED DIMENSIONS ARE AS BELOW:
Length should be 4 feet longer than table.
Length of the dinning table= 6 feet
Length of the rug = 6 feet + 4 feet = 10 feet
Width should be 4 feet wider than the table.
Width of the dinning table = 3feet
Width of the rug = 3 feet + 4 feet = 7 feet
Area of the rug = l x w
A = 10 x 7
A = 70 square feet.
Hence, the Area of the rug = 70  square feet.

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
A wolf hunts within a rectangular area that is 10 miles long and 5 miles wide. A cougar hunts within a rectangular area that is 8 miles long and 6 miles wide. Which animal hunts within a greater area? How much more area does the animal hunt in?
Answer:
GIVEN:
Length of the wolf hunts rectangular area=10 miles
Width of the wolf hunts rectangular area=5 miles
Area the wolf hunts rectangular area= l x w
A = 10 x 5
A = 50 square miles.
Area the wolf hunts rectangular area= 50 square miles.

Length of the cougar hunts rectangular area= 8 miles
Width of the cougar hunts rectangular area= 6 miles
Area of the cougar hunts rectangular area= l x w
A  = 8 x 6
A = 48 square miles
Area of the cougar hunts rectangular area= 48 square miles.

Hence, wolf hunts within a greater area than the cougar hunts.

Area the wolf hunts rectangular area= 50 square miles.
Area of the cougar hunts rectangular area= 48 square miles.
DIFFERENCE:
Area the wolf hunts rectangular area – Area of the cougar hunts rectangular area
= 50 square miles – 48 square miles
= 2 miles.
Therefore, Wolf hunts more of 2 square miles area than the cougar hunts.

Review & Refresh

Find the quotient.

Question 10.
70 ÷ 7 = __
Answer:
70 ÷ 7 = 10.
The quotient of 70 ÷ 7 = 10.

Question 11.
420 ÷ 6 = ___
Answer:
420 ÷ 6 = 70.
The quotient of 420 ÷ 6 = 70.

Question 12.
2,400 ÷ 8 = ___
Answer:
2,400 ÷ 8 = 300.
The quotient of 2,400 ÷ 8 = 300.

Lesson 12.3 Find Unknown Measures

Explore and Grow

For each row of the table, use color tiles to create the rectangle described. Then complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 44
Answer:
GIVEN:
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 44
Area of the rectangle = 20 square units
length of the rectangle = 5 units
Width of the rectangle = ??
Let the Width of the rectangle be W
Area of the rectangle = l x w
=> 20 square units = 5units x W
=> 20 / 5 = W
=> 4 units =W
Width of the rectangle = 4 units

GIVEN:
Area of the rectangle = 24 square units
Length of the rectangle = ??
Let the Length of the rectangle = l
Width of the rectangle = 4 units
Area of the rectangle = l x w
=> 24 square units = l x 4units
=> 24 / 4= l
=> 6 units =l
Length of the rectangle = 6 units

GIVEN:
Perimeter of the rectangle = 20 units
Length of the rectangle = ??
Let the length of the rectangle be l
Width of the rectangle = 3 units
Perimeter of the rectangle = 2l x 2w = 2 (l + w)
20 = 2(l+ 3)
20 / 2= L + 3
10 = l + 3
10 – 3 =l
l =7 units.
The Length of the rectangle = 7 units.

GIVEN:
Perimeter of the rectangle = 24 units
Length of the rectangle = 8 units
Width of the rectangle = ??
Let the Width of the rectangle = w
Perimeter of the rectangle = 2l x 2w = 2 (l + w)
24 = 2 ( 8 + w)
24/2 =8 + w
12 = 8 + w
12 – 8 = w
w = 4units
Width of the rectangle = 4units.

The required table is as below:

Reasoning
Compare your strategy to your partner’s. How are they the same or different?
Answer:
The strategy of mine and my partner does not vary as both the required answers value is same.

Think and Grow : Find Unknown Measures

Example
The area of the rectangle is 36 square feet. Find the length.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 45
Answer:
GIVEN:
Area of the rectangle = 36 square feet.
Length of the rectangle = l feet
Width of the rectangle = 3 feet
Area of the rectangle = l x w
36 = l x 3
36/3 = l
12 feet = l
Hence, the Length of the rectangle =12 feet

Example
The perimeter of the rectangle is 30 centimeters. Find the width.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 46
Answer:
GIVEN:
Perimeter of the rectangle = 30 centimeters.
Length of the rectangle = 8 cm
Width of the rectangle = w cm
Perimeter of the rectangle = (2 x l) + ( 2 x w )
30 = ( 2 x 8) + (2 x w)
30 = 16 + 2w
30 – 16 = 2w
14 = 2w
14/2 = w
7 = w
Hence, the Width of the rectangle = 7 cm.

 

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Area = 75 square meters
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 410
Answer:
GIVEN:
Area of the rectangle = 75 square meters
Length of the rectangle = l m
Width of the rectangle = 5 m
Area of the rectangle =  l x w
75 = l x 5
75/5 = l
15 = l
Hence, the length of the rectangle = 15 m.

Question 2.
Perimeter = 42 inches
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 411
Answer:
GIVEN:
Perimeter of the rectangle = 42 inches
Length of the rectangle = 12 inches
Width of the rectangle = w inches
Perimeter of the rectangle = (2 x l) + ( 2 x w ) = 2 ( l + w )

Hence, the Width of the rectangle =  3.5 inches.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the unknown measure of the rectangle.

Question 3.
Area = 50 square millimeters
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 47
Answer:
GIVEN:
Area of the rectangle = 50 square millimeters
Length of the rectangle = l mm
Width of the rectangle = 2 mm
Area of the rectangle =  l x w
50 = l x 2
50/2 = l
25 = l
Hence, the length of the rectangle = 25 mm.

Question 4.
Perimeter = 30 centimeters
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 48
Answer:
GIVEN:
Perimeter of the rectangle = 30 centimeters
Length of the rectangle = 9 cm
Width of the rectangle = w cm
Perimeter of the rectangle = (2 x l) + ( 2 x w ) = 2 ( l + w )
30 = 2( 9+w )
30/2 = 9 + w
15 = 9 + w
15 – 9 = w
6 = w
Hence, the width of the rectangle = 6 cm.

Question 5.
Area = 240 square meters
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 49
Answer:
GIVEN:
Area of the rectangle =  240 square meters
Length of the rectangle = 80 m
Width of the rectangle =  w m
Area of the rectangle =  l x w
240 = 80 x w
240/80 = w
3 = w
Hence, the Width of the rectangle =  3 m.

Question 6.
Perimeter = 86 yards
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 50
Answer:
GIVEN:
Perimeter of the rectangle = 86 yards
Length of the rectangle = 23 yards
Width of the rectangle = w yards
Perimeter of the rectangle = (2 x l) + ( 2 x w ) = 2 ( l + w )
86 = 2( 23 + w)
86/2 = 23 +w
43 = 23 + w
43 – 23 = w
20 = w
Hence, the Width of the rectangle = 20 yards.

Question 7.
Perimeter 44 2/4 inches
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 51
Answer:
GIVEN:
Perimeter of the rectangle = 44 (2/4) inches = 90/4 = 22.5 inches
Length of the rectangle = l inches
Width of the rectangle = 8 (1/4) inches = 33/4 =  8.25 inches
Perimeter of the rectangle = (2 x l) + ( 2 x w ) = 2 ( l + w )
22.5 = 2( l+ 8.25)
22.5/2 = l + 8.25
11.25 = l + 8.25
11.25 – 8.25 = l
3.00 = l
Hence, the Length of the rectangle = 3 inches.

Question 8.
Area = 108 square feet
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 52
Answer:
GIVEN:
Area of the rectangle =  108 square feet
Length of the rectangle = l feet
Width of the rectangle =  9 feet
Area of the rectangle =  l x w
108 = l x 9
108/9 = l
12 = l
Hence, the Length of the rectangle = 12 feet.

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
What are the dimensions of Newton’s rectangle?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 53
Answer:
Area of the Newton’s rectangle =  24 square meters
Let the Width of the Newton’s rectangle  be w m.
Length of the Newton’s rectangle = 2 meters longer than the width = 2 + w
Area of the Newton’s rectangle =  l x w
Factors of 24:
1 x 24 = 24 => 1 x ( 1 + 2 ) = 1 x 3= 3
2 x 12 = 24 =>2 x (2+2) =2 x 4 =8
3 x 8 = 24 =>3 x (3+2) = 3 x 5 = 15
4 x 6 = 24 => 4 x (4+2) = 4 x 6 = 24
The dimensions of Newton’s rectangle:
Width of the Newton’s rectangle = 4 m
Length of Newton’s rectangle = 4 + 2= 6 m
CHECK:
Area of of Newton’s rectangle =l x w
A = 4 x 6
A = 24 square meters.
Hence , the The dimensions of Newton’s rectangle = 4 m and 6 m.

 

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
The area of a square is 81 square centimeters. What is the perimeter of the square?
Answer:
GIVEN:
Area of a square = 81 square centimeters.
Area of a square  =s2  
81 = s2
√ 81 = s
9 = s
Side of the square = 9 cm
Perimeter of the square = 4x s
P= 4 x 9
P = 36 cm.
Hence, Perimeter of the square = 36 cm.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
The rectangular park has an area of 200 square yards. You kick a soccer ball straight across the width of the park. How far did you kick the soccer ball?
Use a formula to find the width.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 54
Answer:
GIVEN:
Area of the rectangular park =200 square yards
Length of the rectangular park = 25 yards
Width of the rectangular park =w yards
Area of the rectangular park = l x w
200 = 25 x w
200/25 = w
8 = w
Hence, the Width of the rectangular park =9 yards.
Therefore, the soccer kicks the ball 8 yards far in the rectangular park.
Show and Grow

Question 11.
The rectangular parking spot has an area of 220 square feet. What is the length of the longest car that can fit in the parking spot?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 55
Answer:
GIVEN:
Area of the rectangular parking spot = 220 square feet
Width of the rectangular parking spot = 10 feet
Length of the rectangular parking spot = l feet
Area of the rectangular parking spot = l x w
220 = l x 10
220/10 = l
22 = l
Hence, the Length of the rectangular parking spot = 22 feet.
Therefore , the length of the longest car that can fit in the parking spot is 22 feet.

Question 12.
You want to put a frame around the rectangular painting. The painting has a perimeter of 50 inches. How wide should the frame be?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 56
Answer:
GIVEN:
Perimeter of the rectangular painting frame= 50 inches
Length of the rectangular painting  frame= 14 inches
Width of the rectangular painting frame= w inches
Perimeter of the rectangular painting = 2l + 2w = 2( l + w)
50 = 2(14+w)
50/2 = 14 + w
25 = 14 + w
25 – 14 =w
11 = w
Hence, the Width of the rectangular painting frame= 11 inches.

Question 13.
A rectangular zoo enclosure for a red panda has a perimeter of 116 meters. The length is 50 meters. What is the area of the enclosure?
Answer:
GIVEN:
Perimeter of the rectangular zoo = 116 meters
Length of the rectangular zoo = 50 meters
Width of the rectangular zoo = ??
Let the Width of the rectangular zoo = w meters
Perimeter of the rectangular painting = 2l + 2w = 2( l + w)
116 = 2( 50+ w)
116/2 = 50 + w
58 = 50 + w
58 – 50 = w
8 = w
Hence, the Width of the rectangular zoo = 8 meters
Area of the rectangular zoo =??
Area of the rectangular zoo = l x w
A = 50 x 8
A = 400 square meters
Therefore, the Area of the rectangular zoo = 400 square meters.

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
A rectangular patio at a restaurant has an area of 98 square feet. The dimensions of the patio are whole numbers. The length of the patio is 2 times the width. What are the dimensions of the patio?
Answer:
GIVEN:
Area of the rectangular patio = 98 square feet.
The dimensions of the patio are whole numbers.
The length of the patio is 2 times the width.
Let the Width of the rectangular patio be w feet.
=> Length of the the rectangular patio = 2 x w = 2w
Area of the rectangular patio = l x w
98 = (2w) x w
98 = 2w2
98/2 = w2
49 = w2
√ 49 = w
7 = w
Hence, the Width of the rectangular patio = 7 feet.
Length of the the rectangular patio = 2 x w = 2w= 2 x 7 = 14 feet
Therefore, the dimensions of the patio are 14 feet and 7 feet.

Find Unknown Measures Homework & Practice 12.3

Find the unknown measures of the rectangle.

Question 1.
Area = 63 square feet
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 57
Answer:
GIVEN:
Area of the rectangle = 63 square feet
Length of the rectangle = l feet
Width of the rectangle = 7 feet
Area of the rectangle = l x w
63 = l x 7
63/7 = l
9 = l
Hence, the Length of the rectangle = 9 feet.

Question 2.
Perimeter = 26 yards
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 58
Answer:
GIVEN:
Perimeter of the rectangle =  26 yards
Length of the rectangle = l yard
Width of the rectangle = 1 yard
Perimeter of the rectangle = 2l + 2w = 2 ( l + w)
26 = 2( l + 1)
26/2 = l +1
13 = l + 1
13 – 1 = l
12 = l
Hence, the Length of the rectangle = 12 yards.

Find the unknown measure of the rectangle.

Question 3.
Perimeter = 40 centimeters
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 59
Answer:
GIVEN:
Perimeter of the rectangle = 40 centimeters
Length of the rectangle =14 cm
Width of the rectangle = w cm
Perimeter of the rectangle = 2l + 2w = 2 ( l + w)
40 = 2( 14 + w)
40/2 =14 + w
20 = 14 + w
20 – 14= w
6 = w
Hence, the Width of the rectangle = 6 cm.

Question 4.
Area = 88 square millimeters
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 412
Answer:
GIVEN:
Area of the rectangle = 88 square millimeters
Length of the rectangle = l mm
Width of the rectangle = 8 mm
Area of the rectangle = l x w
88 = l x 8
88/8 = l
11 = l
Hence , the Length of the rectangle = 11 mm.

Question 5.
Area = 2,800 square meters
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 60
Answer:
GIVEN:
Area of the rectangle = 2,800 square meters
Length of the rectangle = l m
Width of the rectangle = 40 m
Area of the rectangle = l x w
2800 = l x 40
2800/40 = l
70 = l
Hence, the Length of the rectangle = 70 m.

Question 6.
Perimeter = 41 inches
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 61
Answer:
GIVEN:
Perimeter of the rectangle = 41 inches
Length of the rectangle =12 (4/8) inches = 100/8 = 12.5 inches
Width of the rectangle = w inches
Perimeter of the rectangle = 2l + 2w = 2 ( l + w)
41 = 2( 12.5 +w)
41/2 =12.5 + w
20.5 = 12.5 + w
20.5 – 12.5 = w
8 = w
Hence, the Width of the rectangle = 8 inches.

Question 7.
Structure
A rectangle has an area of 18 square inches and a perimeter of 18 inches. What are the dimensions of the rectangle?
Answer:
GIVEN:
Area of the rectangle = 18 square inches
Perimeter of the rectangle =18 inches.
LET, the Length of the rectangle be l inches
The Width of the rectangle be w inches.
FORMULA:
Area of the rectangle = l x w
18 = l x w
The dimensions of the rectangle :
18 = 1 x 18
18 = 2 x 9
18 = 3 x 6
Hence, the dimensions of the rectangle are (1,18);(2,9);(3,6) inches.

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
The rectangular fire pit has a perimeter of 176 inches. What is the width of the fire pit?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 62
Answer:
GIVEN :
Perimeter of the rectangular fire pit = 176 inches
Length of the rectangular fire pit = 50 inches
Width of the rectangular fire pit = ??
Let the Width of the rectangular fire pit be w inches.
Perimeter of the rectangular fire pit = 2l + 2w = 2(l + w)
176 = 2( 50 + w)
176/2 = 50 + w
88 = 50 + w
88 – 50 = w
35 = w
Hence, the Width of the rectangular fire pit =  35 inches.

Question 9.
A painting canvas has an area of 384 square inches. The length and width of the canvas are whole numbers. The length of the canvas is 8 inches greater than the width. What are the dimensions of the canvas?
Answer:
GIVEN:
Area of  the painting canvas = 384 square inches.
The length of the canvas is 8 inches greater than the width.
Let the Width of the painting canvas be w inches.
Area of  the painting canvas = l x w => 384 = l x w
384 = 1x 384 =>1 x (1 + 8) = 1 x 9 = 9
384 = 2 x 192 =>2 x (2+8) = 2 x 10 = 20
384 = 3 x 128 => 3 x (3 + 8) = 3 x 11 = 33
384 = 4 x 96 => 4 x (4 + 8) = 4 x 12 = 48
384= 6 x 64 => 6 x (6 + 8) = 6 x 14 = 84
384 = 8 x 48 => 8 x (8 + 8) =8 x 16 = 128
384 =12 x 32 =>12 x (12 + 8) = 12 x 20 = 240
384 =16 x 24 => 16 x (16 +8) = 16 x 24 = 384
Hence, The dimensions of the canvas=  (24,16) inches
Length of the canvas = 24 inches
Width of the canvas = 16 inches

Review & Refresh

Find the equivalent length.

Question 10.
35 ft = __ in.
Answer:
CONVERTION: 1 feet = 12 inches
35 feet = ?? inches
Let the unknown value be Y inches.
=>35 x 12 = 1 x Y
=>420 = 1 x Y
=> 420/1 = Y
=> 420 = Y
Hence, the unknown value = 420 inches.
35 feet = _420_ inches.

Question 11.
6 mi = __ yd
Answer:
CONVERTION: 1 mile =1760 yard
6 miles = ?? yard
Let the unknown value be X yards.
=> 1 x X = 1760 x 6
=> 1X = 10560
=> X = 10560/1
=> X = 10560
Hence, the unknown value be 10560 yards.
6 mi = _10560_ yd

Question 12.
17 yd = __ ft
Answer:
CONVERTION:
1 yard = 3 feet
17 yd = ?? feet
Let the unknown value be X feet.
=>1 x X = 3 x 17
=>1X = 51
=>X = 51/1
=> X = 51 feet
Hence, the unknown value be 51 feet.
17 yd = _51_ ft

Question 13.
4 yd = __ in.
Answer:
CONVERTION:
1 yard = 36 inches
4 yards = ?? inches
Let the unknown value be Y inches.
=> 1 x Y = 36 x 4
=> 1Y = 144
=> Y = 144/1
=> Y = 144
Hence, the unknown value be 144 inches.
4 yd = _144_ in.

Lesson 12.4 Problem Solving: Perimeter and Area

Explore and Grow

An office has a large rectangular window overlooking a city. Describe two methods for finding the area of the rectangular wall around the window.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 63
Answer:
GIVEN:
Area of the inside window = l x w
Area of the outside wall = l x w
Area of the rectangular wall around the window = area of the outside wall – Area of the inside window
Hence, there is only one way to find the Area of the rectangular wall around the window.

Make Sense of Problems
Use one of your methods to estimate the area of a wall with a window.
Answer:
The area of the wall can be estimated to be twice the area of the window.

Think and Grow: Problem Solving: Perimeter and Area

Example
A rectangular board has an area of 1,700 square inches. You cut out a rectangular piece that is 10 inches long and 9 inches wide to make a carnival prop similar to the one shown. What is

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 64
Answer:
GIVEN:
Area of rectangular board =1,700 square inches
Length of the rectangular piece  cut = 10 inches
Width of the rectangular piece cut = 9 inches
Area of the rectangular piece cut = l x w
=>A = 10 X 9
=> A = 90 square inches
Area of the rectangular piece cut = 90 square inches.
Subtract Area of the cut out piece you cut out from the original area.
= 1700 square inches – 90 square inches
= 1610 square inches.
Hence, the Area of the area of the prop = 1610 square inches.

Understand the Problem
What do you know?

  • The original board has an area of 1,700 square inches.
  • The piece you cut out is 10 inches long and 9 inches wide.

What do you need to find?

  • You need to find the area of the carnival prop.

Make a Plan

How will you solve?

  • Find the area of the piece you cut out.
  • Subtract the area of the piece you cut out from the original area.

Solve
Step 1: Find the area of the piece you cut out.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 65
Step 2: Subtract the area of the you cut out piece you cut out from the original area.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 66
The area of the prop is __ square inches.
Answer:
Area of rectangular board =1,700 square inches
Length of the rectangular piece  cut = 10 inches
Width of the rectangular piece cut = 9 inches
Area of the rectangular piece cut = l x w
=>A = 10 X 9
=> A = 90 square inches
Area of the rectangular piece cut = 90 square inches.
Subtract Area of the cut out piece you cut out from the original area.
= 1700 square inches – 90 square inches
= 1610 square inches.
Hence, the Area of the area of the prop = 1610 square inches

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Explain how you can check whether your answer above is reasonable.
Answer:
My above answer is reasonable because it satisfies.
Area of the area of the prop + Area of the cut out piece  =The Area of the outside rectangular
=>1610 square inches + 90 square inches
=>1700 square inches.
Hence, proved my answer is reasonable and correct.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Understand the problem. What do you know? What do you need to find? Explain.
Answer:
GIVEN:
Area of rectangular board =1,700 square inches
Length of the rectangular piece  cut = 10 inches
Width of the rectangular piece cut = 9 inches
This is known in the problem.
You need to find the area of the carnival prop.

Question 2.
A construction worker has 40 feet of caution tape. Is this enough tape to surround a rectangular region that is 120 inches long and 90 inches wide?
Answer:
GIVEN:
A construction worker has 40 feet of caution tape.
Length of the rectangular region = 120 inches
Width of the rectangular region = 90 inches
Perimeter of the rectangular region = 2l + 2 w = 2( l + w)
P = 2( 120 + 90)
P = 2 x 210
P = 420 inches.
CONVERTION: 1 inch = 0.8333 feet  or (1/12) feet
420 inches = ??
Let the unknown value be X feet
=> 1 x X = 420 x 1/12
=> 1X = 420/12
=> 1X = 35 feet.
The required tape to surround the rectangular region = 35 feet.
A construction worker has 40 feet of caution tape.
Therefore, the tape of construction worker bought will be enough to surround a rectangular region that is 120 inches long and 90 inches wide.

Question 3.
One ton of salt de-ices a rectangular section of a road that is 10,500 meters long and 3 meters wide. How many square meters does 6 tons of salt de-ice?
Answer:
GIVEN:
One ton of salt de-ices a rectangular section of a road
Length of the One ton of salt de-ices rectangular section of a road = 10500 meters
Width of the One ton of salt de-ices rectangular section of a road = 3 meters
Area of the One ton of salt de-ices rectangular section of a road = l x w
A = l x w
A = 10500 x 3
A = 31500 square meters
Area of the  One ton of salt de-ices rectangular section of a road = 31500 square meters.
Area of the 6 ton of salt de-ices rectangular section of a road  = ??
Area of the 6 ton of salt de-ices rectangular section of a road  = (Area of the one ton of salt de-ices rectangular section of a road) x 6
=> 31500 x 6
=> 189000 square feet.
Therefore, Area of the 6 ton of salt de-ices rectangular section of a road  = 189000 square feet.

Understand the problem. Then make a plan. How will you solve? Explain.

Question 4.
A worker installs fencing around two rectangular properties. One is 99 feet long and 80 feet wide. The other is95 feet long and 83 feet wide. Which property requires more fencing? How much more?
Answer:
GIVEN:
A worker installs fencing around two rectangular properties.
ONE RECTANGULAR PROPERTY
Length of the  one rectangular property = 99 feet
Width of the one rectangular property = 80 feet
Perimeter of the one rectangular property = 2l + 2w = 2( l + w)
P = 2 ( 99+ 80 )
P = 2 x 179
P = 358 feet
Perimeter of the one rectangular property = 358 feet.
OTHER RECTANGULAR PROPERTY
Length of the  other rectangular property = 95 feet
Width of the other rectangular property = 83 feet
Perimeter of the other rectangular property = 2l + 2w = 2( l + w)
P = 2 ( 95 + 83 )
P = 2 x 178
P = 356 feet
Perimeter of the other rectangular property = 356 feet
DIFFERENCE:
Perimeter of the one rectangular property – Perimeter of the other rectangular property
=> 358 – 356
=> 2 feet.
One rectangular property requires more fencing than the other rectangular property.
Therefore, 2 feet more it requires than the one rectangular property than the other rectangular property.

Question 5.
A roofer covers the rectangular roof with shingles. A chimney occupies a rectangular area that is 4 feet long and 2 feet wide. How many square feet of the roof are with shingles?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 67
Answer:
GIVEN:
A roofer covers the rectangular roof with shingles.
Length of the rectangular area of chimney = 4 feet
Width of the rectangular area of chimney = 2 feet
Area of the rectangular area of chimney = l x w
A = 4 x 2
A = 8 square feet
Area of the rectangular area of chimney = 8 square feet.
Length of the rectangular roof = 60 feet
Width of the rectangular roof= 30 feet
Area of the rectangular roof = l x w
A = 60 x 30
A = 1800 square feet
Area of the rectangular roof = 1800 square feet.
Area of the roof are with shingles = Area of the rectangular roof – Area of the rectangular area of chimney
=> 1800 square feet – 8 square feet
=> 1792 square feet.
Area of the roof are with shingles = 1792 square feet.

Question 6.
You want to buy a cover for the lid of your laptop. Your laptop is 1\(\frac{1}{3}\) feet long and 1 foot wide. Which cover will fit best on your laptop?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 68
Answer:
GIVEN:
Length of the Laptop = 1\(\frac{1}{3}\) feet long =1 (1/3) feet = 4/3 feet = 1. 33 feet.
Width of the laptop = 1 feet
Perimeter of the laptop =2l + 2w = 2( l + w)
P = 2( 1.33 + 1)
P =2 x 2.33
P = 4.66 feet
Perimeter of the laptop =4.66 feet.
CONVERTION:
1 feet = 12 inches
4.66 feet =??
=> 4.66 x 12
=> 55.92 inches
Hence, the perimeter of the laptop = 55.92 inches.
FIRST LAPTOP COVER :
Length of the first Laptop cover = 16 inches
Width of the first Laptop cover = 12 inches
Area of the first Laptop cover =  192 square inches
Perimeter of the first Laptop cover = 2l + 2w = 2( l + w)
P = 2( 16 + 12)
P = 2 x 28
P = 56 inches.
Perimeter of the first Laptop cover = 56 inches.
SECOND LAPTOP COVER :
Length of the second Laptop cover = 13 inches
Width of the second Laptop cover = 9 (3/4)inches = 39/4  inches = 9.75 inches
Area of the second Laptop cover =  126 (3/4) square inches
Perimeter of the second Laptop cover = 2l + 2w = 2( l + w)
P = 2( 13 +9.75 )
P = 2 x 22.75
P =  45.5 inches.
Perimeter of the second Laptop cover = 45.5 inches.
THIRD LAPTOP COVER
Length of the third Laptop cover = 14 (1/2) inches = 29/2  inches= 14.5 inches
Width of the third Laptop cover = 11 inches
Area of the third Laptop cover =  159 (1/2) square inches
Perimeter of the third Laptop cover = 2l + 2w = 2( l + w)
P = 2( 14.5 + 11 )
P = 2 x 25.5
P = 51 inches.
Perimeter of the third Laptop cover = 51 inches.
Therefore, first laptop cover will fit correctly to the laptop because cover size is more accurate size of 56 inches than other two laptop covers are lesser in size of the laptop size 55.92 inches.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A worker wants to cover the miniature golf putting surface with artificial turf. The putting surface is in the shape of two rectangles. How much turf does the worker need?
Think: What do you know? What do you need to find? How will you solve?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 69
Step 1: Divide the surface into two rectangles. Then find the area of each rectangle.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 70
Answer:
GIVEN:
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 69
Divide the surface into two rectangles. Then find the area of each rectangle.

Length of the Rectangle A = 16 feet
Width of the Rectangle A = `4 feet
Area of the Rectangle A = l x w
A =16 x 4
A = 64 square feet
Area of the Rectangle A = 64 square feet.
Length of the Rectangle B = `10 feet
Width of the Rectangle B = `5 feet
Area of the Rectangle B = l x w
A = 10 x 5
A = 50 square feet
Area of the Rectangle B = 50 square feet.
ADDITION:
Area of the Rectangle A + Area of the Rectangle B
=> 64 square feet + 50 square feet
=> 114 square feet.
Hence, the workers need 114 square feet for artificial turf.

Question 7.
You want to install new carpet in the rectangular bedroom and the rectangular closet. How much carpet do you need to cover the floor?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 413

Answer:
GIVEN:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 413
Length of the rectangular bedroom = 20 feet
Width  of the rectangular bedroom = 10 feet
Area of the rectangular bedroom = l x w
A = 20 x 10
A = 200 square feet
Area of the rectangular bedroom = 200 square feet.
Length of the rectangular closet = 10 feet
Width  of the rectangular closet= 4 feet
Area of the rectangular closet = l x w
A = 10 x 4
A = 40 square feet
Area of the rectangular closet = 40 square feet.
ADDITION:
Carpet  needed to cover the floor = Area of the rectangular bedroom + Area of the rectangular closet.
=> 200 square feet + 40 square feet
=> 240 square feet.
Hence, the Carpet  needed to cover the floor = 240 square feet.

Question 8.
A gardener wants to enclose the garden with fencing. The garden is in the shape of two rectangles. How much fencing does the gardener need?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 414
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 414
Divide the surface into two rectangles.


Length of the Rectangle A = 8 yard
Width of the Rectangle A = 6 yard
Perimeter of the Rectangle A = 2l x 2w = 2( l + w)
P = 2( 8 + 6 )
P = 2 x 14
P = 28 yards
Perimeter of the Rectangle A = 28 yards.
Length of the Rectangle B = 10 yard
Width of the Rectangle B = 3 yard
Perimeter of the Rectangle B = 2l x 2w = 2( l + w)
P = 2( 10 + 3 )
P = 2 x 13
P = 26 yards
Perimeter of the Rectangle B = 26 yards.
Fencing the gardener needed = Perimeter of the Rectangle A + Perimeter of the Rectangle B
=> 28 yards + 26 yards
=> 54 yards.
Hence, the Fencing the gardener needed = 54 yards.

Problem Solving: Perimeter and Area Homework & Practice 12.4

Understand the problem. Then make a plan. How will you solve? Explain.

Question 1.
An indoor dog park has an area of 50,000 square feet. The owner creates a square welcome center inside the park that is 100 feet long. What is the area of the section that dogs can play in?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 71
Answer:
GIVEN:
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 71

Area of the indoor dog park = 50,000 square feet.
The owner creates a square welcome center inside the park that is 100 feet long.
=> side of the square welcome center inside the park = 100 feet
Area of the square welcome center inside the park =  s x s
A = 100 x 100
A  = 10,000 square feet
Area of the square welcome center inside the park = 10,000 square feet.
Area of the section that dogs can play in = Area of the indoor dog park – Area of the square welcome center inside the park
=> 50,000 square feet – 10,000 square feet
=> 40,000 square feet.
Hence, the Area of the section that dogs can play in = 40,000 square feet.

Question 2.
You tile a hallway with square tiles that are 12 inches wide. You completely cover the hallway with 3 rows of 5 tiles. What is the area of the hallway?
Answer:
GIVEN:
Side of the square tiles = 12 inches
The hallway completely covered with 3 rows of 5 tiles.
Area of the square tiles hallway= s x s
A = 12 x 12
A = 144 square inches.
Hence, the Area of the square tiles hallway= 144 square inches.

Question 3.
Your friend makes a rectangular poster for a school play. The poster is 4 feet long and 3 feet wide. Ribbon costs $1 per foot. How much does it cost to add a ribbon border to the poster?
Answer:
GIVEN:
Length of the rectangular poster = 4 feet
Width of the rectangular poster = 3 feet
Perimeter of the rectangular poster = 2l +2w = 2(l + w)
P = 2 ( 4 + 3 )
P = 2 x 7
P = 14 feet
Perimeter of the rectangular poster = 14 feet.
Ribbon costs $1 per foot
Cost of the ribbon border to the poster = 14 feet x $1= $14
Therefore, the Cost of the ribbon border to the poster = $14.

Question 4.
Writing
Explain how you know when you need to find the perimeter or the area of a rectangle when solving a word problem.
Answer:
GIVEN:
Perimeter can be thought  as the length of the outline of a shape.
Area can be defined as the space occupied by a flat shape or the surface of an object.
On the above referred points,  I try to calculate the perimeter or the area of the rectangle when solving a word problem.

Question 5.
Modeling Real Life
Your teacher joins two rectangular tables for students to complete a craft. How much newspaper does your teacher need to cover the tops of the tables with no overlap and no paper hanging over the sides?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 72
Answer:
GIVEN:
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 72
Divide the surface into two rectangles.

Length of the rectangle A = 72 inches
Width of the of the rectangle A = 30 inches
Perimeter of the rectangle A = 2l + 2w = 2( l + w)
P = 2( 72 + 30 )
P =  2 x 102
P = 204 inches
Perimeter of the rectangle A = 204 inches.
Length of the rectangle B = 60 inches
Width of the of the rectangle B = 30 inches
Perimeter of the rectangle B = 2l + 2w = 2( l + w)
P = 2( 60 + 30 )
P = 2 x 90
P = 180 inches
Perimeter of the rectangle B = 180 inches.
Newspaper needed to cover the tops of the tables with no overlap and no paper hanging over the sides = Perimeter of the rectangle A + Perimeter of the rectangle B
= 204 inches + 180 inches
= 384 inches.
Hence, the newspaper needed to cover the tables = 384 inches.

Question 6.
Modeling Real Life
A landscaper buys 2 bags of grass seed. Each bag covers 5,000 square feet. A rectangular lawn is 200 feet long and 40 feet wide. Does the landscaper have enough seed to cover the lawn once? twice? Explain.
Answer:
GIVEN:
A landscaper buys 2 bags of grass seed.
Area of the bags seed covers = 5000 square feet.
Length of the rectangular lawn = 200 feet
Width of the rectangular lawn = 40 feet
Area of the rectangular lawn = l x w
A = 200 x 40
A = 8000 square feet.
Area of the rectangular lawn = 8000 square feet.
The landscaper have enough seed to cover the lawn once only not twice because he has  bags which can cover only 5000 square feet not 8000 square feet rectangular lawn completely.

Review & Refresh

Multiply

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 73
Answer:
GIVEN:
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 73= 2 x 1/4
= 1 x 1/2
= 1/2
= 0.5
Hence, Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 73= 0.5.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 74
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 74= 12/5
= 2.4.
Hence, Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 74 = 2.4.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 75
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 75= 6 x 5/4
= 3 x 5/2
=15/2
= 7.5.
Hence, Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 75 = 7.5.

Use Perimeter and Area Formulas Performance Task 12

Stop-motion animation videos are made by taking multiple photographs of an object. Each photograph shows the object in a slightly different position. When all of the photographs are combined into a video, the object appears to be moving.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 76
1. You decide to make a stop-motion video. You make a background with an area of 12 square feet and a perimeter of 14 feet.
a. What are the dimensions of your background?
b. The part of the background in each photograph is 45 inches long and 30 inches wide. What is the perimeter of the background in each photograph?
c. What is the area of the background that is not in each photograph?
2. You take photographs for your video. Your video shows 15 photographs each second. How many photographs are in a 24-second video?
3. You start working on your animation at 3:05 P.M. and finish at 5:20 P.M. You spend equal amounts of time creating your background, taking photographs, and editing your video. How much time do you spend on each activity?
Answer:
GIVEN:
Area of the rectangular background= 12 square feet.
Perimeter  of the rectangular background = 14 feet.
1. a) All dimensions of the rectangular background =
Area of the rectangle = l x w
1 × 12 = 12.
2 × 6 = 12.
3 × 4 = 12.
The dimensions of the rectangular background = (1,12); (2,6);(3,4).
b) The Length of the background in each photograph = 45 inches The Width  of the background in each photograph =30 inches  The perimeter of the background in each photograph = 2l + 2w = 2(l + w)
P = 2 (45 + 30)
P = 2 x 75
P = 150 inches.
Hence, the perimeter of the background in each photograph = 150 inches.
2) 
GIVEN:
15 photograph taken in 1 second
=> ?? in 24 seconds
=> 24 x 15 = photographs taken in 24 seconds
=> 360 = photographs taken in 24 seconds
Hence, photographs taken in 24 seconds = 360.
3)
GIVEN:
Starting time on animation at 3:05 P.M.
Finishing time on animation at 5:20 P.M.
Time taken on each activity = Finishing time on animation – Starting time on animation
=> 5:20 P.M – 3:05 P.M
=> 2: 15 Hours
Hence, Time taken on each activity =2:15 Hours.

Use Perimeter and Area Formulas Activity

Area Roll and Conquer

Directions:

  1. Players take turns rolling two dice.
  2. On your turn, create a rectangle with the numbers on the dice as the length and width. Your rectangle cannot cover another rectangle.
  3. Shade the rectangle in your color. Record the multiplication equation for the rectangle.
  4. If you cannot create a rectangle on the board, then you lose your turn. Play 10 rounds, if possible.
  5. The player with the greatest area covered wins!

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 77
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 78
Answer:
GIVEN:

  1. Players take turns rolling two dice.

1)
2)

Length of the rectangle = 4 units
Width of the rectangle = 3 units.
3)
Equation of the rectangle = 4 x 3 = 12 square units.
4)   
5) 
The player with the greatest area covered wins!
Given Equation Area = 3 x 2 = 6 square units
My Equation Area= 4 x 3 =12 square units

Use Perimeter and Area Formulas Chapter Practice

12.1 Perimeter Formula for a Rectangle

Find the perimeter of the rectangle.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 79
Answer:
GIVEN:
Length of the rectangle = 15 yard
Width of the rectangle = 13 yard
Perimeter of the rectangle = 2l + 2w = 2( l + w)
P = 2 (15 + 13)
P = 2 x 28
P = 56 yards
Hence, the Perimeter of the rectangle = 56 yards.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 80
Answer:
GIVEN:
Length of the rectangle = 29 mm
Width of the rectangle = 23 mm
Perimeter of the rectangle = 2l + 2w = 2( l + w)
P = 2 ( 29 + 23)
P = 2 x 52
P = 104 mm
Hence, the Perimeter of the rectangle = 104 mm.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 81
Answer:
GIVEN:
Length of the rectangle = 55 cm
Width of the rectangle = 46 cm
Perimeter of the rectangle = 2l + 2w = 2( l + w)
P = 2( 55 + 46)
P = 2 x 101
P = 202 cm
Hence, the Perimeter of the rectangle = 202 cm.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 82
Answer:
GIVEN:
Length of the rectangle = 10 (2/12) feet = 20/12 = 1.67 feet
Width of the rectangle = 7 feet
Perimeter of the rectangle = 2l + 2w = 2( l + w)
P = 2(1.67 + 7)
P = 2 x 7.67
P = 15.34 feet
Hence, the Perimeter of the rectangle = 15.34 feet.

12.2 Area Formula for a Rectangle

Find the area of the rectangle.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 83
Answer:
GIVEN:
Length of the rectangle =  58 m
Width of the rectangle = 37 m
Area of the rectangle = l x w
A = 58 x 37
A = 2146 square m.
Hence, the Area of the rectangle = 2146 square m.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 84
Answer:
GIVEN:
Length of the rectangle = 13 (1/2) inches = 27/2 = 13.5 inches
Width of the rectangle = 7 inches
Area of the rectangle = l x w
A = 13.5 x 7
A = 94.5 square inches
Hence, the Area of the rectangle = 94.5 square inches.

Question 7.
A rectangle has an area of 60 square feet. The dimensions are whole numbers. What are all of the possible dimensions of the rectangle?
Answer:
GIVEN:
Length of the rectangle = l feet
Width of the rectangle = w feet
Area of the rectangle = 60 square feet
Area of the rectangle = l x w
All possible dimensions of rectangle =
60 = 1 x 60,
60 = 2 x 30,
60 = 3 x 20,
60 = 4 x 15
60 = 5 x 12,
60 = 6 x 10.
All possible dimensions of rectangle =(1,60);(2,30);(3,20);(4,15);(5,12);(6,10).

12.3 Find Unknown Measures

Find the unknown measure of the rectangle.

Question 8.
Area = 48 square yards
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 85
Answer:
GIVEN:
Area of the rectangle = 48 square yards
Length of the rectangle = l yards
Width of the rectangle = 3 yards
Area of the rectangle = l x w
48 = l x 3
48/3 = l
16 = l
Hence, the Length of the rectangle = 16 yards.

Question 9.
Perimeter = 90 centimeters
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 86
Answer:
GIVEN:
Perimeter of the rectangle = 90 centimeters
Length of the rectangle = l cm
Width of the rectangle = 12 cm
Perimeter of the rectangle = 2l + 2w = 2( l + w)
90 = 2( l + 12)
90/2 = l + 12
45 = l + 12
45 – 12 = l
33 = l
Hence, the Length of the rectangle = 33 cm.

Question 10.
Logic
What are the dimensions of Descartes’s rectangle?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 87
Answer:
GIVEN:
Perimeter of the rectangle = 10 meters
Length and Width have a product = 6 square meters
=> l x w = 6 square meters
=> Area of the rectangle = l x w = 6 square meters.
All possible dimensions of the rectangle =
6 = 1 x 6
6 = 2 x 3.
Hence, All possible dimensions of the rectangle =(1,6);(2,3).

12.4 Problem Solving: Perimeter and Area

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
You want to paint the wall. What is the area of the wall you will paint?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 88
Answer:
GIVEN:
Length of the outer rectangle = 14 feet
Width of the outer rectangle = 10 feet
Area of the outer rectangle = l x w
A = 14 x 10
A = 140 square feet.
Area of the outer rectangle = 140 square feet.
Length of the inside rectangle = 4 feet
Width of the inside rectangle = 1(1/2) feet = 3/2 = 1.5 feet
Area of the inside rectangle = l x w
A = 4 x 1.5
A = 6 square feet.
Area of the inside rectangle = 6 square feet.
SUBTRACTION:
Area of the wall for paint = Area of the outer rectangle  – Area of the inside rectangle
= 140 square feet – 6 square feet.
= 134 square feet.
Hence, the Area of the wall for paint = 134 square feet.

Question 12.
A park director orders 360 feet of fencing. Does he have enough to surround the tennis court?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas 89
Answer:
GIVEN:
Fencing length park director ordered = 360 feet.
Length of the rectangle = 40 yards
Width of the rectangle = 20 yards
Perimeter of the rectangle = 2l + 2w = 2 ( l + w)
P= 2( 40 + 20)
P = 2 x 60
P = 120 yards
CONVERTION:
1 yard = 3 feet
120 yards = ??
=> 120 x 3
=> 360 feet.
Hence, the director ordered fencing  360 feet is enough for fencing the tennis court because the required court perimeter is same 360 feet.

Conclusion:

I wish the information provided in the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 12 Use Perimeter and Area Formulas is helpful for you all. Share the pdf links with your friends and help them to overcome the difficulties in maths. If you any doubts feel free to post the comments in the below-mentioned comment box. Bookmark our page to get the updates of Big Ideas Math Grade 4 Answer Key for all Chapters.

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations

Get a free Download pdf of Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations from here. Find the step by step solutions for Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations on this page. Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations helps the students to complete the homework or assignment in time without any mistakes. So, we suggest all the students make use of our BIM Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations to finish their homework within time. Download Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations Solution Key and start practicing the problems.

Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations

The solutions provided in the Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations are prepared by the math experts with a brief explanation. So, students who are unable to understand the concept of linear equations can use this page and learn how to solve the problems in an easy and simple manner. In the below students can find the links related to the concepts of linear equations hit the links you wish to learn and start solving linear equations. After we request you to test yourself by solving the questions from quiz, chapter tests, chapter reviews, and chapter assessments.

Solving Linear Equations Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Add or subtract.

Question 1.
-5 + (-2)
Answer:
-5 + ( -2 ) = -5 – 2
= – ( 5 + 2 )
= -7
-5 + ( -2 ) = -7

Question 2.
0 + (-13)
Answer:
0 + ( -13 ) = 0 – 13
= -13
0 + ( -13 ) = -13

Question 3.
-6 + 14
Answer:
-6 + 14 = +14 – 6
= +8
= 8
-6 +14 = 8

Question 4.
19 – (-13)
Answer:
19 – ( -13 ) = 10 + 9 + 10 + 3
= 20 + 12
= 32
19 – (-13 ) = 32

Question 5.
-1 – 6
Answer:
-1 – 6 = – ( 1 + 6 )
= -7
-1 -6 = -7

Question 6.
– 5 – (-7)
Answer:
-5 – ( -7 ) = -5 + 7
= 7 – 5
= 2
-5 – ( -7 ) = 2

Question 7.
17 + 5
Answer:
17 + 5 = 15 + 2 + 5
= 22
17 + 5 = 22

Question 8.
8 + (-3)
Answer:
8 + ( -3 ) = 8 – 3
= 5
8  + ( -3 ) = 5

Question 9.
11 – 15
Answer:
11 – 15 = -15 + 11
= – ( 15 – 11 )
= -4
11 – 15 = -4

Multiply or divide.

Question 10.
-3(8)
Answer:
-3(8) = -3 × 8
= -24

Question 11.
-7 • (-9)
Answer:
-7 . ( 9 ) = -7 × +9
= -63
-7 . ( 9 ) = -63

Question 12.
4 • (-7)
Answer:
4 . ( -7 ) = 4 × ( -7 )
= -28
4 . ( -7 ) = -28

Question 13.
-24 ÷ (-6)
Answer:
-24 ÷ ( -6 ) = + ( 24 ÷ 6 )
= 4
-24 ÷ ( -6 ) = 4

Question 14.
-16 ÷ 2
Answer:
-16 ÷ 2 = -8

Question 15.
12 ÷ (-3)
Answer:
12 ÷ ( -3 )
= 12 ÷ -3
= -4
12 ÷ ( -3 ) = -4

Question 16.
6 • 8
Answer:
6 . 8 = 6 × 8
= 48

Question 17.
36 ÷ 6
Answer:
36 ÷ 6 = ( 30 + 6 ) ÷ 6
= ( 30 ÷ 6 ) + ( 6 ÷ 6 )
= 5 + 1
= 6
36 ÷ 6 = 6

Question 18.
-3(-4)
Answer:
-3 ( -4 ) = -3 × -4
= 12

Question 19.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Summarize the rules for
(a) adding integers,
(b) subtracting integers,
(c) multiplying integers, and
(d) dividing integers.
Give an example of each.
Answer:
a) Adding integers:
Adding two integers with different signs is done by subtracting the absolute values, and then attaching the sign of the number with the greater absolute value.
Example:
Let’s take the two numbers -2 and 3
So,
The addition of -2 and 3 is:
-2 + 3 = +1
= 1 ( Since the big number has a positive sign )

b) Subtracting integers:
Subtracting integers is the process of finding the difference between two integers. The result of any mathematical operation i.e., Addition or subtraction follows the sign of the big number and if the two numbers have the same sign, then the result of that also operation also follows the same sign and if there is no sign before the number, then we can take that number as positive number i.e., +a
Example:
Let’s take the two numbers -3 and +8
The subtraction of -3 and +8 is:
-3 – ( +8 ) = -3 – 8
= – ( 3 + 8 )
= -11 ( Since both the numbers have a negative sign )

c) Multiplying integers:
A) – × – = +
B) + × – = –
C) + × + = +
D) – × + = –
Example:
Let’s take the two numbers +8 and -3
So,
The multiplication of +8 and -3 is:
+2 ( -3 ) = 2 × -3
= -6 ( Since + × – = – )

d) Dividing integers:
A) – ÷ – = +
B) + ÷ – = –
C) + ÷ + = +
D) – ÷ + = –
Example:
Let’s take the two numbers -12 and -2
So,
The division of -12 and -2 is:
-12 ÷ ( -2 ) = -12 ÷ -2
= ( -10 + -2 ) ÷ -2
= ( -10 ÷ -2 ) + ( -2 ÷ -2 )
= 5 + 1
= 6
Hence, all the rules for the four basic mathematical operations.

Solving Linear Equations Monitoring Progress

Solve the problem and specify the units of measure.

Question 1.
The population of the United States was about 280 million in 2000 and about 310 million in 2010. What was the annual rate of change in population from 2000 to 2010?
Answer:
The population of the United States was about 280 million in 2000 and about 310 million in 2010.
The annual rate of change in population from 2000 to 2010 = ( The population of United States in 2010 ) – ( The population of United States in 2000 )
= 310 – 280
= 30 million
Hence, the annual rate of change in population from 2000 to 2010 is 30 million

Question 2.
You drive 240 miles and use 8 gallons of gasoline. What was your car’s gas mileage (in miles per gallon)?
Answer:
It is given that you drive 240 miles and use 8 gallons of gasoline.
The mileage of your car = ( The total number of miles driven by your car ) ÷ ( The number of gallons of gasoline used by your car )
= 240 ÷ 8
= ( 160 + 80 ) ÷ 8
= ( 160 ÷ 8 ) + ( 80 ÷ 8 )
= 20 + 10
= 30 miles
Hence, the mileage of your car is 30 miles per gallon

Question 3.
A bathtub is in the shape of a rectangular prism. Its dimensions are 5 feet by 3 feet by 18 inches. The bathtub is three-fourths full of water and drains at a rate of 1 cubic foot per minute. About how long does it take for all the water to drain?
Answer:
A bathtub is in the shape of a rectangular prism. Its dimensions are 5 feet by 3 feet by 18 inches. The bathtub is three-fourths full of water and drains at a rate of 1 cubic foot per minute.
The volume of the rectangular prism = The dimensions of the rectangular prism
= 5 × 3 × 18 × 12
= 3,240 cubic feet
The volume of the bathtub which is three-fourths full of water = \(\) {3}{4}[\latex] × 3240
= 2,430 cubic feet
It is also given that the bathtub drains at a rate of 1 cubic foot per minute.
The time is taken to drain 2,430 cubic feet of water in minutes = 2,430 × 1
= 2,430 minutes
Hence, the time taken for the water to drain from the bathtub at a rate of 1 cubic foot per minute is 2,430 minutes

Lesson 1.1 Solving Simple Equations

Essential Question
How can you use simple equations to solve real-life problems?

Exploration 1
Measuring Angles

Work with a partner. Use a protractor to measure the angles of each quadrilateral. Copy and complete the table to organize your results. (The notation m∠A denotes the measure of angle A.) How precise are your measurements?

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 2

EXPLORATION 2
Making a Conjecture

Work with a partner. Use the completed table in Exploration 1 to write a conjecture about the sum of the angle measures of a quadrilateral. Draw three quadrilaterals that are different from those in Exploration 1 and use them to justify your conjecture.
Answer:
The completed table is:

From the above table,
We can say that the sum of all the angle in any quadrilateral is: 360 degrees
From the above table,
The angles in Quadrilateral a is 60 degrees, 125 degrees, 120 degrees, and 55 degrees
The quadrilateral will have n angles based on the shape.
A shape that has more than 3 sides is called a Quadrilateral.
Ex: Rectangle, Square, Pentagon, Hexagon, etc.

From the above quadrilaterals,
We can say that all the sides in each quadrilateral are equal.
The angles in each quadrilateral are also equal.
In a rectangle, there are 4 sides
By measuring, we can observe that each angle of a rectangle is 90°
The sum of all angles in a rectangle = 90 + 90 + 90 + 90 = 360°
In a pentagon, there are 5 sides
By measuring, we can observe that each rectangle of a pentagon
The sum of all the angles in a pentagon = 72+ 72 + 72 + 72 + 72 = 360°
In a Hexagon, there are 6 sides
By measuring, we can observe that each angle of a hexagon is: 60 degrees
The sum of all angle is a Hexagon = 60 + 60 + 60 + 60 + 60 + 60 = 360°
We can conclude that our conjecture is proven.

EXPLORATION 3
Applying Your Conjecture

Work with a partner. Use the conjecture you wrote in Exploration 2 to write an equation for each quadrilateral. Then solve the equation to find the value of x. Use a protractor to check the reasonableness of your answer.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 3
Answer:
From Exploration 2, the proven conjecture is
The sum of all angles in a quadrilateral is 360°
In Quadrilateral a.,
By using the above-proven conjecture,
85 + 80 + 100 + x = 360°
265 + x = 360°
x = 360 – 265
= 95°
The angle x is 95°
In Quadrilateral b.,
By using the above-proven conjecture,
72 + 78 + 60 + x = 360°
210 + x = 360°
x = 360 – 210
= 150°
The angle of x is 150°
In Quadrilateral c.,
By using the above-proven conjecture,
90 + 90  +30 + x = 360°
210 + x = 360°
x = 360 – 210
= 150°
The angle of x is 150°

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How can you use simple equations to solve real-life problems?
Answer:
You can use simple equations to solve real life problems because you may need to subtract an amount of money to see if you got the right amount of change, or you may need to know how much something is when it is on sale for 20% off.
Example:
I gave the clerk $20.50 and my total was $17.23. How much change should I get back?
20.50 – 17.23 = $3.27

Question 5.
Draw your own quadrilateral and cut it out. Tear off the four corners of the quadrilateral and rearrange them to affirm the conjecture you wrote in Exploration 2. Explain how this affirms the conjecture.
Answer:

The tear-off corners of the quadrilateral are joined and it becomes the triangle.
In the above Quadrilateral, there are two quadrilaterals.
The sum of all angles in a triangle is 180 degrees
The sum of all angles in the two triangles = 180 + 180 = 360 degrees
These two triangles form a quadrilateral.
The sum of all angles in a quadrilateral is 360 degrees
Hence, we can prove Exploration 2’s conjecture by your own example.

1.1 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Solve the equation. Justify each step. Check your solution.

Question 1.
n + 3 = -7
Answer:
n + 3 = -7
n = -7 – (+3 )
n = -7 – 3
= -10
n = -10

Question 2.
g – \(\frac{1}{3}\) = –\(\frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:
g – \(\frac{1}{3}\) = –\(\frac{2}{3}\)
g = –\(\frac{2}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\)
g = \(\frac{-2 + 1}{3}\)
g = \(\frac{-1}{3}\)
g = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 3.
-6.5 = p + 3.9
Answer:
-6.5 = p + 3.9
p = -6.5 – 3.9
= – ( 6.5 + 3.9 )
= – 10.4
p = -10.4

Monitoring Progress

Solve the equation. Justify each step. Check your solution.

Question 4.
\(\frac{y}{3}\) = -6
Answer:
\(\frac{y}{3}\) = -6
\(\frac{y}{1}\) × \(\frac{1}{3}\) = -6
\(\frac{y}{1}\) = -6 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\)
y = -6 × -3
y = -18

Question 5.
9π = πx
Answer:
9π = πx
9 × π = π × x
x = ( 9 × π ) ÷ π
x = 9

Question 6.
0.05w = 1.4
Answer:
0.05w = 1.4
0.05 × w = 1.4
\(\frac{5}{100}\) × w = \(\frac{14}{10}\)
w = \(\frac{14}{10}\) ÷ \(\frac{5}{100}\)
w = \(\frac{14}{10}\) × \(\frac{100}{5}\)
w = \(\frac{14 × 100}{10 × 5}\)
w = \(\frac{28}{1}\)
w = 28

Monitoring Progress

Question 7.
Suppose Usain Bolt ran 400 meters at the same average speed that he ran the 200 meters. How long would it take him to run 400 meters? Round your answer to the nearest hundredth of a second.
Answer:
It is given that Usain Bolt ran 400 meters at the same average speed that he ran the 200 meters.
Speed = Distance ÷ Time
But, it is given that the average speed is the same.
Speed = Constant
Since speed is constant, distance is directly proportional to time.
The time is taken by Usain Bolt to run 400 meters = 200 ÷ 400
= ( 2 × 100 ) ÷ ( 4 × 100 )
= 10 ÷ 20
= 0.50 seconds ( 0.5 and 0.50 are the same values Only for the representation purpose, we will add ‘0’ after 5 )
We can conclude that the time taken by Usain Bolt to run 400 meters when rounded off to the nearest hundredth is 0.50 seconds

Monitoring Progress

Question 8.
You thought the balance in your checking account was $68. When your bank statement arrives, you realize that you forgot to record a check. The bank statement lists your balance as $26. Write and solve an equation to find the amount of the check that you forgot to record.
Answer:
It is given that you thought the balance in your checking account was $68 and when your bank statement arrives, you realize that you forgot to record a check and the bank statement lists your balance as $26.
Let the amount you forgot to record be x
The total balance in your checking account = ( The listed balance ) + ( The amount that you forgot to record a check )
68 = 26 + x
x = 68 – 26
x = $42

Solving Simple Equations 1.1 Exercises

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–14, solve the equation. Justify each step. Check your solution.

Question 1.
VOCABULARY Which of the operations +, -, ×, and ÷ are inverses of each other?
Answer:
When we convert any sign from LHS, then the sign will be converted into the opposite sign in RHS,
So,
+ in LHS is converted into – in RHS and vice-versa
× in LHS is converted into ÷ in RHS and vice-versa
+ is the inverse of –  and vice-versa
× is inverse of ÷ and vice-versa

Question 2.
VOCABULARY Are the equations -2x = 10 and -5x = 25 equivalent? Explain.
Answer:
-2x = 10 and -5x = 25
+ in LHS is converted into – in RHS and vice-versa
× in LHS is converted into ÷ in RHS and vice-versa
From -2x = 10,
x = 10 ÷ ( -2 )
x = -10 ÷ 2
x = -5
From -5x = 25,
x = 25 ÷ ( -5 )
x = -25 ÷ 5
x = -5
The equations -2x = 10 and -5x = 25 are equivalent.

Question 3.
WRITING Which property of equality would you use to solve the equation 14x = 56? Explain.
Answer:
14x = 56
It can be re-written as
14 × x = 56
x = 56 ÷ 14
x = 4

Question 4.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG? Which expression does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 501
Answer:
Let the given equations be named A), B), C), and D)
The given equations are:
A) 8 = x ÷ 2
B) 3 = x ÷ 4
C) x – 6 = 5
D) x ÷ 3 = 9
Equations A, B), and D) are dividing the numbers whereas equation C) subtracts the numbers
We can conclude that,
The equation C) does not belong to the other three.

Question 5.
x + 5 = 8
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q5

Question 6.
m + 9 = 2
Answer:

Question 7.
y – 4 = 3

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q7

Question 8.
s – 2 = 1
Answer:

Question 9.
w + 3 = -4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q9

Question 10.
n – 6 = -7
Answer:

Question 11.
-14 = p – 11
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q11

Question 12.
0 = 4 + q
Answer:

Question 13.
r + (-8) = 10

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q13

Question 14.
t – (-5) = 9
Answer:

Question 15.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A discounted amusement park ticket costs $12.95 less than the original price p. Write and solve an equation to find the original price.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 4

Answer:
A discounted amusement park ticket costs $12.95 less than the original price p.
Let the discounted amusement park ticket be x
The given original price is p
The discounted amusement park ticket cost = p – $12.95
x = p – 12.95
p = x + $12.95
The equation for the original price is p = x + $12.95

Question 16.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You and a friend are playing a board game. Your final score x is 12 points less than your friend’s final score. Write and solve an equation to find your final score.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 5

Answer:
Given that you and a friend are playing a board game. Your final score x is 12 points less than your friend’s final score.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 5
From the above table,
The final score of your friend is 195
Let your final score of yours be x
x = ( The final score of your friend ) – 12
= 195 – 12
= 183 points
Hence, your final score of yours is 183 points

USING TOOLS
The sum of the angle measures of a quadrilateral is 360°. In Exercises 17–20, write and solve an equation to find the value of x. Use a protractor to check the reasonableness of your answer.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 6

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 7

Answer:
The sum of angles in a quadrilateral is 360°
150 + 48 + 77 + x = 360
275 + x = 360
x = 360 – 275
x = 85°
The value of x is 85°

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 8

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 9

Answer:
The sum of all angles in a quadrilateral is 360°
115 + 85 + 60 + x = 360
260 + x = 360
x = 360 – 260
x = 100°

In Exercises 21–30, solve the equation. Justify each step. Check your solution.

Question 21.
5g = 20
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q21

Question 22.
4q = 52
Answer:
4g = 52
4 × g = 52
g = 52 ÷ 4
= ( 44 + 8 ) ÷ 4
= ( 44 ÷ 4 ) + ( 8 ÷ 4 )
= 11 + 2
= 13
The value of g is 13

Question 23.
p ÷ 5 = 3
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q23

Question 24.
y ÷ 7 = 1
Answer:
y ÷ 7 = 1
y = 1 × 7
y = 7
The value of y is 7

Question 25.
-8r = 64
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q25

Question 26.
x ÷(-2) = 8
Answer:
x ÷ ( -2 ) = 8
x ÷ ( -2 ) = 8
x = 8 × ( -2 )
x = -16

Question 27.
\(\frac{x}{6}\) = 8
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q27

Question 28.
\(\frac{w}{-3}\) = 6
Answer:
\(\frac{w}{-3}\) = 6
w = 6 × ( -3 )
w = -18

Question 29.
-54 = 9s
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q29

Question 30.
-7 = \(\frac{t}{7}\)
Answer:
-7 = \(\frac{t}{7}\)
-7 = \(\frac{t}{7}\)
t = -7 × 7
t = -49

In Exercises 31– 38, solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 31.
\(\frac{3}{2}\) + t = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q31

Question 32.
b – \(\frac{3}{16}\) = \(\frac{5}{16}\)
Answer:
b – \(\frac{3}{16}\) = \(\frac{5}{16}\)
b = \(\frac{5}{16}\) + \(\frac{3}{16}\)
b = \(\frac{5 + 3}{16}\)
b = \(\frac{8}{16}\)
b = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 33.
\(\frac{3}{7}\)m = 6
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q33

Question 34.
–\(\frac{2}{5}\)y = 4
Answer:
–\(\frac{2}{5}\)y = 4
–\(\frac{2}{5}\) × y = 4
y = 4 ÷ –\(\frac{2}{5}\)
y = 4 × –\(\frac{5}{2}\)
y = -4 × –\(\frac{5}{2}\)
y = –\(\frac{4}{1}\) × –\(\frac{5}{2}\)
y = –\(\frac{4 × 5}{1 × 2}\)
y = 10

Question 35.
5.2 = a – 0.4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q35

Question 36.
f + 3π = 7π
Answer:
f + 3π = 7π
f = 7π – 3π
f = π ( 7 – 3 )
f = π ( 4 )
f = 4π

Question 37.
– 108π = 6πj
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q37

Question 38.
x ÷ (-2) = 1.4
Answer:
x ÷ ( -2 ) = 1.4
x ÷ ( -2 ) = \(\frac{14}{10}\)
x ÷ ( -2 ) = \(\frac{7}{5}\)
x = \(\frac{7}{5}\) × ( -2 )
x = – \(\frac{7}{5}\) × \(\frac{2}{1}\)
x = –\(\frac{14}{5}\)

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 39 and 40, describe and correct the error in solving the equation.

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 10
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q39

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 11
Answer:
A negative 3 should have been multiplied by each side.
-(\(\frac{m}{3}\) ) =-4
-3  ( \(\frac{m}{3}\) ) = -4 ( -3 )
3 ( \(\frac{m}{3}\) ) = -4 ( -3 )
3 ( \(\frac{m}{3}\) ) = 12
\(\frac{m}{3}\)  × \(\frac{3}{1}\) = 12
m = 12

Question 41.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
A baker orders 162 eggs. Each carton contains 18 eggs. Which equation can you use to find the number x of cartons? Explain your reasoning and solve the equation.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 12
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q41

MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
In Exercises 42– 44, write and solve an equation to answer the question.

Question 42.
The temperature at 5 P.M. is 20°F. The temperature at 10 P.M. is -5°F. How many degrees did the temperature fall?
Answer:
Given that the temperature at 5 P.M. is 20°F and the temperature at 10 P.M. is -5°F.
The fall in temperature = ( The temperature at 5 P.M ) – ( The temperature at 10 P.M )
The fall in temperature = 20 – ( -5 )
= 20 + 5
= 25 degrees Fahrenheit
Hence, the fall in temperature is 25 degrees Fahrenheit

Question 43.
The length of an American flag is 1.9 times its width. What is the width of the flag?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 13
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q43

Question 44.
The balance of an investment account is $308 more than the balance 4 years ago. The current balance of the account is $4708. What was the balance 4 years ago?
Answer:
The balance of an investment account is $308 more than the balance 4 years ago. The current balance of the account is $4708.
The current balance of the account = ( The balance of an investment account 4 years ago ) + $308
Let the balance of an investment account four years ago be x.
$4,708 = x + $308
x = 4,708 – 308
x = $4,400
Hence, the balance of an investment account four years ago is $4,400

Question 45.
REASONING
Identify the property of equality that makes Equation 1 and Equation 2 equivalent.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 14
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q45

PROBLEM-SOLVING
Question 46.

Tatami mats are used as a floor covering in Japan. One possible layout uses four identical rectangular mats and one square mat, as shown. The area of the square mat is half the area of one of the rectangular mats.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 15
a. Write and solve an equation to find the area of one rectangular mat.
Answer:
Given that the tatami mats are used as a floor covering in Japan and for that, one layout of tatami mats requires four identical rectangular mats and the one square mat
The total area of the tatami mats = ( The area of the four rectangular mats ) + ( The area of the one square mat )
The total area of the layout is 81 ft²
( The area of the four rectangular mats ) + ( The area of the one square mat ) = 81 ft²
The area of a square mat is half of one of the rectangular mats
Area of the square mat = ( Area of the rectangular mat ) ÷ 2
( The area of the four rectangular mats ) + \(\frac{Area of the rectangular mat}{2}\)  = 81 ft²
4 ( The area of the rectangular mat ) + \(\frac{Area of the rectangular mat}{2}\)  = 81 ft²
\(\frac{8}{2}\) ( The area of the rectangular mat ) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) ( The area of the rectangular mat ) = 81 ft²
( The area of the rectangular mat ) [ \(\frac{8}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) ] = 81 ft²
\(\frac{9}{2}\) ( The area of the rectangular mat ) = 81 ft²
When we convert any sign from LHS, then the sign will be converted into the opposite sign in
The area of the rectangular mat = 81 ÷ \(\frac{9}{2}\)
= 81 × \(\frac{2}{9}\)
= \(\frac{81}{1}\) × \(\frac{2}{9}\)
= \(\frac{81 × 2}{9 × 1}\)
= 18 ft²
The area of one rectangular mat is 18 ft²

b. The length of a rectangular mat is twice the width. Use Guess, Check, and Revise to find the dimensions of one rectangular mat.
Answer:
The area of the rectangular mat = 18 ft²
It is given that the length of a rectangular mat is twice the width.
We know that the area of the rectangle = ( Length ) × ( Width )
Length of a rectangular mat = 2 × Width
The area of the rectangular mat = Length × Width
18 = 2 × Width × Width
Width × Width = 18 ÷ 2
Width × Width = 9
Width of the rectangular mat = 3 ft
The length of the rectangular mat = 2 × 3
= 6 ft
The dimensions of the rectangular mat are
Length 6 ft
Width 3 ft

Question 47.
PROBLEM-SOLVING
You spend $30.40 on 4 CDs. Each CD costs the same amount and is on sale for 80% of the original price.
a. Write and solve an equation to find how much you spend on each CD.
b. The next day, the CDs are no longer on sale. You have $25. Will you be able to buy 3 more CDs? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 15.1
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q47

Question 48.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
As c increases, does the value of x increase, decrease, or stay the same for each equation? Assume c is positive.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 16
Answer:
Let’s assume the values of c be: 0,1,2,3

By taking the values of c positive i.e., 0, 1, 2, 3
As the value of c increases, the values of x sometimes increase and sometimes stay the same but not decreasing.

Question 49.
USING STRUCTURE
Use the values -2, 5, 9, and 10 to complete each statement about the equation ax = b – 5.
a. When a = ___ and b = ___, x is a positive integer.
b. When a = ___ and b = ___, x is a negative integer.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q51

Question 50.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The circle graph shows the percents of different animals sold at a local pet store in 1 year.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 17
a. What percent is represented by the entire circle?
Answer:
Given that the circle represents the percent of different animals sold at a local store for 1 year
In terms of percentages, any circle represents 100%
The equation representing the circle is
The percentage of different animals in the circle = 48 + 5 + 9 + 7 +x
The percentage of different animals in the circle= 69% + x%

b. How does the equation 7 + 9 + 5 + 48 + x = 100 relate to the circle graph? How can you use this equation to find the percent of cats sold?
Answer:
In terms of percentages, any circle represents 100%
The total percent of animals = The percent of animals that are represented by the circle
100% = 69% + x%
x% = 100% – 69%
x% = 31%
Hence, the percentage of cats is 31%

Question 51.
REASONING
One-sixth of the girls and two-sevenths of the boys in a school marching band are in the percussion section. The percussion section has 6 girls and 10 boys. How many students are in the marching band? Explain.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q51

Question 52.
THOUGHT-PROVOKING
Write a real-life problem that can be modeled by an equation equivalent to the equation 5x = 30. Then solve the equation and write the answer in the context of your real-life problem.
Answer:
Let’s suppose there is some number of boys. The number of girls is five times of the boys and the total number of girls is 30. Find the number of boys?
Ans:
The number of boys is x.
The number of girls = 5x
The number of girls = 30
5x = 30
5 × x = 30
x = 30 ÷ 5
x = 6
The number of boys is: 6

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 53–56, find the height h or the area of the base B of the solid.

Question 53.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 18
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q53

Question 54.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 19
Answer:
The volume of a cuboid = L × B × H
The cuboid is made from a rectangle
The area of a rectangle = L × H
The volume of a cuboid = A × B
The given volume is: 1323 cm³
The given Area is: 147 cm²
1323 = 147 × H
H = 1323 ÷ 147
H = 9
The height of the cuboid is 9 cm

Question 55.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 20
Answer:

Question 56.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 21

Answer:
The volume of the prism =  Area × Height
The volume of the prism = 35 ft³
The area of the prism = 30 ft²
35 = 30 × H
H = 35 ÷ 30
H = \(\frac{5}{6}\) ft
The height of the prism is \(\frac{5}{6}\) ft

Question 57.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
In baseball, a player’s batting average is calculated by dividing the number of hits by the number of at-bats. The table shows Player A’s batting average and the number of at-bats for three regular seasons.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 22
a. How many hits did Player A have in the 2011 regular season? Round your answer to the nearest whole number.
b. Player B had 33 fewer hits in the 2011 season than Player A but had a greater batting average. Your friend concludes that Player B had more at-bats in the 2011 season than Player A. Is your friend correct? Explain. Maintaining
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q57

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Use the Distributive Property to simplify the expression.

Question 58.
8(y + 3)
Answer:
8(y + 3)
By using the Distributive Property,
a ( b + c ) = ( a × b ) + ( a × c )
8 ( y + 3 ) = ( 8 × y ) + ( 8 × 3 )
= 8y + 24
8 ( y + 3 ) = 8y + 24

Question 59.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 23
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q59

Question 60.
5(m + 3 + n)
Answer:
5 ( m + 3 + n )
By using the Distributive Property,
a ( b + c ) = ( a × b ) + ( a × c )
5 ( m + 3 + n ) = ( 5 × m ) + ( 5 × 3 ) + ( 5 × n )
= 5m + 15 + 5n
5 ( m + 3 + n ) = 5m + 15 + 5n

Question 61.
4(2p + 4q + 6)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q61

Copy and complete the statement. Round to the nearest hundredth, if necessary.

Question 62.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 24
Answer:
\(\frac{5L}{min}\) = \(\frac{x L}{h}\)
1 hour = 60 minutes
1 min = \(\frac{1}{60}\) hour
\(\frac{5 L}{min}\) = \(\frac{5 L × 1}{60h}\)
\(\frac{5 L}{min}\) = \(\frac{1 L }{12h}\)
x = \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Question 63.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 25
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q63

Question 64.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 26
Answer:
Let the missing number be x
\(\frac{7 gal}{min}\) = \(\frac{x qin}{sec}\)
1 min = 60 seconds
1 quintal = 100 kg
1 gallon = 3.78 kg = 4 kg
1 gallon = 0.04 quintal
1 sec = \(\frac{1}{60}\) min
\(\frac{7 gal}{min}\) = \(\frac{x qin × 1}{60min}\)
\(\frac{7 gal}{min}\) = \(\frac{1 L }{12h}\)
x = \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Question 65.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 27
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.1-Q65

Lesson 1.2 Solving Multi-step Equations

Essential Question

How can you use multi-step equations to solve real-life problems?

EXPLORATION 1
Solving for the Angle Measures of a Polygon

Work with a partner. The sum S of the angle measures of a polygon with n sides can be found using the formula S = 180(n – 2). Write and solve an equation to find each value of x. Justify the steps in your solution. Then find the angle measures of each polygon. How can you check the reasonableness of your answers?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 27.1
Answer:
The sum S of the angle measures of a polygon with n sides can be found using the formula S = 180(n – 2).
The number of sides (n ) = 3
The sum of angles ( S ) = 180 ( n – 2 )
= 180 ( 3 – 2 )
= 180 ( 1 )
= 180
The given sides of a polygon are: 30, 9x, (30 + x )
30 + 9x + 30 + x = 180
60 + 10x = 180
10x = 180 – 60
10x = 120
x = 120 ÷ 10
x = 12
The angle measures of the given polygon are
30, 9 × 12, 30 + 12
= 30, 108, 45 degrees
b)
The number of sides (n ) = 3
The sum of angles ( S ) = 180 ( n – 2 )
= 180 ( 3 – 2 )
= 180 ( 1 )
= 180
The given sides of a polygon are: 30, 9x, (30 + x )
50 + x + 10 + 20 + x = 180
80 + 2x = 180
2x = 180 – 80
2x = 100
x = 100 ÷ 2
x = 50
The angle measures of the given polygon are:
50, 50 + 10, 50 + 20
= 50, 60, 70 degrees
c)
The number of sides (n ) = 4
The sum of angles ( S ) = 180 ( n – 2 )
= 180 ( 4 – 2 )
= 180 ( 2 )
= 360
The given sides of a polygon are: 50, x, ( 2x + 20), ( 2x + 30 )
50 + x + 2x + 20 + 2x + 30 = 360
100 + 5x = 360
5x = 360 – 100
5x = 260
x = 260 ÷ 5
x = 52
The angle measures of the given polygon are
50,52, 2 (52) + 20, 2(52) + 30
= 50, 52, 124, 134 degrees
d)
The number of sides (n ) = 4
So,
The sum of angles ( S ) = 180 ( n – 2 )
= 180 ( 4 – 2 )
= 180 ( 2 )
= 360
The given sides of a polygon are: x, x + 42, x + 35, x – 17
x + x + 42 + x + 35 + x – 17 = 360
60 + 4x = 360
4x = 360 – 60
4x = 300
x = 300 ÷ 4
x = 75
The angle measures of the given polygon are:
75,  75 + 42,  75 + 35 , 75 – 17
= 75, 117, 110, 58 degrees
e)
The number of sides (n ) = 5
The sum of angles ( S ) = 180 ( n – 2 )
= 180 ( 5 – 2 )
= 180 ( 3 )
= 540
The given sides of a polygon are: (4x + 15), (5x + 10), (8x + 8), (3x + 5), (5x + 2)
(4x + 15)+ (5x + 10)+ (8x + 8)+ (3x + 5)+ (5x + 2) = 540
40 + 25x = 540
25x = 540 – 40
25x = 500
x = 500 ÷ 25
x = 20
The angle measures of the given polygon are:
(4. 20 + 15)+ (5. 20 + 10)+ (8.20 + 8)+ (3. 20 + 5)+ (5. 20 + 2)
= 95, 110, 168, 65, 102 degrees
f)
The number of sides (n ) = 5
The sum of angles ( S ) = 180 ( n – 2 )
= 180 ( 5 – 2 )
= 180 ( 3 )
= 540
The given sides of a polygon are: (2x + 25), (3x + 16), (2x + 8), (4x – 18), (3x – 7)
(2x + 25) + (3x + 16) + (2x + 8) + (4x – 18) + (3x – 7) = 540
24 + 14x = 540
14x = 540 – 24
14x = 516
x = 540 ÷ 14
x = 38.5
x = 39
The angle measures of the given polygon are:
(2. 39 + 25), (3.39 + 16), (2.39 + 8), (4.39 – 18), (3.39 – 7)
= 103, 133, 86, 138, 110 degrees

EXPLORATION 2
Work with a partner.

a. Draw an irregular polygon.
Answer:

b. Measure the angles of the polygon. Record the measurements on a separate sheet of paper.
Answer:

c. Choose a value for x. Then, using this value, work backward to assign a variable expression to each angle measure, as in Exploration 1.
d. Trade polygons with your partner.
e. Solve an equation to find the angle measures of the polygon your partner drew. Do your answers seem reasonable? Explain.

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you use multi-step equations to solve real-life problems?
Answer:
Using multi-step equations can help solve real-life problems by helping you know miles per hour, finding how miles can be driven with this amount of gas and more.

Question 4.
In Exploration 1, you were given the formula for the sum S of the angle measures of a polygon with n sides. Explain why this formula works.
Answer:
The sum of the angles in a triangle is: 180 degrees
The triangle is also a quadrilateral
A quadrilateral can be formed by the minimum of the three lines
The minimum sum of all the angles in a quadrilateral is 180°
Let’s suppose we form a quadrilateral with 4 sides.
The sum of all the angles in a quadrilateral = 360° = 180° × 2
= 180° ( 4 sides -2 )
Let’s suppose we form a quadrilateral with 5 sides
The sum of all the angles in a quadrilateral = 540° = 180° × 3
= 180° ( 5 -2 )
The sum of all the angles with n sides in a quadrilateral = 180° ( n-2 )

Question 5.
The sum of the angle measures of a polygon is 1080º. How many sides does the polygon have? Explain how you found your answer.
Answer:
Given that the sum of all angle measures of a polygon is 1080°
The sum of angle measures with n sides in a polygon = 180° ( n – 2 )
1080° =180° ( n – 2 )
n – 2 = 1080 ÷ 180
n – 2 = 6
n = 6 + 2
n = 8
The number of sides of the polygon with the sum of the angles 1080° is 8.

1.2 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
-2n + 3 = 9
Answer:
-2n + 3 = 9
-2n = 9 – (+3 )
n = 6 ÷ ( -2 )
= -3

Question 2.
-21 = \(\frac{1}{2}\) – 11
Answer:
-21 = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 11
-21 + 11 = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x
-10 = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x
-10 × 2 = x
x = -20

Question 3.
-2x – 10x + 12 = 18
Answer:
-2x – 10x + 12 = 18
-( 2x + 10x ) = 18 – 12
-12x = 6
x = 6 ÷ ( -12 )
x = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Monitoring Progress

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 4.
3(x + 1) + 6 = -9
Answer:
3 ( x + 1 ) + 6 = -9
3 ( x + 1 ) = -9 – (+6 )
By using the Distributive property,
3 ( x + 1 ) = 3x + 3
3x + 3 = -15
3x = -15 – ( +3 )
3x = -18
x = -18 ÷ 3
x = -6

Question 5.
15 = 5 + 4(2d – 3)
Answer:
15 = 5 + 4 ( 2d – 3 )
4 ( 2d – 3 ) = 15 -5
4 ( 2d – 3 ) = 10
By using the Distributive property,
4 ( 2d – 3 ) = 4 (2d ) -4 (3 )
= 8d – 12
8d – 12 = 10
8d = 10 + 12
8d = 22
d = 22 ÷ 8
d = \(\frac{11}{4}\)

Question 6.
13 = -2(y – 4) + 3y
Answer:
13 = -2 ( y – 4 ) + 3y
By using the Distributive Property,
-2 ( y – 4 ) = -2y + 8
13 = -2y + 8 + 3y
13 = y + 8
y = 13 – 8
y = 5

Question 7.
2x(5 – 3) – 3x = 5
Answer:
2x ( 5 – 3 ) – 3x = 5
2x ( 2 ) – 3x = 5
4x – 3x = 5
x = 5

Question 8.
-4(2m + 5) – 3m = 35
Answer:
-4 ( 2m + 5 ) – 3m = 35
By using the Distributive Property,
-4 ( 2m + 5 ) = -4 (2m ) + 5 ( -4 )
= -8m -20
-8m -20 -3m = 35
-11m – 20 = 35
-11m = 35 + 20
-11m = 55
m = 55 ÷ ( -11 )
m = -5

Question 9.
5(3 – x) + 2(3 – x) = 14
Answer:
5 ( 3 – x ) + 2 ( 3 – x ) = 14
By using the Distributive property,
5 ( 3 – x ) = 5 (3 ) -5 (x)
= 15 – 5x
2 ( 3 – x ) = 2 (3) – 2 ( x)
= 6 – 2x
15 – 5x + 6 – 2x = 14
21 – 7x = 14
7x = 21 – 14
7x = 7
x = 7 ÷ 7
x = 1

Monitoring Progress

Question 10.
The formula d = \(\frac{1}{2}\)n + 26 relates the nozzle pressure n (in pounds per square inch) of a fire hose and the maximum horizontal distance the water reaches d (in feet). How much pressure is needed to reach a fire 50 feet away?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 28
Answer:
d = \(\frac{1}{2}\)n + 26
relates the nozzle pressure n (in pounds per square inch) of a fire hose and the maximum horizontal distance the water reaches d (in feet).
d = \(\frac{1}{2}\)n + 26
Where,
d is the maximum horizontal distance
n is the pressure
It is also given that the maximum horizontal distance is 50 feet
50 = \(\frac{1}{2}\)n + 26
\(\frac{1}{2}\)n = 50 – 26
\(\frac{1}{2}\)n = 24
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × n = 24
n = 24 × 2
n = 48 pounds per square inch
Hence, the pressure needed to reach 50 feet away is 48 pounds per square inch

Question 11.
Monitoring Progress
You have 96 feet of fencing to enclose a rectangular pen for your dog. To provide sufficient running space for your dog to exercise, the pen should be three times as long as it is wide. Find the dimensions of the pen.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 29
Answer:
It is given that you have 96 feet of fencing to enclose a rectangular pen for your dog. To provide sufficient running space for your dog to exercise, the pen should be three times as long as it is wide.
The perimeter of the rectangular pen is 96 feet
The perimeter of the rectangle = 2 (Length + Width )
It is also given that the pen is three times as long as it is wide
Width = 3 × Length
The perimeter of the rectangular pen =2 (  Length + ( 3 × Length ) )
96 = 2 ( 4 × Length )
4 × Length = 96 ÷ 2
4 × Length = 48
Length = 48 ÷ 4
Length = 12 feet
Width = 3 × Length
= 3 × 12 = 36 feet
The dimensions of the rectangular pen are:
The length of the pen is 12 feet
The width of the pen is 36 feet

Solving Multi-step Equations 1.2 Exercises

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3−14, solve the equation. Check your solution.

Vocabulary and Core ConceptCheck

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE To solve the equation 2x + 3x = 20, first combine 2x and 3x because they are _________.
Answer:
2x + 3x = 20
As 2x and 3x are combined by the symbol “+”, add 2x and 3x
2x + 3x = 5x
5x = 20
x = 20 ÷ 4
x = 5

Question 2.
WRITING Describe two ways to solve the equation 2(4x – 11) = 10.
Answer:
2 (4x – 11) = 10
Way-1:
2 × (4x – 11) = 10
4x – 11 = 10 ÷ 2
4x – 11 = 5
4x = 5 + 11
4x = 16
x = 16 ÷ 4
x = 4

Way-2:
By using the Distributive Property,
2 (4x – 11) = 2 (4x) – 2 (11)
= 8x – 22
8x – 22 = 10
8x = 10 + 22
8x = 32
x = 32 ÷ 8
x = 4

Question 3.
3w + 7 = 19
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q3

Question 4.
2g – 13 = 3
Answer:
2g – 13 = 3
2g = 3 + 13
2g = 16
2 × g = 16
g = 16 ÷ 2
g = 8

Question 5.
11 = 12 – q
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q5

Question 6.
10 = 7 – m
Answer:
10 = 7 – m
-m = 10 – 7
-m = 3
– (-m ) = -3
m = -3

Question 7.
5 = \(\frac{z}{-4}\) – 3
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q7

Question 8.
\(\frac{a}{3}\) + 4 = 6
Answer:
\(\frac{a}{3}\) + 4 = 6
\(\frac{a}{3}\) = 6 – 4
\(\frac{a}{3}\) = 2
a = 2 × 3
a = 6

Question 9.
\(\frac{h + 6}{5}\) = 2
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q9

Question 10.
\(\frac{d – 8}{-2}\) = 12
Answer:
\(\frac{d – 8}{-2}\) = 12
d – 8 = 12 × (-2)
d – 8 = -24
d = -24 + 8
d = -16

Question 11.
8y + 3y = 44
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q11

Question 12.
36 = 13n – 4n
Answer:
36 = 13n – 4n
36 = 9n
9n = 36
n = 36 ÷ 9
n = 4

Question 13.
12v + 10v + 14 = 80
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q13

Question 14.
6c – 8 – 2c = -16
Answer:
6c – 8 – 2c = -16
4c – 8 = -16
4c = -16 + 8
4 × c = -8
c = -8 ÷ 4
c = -2

Question 15.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The altitude a (in feet) of a plane in minutes after liftoff is given by a = 3400t + 600. How many minutes after liftoff is the plane at an altitude of 21,000 feet?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 30

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q15

Question 16.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A repair bill for your car is $553. The parts cost $265. The labor cost is $48 per hour. Write and solve an equation to find the number of hours of labor spent repairing the car.
Answer:
It is given that a repair bill for your car is $553. The parts cost $265. The labor cost is $48 per hour.
Let the number of hours of labor spent repairing the car be x
The total bill to repair your car = ( The labor cost per hour ) × ( The number of hours of labor spent repairing the car ) +  (The cost of the parts )
553 = 48x + 265
48x = 553 – 265
48x = 288
48 × x = 288
x = 288 ÷ 48
x = 6
The number of hours of labor spent repairing the car is 6 hours

In Exercises 17−24, solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 17.
4(z + 5) = 32
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q17

Question 18.
-2(4g – 3) = 3018.
Answer:
-2 (4g – 3) = 3018
-2 × ( 4g – 3 ) = 3018
4g – 3 = 3018 ÷ 2
4g – 3 = 1,509
4g = 1,509 +3
4 × g = 1,512
g = 1,512 ÷ 4
g = 378

Question 19.
6 + 5(m + 1) = 26
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q19

Question 20.
5h+ 2(11 – h) = -5
Answer:
5h + 2 ( 11-h ) = -5
By using the Distributive Property of Multiplication,
2 ( 11 – h ) = 2 (11 ) – 2 ( h )
= 22 – 2h
5h + 22 – 2h = -5
3h + 22 = -5
3h = -5 – (+22)
3h = -5 -22
3h = -27
h = -27 ÷ 3
h = -9

Question 21.
27 = 3c – 3(6 – 2c)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q21

Question 22.
-3 = 12y – 5(2y – 7)
Answer:
-3 = 12y – 5 (2y – 7)
12y – 5 (2y – 7) = -3
By using the Distributive Property of Multiplication,
5 ( 2y – 7 ) = 5 (2y ) – 5 (7 )
= 10y – 35
12y – ( 10y – 35 ) = -3
12y – 10y + 35 = -3
2y + 35 = -3
2y = -3 – (+35 )
2y = -3 – 35
2y = -38
y = -38 ÷ 2
y = -19

Question 23.
-3(3 + x) + 4(x – 6) = -4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q23

Question 24.
5(r + 9) – 2(1 – r) = 1
Answer:
5 ( r + 9 ) – 2 ( 1 – r ) = 1
By using the Distributive Property of Multiplication,
5 ( r + 9 ) = 5 ( r ) + 5 ( 9 )
= 5r + 45
2 ( 1 – r ) = 2 ( 1 ) – 2 ( r )
= 2 – 2r
5r + 45 – ( 2 – 2r ) = 1
5r + 45 – 2 + 2r = 1
7r + 43 = 1
7r = 1 – 43
7r = -42
r = -42 ÷ 7
r = -6

USING TOOLS
In Exercises 25−28, find the value of the variable. Then find the angle measures of the polygon. Use a protractor to check the reasonableness of your answer.

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 31
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 32
Answer:
The angle measures of the rhombus are a°, 2a°, a°, 2a°
It is also given that the sum of all the angle measures is 360°
a° + 2a° + a° + 2a° = 360°
6a° = 360°
a = 360° ÷ 6
a = 60°
We can conclude that the angle measures of the rhombus are
a°, 2a°, a°, 2a° = 60°, 2 ( 60° ), 60°, 2 ( 60° )
= 60°, 60°, 120°, 120°

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 33
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q27

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 34
Answer:
The angle measures of the hexagon are
120°, 120°, 100°, 120°, x°, (x + 10)°
Given that the sum of the angle measures of the hexagon is 720°
120° + 120° + 100° + 120° + x° + (x + 10)° = 720°
470° + x = 720°
x = 720° – 470°
x = 250°
We can conclude that the angle measures of the hexagon are
120°, 120°, 100°, 120°, x°, (x + 10)° = 120°, 120°, 100°, 120°, 250°, (250 + 10)°
= 120°, 120°, 100°, 120°, 250°, 260°

In Exercises 29−34, write and solve an equation to find the number.

Question 29.
The sum of twice a number and 13 is 75.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q29

Question 30.
The difference of three times a number and 4 is -19.
Answer:
Given that the difference between three times a number and 4 is -19
Let the number be x
The three times of a number = 3 (x) = 3x
3x – 4 = -19
3x = -19 + 4
3x = -15
x = -15 ÷ 3
x = -5

Question 31.
Eight plus the quotient of a number and 3 is -2.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q31

Question 32.
The sum of twice a number and half the number is 10.
Answer:
The sum of twice a number and half the number is 10.
Let the number be x.
The twice of a number = 2 (x ) = 2x
Half of the number = x ÷ 2 = \(\frac{x}{2}\)
2x + \(\frac{x}{2}\) = 10
\(\frac{4x}{2}\) + \(\frac{x}{2}\) = 10
\(\frac{4x + x}{2}\) = 10
\(\frac{5x}{2}\) = 10
5x = 10 × 2
5x = 20
x = 20 ÷ 5
x = 4

Question 33.
Six times the sum of a number and 15 is -42.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q33

Question 34.
Four times the difference of a number and 7 is 12.
Answer:
Four times the difference between a number and 7 is 12.
Let the number be x
Four times of the number = 4 ( x ) = 4x
4x – x = 12
3x = 12
x = 12 ÷ 3
x = 4

USING EQUATIONS
In Exercises 35−37, write and solve an equation to answer the question. Check that the units on each side of the equation balance.

Question 35.
During the summer, you work 30 hours per week at a gas station and earn $8.75 per hour. You also work as a landscaper for $11 per hour and can work as many hours as you want. You want to earn a total of $400 per week. How many hours must you work as a landscaper?
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q35

Question 36.
The area of the surface of the swimming pool is 210 square feet. What is the length d of the deep end (in feet)?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 35
Answer:
Given that the area of the surface of the swimming pool is 210 square feet
The shape of the swimming pool is a rectangle.
Length of the swimming pool = 10 ft
Width of the swimming pool = d + 9 ft
The area of the swimming pool = Length × Width
= 10 × ( d + 9 )
210 = 10 × ( d + 9 )
d + 9 = 210 ÷ 10
d + 9 = 21
d = 21 – 9
d = 12 feet

Question 37.
You order two tacos and a salad. The salad costs $2.50. You pay 8% sales tax and leave a $3 tip. You pay a total of $13.80. How much does one taco cost?
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q37

JUSTIFYING STEPS
In Exercises 38 and 39, justify each step of the solution.

Question 38.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 36

Answer:
–\(\frac{1}{2}\) ( 5x – 8 ) – 1 = 6                          Write the equation
–\(\frac{1}{2}\) ( 5x – 8 ) = 6 + 1                         Arrange the similar terms
–\(\frac{1}{2}\) ( 5x – 8 ) = 7                                  Simplify
– ( 5x – 8 ) = 7 × 2                                                              Divide by 2 on both sides
– ( 5x – 8 ) = 14                                                                    Simplify
5x – 8 = -14                                                                       Multiply with “-” on both sides
5x = -14 + 8                                                                         Arrange the similar terms
5x = -6                                                                               Divide by 6 on both sides
x = –\(\frac{6}{5}\)                                              The result

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 37

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q39

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 40 and 41, describe and correct the error in solving the equation.

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 38

Answer:
-2 ( 7 – y ) + 4 = -4
-2 ( 7 – y ) = -4 –  (+4 )
-2 ( 7 – y ) = -4 – 4
-2 ( 7 – y ) = -8
By using the Distributive Property of Multiplication,
2 ( 7 – y ) = 2 ( 7 ) – 2 ( y )
= 14 – 2y
– ( 14 – 2y ) = -8
2y – 14 = -8
2y = -8 + 14
2y = 6
y = 6 ÷ 2
y = 3

Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 39

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q41

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 42−44, write and solve an equation to answer the question.

Question 42.
The perimeter of the tennis court is 228 feet. What are the dimensions of the court?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 40

Answer:
The perimeter of the tennis court is 228 feet
The shape of the tennis court is the rectangle
The length of the tennis court = w feet
The width of the tennis court =  (2w + 6 ) feet
The perimeter of the rectangle = 2 ( Length + Width )
228 = 2 ( w + 2w + 6 )
By using the Distributive Property of Multiplication,
2 ( w + 2w + 6 ) = 2 ( 3w + 6 )
= 2 ( 3w ) + 2 ( 6 )
= 6w + 12
228 = 6w + 12
6w = 228 – 12
6w = 216
w = 216 ÷ 6
w = 36
The length of the tennis court is 36 feet
The width of the tennis court is 2w + 6  = 2 ( 36 ) + 6 = 78 feet

Question 43.
The perimeter of the Norwegian flag is 190 inches. What are the dimensions of the flag?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 41
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q43

Question 44.
The perimeter of the school crossing sign is 102 inches. What is the length of each side?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 42
Answer:
It is given that the perimeter of the crossing sign is 102 inches
The perimeter of any polygon is the sum of all the sides of that polygon
The perimeter of the crossing sign = s + ( s + 6 ) + ( s + 6 ) + s + 2s
102 = 6s + 12
102 – 12 = 6s
6s = 90
s = 90 ÷ 6
s = 15 inches

Question 45.
COMPARING METHODS
Solve the equation 2(4 – 8x) + 6 = -1 using (a) Method 1 from Example 3 and (b) Method 2 from Example 3. Which method do you prefer? Explain.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q45
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q45-i

Question 46.
PROBLEM – SOLVING
An online ticket agency charges the amounts shown for basketball tickets. The total cost for an order is $220.70. How many tickets are purchased?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 43
Answer:
Given,
An online ticket agency charges the amounts shown for basketball tickets. The total cost for an order is $220.70.
220.70 = 32.50x + 3.30x + 5.90
220.70 – 5.90 = 35.80x
35.80x = 214.80
x = 6 tickets

Question 47.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
You have quarters and dimes that total $2.80. Your friend says it is possible that the number of quarters is 8 more than the number of dimes. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q47

Question 48.
THOUGHT-PROVOKING
You teach a math class and assign a weight to each component of the class. You determine final grades by totaling the products of the weights and the component scores. Choose values for the remaining weights and find the necessary score on the final exam for a student to earn an A (90%) in the class, if possible. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 44
Answer:

The weights can be calculated by the difference between the total participation and the class participation and divide the total value by 100.
The weight of homework = [ ( 100 – 95 ) ÷ 100]
= 5 ÷ 100
= 0.50
The weight of midterm exam = ( 100 – 88 ) ÷ 100
= 12 ÷ 100
= 0.12
The necessary score of the final exam = ( 92 + 95 + 88 ) % ÷ 3
= 275 % ÷ 3
= 91.6 %

Question 49.
REASONING
An even integer can be represented by the expression 2n, where n is an integer. Find three consecutive even integers that have a sum of 54. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q49

Question 50.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The scatter plot shows the attendance for each meeting of a gaming club.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 45
a. The mean attendance for the first four meetings is 20. Is the number of students who attended the fourth meeting greater than or less than 20? Explain.
Answer:
The mean = ( Sum of the given numbers ) ÷ (The total number of the numbers)
The attendance of the 1st meeting = 18
The attendance of the 2nd meeting = 21
The attendance of the 3rd meeting = 17
Let the attendance of the 4th meeting be x
The mean attendance  of the first four meetings = ( The attendance of the 4 meetings ) ÷  ( The total number of meetings )
= ( 18 + 21 + 17 + x ) ÷ 4
It is given that the mean attendance of the first four meetings is 20
20 =  ( 18 + 21 + 17 + x ) ÷ 4
( 56 + x ) ÷ 4 = 20
56 + x = 20 × 4
56 + x = 80
x = 80 – 56
x = 24
The attendance at the 4th meeting is greater than 20

b. Estimate the number of students who attended the fourth meeting.
Answer:
The mean attendance  of the first four meetings = ( The attendance of the 4 meetings ) ÷  ( The total number of meetings )
= ( 18 + 21 + 17 + x ) ÷ 4
It is given that the mean attendance of the first four meetings is: 20
So,
20 =  ( 18 + 21 + 17 + x ) ÷ 4
( 56 + x ) ÷ 4 = 20
56 + x = 20 × 4
56 + x = 80
x = 80 – 56
x = 24
The number of students who attended the 4th meeting is 24

c. Describe a way you can check your estimate in part (b).
Answer:
The mean attendance of the four meetings = ( The attendance of the four meetings ) ÷ ( The total number of meetings )
= ( 18 + 21 + 17 + 24 ) ÷ 4
= 80 ÷ 4
= 20
The means attendance of the four meetings is the same as given above.

REASONING
In Exercises 51−56, the letters a, b, and c represent nonzero constants. Solve the equation for x.

Question 51.
bx = -7
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q51

Question 52.
x + a = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:
x + a = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
x =  \(\frac{3}{4}\) – a

Question 53.
ax – b = 12.5
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q53

Question 54.
ax + b = c
Answer:
ax + b = c
ax = c – b
x = \(\frac{c – b}{a}\)

Question 55.
2bx – bx = -8
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q55

Question 56.
cx – 4b = 5b
Answer
cx – 4b = 5b
cx = 5b + 4b
cx = 9b
x = \(\frac{9b}{c}\)

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Simplify the expression.

Question 57.
4m + 5 – 3m
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q57

Question 58.
9 – 8b + 6b
Answer:
Given,
9 – 8b + 6b
Combine the like terms.
= 9 – (8b – 6b )
= 9 – 2b

Question 59.
6t + 3(1 – 2t) – 5
Answer:

Determine whether (a) x = −1 or (b) x = 2 is a solution of the equation.

Question 60.
x – 8 = -9
Answer:
x – 8 = -9
a) Let x = -1
So,
-1 – 8 = -9
-9 = -9
x = -1 is a solution of the given equation
b) Let x = 2
So,
2 – 8 = -9
-6 = -9
x = 2 is not a solution to the given equation

Question 61.
x + 1.5 = 3.5
Answer:

Question 62.
2x – 1 = 3
Answer:
2x – 1 = 3
a) Let x = -1
2 ( -1 ) – 1 = 3
-2 – 1 = 3
-3 = 3
x = -1 is not a solution to the given equation
b) Let x = 2
2 ( 2 ) -1 = 3
4 – 1 = 3
3 = 3
x = 2  is a solution to the given equation

Question 63.
3x + 4 = 1
Answer:

Question 64.
x + 4 = 3x
Answer:
x + 4 = 3x
a) Let x = -1
-1 + 4 = 3 ( -1 )
= 3 = -3
x = -1 is not a solution to the given equation
b) Let x = 2
2 + 4 = 3 ( 2 )
6 = 6
x = 2 is a solution to the given equation.

Question 65.
-2(x – 1) = 1 – 3x
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.2-Q65

Lesson 1.3 Solving Equations with Variables on Both Sides

EXPLORATION 1
Perimeter

Work with a partner. The two polygons have the same perimeter. Use this information to write and solve an equation involving x. Explain the process you used to find the solution. Then find the perimeter of each polygon.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 46
Answer:
Based on the number of sides (n) in the polygon,
The number of sides is: 6
It is Hexagon
In the second figure,
The number of sides is 4
It is square ( As all the angles are 90° )
It is given that the two polygons have the same perimeter
The “Perimeter” of a polygon is defined as the sum of all the sides in the polygon
The sum of all sides in the hexagon = 5 + 2 + 5 + 2 + x + x
= 14 + 2x
The sum of all sides in the square = \(\frac{3x}{2}\) + 3 + 4 + 5
= \(\frac{3x}{2}\) + 12
It is given that the perimeter of both polygons is equal
14 + 2x = \(\frac{3x}{2}\) + 12
14 – 12 = \(\frac{3x}{2}\) – 2x
\(\frac{3x}{2}\) – 2x = 2
\(\frac{3x}{2}\) – \(\frac{4x}{2}\) = 2
\(\frac{3x – 4x}{2}\) = 2
\(\frac{-x}{2}\) = 2
– \(\frac{x}{2}\) = 2
-x = 2 × 2
-x = 4
x = -4
The perimeter of the Hexagon = 14 + 2x = 14 + 2 ( -4 )
= 14 – 8 = 6
The perimeter of the square = \(\frac{3x}{2}\) + 12
\(\frac{3 × -4}{2}\) + 12
= \(\frac{-12}{2}\) + 12
= \(\frac{-12}{2}\) + \(\frac{24}{2}\)
= \(\frac{24 – 12}{2}\)
= \(\frac{12}{2}\)
= 6
The perimeter of the Hexagon is 6
The perimeter of the square is 6

EXPLORATION 2
Perimeter and Area

Work with a partner.

  • Each figure has the unusual property that the value of its perimeter (in feet) is equal to the value of its area (in square feet). Use this information to write an equation for each figure.
  • Solve each equation for x. Explain the process you used to find the solution.
  • Find the perimeter and area of each figure.

Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 47

Question 3.
How can you solve an equation that has variables on both sides?
Answer:
If the variable is the same on both sides of an equation, then rearrange the like terms
Separate the variables and the numbers and simplify the variables and the numbers.
We can solve an equation with a single variable

Question 4.
Write three equations that have the variable x on both sides. The equations should be different from those you wrote in Explorations 1 and 2. Have your partner solve the equations.
Answer:
a) 6x + 2 = 5x-6
b) 16x = 18x – 2
c) 12x = 15x + 63
a)
The given equation is
6x + 2 = 5x – 6
6x – 5x = -6 – 2
x = -8
b) The given equation is
9x = 18x – 2
18x – 16x = 2
2x = 2
x = 2 ÷ 2
x = 1
c) The given equation is
12x = 15x + 63
12x -15x = 63
-3x = 63
x = 63 ÷ ( -3 )
x = -63 ÷ 3
x = -21

1.3 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
-2x = 3x + 10
Answer:
-2x = 3x + 10
-2x – 3x = 10
-5x = 10
x = 10 ÷ (-5)
x = -10 ÷ 5
x = -2

Question 2.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)(6h – 4) = -5h + 1
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ( 6h – 4 ) = -5h + 1
6h – 4 = 2 ( -5h + 1 )
6h – 4 = 2 ( -5h ) + 2 ( 1 )
6h – 4 = -10h + 2
6h + 10h = 2 + 4
16h = 6
h = \(\frac{6}{16}\)
h= \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 3.
–\(\frac{3}{4}\)(8n + 12) = 3(n – 3)
Answer:
–\(\frac{3}{4}\) ( 8n + 12 ) = 3 ( n – 3 )
8n + 12 = –\(\frac{4}{3}\) × 3 ( n – 3 )
8n + 12 = –\(\frac{4}{3}\) \(\frac{3}{1}\) ( n – 3 )
8n + 12 = –\(\frac{3 × 4}{3 × 1}\) ( n – 3 )
8n + 12 = -4 ( n – 3 )
8n + 12 = -4n – 4 ( -3 )
8n + 12 = -4n + 12
8n + 4n =12 – 12
12n = 0
n = 0

Monitoring Progress

Solve the equation.

Question 4.
4(1 – p) = 4p – 4
Answer:
4 ( 1 -p ) = 4p – 4
4 ( 1 ) – 4 ( p ) = 4p – 4
4 – 4p = 4p – 4
4p + 4p = 4 + 4
8p = 8
p = 8 ÷ 8
p = 1

Question 5.
6m – m = –\(\frac{5}{6}\)(6m – 10)
Answer:
6m – m = –\(\frac{5}{6}\) ( 6m – 10 )
5m = –\(\frac{5}{6}\) ( 6m – 10 )
5m = –\(\frac{5}{6}\) ( 6m ) – ( –\(\frac{5}{6}\) ( 10 ) )
5m = –\(\frac{5}{6}\) × \(\frac{6m}{1}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\) \(\frac{10}{1}\)
5m = –\(\frac{5 × 6m}{6 × 1}\) + \(\frac{5 × 10}{6 × 1}\)
5m = -5m + \(\frac{25}{3}\)
5m + 5m = \(\frac{25}{3}\)
10m = \(\frac{25}{3}\)
m = \(\frac{25}{3}\) ÷ \(\frac{10}{1}\)
m = \(\frac{25}{3}\) × \(\frac{1}{10}\)
m = \(\frac{25}{30}\)
m = \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Question 6.
10k + 7 = -3 – 10k
Answer:
10k + 7 = -3 – 10k
10k + 10k = -3 – ( +7 )
20k = -3 –
20k = -10
k = -10 ÷ 20
k = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 7.
3(2a – 2) = -2(3a – 3)
Answer:
3 ( 2a – 2 ) = -2 ( 3a – 3 )
By using the Distributive Property of Multiplication,
3 ( 2a ) – 3 ( 2 ) = -2 ( 3a ) + 2 ( 3 )
6a – 6 = -6a + 6
6a + 6a = 6 + 6
12a = 12
a = 12 ÷ 12
a = 1

Concept Summary

Steps for Solving Linear Equations
Here are several steps you can use to solve a linear equation. Depending on the equation, you may not need to use some steps.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 48
Step 1
Use the Distributive Property to remove any grouping symbols.
Step 2
Simplify the expression on each side of the equation.
Step 3
Collect the variable terms on one side of the equation and the constant terms on the other side.
Step 4
Isolate the variable.
Step 5
Check your solution.

Monitoring Progress

Question 8.
A boat travels upstream on the Mississippi River for 3.5 hours. The return trip only takes 2.5 hours because the boat travels 2 miles per hour faster downstream due to the current. How far does the boat travel upstream?
Answer:
A boat travels upstream on the Mississippi River for 3.5 hours. The return trip only takes 2.5 hours because the boat travels 2 miles per hour faster downstream due to the current.
Let x be the speed of the boat traveling upstream
Speed = Distance ÷ Time
Distance = Speed × Time
It is given that the time taken by the boat traveled upstream is 3.5 hours
Distance traveled upstream = 3.5 × x = 3.5x
It is also given that the speed of the boat is 2 miles per hour faster downstream
Distance traveled downstream by boat = 2.5 ( x + 2 )
3.5x = 2.5 ( x + 2 )
3.5x = 2.5 ( x) + 2.5 ( 2 )
3.5x = 2.5x + 5
3.5x – 2.5x = 5
x = 5
The distance traveled upstream by boat = 3.5x = 3.5 ( 5 )
= 17.5 miles per hour
The distance traveled upstream by boat is 17.5 miles per hour

Solving Equations with Variables on Both Sides 1.3 Exercises

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–16, solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 1.
VOCABULARY Is the equation -2(4 – x) = 2x + 8 an identity? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
-2 ( 4 – x ) = 2x + 8
By using the Distributive Property of Multiplication,
-2 ( 4 ) + 2 ( x ) = 2x + 8
-8 + 2x = 2x + 8
2x – 8 = 2x + 8
LHS ≠ RHS
-2 ( 4 – x ) = 2x + 8  is not an identity

Question 2.
WRITING Describe the steps in solving the linear equation 3(3x – 8) = 4x + 6
Answer:
3 ( 3x – 8 ) = 4x + 6
By using the Distributive Property of Multiplication,
3 ( 3x ) – 3 ( 8 ) = 4x + 6
9x – 24 = 4x + 6
9x – 4x = 6 + 24
5x = 30
x = 30 ÷ 5
x = 6

Question 3.
15 – 2x = 3x
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.3-Q3

Question 4.
26 – 4s = 9s
Answer:
26 – 4s = 9s
26 = 9s + 4s
13s = 26
s = 26 ÷ 13
s = 2

Question 5.
5p – 9 = 2p + 12
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.3-Q5

Question 6.
8g + 10 = 35 + 3g
Answer:
8g + 10 = 35 + 3g
8g – 3g = 35 – 10
5g = 25
g = 25 ÷ 5
g = 5

Question 7.
5t + 16 = 6 – 5t
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.3-Q7

Question 8.
-3r + 10 = 15r – 8
Answer:
-3r + 10 = 15r – 8
-3r – 15r = -10 – 8
-18r = -18
r = -18 ÷ ( -18 )
r = 1

Question 9.
7 + 3x – 12x = 3x + 1
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.3-Q9

Question 10.
w – 2 + 2w = 6 + 5w
Answer:
w – 2 + 2w = 6 + 5w
w + 2w -5w =6 + 2
-2w = 8
w = -8 ÷ 2
w = -4

Question 11.
10(g + 5) = 2(g + 9)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.3-Q11

Question 12.
-9(t – 2) = 4(t – 15)
Answer:
-9 ( t – 2 ) = 4 ( t – 15 )
-9 ( t ) +  9 ( 2 ) = 4 ( t ) – 4 ( 15 )
-9t + 18 = 4t – 60
-9t – 4t = -60 – 18
-13t = -78
t = -78 ÷ ( -13 )
t = 6 [ Since  -÷ – = + ]

Question 13.
\(\frac{2}{3}\)(3x + 9) = -2(2x + 6)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.3-Q13

Question 14.
2(2t + 4) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)(24 – 8t)
Answer:
2 ( 2t + 4 ) = \(\frac{3}{4}\) ( 24 – 8t )
2 ( 2t ) + 2 ( 4 ) = \(\frac{3}{4}\) ( 24 ) – 8t  (\(\frac{3}{4}\) )
4t + 8 = \(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{24}{1}\) – \(\frac{8t}{1}\) × \(\frac{3}{4}\)
4t + 8 = \(\frac{3 × 24}{4 × 1}\) – \(\frac{3 × 8t}{4 × 1}\)
4t + 8 = \(\frac{18}{1}\) – \(\frac{6t}{1}\)
4t + 8 = 18 – 6t
4t + 6t = 18 – 8
10t = 10
t = 10 ÷ 10
t = 1

Question 15.
10(2y + 2) – y = 2(8y – 8)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.3-Q15

Question 16.
2(4x + 2) = 4x – 12(x – 1)
Answer:
2 ( 4x + 2 ) = 4x – 12 ( x – 1 )
2 ( 4x ) + 2 ( 2 ) = 4x – 12 ( x ) + 12 ( 1 ) [ Since – × – = + ]
8x + 4 = 4x – 12x + 12
8x + 4 =12 – 8x
8x + 8x = 12 – 4
16x = 8
x = 8 ÷ 16
x = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 17.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You and your friend drive toward each other. The equation 50h = 190 – 45h represents the number h of hours until you and your friend meet. When will you meet?
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.3-Q17

Question 18.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The equation 1.5r + 15 = 2.25r represents the number r of movies you must rent to spend the same amount at each movie store. How many movies must you rent to spend the same amount at each movie store?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 49
Answer:
The equation 1.5r + 15 = 2.25r represents the number r of movies you must rent to spend the same amount at each movie store.
We have to find the value of r to find the number f movies you must rent to spend the same amount at each movie store
1.5r + 15 = 2.25r
2.25r – 1.5r = 15
0.75r = 15
\(\frac{75}{100}\)r = 15
r = 15 × \(\frac{100}{75}\)
r = \(\frac{15}{1}\) × \(\frac{100}{75}\)
r = \(\frac{15 × 100}{1 × 75}\)
r = 20

In Exercises 19–24, solve the equation. Determine whether the equation has one solution, no solution, or infinitely many solutions.

Question 19.
3t + 4 = 12 + 3t
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.3-Q19

Question 20.
6d + 8 = 14 + 3d
Answer:
6d + 8 = 14 + 3d
6d – 3d = 14 – 8
3d = 6
d = 6 ÷ 3
d = 2

Question 21.
2(h + 1) = 5h – 7
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.3-Q21

Question 22.
12y + 6 = -6(2y + 1)
Answer:
12y + 6 = -6 ( 2y + 1 )
12y + 6 = -6 ( 2y ) – 6 ( 1 )
12y + 6 = -12y – 6
12y + 12y = -6 – ( +6 )
24y = -6 – 6
24y = -12
y = -12 ÷ 24
y = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 23.
3(4g + 6) = 2(6g + 9)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.3-Q23

Question 24.
5(1 + 2m) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(8 + 20m)
Answer:
5(1 + 2m) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(8 + 20m)
5 ( 1 ) + 5 ( 2m ) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) ( 8 ) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) ( 20m )
2 ( 5 + 10m ) = 8 + 20m
2 ( 5 ) + 2 ( 10m ) = 8 + 20m
10 + 20m = 8 + 20m
20m – 20m = 8 – 10
20m – 20m = -2
As  m has the same coefficients and the opposite signs, m has indefinite solutions
The equation has the indefinite solutions

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 25 and 26, describe and correct the error in solving the equation.

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 50

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.3-Q25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 51

Answer:
6 ( 2y + 6 ) = 4 ( 9 + 3y )
6 ( 2y ) + 6 ( 6 ) = 4 ( 9 ) + 4 ( 3y )
12y + 36 = 36 + 12y
12y – 12y = 36 – 36
0 = 0
As the coefficients of y are zero, the equation has no solution
There is no error in the analysis of the equation.

Question 27.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Write and solve an equation to find the month when you would pay the same total amount for each Internet service.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 52
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.3-Q27

Question 28.
PROBLEM-SOLVING
One serving of granola provides 4% of the protein you need daily. You must get the remaining 48 grams of protein from other sources. How many grams of protein do you need daily?
Answer:
It is given that one serving of granola provides 4% of the protein you need daily. You must get the remaining 48 grams of protein from other sources.
Let the number of grams of protein you need daily be x
The number of grams of protein you need daily = 4 % of x + 48
100%  = 1
4 % = 0.04
The number of grams of protein you need daily = 0.04x + 48
x = 0.04x + 48
x – 0.04x = 48
0.96x = 48
\(\frac{96}{100}\)x = 48
x = 48 × \(\frac{100}{96}\)
x = \(\frac{48}{1}\) × \(\frac{100}{96}\)
x = \(\frac{48 × 100}{1 × 96}\)
x = \(\frac{50}{1}\)
x = 50 grams

USING STRUCTURE
In Exercises 29 and 30, find the value of r.

Question 29.
8(x + 6) – 10 + r = 3(x + 12) + 5x
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.3-Q29

Question 30.
4(x – 3) – r + 2x = 5(3x – 7) – 9x
Answer:
4 ( x – 3 ) – r + 2x = 5 ( 3x – 7 ) – 9x
4x – 4 ( 3 ) – r + 2x = 5 ( 3x ) – 5 ( 7 ) – 9x
4x – 12 – r + 2x = 15x – 35 – 9x
6x – 12 – r = 6x – 35
r = 6x – 6x – 12 + 35
r = 23

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 31 and 32, the value of the surface area of the cylinder is equal to the value of the volume of the cylinder. Find the value of x. Then find the surface area and volume of the cylinder.

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 53

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.3-Q31

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 54
Answer:
The radius of the cylinder is 7\(\frac{1}{5}\) feet
The height of the cylinder is x feet
It is given that the Total Surface Area of the cylinder and the volume of the cylinder are equal.
The Surface Area of the cylinder = 2πr² + 2πrh
The volume of the cylinder = πr²h
π = 3.1416
The representation of 7\(\frac{1}{5}\) in the improper fraction form is: \(\frac{36}{5}\)
2πr² + 2πrh = πr²h
[ 2 × 3.1416 × \(\frac{36}{5}\) × \(\frac{36}{5}\) ] + [ 2 × 3.1416 × \(\frac{36}{5}\) × x ] = [3.1416 × latex]\frac{36}{5}[/latex] × \(\frac{36}{5}\) × x ]
325.72 + 45.23x = 162.86x
162.86x – 45.23x = 325.72
117.63x = 325.72
x = 2.76
x = 3
The Surface Area of the cylinder = 2πr² + 2πrh
= [ 2 × 3.1416 × \(\frac{36}{5}\) × \(\frac{36}{5}\) ] + [ 2 × 3.1416 × \(\frac{36}{5}\) × x ]
= 325.72 + 45.23x
= 325.72 + 45.23 ( 3 )
= 461.49 cm²
The volume of the cylinder = πr²h
= [3.1416 × latex]\frac{36}{5}[/latex] × \(\frac{36}{5}\) × x ]
= 162.86x
= 162.86 ( 3 )
= 488.58 cm³
The Surface Area of the cylinder is 461.49 cm²
The volume of the cylinder is 488.58 cm³

Question 33.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A cheetah that is running 90 feet per second is 120 feet behind an antelope that is running 60 feet per second. How long will it take the cheetah to catch up to the antelope?
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.3-Q33

Question 34.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
A cheetah can run at top speed for only about 20 seconds. If an antelope is too far away for a cheetah to catch it in 20 seconds, the antelope is probably safe. Your friend claims the antelope in Exercise 33 will not be safe if the cheetah starts running 650 feet behind it. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
It is given that a cheetah can run at top speed for only about 20 seconds. If an antelope is too far away for a cheetah to catch it in 20 seconds, the antelope is probably safe. Your friend claims the antelope in Exercise 33 will not be safe if the cheetah starts running 650 feet behind it.
Let the distance of running the antelope be x.
Let ‘t’ be the time taken
x = 650 + 60t
The cheetah must arrive at the same position to catch the antelope
x = 90t
90t = 650 + 60t
90t – 60t = 650
30t = 650
t = 650 ÷ 30
t = 21.7 seconds
But it is given that the cheetah has to reach the same position as the antelope in 20 seconds
But according to the calculation, it takes 21.7 seconds
So,
According to your friend, the antelope is not safe if the cheetah is running 650 meters behind it.
Your friend is not correct.

REASONING
In Exercises 35 and 36, for what value of a is the equation an identity? Explain your reasoning.

Question 35.
a(2x + 3) = 9x + 15 + x
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.3-Q35

Question 36.
8x – 8 + 3ax = 5ax – 2a
Answer:
8x – 8 + 3ax = 5ax – 2a
5ax – 3ax = 8x – 8 – 2a
2ax = 8 ( x – 1 ) – 2a
2ax + 2a = 8x – 8
2ax = 8x                                   2a = -8
a = 8x ÷ 2x                               a = -8 ÷ 2
a = 4                                         a = -4
At a = 4,
8x – 8 + 3ax = 5ax – 2a
8x – 8 + 3x ( 4 ) = 5x ( 4 ) -2 ( 4 )
8x – 8 + 12x = 20x – 8
20x – 8 = 20x – 8
At a =4,
At a = -4,
8x – 8 + 3ax = 5ax – 2a
8x – 8 + 3x ( -4 ) = 5x ( -4 ) -2 ( -4 )
8x – 8 – 12x = -20x + 8
-4x – 8 = -20x + 8
At a = -4, the given equation is not an Identity
The given equation is an Identity at a = 4

Question 37.
REASONING
Two times the greater of two consecutive integers is 9 less than three times the lesser integer. What are the integers?
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.3-Q37

Question 38.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The table and the graph show information about students enrolled in Spanish and French classes at a high school.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 55
a. Use the graph to determine after how many years there will be equal enrollment in Spanish and French classes.
Answer:
To find the year where there is equal enrollment in both Spanish and French, we have to find the point in the graph where the two points of Spanish and French intersect
The point that is intersecting is at 6th year
There is an equal enrollment of students in the 6th year in both Spanish and French classes

b. How does the equation 355 – 9x = 229 + 12x relate to the table and the graph? How can you use this equation to determine whether your answer in part (a) is reasonable?
Answer:
355 – 9x = 229 + 12x
In part (a),
We observed that there is an equal enrollment of the students in 6th year in both Spanish and French classes
x is: The number of years
In part (a),
x = 6
Substitute x = 6 in the given equation.
355 – 9x = 229 + 12x
355 – 9 ( 6 ) = 229 + 12 ( 6 )
355 – 54 = 229 + 72
301 = 301
We can say that the answer is reasonable in part (a)

Question 39.
WRITING EQUATIONS
Give an example of a linear equation that has (a) no solution and (b) infinitely many solutions. Justify your answers.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.3-Q39

Question 40.
THOUGHT-PROVOKING
Draw a different figure that has the same perimeter as the triangle shown. Explain why your figure has the same perimeter.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 56

Answer:
(x + 3) + 3x + (2x + 1)
= x + 3x + 2x + 3 + 1
= 6x + 4

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Order the values from least to greatest.

Question 41.
9, | -4|, -4, 5, | 2 |
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.3-Q41

Question 42.
| -32 |, 22, -16, -| 21 |, | -10 |
Answer:
| -32 | = 32
| 21 | = 21
| -10 | = 10
The order of the values from the least to the greatest is -21, -16, 10, 22, 32

Question 43.
-18, | -24 |, -19, | -18 |, | 22 |
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.3-Q43

Question 44.
-| – 3 |, | 0 |, -1, | 2 |, -2
Answer:
| -3 | = 3
| 0 | = 0
| 2 | = 2
The order of the numbers from the least to the greatest is -3, -2, -1, 0, 2

Solving Linear Equations Study Skills: Completing

1.1-1.3 What Did You Learn

Core Vocabulary

Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 57

Core Concepts

Section 1.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 58

Section 1.2

Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 59

Section 1.3

Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 60

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
How did you make sense of the relationships between the quantities in Exercise 46 on page 9?
Answer:
In Exercise 46 on page 9,
There is a layout of the tatami mat which comprises four identical rectangular mats and one square mat.
The area of the square mat is half of one of the rectangular mats
The area of the square mat = Area²
The area of the rectangular mat = Length × Width
The relation between the area of the square mat and one of the rectangular mat is
Area of the square mat = \(\frac{1}{2}\) Area of one of the rectangular mat
Side² = \(\frac{1}{2}\) ( Length × Width )

Question 2.
What is the limitation of the tool you used in Exercises 25–28 on page 16?
Answer:
The limitations of the tool you used in Exercises 25 – 28 on page 16 are
A) The calculated values and the values measured using the tool will be different
B) We won’t get the exact values of the angle measures using the tool

Question 3.
What definition did you use in your reasoning in Exercises 35 and 36 on page 24?
Answer:
Make the like coefficients of the same variable in both LHS and RHS equal so that we get the value of the variable.

Study Skills

Completing Homework Efficiently

Before doing homework, review the Core Concepts and examples. Use the tutorials at BigIdeasMath.com for additional help.

Complete homework as though you are also preparing for a quiz. Memorize different types of problems, vocabulary, rules, and so on.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 61

Solving Linear Equations 1.1-1.3 Quiz

Solve the equation. Justify each step. Check your solution. (Section 1.1)

Question 1.
x + 9 = 7
Answer:
x + 9 = 7
x = 7 –  ( +9 )
x = 7 – 9
x = -2

Question 2.
8.6 = z – 3.8
Answer:
8.6 = z – 3.8
z = 8.6 + 3.8
z = 12.4

Question 3.
60 = -12r
Answer:
60 = -12r
r = 60 ÷ ( -12 )
r = -60 ÷ 12
r = -5

Question 4.
\(\frac{3}{4}\)p = 18
Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\)p = 18
p = 18 × \(\frac{4}{3}\)
p = \(\frac{18}{1}\) × \(\frac{4}{3}\)
p = \(\frac{18 × 4}{1 × 3}\)
p = \(\frac{24}{1}\)
p = 24

Solve the equation. Check your solution. (Section 1.2)

Question 5.
2m – 3 = 13
Answer:
2m – 3 = 13
2m = 13 + 3
2m = 16
m = 16 ÷ 2
m = 8

Question 6.
5 = 10 – v
Answer:
5 = 10 – v
v= 10 – 5
v = 5

Question 7.
5 = 7w + 8w + 2
Answer:
5 = 7w + 8w + 2
5 – 2 = 7w + 8w
15w = 3
w = 3 ÷ 15
w = \(\frac{1}{5}\)]

Question 8.
-21a + 28a – 6 = -10.2
Answer:
-21a + 28a  – 6 = -10.2
-21a + 28a = -10.2 + 6
7a = -4.2
a = -4.2 ÷ 7
a= –\(\frac{42}{10}\) ÷ 7
a = –\(\frac{42}{10}\) × \(\frac{1}{7}\)
a = –\(\frac{42 × 1}{10 × 7}\)
a = – \(\frac{6}{10}\)
a = –\(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 9.
2k – 3(2k – 3) = 45
Answer:
2k – 3 ( 2k – 3 ) = 45
2k – 3 ( 2k ) + 3 ( 3 ) = 45
2k – 6k + 9 = 45
2k – 6k = 45 – 9
-4k = 36
k = 36 ÷ -4
k = -9

Question 10.
68 = \(\frac{1}{5}\)(20x + 50) + 2
Answer:
68 = \(\frac{1}{5}\) [ 20x + 50 ] + 2
68 – 2 = \(\frac{1}{5}\) [ 20x + 50 ]
66 = \(\frac{1}{5}\) [ 20x + 50 ]
66 × 5 = 20x + 50
330 = 20x + 50
20x = 330 – 50
20x = 280
x = 280 ÷ 20
x = 14

Solve the equation. (Section 1.3)

Question 11.
3c + 1 = c + 1
Answer:
3c + 1 = c + 1
3c – c = 1 – 1
2c = 0
c = 0

Question 12.
-8 – 5n = 64 + 3n
Answer:
-8 – 5n = 64 + 3n
-8 – 64 = 3n + 5n
-72 = 8n
n = -72 ÷ 8
n = -9

Question 13.
2(8q – 5) = 4q
Answer:
2 ( 8q – 5 ) = 4q
2 ( 8q ) – 2 ( 5 ) = 4q
16q – 10 = 4q
16q – 4q = 10
12q = 10
q = 10 ÷ 12
q = \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Question 14.
9(y – 4) – 7y = 5(3y – 2)
Answer:
9 ( y – 4 ) – 7y = 5 ( 3y – 2 )
9 ( y ) – 9 ( 4 ) – 7y = 5 ( 3y ) – 5 ( 2 )
9y – 36 – 7y = 15y – 10
2y – 36 = 15y – 10
15y – 2y = 10 – 36
13y = -26
y = -26 ÷ 13
y = -2

Question 15.
4(g + 8) = 7 + 4g
Answer:
4 ( g + 8 ) = 7 + 4g
4 ( g ) + 4 ( 8 ) = 7 + 4g
4g + 32 = 7 + 4g
4g – 4g + 7 = 32
7 = 32

Question 16.
-4(-5h – 4) = 2(10h + 8)
Answer:
-4 ( 5h – 4 ) = 2 ( 10h + 8 )
-4 ( 5h ) + 4 ( 4 ) = 2 ( 10h ) + 2 ( 8 )
-20h + 16 = 20h + 16
-20h – 20h = 1 – 16
-40h =0
h = 0

Question 17.
To estimate how many miles you are from a thunderstorm, count the seconds between when you see lightning and when you hear thunder. Then divide by 5. Write and solve an equation to determine how many seconds you would count for a thunderstorm that is 2 miles away. (Section 1.1)
Answer:
To estimate how many miles you are from a thunderstorm, count the seconds between when you see lightning and when you hear thunder. Then divide by 5.
Let the number of seconds be x.
The equation would be
2 = x/5
x = 2 × 5
x = 10 seconds
So, the number of seconds that should be determined for a thunderstorm is 10 seconds.

Question 18.
You want to hang three equally-sized travel posters on a wall so that the posters on the ends are each 3 feet from the end of the wall. You want the spacing between posters to be equal. Write and solve an equation to determine how much space you should leave between the posters. (Section 1.2)
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 62

Answer:
Given that you want to hang three equally-sized travel posters on a wall so that the posters on the ends are each 3 feet from the end of the wall. You want the spacing between posters to be equal.
The total space = 15 ft
The total spacing covered at the ends = 3 + 3 = 6 ft
Let the space between the equally spaced posters be x
The total spacing between the travel posters = 2x + 2x + 2x = 6x ft
The total space = ( The total spacing covered at the ends ) + ( The total spacing between the travel posters )
15 = 6 + 6x
6x = 15 – 6
6x = 9
x = 9 ÷ 6
x = \(\frac{3}{2}\) ft
The spacing between the travel posters is \(\frac{3}{2}\) ft

Question 19.
You want to paint a piece of pottery at an art studio. The total cost is the cost of the piece plus an hourly studio fee. There are two studios to choose from. (Section 1.3)
a. After how many hours of the painting are the total costs the same at both studios? Justify your answer.
b. Studio B increases the hourly studio fee by $2. How does this affect your answer in part (a)? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 63

Answer:
a)
The total cost = Cost of the vase + The hourly studio fee
Let the number of hours be x
The total cost for studio A = 10 + 8x
The total cost of studio B = 16 + 6x
It is given that the total costs are the same
10 + 8x = 16 + 6x
8x – 6x = 16 – 10
2x = 6
x = 6 ÷ 2
x = 3
The total cost will be the same after 3 hours for both studios

b)
It is given that studio B increases the hourly studio fee by $2
The total hourly studio fee for studio B = 6 + 2 = $8
As in part (a), the same process will be repeated but in studio B’s hourly fee of $6, we have to put in $8
10 + 8x = 16 + 8x
8x – 8x = 6 – 10
10 ≠ 16
The value of x has no solutions

Lesson 1.4 Solving Absolute Value Equations

Essential Question

How can you solve an absolute value equation?
EXPLORATION 1
Solving an Absolute Value Equation Algebraically
Work with a partner. Consider the absolute value equation
| x + 2 | = 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 64
a. Describe the values of x + 2 that make the equation true. Use your description to write two linear equations that represent the solutions of the absolute value equation.
Answer:
| x + 2 | = 3
x + 2 = 3
x = 3 – 2
x = 1
-| x + 2 | = 3
| x + 2  | = -3
-x – 2 = -3
-x = -3 + 2
-x = -1
x = 1
The values of x + 2 that make the equation true is 3 and 3
The value of x is 1 and 1

b. Use the linear equations you wrote in part (a) to find the solutions of the absolute value equation.
Answer:
| x + 2 | = 3
x + 2 = 3
x = 3 – 2
x = 1
-| x + 2 | = 3
-| x + 2  | = -3
-x – 2 = -3
-x = -3 + 2
-x = -1
x = 1
The solutions of | x + 2 | are 1 and 1

c. How can you use linear equations to solve an absolute value equation?
Answer:
To solve an equation containing absolute value, isolate the absolute value on one side of the equation. We use linear equations to solve an absolute value equation by using the following properties. They are
A) | x | = x
B) -| x | = -x

EXPLORATION 2
Solving an Absolute Value Equation Graphically
Work with a partner.
Consider the absolute value equation
| x + 2 | = 3.
a. On a real number line, locate the point for which x + 2 = 0.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 64.1
Answer:
x + 2 = 0
x = 0 – 2
x = -2
On a real number line, we have to locate the point x = -2
The point we have to locate on the real number line is

b. Locate the points that are 3 units from the point you found in part (a). What do you notice about these points?
Answer:
From part (a).
We found that x = -2
To locate the points that are 3 units away or 3 units behind from the point you found in part (a), i.e., x = -2
3 units away imply ” Add 3 ”
3 units behind imply ” Subtract 3 ”
We have to add 3 and subtract 3 to the point we obtained in part (a)
When we add 3 to x = -2,
x = -2 + 3
x =1
When we subtract 3 from x = -2,
x = -2 – 3
x = -5
The points we have to locate in the real number line are 1 and -5
The real number line with the located points is

c. How can you use a number line to solve an absolute value equation?
Answer:
The given absolute value equation is:
| x + 2 | = 3
x + 2 = 3
x = 3 – 2
x = 1
– | x + 2 | = -3
-x – 2 = -3
-x = -3 + 2
-x = -1
x = 1
The value we have to locate in the number line is 1.

EXPLORATION 3
Solving an Absolute Value Equation Numerically

Work with a partner. Consider the absolute value equation
| x + 2 | = 3.
a. Use a spreadsheet, as shown, to solve the absolute value equation.
b. Compare the solutions you found using the spreadsheet with those you found in Explorations 1 and 2. What do you notice?
c. How can you use a spreadsheet to solve an absolute value equation?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 65

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How can you solve an absolute value equation?
Answer:
We can solve the absolute equation by using the following properties.
A) | x| = x
B) – | x | = -x

Question 5.
What do you like or dislike about the algebraic, graphical, and numerical methods for solving an absolute value equation? Give reasons for your answers.
Answer:
The algebraic, numerical, and graphical methods have their own advantages in their own perspective. The algebraic method is used to solve the linear equations whereas the graphical method is used to indicate the linear equations. The numerical method is applicable to mathematical operations.

1.4 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Solve the equation. Graph the solutions, if possible.

Question 1.
| x | = 10
Answer:
| x | = 10
x = 10

Question 2.
| x – 1 | = 4
Answer:
| x – 1 | = 4
x – 1 = 4
x = 4 + 1
x = 5

Question 3.
| 3 + x | = -3
Answer:
| 3 + x | = -3
x + 3 = -3
x = -3 – 3
x = -6

Solve the equation. Check your solutions.

Question 4.
| x – 2 | + 5 = 9
Answer:
| x – 2 | + 5 = 9
| x – 2 | = 9 – 5
| x – 2 | = 4
x – 2 = 4
x = 4 + 2
x = 6

Question 5.
4 | 2x + 7 | = 16
Answer:
4 | 2x + 7 | = 16
| 2x + 7 | = 16 ÷ 4
| 2x + 7| = 4
2x + 7 = 4
2x = 4 – 7
2x = -3
x = –\(\frac{3}{2}\)

Question 6.
-2 | 5x – 1 | – 3 = -11
Answer:
-2 | 5x – 1 | – 3 = -11
-2 | 5x – 1 | = -11 + 3
-2 | 5x – 1 | = -8
| 5x – 1 | = -8 ÷ ( -2 )
| 5x – 1 | = 4
5x – 1 = 4
5x = 4 + 1
5x = 5
x = 5 ÷ 5
x = 1

Question 7.
For a poetry contest, the minimum length of a poem is 16 lines. The maximum length is 32 lines. Write an absolute value equation that represents the minimum and maximum lengths.
Answer:
For a poetry contest, the minimum length of a poem is 16 lines. The maximum length is 32 lines.
The absolute value equation that represents the minimum length of a poem = | The minimum length of a poem |
= | 16 |
= 16
The absolute value equation that represents the maximum length of a poem = | The maximum length of a poem |
= | 32 |
= 32
The minimum value length is 16
The maximum length is 32

Solve the equation. Check your solutions.

Question 8.
| x + 8 | = | 2x + 1 |
Answer:
| x + 8 | = | 2x + 1 |
x + 8 = 2x + 1
2x – x = 8 – 1
x = 7

Question 9.
3 | x – 4 | = | 2x + 5 |
Answer:
3 | x – 4 | = | 2x + 5 |
3 ( x – 4 ) = 2x + 5
3 ( x ) – 3 ( 4 ) = 2x + 5
3x – 12 = 2x + 5
3x – 2x = 5 + 12
x = 17

Solve the equation. Check your solutions.

Question 10.
| x + 6 | = 2x
Answer:
| x + 6 | = 2x
x + 6 = 2x
2x – x = 6
x = 6

Question 11.
| 3x – 2 | = x
Answer:
| 3x – 2 | = x
3x – 2 = x
3x – x = 2
2x = 2
x = 2 ÷ 2
x = 1

Question 12.
| 2 + x | = | x – 8 |
Answer:
| 2 + x | = | x – 8 |
2 + x = x – 8
2 = x – x – 8
2 = -8
The given absolute value equation has no solution

Question 13.
| 5x – 2 | = | 5x + 4 |
Answer:
| 5x – 2 | = | 5x + 4 |
5x – 2 = 5x + 4
5x – 5x – 2 = 4
-2 = 4
The given absolute value equation has no solution

Solving Absolute Value Equations 1.4 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
What is an extraneous solution?
Answer:
An extraneous solution is a root of a transformed equation that is not the root of the original equation because it was excluded from the domain of the original equation.
An example for extraneous solution is
| 3x – 2 | = | 3x + 4 |

Question 2.
WRITING
Without calculating, how do you know that the equation | 4x – 7 | = -1 has no solution?
Answer:
The given absolute value equation is:
| 4x – 7 | = -1
| 4x – 7 | must not equal a negative number.
We can conclude that | 4x – 7 | = -1 has no solution without calculating its solution

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3−10, simplify the expression.

Question 3.
| -9 |

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q3

Question 4.
– | 15 |
Answer:
-| 15 |
-| 15 | = -15
The value of -| 15 | is: -15

Question 5.
| 14 | – | -14 |
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q5

Question 6.
| -3 | + | 3 |
Answer:
| -3 | + | 3 |
= 3 + 3
= 6
The value of | -3 | + | 3 | is 6

Question 7.
– | -5 • (-7) |
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q7

Question 8.
| -0.8 • 10 |
Answer:
| -0.8 ⋅ 10 |
= | – ( 8 ⁄ 10 ) ⋅ ( 10 ⁄ 1 ) |
= | – ( 8 × 10 ) ⁄ ( 10 × 1 ) |
= | -8 |
= 8
The value of | -0.8 ⋅ 10 | is 8

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 66
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 67
Answer:
| -12 ⁄ 4 |
| -12 ⁄ 4 | = | -3 |
= 3
The value of | -12 ⁄ 4 | is: 3

In Exercises 11−24, solve the equation. Graph the solution(s), if possible.

Question 11.
| w | = 6
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q11

Question 12.
| r | = -2
Answer:
The absolute value of a number must be greater than or equal to 0 and can not be equal to -2.
The given absolute equation has no solution

Question 13.
| y | = -18
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q13

Question 14.
| x | = 13
Answer:
| x | = 13
| x | = 13 or – 13
The value of x is 13 or -13

Question 15.
| m + 3 | = 7
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q15

Question 16.
| q – 8 | = 14
Answer:
| q – 8 | = 14
q – 8 = 14                                                      q – 8 = -14
q = 14 + 8                                                     q = -14 + 8
q = 22                                                             q = -6
The value of q is 22 or -6

Question 17.
| -3d | = 15
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 68
Answer:
| t / 2 | = 12
t / 2 = 6                                       t / 2 = -6
t = 6 × 2                                      t = 6 × -2
t = 12                                           t = -12
The value of t is 12 or -12

Question 19.
| 4b – 5 | = 19
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q19

Question 20.
| x – 1 | + 5 = 2
Answer:
| x – 1 | + 5 = 2
| x – 1 | = 2 – 5
| x – 1  | = -3
| x – 1 | = -3 has no solution

Question 21.
-4 | 8 – 5n | = 13

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 69
Answer:
-3 | 1 – ( 2 / 3 ) y | = -9
| 1 – (2 / 3  ) y | = -9 ÷ ( -3 )
| 1 – ( 2 / 3 ) y | = 3
1 – ( 2 / 3 ) y = 3                                    1 – ( 2 /3 ) y = -3
2/3 y = 1 – 3                                           2/3 y = 1 + 3
2 / 3 y = -2                                              2 / 3 y = 4
2y = -2 × 3                                               2y = 4 × 3
2y = -6                                                      2y = 12
y = -6 ÷ 2                                                  y = 12 ÷ 2
y = -3                                                         y = 6
Hence, the value of y is -3 or 6

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 70
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q23

Question 24.
9 | 4p + 2 | + 8 = 35
Answer:
9 | 4p + 2 | + 8 = 35
9 | 4p + 2 | = 35 – 8
9 | 4p + 2 | = 27
| 4p + 2 | = 27 ÷ 9
| 4p + 2 | = 3
4p + 2 = 3                    4p + 2 = -3
4p = 3 – 2                     4p = -3 – 2
4p = 1                           4p = -5
p = 1 / 4                         p = -5 / 4
Hence, the value of p is 1 / 4 or -5 / 4

Question 25.
WRITING EQUATIONS
The minimum distance from Earth to the Sun is 91.4 million miles. The maximum distance is 94.5 million miles.
a. Represent these two distances on a number line.
b. Write an absolute value equation that represents the minimum and maximum distances.

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q25

Question 26.
WRITING EQUATIONS
The shoulder heights of the shortest and tallest miniature poodles are shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 71
a. Represent these two heights on a number line.
b. Write an absolute value equation that represents these heights.
Answer:
a) The number line that represents the two heights on a number line is:

b) The minimum shoulder height = ( 15 – 10 ) / 2
= 5 / 2
= 2.5 inches
The maximum shoulder height = 10 + 2.5
= 12.5 inches
Let the heights between poodles be x.
The absolute value equation is | x – 12.5 | = 2.5

USING STRUCTURE In Exercises 27−30, match the absolute value equation with its graph without solving the equation.

Question 27.
| x + 2 | = 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q27

Question 28.
| x + 4 | = 2
Answer:
| x + 4 | = 2
| x + 4  | = 0
x + 4 = 0
x = -4
The distance from the halfway point to the minimum and maximum points is 2

Question 29.
| x – 2 | = 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q29

Question 30.
| x + 4 | = 2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 72

Answer:

In Exercises 31−34, write an absolute value equation that has the given solutions.

Question 31.
x = 8 and x = 18
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q31

Question 32.
x = -6 and x = 10
Answer:
x = -6 and x = 10
The halfway point between 10 and -6 = [ 10 – ( -6 ) ] / 2
= [ 10 + 6 ] / 2
= 16 / 2
= 8
The minimum distance from the halfway point = 8 – 6 = 2
The absolute value equation is | x – 2 | = 5

Question 33.
x = 2 and x = 9
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q33

Question 34.
x = -10 and x = -5
Answer:
x = -10 and x = -5
The halfway point between -10 and -5 = [ 10 – ( 5 ) ] / 2
= [ 10 – 5 ] / 2
= 5 / 2
= 2.5
The minimum value from the half-point = 2.5 + ( -10 )
= 2.5 – 10
= -7.5
| x – ( -7.5 ) | = 2.5
| x + 7.5 | = 2.5

In Exercises 35−44, solve the equation. Check your solutions. 

Question 35.
| 4n – 15 | = | n |
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q35

Question 36.
| 2c + 8 | = | 10c |
Answer:
| 2c + 8 | = | 10c |
2c + 8 = 10c                                      2c + 8 = -10c
10c – 2c = 8                                       2c + 10c = 8
8c = 8                                                12c = 8
c = 8 / 8                                              c = 8 / 12
c = 1                                                    c = 2 /3
Hence, the values of c are 1 and 2 / 3

Question 37.
| 2b – 9 | = | b – 6 |
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q37

Question 38.
| 3k – 2 | = 2 | k + 2 |
Answer:
| 3k – 2 | = 2 | k + 2 |
2 ( k + 2 ) = 3k – 2                                            2 ( k + 2 ) = – ( 3k – 2 )
2k + 4 = 3k – 2                                                 2k + 4 = -3k + 2
3k – 2k = 4 + 2                                                 2k + 3k = 2 – 4
k = 6                                                                 5k = -2
k = 6                                                                 k = -2 / 5
Hence, the values of k are 6 and -2 / 5

Question 39.
4 | p – 3 | = | 2p + 8 |
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q39

Question 40.
2 | 4w – 1 | = 3 | 4w + 2 |
Answer:
2 | 4w – 1 | = 3 | 4w+ 2 |
2 ( 4w – 1 ) = 3 ( 4w + 2 )                        -2 ( 4w – 1 ) = -3 ( 4w + 2 )
8w – 2 = 12w + 6                                      -8w + 2 = -12w -6
12w – 8w = -6 – 2                                      -12w + 8w = 6 + 2
4w = -8                                                       -4w = 8
w = -8 / 4                                                      w = 8 / -4
w = -2                                                            w = -2
Hence, the value of w is -2

Question 41.
| 3h + 1 | = 7h
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q41

Question 42.
| 6a – 5 | = 4a
Answer:
| 6a – 5 | = 4a
6a – 5 = 4a                                                6a – 5 = -4a
6a – 4a = 5                                                 6a + 4a = 5
2a = 5                                                         10a = 5
a = 5 / 2                                                       a = 5 / 10
a = 5 / 2                                                       a = 1 / 2
Hence, the values of a are: 5 / 2 and 1 / 2

Question 43.
| f – 6 | = | f + 8 |
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q43

Question 44.
| 3x – 4 | = | 3x – 5 |
Answer:
| 3x – 4 | = | 3x – 5 |
3x – 4 = 3x – 5                                – ( 3x – 4 ) = – ( 3x – 5 )
4 = 5                                                 4 = 5
LHS ≠ RHS
Hence, the given absolute value equation has no solution

Question 45.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Starting from 300 feet away, a car drives toward you. It then passes by you at a speed of 48 feet per second. The distance d (in feet) of the car from you after t seconds is given by the equation d = | 300 – 48t |. At what times is the car 60 feet from you?
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q45

Question 46.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says that the absolute value equation | 3x + 8 | – 9 = -5 has no solution because the constant on the right side of the equation is negative. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
| 3x + 8 | – 9 = -5
The absolute value equation value must have greater than or equal to 0
The value of the absolute value equation is less than 0
The given absolute value equation has no solution.
Your friend is correct.

Question 47.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You randomly survey students about year-round school. The results are shown in the graph.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 73
The error given in the graph means that the actual percentage could be 5% more or 5% less than the percent reported by the survey.
a. Write and solve an absolute value equation to find the least and greatest percents of students who could be in favor of the year-round school.
b. A classmate claims that \(\frac{1}{3}\) of the student body is actually in favor of the year-round school. Does this conflict with the survey data? Explain.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q47

Question 48.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The recommended weight of a soccer ball is 430 grams. The actual weight is allowed to vary by up to 20 grams.
a. Write and solve an absolute value equation to find the minimum and maximum acceptable soccer ball weights.
Answer:
The recommended weight of a soccer ball is 430 grams. The actual weight is allowed to vary by up to 20 grams.
The absolute value equation that represents the minimum and maximum acceptable soccer ball weights is
| x – 430 | = 20
x – 430 = 20                               x – 430 = -20
x = 20 + 430                              x = -20 + 430
x = 460 grams                            x = 410 grams
The maximum and minimum acceptable soccer weights respectively are 460 grams and 410 grams

b. A soccer ball weighs 423 grams. Due to wear and tear, the weight of the ball decreases by 16 grams. Is the weight acceptable? Explain.
Answer:
We get the maximum weight of the soccer ball to be 460 grams with 20 grams increase or decrease to the weight of the ball
Given that the weight of the ball is decreased by 16 grams due to wear and tear
460 – 16 = 444 grams
But it is given that the weight of the ball becomes 423 grams due to wear and tear.
The weight is not acceptable.

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 49 and 50, describe and correct the error in solving the equation.

Question 49.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 74
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q49

Question 50.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 75
Answer:
| 5x + 8 | = x
5x + 8 = x                                                      5x + 8 = -x
5x – x = -8                                                      5x + x = -8
4x = -8                                                            6x = -8
x = -8 / 4                                                         x = -8 / 6
x = -2                                                               x = -4 / 3
Hence, the values of x are -2 and -4 / 3

Question 51.
ANALYZING EQUATIONS
Without solving completely, place each equation into one of the three categories.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 76
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q51

Question 52.
USING STRUCTURE
Fill in the equation Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 77 with a, b, c, or d so that the equation is graphed correctly.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 77.1

Answer:

ABSTRACT REASONING
In Exercises 53−56, complete the statement with always, sometimes, or never. Explain your reasoning.

Question 53.
If x2 = a2, then | x | is ________ equal to | a |.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q53

Question 54.
If a and b are real numbers, then | a – b | is _________ equal to | b – a |.
Answer:
Let,
| a | = 5 and | b | = 9
| a – b | = | 5 – 9 |
= | -4 | = 4
| b – a | = | 9 – 5 |
=  | 4 |
= 4
| a – b | is equal to | b – a | if a and b are real numbers

Question 55.
For any real number p, the equation | x – 4 | = p will ________ have two solutions.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q55

Question 56.
For any real number p, the equation | x – p | = 4 will ________ have two solutions.
Answer:
| x – p | = 4
| x – 1 | = 4
| x – 1 | = 4                                        | x – 1 | = -4
x = 4 + 1                                           x = -4 + 1
x = 5                                                  x = -3
| x – p | = 4 will have two solutions for any real number p

Question 57.
WRITING
Explain why absolute value equations can have no solution, one solution, or two solutions. Give an example of each case.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q55

Question 58.
THOUGHT-PROVOKING
Describe a real-life situation that can be modeled by an absolute value equation with the solutions x = 62 and x = 72.
Answer:
Suppose in a school, an exam is conducted. In that examination, 67% of the students passed. If the error of the pass percentage is 5 %, then what are the minimum and the maximum number of students who passed the examination?
The absolute value equation for the given real-life situation is
| x – 67 | = 5
x – 67 = 5                                         x – 67 = -5
x = 5 + 67                                        x = -5 + 67
x = 72                                               x = 62
The minimum and maximum number of students who passed the examination respectively are 72 and 62.

Question 59.
CRITICAL THINKING
Solve the equation shown. Explain how you found your solution(s).
8 | x + 2 | – 6 = 5 | x + 2 | + 3
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q59
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q59-i

Question 60.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The circle graph shows the results of a survey of registered voters on the day of an election.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 78
The error given in the graph means that the actual percentage could be 2% more or 2% less than the percent reported by the survey.
a. What are the minimum and maximum percents of voters who could vote Republican?
Answer:
From the graph,
The vote percentage for Republicans is 42 %
The error percentage is ±2%
The absolute value equation for the maximum and the minimum number of voters is
| x – 42 | = 2
x – 42 = 2                                                                 x – 42 = -2
x = 2 + 42                                                                x = -2 + 42
x = 44                                                                       x = 40
The minimum percentage of voters for Republicans is 40%
The maximum percentage of voters for Republicans is 44 %

b. How can you use absolute value equations to represent your answers in part (a)?
Answer:
| x – 42 | = 2
x – 42 = 2                                                                 x – 42 = -2
x = 2 + 42                                                                x = -2 + 42
x = 44                                                                       x = 40
We can use absolute values in the above way to represent the answers

c. One candidate receives 44% of the vote. Which party does the candidate belong to? Explain.
Answer:
From the above graph,
The percentage of the vote received by the candidate of the Republican party = 42 %
The error percentage = ± 2 %
The percentage of the vote received by the Republicans = 42 + 2  ( or ) 42 – 2
= 44 ( or ) 40
The candidate of the Republican party received the 44 % of the vote

Question 61.
ABSTRACT REASONING
How many solutions does the equation a | x + b | + c = d have when a > 0 and c = d? when a < 0 and c > d? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q61

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Identify the property of equality that makes Equation 1 and Equation 2 equivalent. (Section 1.1)

Question 62.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 79
Answer:
Equation 1: 3x + 8 = x – 1
Equation 2: 3x + 9= x
From Equation 1,
3x + 8 = x – 1
3x + 8 + 1 = x
3x + 9 = x

Question 63.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 80
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q63

Use a geometric formula to solve the problem.

Question 64.
A square has an area of 81 square meters. Find the side length.
Answer:
A square has an area of 81 square meters.
Area of the square = Side × Side
81 = Side × Side
Side² = 81
√Side² = √81
Side = 9 meters

Question 65.
A circle has an area of 36π square inches. Find the radius.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q65

Question 66.
A triangle has a height of 8 feet and an area of 48 square feet. Find the base.
Answer:
A triangle has a height of 8 feet and an area of 48 square feet.
The area of the triangle = ( 1 /  2 ) × Base × Height
48 = ( 1 / 2 ) × Base × 8
Base × 8 = 48 × 2
Base = ( 48 × 2 ) ÷ 8
Base = 96 ÷ 8
Base = 12 feet

Question 67.
A rectangle has a width of 4 centimeters and a perimeter of 26 centimeters. Find the length.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.4-Q67

Lesson 1.5 Rewriting Equations and Formulas

Essential Question
How can you use a formula for one measurement to write a formula for a different measurement?
Answer:
Write the formula for one measurement and then solve the formula for the different measurements you want to find and use this new formula to find that measurement.

EXPLORATION 1
Using an Area Formula
Work with a partner.

a. Write a formula for the area A of a parallelogram.
Answer:
The area of the parallelogram ( A) = Base × Height

b. Substitute the given values into the formula. Then solve the equation for b. Justify each step.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 81
Answer:
Area ( A) = 30 in²
Height ( h ) = 5 in
Base = b
From part ( a),
Area of the parallelogram = Base × Height
30 = 5 × b
b = 30 ÷ 5
b = 6 in

c. Solve the formula in part (a) for b without first substituting values into the formula. Justify each step.
Answer:
Area of the parallelogram = Base × Height
Base = ( Area of the parallelogram ) ÷ Height of the parallelogram
From the given figure,
Base = b
b = ( Area of the parallelogram ) ÷ Height of the parallelogram

d. Compare how you solved the equations in parts (b) and (c). How are the processes similar? How are they different?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 82
Answer:
The area of the parallelogram = Base × Height
Using the above formula,
We solved parts (b ) and ( c )

EXPLORATION 2
Using Area, Circumference, and Volume Formulas
Work with a partner. Write the indicated formula for each figure. Then write a new formula by solving for the variable whose value is not given. Use the new formula to find the value of the variable.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 83
Answer:
a)
The given figure is:

Area of the trapezoid = h ( a + b ) / 2
Area of the trapezoid = 63 cm²
1st parallel side ( b1 ) = 8 cm
2nd parallel side ( b2 ) = 10 cm
Area of the trapezoid = h ( 8 + 10 ) / 2
63 = h ( 18 ) / 2
63 × 2 = h × 18
h = ( 63 × 2 ) ÷ ( 18 × 1 )
h = 7 cm
b)
Circumference of a circle = 2πr
Circumference of the circle ( C ) = 24π ft
24π = 2πr
r = ( 24π ) ÷ ( 2π )
r = 12 ft
c)
The volume of the rectangular prism ( V ) = Length × Width × Height
The area of the rectangle ( B) = Length × Width
The volume of the rectangular prism (V ) = B × Height
The volume of the rectangular prism ( V ) = 75 yd³
The area of the rectangle ( B ) = 15 yd²
75 = 15 × Height
Height = 75 ÷ 15
Height = 15 yd
d)
The volume of cone ( V ) = πr²h / 3
The area of the circle ( B ) = πr²
The volume of the cone ( V ) = Bh / 3
V = 24π m³
B = 12π m³
24π = 12π × h / 3
h / 3 = 24π ÷ 12π
h / 3 = 2
h = 2 × 3
h = 6 m

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you use a formula for one measurement to write a formula for a different measurement? Give an example that is different from those given in Explorations 1 and 2.
Answer:
Write the formula for one measurement and then solve the formula for the different measurement you want to find and use this new formula to find that measurement
Example:
The given figure is:

A = Length × Width
A = 20 cm²
L = 10 cm
W be the width of the rectangle
20 = 10 × W
W = 20 ÷ 10
W = 2 cm

1.5 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Solve the literal equation for y.

Question 1.
3y – x = 9
Answer:
3y – x = 9
3y = 9 + x
y = ( x + 9 ) / 3

Question 2.
2x – 2y = 5
Answer:
2x – 2y = 5
2y = 2x – 5
y = ( 2x – 5 ) / 2

Question 3.
20 = 8x + 4y
Answer:
20 = 8x + 4y
4y = 20 – 8x
y = ( 20 – 8x ) / 4
y = ( 20 ÷ 4 ) – ( 8x ÷ 4 )
y = 5 – 2x

Solve the literal equation for x.

Question 4.
y = 5x – 4x
Answer:
y = 5x – 4x
x = y

Question 5.
2x + kx = m
Answer:
2x + kx = m
x ( k + 2 ) = m
x = m / ( k + 2 )

Question 6.
3 + 5x – kx = y
Answer:
3 + 5x – kx = y
5x – kx = y – 3
x ( 5 – k ) = y – 3
x = ( y – 3 ) / ( 5 – k )

Solve the formula for the indicated variable. 

Question 7.
Area of a triangle: A = \(\frac{1}{2}\)bh; Solve for h.
Answer:
A = \(\frac{1}{2}\) bh
bh = 2A
h = \(\frac{2A}{b}\)

Question 8.
The surface area of a cone: S = πr2 + πrℓ; Solve for ℓ.
Answer:
S = πr² + πrl
S= πr ( r + l )
r + l = \(\frac{S}{πr}\)
l = \(\frac{S}{πr}\) – r

Monitoring Progress

Question 9.
A fever is generally considered to be a body temperature greater than 100°F. Your friend has a temperature of 37°C. Does your friend have a fever?
Answer:
A fever is generally considered to be a body temperature greater than 100°F. Your friend has a temperature of 37°C.
To convert Fahrenheit into Celsius,
°C = ( °F – 32 ) × \(\frac{5}{9}\)
°C = ( 100 – 32 ) × \(\frac{5}{9}\)
°C = 68 × \(\frac{5}{9}\)
°C = 37.7°
So, for fever, the temperature has to be 37.7°C
Your friend does not have a fever

Question 10.
How much money must you deposit in a simple interest account to earn $500 in interest in 5 years at 4% annual interest?
Answer:
It is given that you earned $500 in a simple interest to earn in 5 years at 4% annual interest
The money you deposited be $x
Simple interest = ( Principle × Time × Rate ) / 100
The principle is the money you deposited
500 = ( x × 5 × 4 ) / 100
( x × 5 × 4 ) = 500 × 100
x × 20 = 500 × 100
x = ( 500 × 100 ) ÷ 20
x = $2,500

Question 11.
A truck driver averages 60 miles per hour while delivering freight and 45 miles per hour on the return trip. The total driving time is 7 hours. How long does each trip take?
Answer:
A truck driver averages 60 miles per hour while delivering freight and 45 miles per hour on the return trip. The total driving time is 7 hours.
Speed = \(\frac{Distance}{Time}\)
Time = \(\frac{Distance}{Speed}\)
Let the distance be D
7 = \(\frac{D}{60}\) + \(\frac{D}{45}\)
7 / D = \(\frac{60 + 45}{60 × 45}\)
7 / D = \(\frac{105}{2,700}\)
D = 7 / \(\frac{105}{2,700}\)
D = 7 × \(\frac{2,700}{105}\)
D = \(\frac{7}{1}\) × \(\frac{2,700}{105}\)
D = \(\frac{7 × 2,700}{1 × 105}\)
D = 180 miles
The time taken to deliver = \(\frac{180}{60}\) = 3 hours
The time taken to return = \(\frac{180}{45}\) = 4 hours

Rewriting Equations and Formulas 1.5 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
Is Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 84 a literal equation? Explain.
Answer:
The ” Literal equation” is an equation that contains only letters
9r + 16 = π / 5
We can say that the given equation is a ” Literal equation ”

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION?
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 85
Answer:
a) Solve 3x + 6y = 24 for x
b) Solve 24 – 3x = 6y for x
c) Solve 6y = 24 – 3x in terms of x
d) Solve 24 – 6y = 3x for x in terms of y
We can observe that d) is different as we have to find x in terms of y whereas, in the remaining three problems, we have to find x

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–12, solve the literal equation for y.

Question 3.
y – 3x = 13
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.5-Q3

Question 4.
2x + y = 7
Answer:
2x + y = 7
y = 7 – 2x

Question 5.
2y – 18x = -26
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.5-Q5

Question 6.
20x + 5y = 15
Answer:
20x + 5y = 15
5y = 15 – 20x
y = ( 15 – 20x ) / 5
y = ( 15  / 5 ) – ( 20x / 5 )
y = 3 – 4x

Question 7.
9x – y = 45
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.5-Q7

Question 8.
6 – 3y = -6
Answer:
6 – 3y = -6
-3y = -6 – ( +6 )
-3y = -6 -6
-3y = -12
y = -12 ÷ ( -3 )
y = 12 ÷ 3
y = 4

Question 9.
4x – 5 = 7 + 4y
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.5-Q9

Question 10.
16x + 9 = 9y – 2x
Answer:
16x + 9 = y – 2x
16x + 2x + 9 = y
18x + 9 = y
y = 18x + 9

Question 11.
2 +\(\frac{1}{6}\)y = 3x + 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.5-Q11

Question 12.
11 – \(\frac{1}{2}\)y = 3 + 6x
Answer:
11 – \(\frac{1}{2}\)y = 3 + 6x
–\(\frac{1}{2}\)y = 3 + 6x – 11
-y = 2 ( 3 + 6x – 11 )
y = -2 ( 3 + 6x – 11 )
y = -2 ( 3 ) -2 ( 6x ) + 2 ( 11 )
y = -6 – 12x + 22
y = 16 – 12x

In Exercises 13–22, solve the literal equation for x.

Question 13.
y = 4x + 8x
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.5-Q13

Question 14.
m = 10x – x
Answer:
m = 10x – x
m = 9x
x = m / 9

Question 15.
a = 2x + 6xz
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.5-Q15

Question 16.
y = 3bx – 7x
Answer:
y = 3bx – 7x
y = x ( 3b – 7 )
x = y / ( 3b – 7 )

Question 17.
y = 4x + rx + 6
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.5-Q17

Question 18.
z = 8 + 6x – px
Answer:
z = 8 + 6x – px
z – 8 = 6x – px
z – 8 = x ( 6 – p )
x = ( z – 8 ) / ( 6 – p )

Question 19.
sx + tx = r
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.5-Q19

Question 20.
a = bx + cx + d
Answer:
a = bx + cx + d
a – d = bx + cx
a – d = x ( b + c )
x = ( a – d ) / ( b + c )

Question 21.
12 – 5x – 4kx = y
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.5-Q21

Question 22.
x – 9 + 2wx = y
Answer:
x – 9 + 2wx = y
x – 2wx = y + 9
x ( 1 – 2w ) = y + 9
x = ( y – 9 ) / ( 1 – 2w )

Question 23.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The total cost C (in dollars) to participate in a ski club is given by the literal equation C = 85x + 60, where x is the number of ski trips you take.
a. Solve the equation for x.
b. How many ski trips do you take if you spend a total of $315? $485?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 86
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.5-Q23

Question 24.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The penny size of a nail indicates the length of the nail. The penny size d is given by the literal equation d = 4n – 2, where n is the length (in inches) of the nail.
a. Solve the equation for n.
b. Use the equation from part (a) to find the lengths of nails with the following penny sizes: 3, 6, and 10.
Answer:
a)
d = 4n – 2
n is the length ( in inches ) of the nail
4n = d + 2
n = ( d + 2 ) / 4
b)
The penny sizes ( d ) are: 3, 6, and 10
From part ( a ),
n = ( d + 2  ) / 4
Put, d= 3, 6 and 10
n = ( 3 + 2 ) /4 = 5 / 4 inches
n = ( 6 + 2 ) / 4 = 2 inches
n = ( 10 + 2 ) / 4 = 3 inches

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 25 and 26, describe and correct the error in solving the equation for x.

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 87
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.5-Q25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 72.1
Answer:
10 = ax – 3b
ax = 10 + 3b
x = ( 10 + 3b ) / a

In Exercises 27–30, solve the formula for the indicated variable.

Question 27.
Profit: P = R – C; Solve for C.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.5-Q27

Question 28.
Surface area of a cylinder: S = 2πr2 + 2πrh; Solve for h.
Answer:
The given Surface area of a cylinder is
S = 2πr² + 2πrh
S = 2πr ( r + h )
S / 2πr = r + h
h = S / 2πr – r

Question 29.
Area of a trapezoid: A = \(\frac{1}{2}\)h(b1 + b2); Solve for b2.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.5-Q29

Question 30.
The average acceleration of an object: Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 88; Solve for v1.
Answer:
The average acceleration of an object is:
a = ( v1 – v0 ) / t
at = v1 – v0
v1 = at + v0

Question 31.
REWRITING A FORMULA
A common statistic used in professional football is the quarterback rating. This rating is made up of four major factors. One factor is the completion rating given by the formula
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 88.1
where C is the number of completed passes and A is the number of attempted passes. Solve the formula for C.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.5-Q31

Question 32.
REWRITING A FORMULA
Newton’s law of gravitation is given by the formula
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 89
where F is the force between two objects of masses m1 and m2, G is the gravitational constant, and d is the distance between the two objects. Solve the formula for m1.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 89
where
F is the force between two objects of masses m1 and m2
G is the gravitational constant
d is the distance between the two objects.
Now,
( m1m2 ) = Fd² / G
m1 = Fd² / Gm2

Question 33.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The sale price S (in dollars) of an item is given by the formula S = L – rL, where L is the list price (in dollars) and r is the discount rate (in decimal form).
a. Solve the formula for r.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 90
b. The list price of the shirt is $30. What is the discount rate?
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.5-Q33

Question 34.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The density d of a substance is given by the formula d = \(\frac{m}{V}\), where m is its mass and V is its volume.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 91
a. Solve the formula for m?
Answer:
d = \(\frac{m}{V}\)
d × V = m

b. Find the mass of the pyrite sample.
Answer:
The density of Pyrite = 5.01 g/cm³
The volume of Pyrite = 1.2 cm³
The mass of Pyrite = Density × Volume
The mass of Pyrite ( m ) = 5.01 × 1.2
= 6.012 gm
The mass of Pyrite is 6.012 gm

Question 35.
PROBLEM-SOLVING
You deposit $2000 in an account that earns simple interest at an annual rate of 4%. How long must you leave the money in the account to earn $500 in interest?
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.5-Q35

Question 36.
PROBLEM-SOLVING
A flight averages 460 miles per hour. The return flight averages 500 miles per hour due to a tailwind. The total flying time is 4.8 hours. How long is each flight? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 91.1

Answer:
A flight averages 460 miles per hour. The return flight averages 500 miles per hour due to a tailwind. The total flying time is 4.8 hours.
Speed = Distance / Time
Time = Distance / Speed
\(\frac{D}{460}\) + \(\frac{D}{500}\) = 4.8
\(\frac{460 + 500}{230,000}\) = 4.8 / D
\(\frac{960}{230,000}\) = 4.8 / D
D = 4.8 × \(\frac{230,000}{960}\)
D = 1,150 miles
The time taken for flight = 1,150 ÷ 460 = 2.5 hours
The time taken for return = 1,150 ÷ 500 = 2.3 hours

Question 37.
USING STRUCTURE
An athletic facility is building an indoor track. The track is composed of a rectangle and two semicircles, as shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 92
a. Write a formula for the perimeter of the indoor track.
b. Solve the formula for x.
c. The perimeter of the track is 660 feet, and r is 50 feet. Find x. Round your answer to the nearest foot.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.5-Q37

Question 38.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The distance d (in miles) you travel in a car is given by the two equations shown, where t is the time (in hours) and g is the number of gallons of gasoline the car uses.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 93
a. Write an equation that relates g and t.
Answer:
The given equations are:
d = 55t —— (1)
d = 20g ——– (2)
55t = 20g
t / g = 20 / 55
t / g = 4 / 11

b. Solve the equation for g.
Answer:
d = 20g
d = 55t
t / g = 4 / 11
11t = 4g
g = 11t / 4

c. You travel for 6 hours. How many gallons of gasoline does the car use? How far do you travel? Explain.
Answer:
g = 11t / 4
Where,
g is the number of gallons of gasoline
It is given that you travel for 6 hours
t = 6 hours
g = ( 11 × 6 ) / 4
g = 66/4 gallons

Question 39.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
One type of stone formation found in Carlsbad Caverns in New Mexico is called a column. This cylindrical stone formation connects to the ceiling and the floor of a cave.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 94
a. Rewrite the formula for the circumference of a circle, so that you can easily calculate the radius of a column given its circumference.
b. What is the radius (to the nearest tenth of a foot) of a column that has a circumference of 7 feet? 8 feet? 9 feet?
c. Explain how you can find the area of a cross-section of a column when you know its circumference.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.5-Q39

Question 40.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The rectangular prism shown has bases’ with equal side lengths.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 95
a. Use the figure to write a formula for the surface area S of the rectangular prism.
Answer:
The surface area of the rectangular prism ( S) = 2 ( lb + bh + lh )
Where,
l is the length of the rectangular prism
b is the Width of the rectangular prism
h is the height of the rectangular prism

b. Your teacher asks you to rewrite the formula by solving for one of the side lengths, b or ℓ. Which side length would you choose? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
The surface area of the rectangular prism ( S ) = 2 ( lb + bh + lh )
S / 2 = lb + bh + lh
S / 2 = b ( l + h ) + bh
S / 2 = b ( l + b + h )
b = S / 2 ( l + b + h )
The value of b is: S / 2 ( l + b + h )

Question 41.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that Thermometer A displays a greater temperature than Thermometer B. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 96
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.5-Q41

Question 42.
THOUGHT-PROVOKING
Give a possible value for h. Justify your answer. Draw and label the figure using your chosen value of h.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 97
Answer:
The geometrical figure is the parallelogram
Area of the parallelogram = Base × Height
Area of the parallelogram = 40 cm²
The base of the parallelogram = 8 cm
40 = 8 × Height
Height = 40 ÷ 8
Height = 5 cm
The completed figure is

The value of h is 5 cm

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 43 and 44, write a formula for the area of the regular polygon. Solve the formula for the height h.

Question 43.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 98
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.5-Q43

Question 44.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 99
Answer:
We can say that the figure is Hexagon
From the figure,
There are 6 triangles
The area of a triangle = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × Base × Height
The area of the Hexagon = The area of the 6 triangles
= 6 ( \(\frac{1}{2}\) ) × Base × Height
The area of the Hexagon be A
The height of the hexagon be h
The Base of the hexagon be b
A = 6 ( \(\frac{1}{2}\) ) × Base × Height
A = 3 × Base × Height
Base × Height = A / 3
Height = A / ( 3 × Base )
h = A / 3b

REASONING
In Exercises 45 and 46, solve the literal equation for a.

Question 45.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 100

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.5-Q45

Question 46.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 101
Answer:
y = x [ \(\frac{ab}{a – b}\)
\(\frac{ab}{a – b}\) = y / x
x ( ab ) = y ( a – b )
abx = ay – by
by = ay – abx
by = a ( y – bx )
a = \(\frac{by}{y – bx}\)

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Evaluate the expression.

Question 47.
15 – 5 + 52
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.5-Q47

Question 48.
18 • 2 – 42 ÷ 8
Answer:
18 ⋅ 2 – 4² ÷ 8
18 ⋅ 2 – 4² ÷ 8 = 18 ⋅ 2 – ( 4 × 4 ) ÷ 8
= 18 ⋅ 2 – 2
= 36 – 2
= 34

Question 49.
33 + 12 ÷ 3 • 5
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.5-Q49

Question 50.
25(5 – 6) + 9 ÷ 3
Answer:
25(5 – 6) + 9 ÷ 3
25(5 – 6) + 9 ÷ 3 = ( 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 ) ( 5 – 6 ) + ( 9 ÷ 3 )
= ( 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 ) ( 5 – 6 ) + 3
= ( 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 ) ( -1 ) + 3
= -( 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 )  + 3
= -32 + 3
= -29

Solve the equation. Graph the solutions, if possible. (Section 1.4)

Question 51.
| x – 3 | + 4 = 9
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.5-Q51

Question 52.
| 3y – 12 | – 7 = 2
Answer:
| 3y – 12 | – 7 = 2
| 3y – 12 | = 2 + 7
| 3y – 12 | = 9
3y – 12 = 9                      3y – 12 = -9
3y = 9 + 12                     3y = -9 + 12
3y = 21                            3y = 3
y = 21 / 3                         y = 3 / 3
y = 7                                y = 1

Question 53.
2 | 2r + 4 | = -16
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Algebra-1-Answers-Chapter-1-Solving-Linear-Equations-Lesson-1.5-Q53

Question 54.
-4 | s + 9 | = -24
Answer:
-4 | s + 9 | = -24
| s + 9 | = -24 ÷ ( -4 )
| s + 9 | = 6
s + 9 = 6                                       s + 9 = -6
s = 6 – 9                                         s = -6 – 9
s = -3                                             s = -15

Solving Linear Equations Performance Task: Magic of Mathematics

1.4–1.5 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 102

Core Concepts
Section 1.4
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 103
Section 1.5
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 104

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
How did you decide whether your friend’s argument in Exercise 46 on page 33 made sense?
Answer:
On page 33 in Exercise 46,
The given absolute equation is:
| 3x + 8 | – 9 = -5
| 3x + 8 | = -5 + 9
| 3x + 8 | = 4
We can say that the given absolute value equation has a solution
But, according to your friend,
The argument is that the absolute value equation has no solution

Question 2.
How did you use the structure of the equation in Exercise 59 on page 34 to rewrite the equation?
Answer:
The given absolute value equation in Exercise 59 on page 34 is:
8 | x + 2 | – 6 = 5 | x + 2 | + 3
The above equation can be re-written as:
8 | x + 2  | – 5  | x + 2 | = 3 + 6
3 | x + 2  | = 9

Question 3.
What entry points did you use to answer Exercises 43 and 44 on page 42?
Answer:
In Exercises 43 and 44 on page 42,
We used the triangles as an entry point
In Exercise 43,
The given figure is a pentagon
Using the above entry point,
We divided the pentagon into 5 triangles
In Exercise 44,
The given figure is a Hexagon
Using the above entry point,
We divided the hexagon into 6 triangles.

Performance Task

Magic of Mathematics

Have you ever watched a magician perform a number trick? You can use algebra to explain how these types of tricks work.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 105
To explore the answers to these questions and more, go to Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 106

Solving Linear Equations Chapter Review

1.1 Solving Simple Equations (pp. 3–10)

a. Solve x − 5 = −9. Justify each step.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 106.1

b. Solve 4x = 12. Justify each step.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 107

Solve the equation. Justify each step. Check your solution.

Question 1.
z + 3 = -6
Answer:
z + 3 = -6
z = -6 – ( +3 )
z = -6 – 3
z = -9

Question 2.
2.6 = -0.2t
Answer:
2.6 = -0.2t
\(\frac{26}{10}\) = –\(\frac{2}{10}\)t
t = \(\frac{26}{10}\) ÷ ( –\(\frac{2}{10}\) )
t = – \(\frac{26}{10}\) × \(\frac{10}{2}\)
t = -13

Question 3.
– \(\frac{n}{5}\) = -2
Answer:
–\(\frac{n}{5}\) = -2
-n = -2 × 5
-n = -10
n = 10

1.2 Solving Multi-Step Equations (pp. 11–18)

Solve −6x + 23 + 2x = 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 108

Solve the equation. Check your Solution.

Question 4.
3y + 11 = -16
Answer:
3y + 11 = -16
3y = -16 – 11
3y = -27
y = -27 ÷ 3
y = -9

Question 5.
6 = 1 – b
Answer:
6 = 1 – b
b = 1 – 6
b = -5

Question 6.
n + 5n + 7 = 43
Answer:
n + 5n + 7 = 43
6n + 7 = 43
6n = 43 – 7
6n = 36
n = 36 ÷ 6
n = 6

Question 7.
-4(2z + 6) – 12 = 4
Answer:
-4 ( 2z + 6 ) – 12 = 4
-4 ( 2z + 6 ) = 4 + 12
-4 ( 2z + 6 ) = 16
-4 ( 2z ) – 4 ( 6 ) = 16
-8z – 24 = 16
-8z = 16 + 24
-8z = 40
z = 40 ÷ ( -8 )
z = -5

Question 8.
\(\frac{3}{2}\)(x – 2) – 5 = 19
Answer:
\(\frac{3}{2}\) ( x – 2 ) – 5 = 19
\(\frac{3}{2}\) ( x – 2 ) = 19 + 5
\(\frac{3}{2}\) ( x – 2 ) = 24
x – 2 = 24 × \(\frac{2}{3}\)
x – 2 = \(\frac{24}{1}\) × \(\frac{2}{3}\)
x – 2 = 16
x = 16 + 2
x = 18

Question 9.
6 = \(\frac{1}{5}\)w + \(\frac{7}{5}\)w – 4
Answer:
6 = \(\frac{1}{5}\)w + \(\frac{7}{5}\)w – 4
6 + 4 = \(\frac{1}{5}\)w + \(\frac{7}{5}\)w
10 = w [ \(\frac{1 + 7}{5}\) ]
10 = \(\frac{8}{5}\)w
w = 10 × \(\frac{5}{8}\)
w = \(\frac{10}{1}\) × \(\frac{5}{8}\)
w = \(\frac{25}{4}\)

Find the value of x. Then find the angle measures of the polygon.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 109

Answer:
The angle measures are 110°, 5x°, 2x°
The sum of the angle measures = 180°
110 + 5x + 2x = 180°
7x = 180 – 110
7x = 70°
x = 70 / 7
x = 10°

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 110

Answer:
The angle measures of the given polygon are: ( x – 30 )°, x°, x°, ( x – 30 )°, ( x – 30 )°
It is also given that,
The sum of the angle measures of the given polygon = 540°
So,
( x – 30 )° + x° + x° + ( x – 30 )° + ( x – 30 )° = 540°
5x – 90° = 540°
5x = 540° + 90°
5x = 630°
x = 630 / 5
x = 126°
The angle measures of the given polygon are: 126°, 126°, 96°, 96°, 96°

1.3 Solving Equations with Variables on Both Sides (pp. 19–24)

Solve 2( y − 4) = −4( y + 8).
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 111

Solve the equation.

Question 12.
3n – 3 = 4n + 1
Answer:
3n – 3 = 4n + 1
4n – 3n = -1 – 3
n = -4

Question 13.
5(1 + x) = 5x + 5
Answer:
5 ( 1 + x ) = 5x + 5
5 ( 1 ) + 5 ( x ) = 5x + 5
5 + 5x = 5x + 5
5 = 5x – 5x + 5
5 = 5
The given equation has no solution

Question 14.
3(n + 4) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(6n + 4)
Answer:
3 ( n + 4 ) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) ( 6n + 4 )
3 ( n ) + 3 ( 4 ) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) ( 6n + 4 )
3n + 12 = \(\frac{1}{2}\) ( 6n + 4 )
2 ( 3n + 12 ) = 6n + 4
2 ( 3n ) + 2 ( 12 ) = 6n + 4
6n + 24 = 6n + 4
24 = 6n – 6n + 4
24 = 4
The given equation has no solution

1.4 Solving Absolute Value Equations (pp. 27–34)

a. Solve | x − 5 | = 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 112

b. Solve | 2x + 6 | = 4x. Check your solutions.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 113

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 114

Check the apparent solutions to see if either is extraneous.
The solution is x = 3. Reject x = -1 because it is extraneous.

Solve the equation. Check your solutions.

Question 15.
| y + 3 | = 17
Answer:
| y + 3 | = 17
y + 3 = 17                               y + 3 = -17
y = 17 – 3                                y = -17 – 3
y = 14                                      y = -20
The value of y is 14 or -20

Question 16.
-2 | 5w – 7 | + 9 = -7
Answer:
-2 | 5w – 7 | + 9 = -7
-2 | 5w – 7 | = -7 – 9
-2 | 5w – 7 | = -16
| 5w – 7 | = -16 / ( -2 )
| 5w – 7 | = 8
5w – 7 = 8                                     5w – 7 = -8
5w = 8 + 7                                    5w = -8 + 7
5w = 15                                         5w = -1
w = 15 ÷ 5                                     w = –\(\frac{1}{5}\)
w = 3                                              w =-\(\frac{1}{5}\)
The value of w is 3 or –\(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 17.
| x – 2 | = | 4 + x |
Answer:
| x – 2 | = | 4 + x |
x – 2 = 4 + x                                                   – ( x – 2 ) = – ( 4 + x )
-2 = 4                                                                2 = -4
The given absolute equation has no solution

Question 18.
The minimum sustained wind speed of a Category 1 hurricane is 74 miles per hour. The maximum sustained wind speed is 95 miles per hour. Write an absolute value equation that represents the minimum and maximum speeds.
Answer:
The minimum sustained wind speed of a Category 1 hurricane is 74 miles per hour. The maximum sustained wind speed is 95 miles per hour.
The average wind speed sustained = ( 74 + 95 ) /2
= 169 / 2
= 84.5 miles per hour
The minimum wind speed from the average speed point = 84.5 – 74
= 9.5 miles per hour
The absolute value equation that represents the minimum and maximum wind speed is:
| x – 84.5 | = 9.5

1.5 Rewriting Equations and Formulas (pp. 35–42)
a. The slope-intercept form of a linear equation is y = mx + b. Solve the equation for m.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 115

b. The formula for the surface area S of a cylinder is S = 2πr2 + 2πrh. Solve the formula for the height h.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 116

Solve the literal equation for y.

Question 19.
2x – 4y = 20
Answer:
2x – 4y = 20
4y = 2x – 20
y = ( 2x – 20 ) / 4
y = ( 2x / 4 ) – ( 20 / 4 )
y = ( x / 2 ) – 5

Question 20.
8x – 3 = 5 + 4y
Answer:
8x – 3 = 5 + 4y
4y = 8x – 3 – 5
4y = 8x – 8
y = ( 8x – 8 ) / 4
y = ( 8x / 4 ) – ( 8 – 4 )
y = 2x – 2

Question 21.
a a = 9y + 3yx
Answer:
a² = 9y + 3yx
a² = y ( 3x + 9 )
y = a² / ( 3x + 9 )

Question 22.
The volume V of a pyramid is given by the formula V = \(\frac{1}{3}\)Bh, where B is the area of the base and h is the height.
a. Solve the formula for h.
b. Find the height h of the pyramid.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 117

Answer:
a)
The given formula is
V = \(\frac{1}{3}\)Bh
Where,
B is the area of the base
h is the height
Now,
3V = Bh
h = \(\frac{3V}{B}\)

b)
Area of the base ( B ) = 36 cm²
The volume of the base ( V ) = 216 cm³
From part (a),
h = \(\frac{3V}{B}\)
h = \(\frac{3 × 216}{36}\)
h = \(\frac{3 × 216}{36 × 1}\)
h = 18 cm

Question 23.
The formula F = \(\frac{9}{5}\)(K – 273.15) + 32 converts a temperature from kelvin K to degrees Fahrenheit F.
a. Solve the formula for K.
b. Convert 180°F to kelvin K. Round your answer to the nearest hundredth.
Answer:
a)
The given formula for F is
F = \(\frac{9}{5}\) ( K – 273.15 ) + 32
F – 32 = \(\frac{9}{5}\) ( K – 273.15 )
\(\frac{5}{9}\) ( F – 32 ) = K – 273.15
K = \(\frac{5}{9}\) ( F – 32 ) + 273.15

Solving Linear Equations Chapter Test

Solve the equation. Justify each step. Check your solution.

Question 1.
x – 7 = 15
Answer:
x – 7 = 15
x = 15 + 7
x = 22

Question 2.
\(\frac{2}{3}\)x = 5
Answer:
\(\frac{2}{3}\) x = 5
x = 5 × \(\frac{3}{2}\)
x = \(\frac{5}{1}\) × \(\frac{3}{2}\)
x = \(\frac{15}{2}\)

Question 3
11x + 1 = -1 + x
Answer:
11x + 1 = -1 + x
11x – x = -1 – 1
10x = -2
x = –\(\frac{2}{10}\)
x = –\(\frac{1}{5}\)

Solve the equation.

Question 4.
2 | x – 3 | – 5 = 7
Answer:
2 | x – 3 | – 5 = 7
2 | x – 3 | = 7 + 5
2 | x – 3 | = 12
| x – 3 | = \(\frac{12}{2}\)
| x – 3 | = 6
x – 3 = 6                             x – 3 = -6
x = 6 + 3                            x = -6 + 3
x = 9                                   x = -3

Question 5.
| 2x – 19 | = 4x + 1
Answer:
| 2x – 19 | = 4x + 1
4x + 1 = 2x – 19                         4x + 1 = – ( 2x – 19 )
4x – 2x = -19 – 1                         4x + 2x = 19 – 1
2x = -20                                      6x = 18
x = \(\frac{-20}{2}\)      x = \(\frac{18}{6}\)
x = -10                                         x = 3

Question 6.
-2 + 5x – 7 = 3x – 9 + 2x
Answer:
-2 + 5x – 7 = 3x – 9 + 2x
5x – 9 = 5x – 9
The given absolute value equation has no solution

Question 7.
3(x + 4) – 1 = -7
Answer:
3 ( x + 4 ) – 1 = -7
3 ( x ) + 3 ( 4 ) = -7 + 1
3x + 12 = -6
3x = -6 – 12
3x = -18
x = –\(\frac{18}{3}\)
x = -6

Question 8.
| 20 + 2x | = | 4x + 4 |
Answer:
| 20 + 2x | = | 4x + 4 |
20 + 2x = 4x + 4
4x – 2x = 20 – 4
2x = 16
x = \(\frac{16}{2}\)
x = 8

Question 9.
\(\frac{1}{3}\)(6x + 12) – 2(x – 7) = 19
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ( 6x + 12 ) – 2 ( x – 7 ) = 19
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ( 6x – 12 ) = 19 + 2 ( x – 7 )
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ( 6x – 12 ) = 19 + 2x – 14
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ( 6x – 12 ) = 2x + 5
1 ( 6x – 12 ) = 3 ( 2x + 5 )
6x – 12 = 6x + 15
6x – 6x = 15 + 12
15 = -12
The given equation has no solution

Describe the values of c for which the equation has no solution. Explain your reasoning.

Question 10.
3x – 5 = 3x – c
Answer:
3x – 5 = 3x – c
3x – 3x – 5 =-c
-c = -5
c = 5

Question 11.
| x – 7 | = c
Answer:
| x – 7 | = c
0 – 7 = c
c = -7

Question 12.
A safety regulation states that the minimum height of a handrail is 30 inches. The maximum height is 38 inches. Write an absolute value equation that represents the minimum and maximum heights.
Answer:
A safety regulation states that the minimum height of a handrail is 30 inches. The maximum height is 38 inches.
The average height of a handrail = ( 30 + 38 ) / 2
= 68 / 2
= 34 inches
The minimum height from the average height of a handrail = 34 + 30
= 64 inches
| x – 64 | = 34

Question 13.
The perimeter P (in yards) of a soccer field is represented by the formula P = 2ℓ + 2w, where ℓ is the length (in yards) and w is the width (in yards).
a. Solve the formula for w.
Answer:
P = 2l + 2w
2w = P – 2l
w = ( P – 2l ) / 2
We can conclude that the formula for w is:
w = ( P – 2l ) / 2

b. Find the width of the field.
Answer:
Perimeter ( P ) = 330 yd
Length ( l) = 100 yd
From part (a),
w = ( P – 2l ) /2
w = ( 330 – 100 ) / 2
w = 230 / 2
w = 115 yd

c. About what percent of the field is inside the circle?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 117.1
Answer:

Question 14.
Your car needs new brakes. You call a dealership and a local mechanic for prices.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 118
a. After how many hours are the total costs the same at both places? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Let the total labor hours be x
The total cost at the Dealership = ( Cost of parts ) + ( Labor cost per hour ) × ( Total labor hours )
= 24 + 99x
The total cost at the local mechanic = ( Cost of parts ) + ( Labor cost per hour ) × ( Total labor hours )
= 45 + 89x
24 + 99x = 45 + 89x
99x – 89x = 45 – 24
10x = 21
x = 21 / 10
x = 2.1 hours
We can conclude that after 2.1 hours, the total cost will be the same in both places

b. When do the repairs cost less at the dealership? at the local mechanic? Explain.
Answer:
Compare the labor cost per hour
By comparison,
We can say that the labor cost per hour is less at the local mechanic
The repair cost less at the local mechanic

Question 15.
Consider the equation | 4x + 20 | = 6x. Without calculating, how do you know that x = -2 is an extraneous solution?
Answer:
The absolute value equations only accept the values greater than or equal to 0
For the given absolute value equation,
| 4x + 20 | = 6x
x = -2 is an extraneous solution

Question 16.
Your friend was solving the equation shown and was confused by the result “-8 = -8.” Explain what this result means.
4(y – 2) – 2y = 6y – 8 – 4y
4y – 8 – 2y = 6y – 8 – 4y
2y – 8 = 2y – 8
-8 = -8
Answer:
The result ” -8 = -8 ” means that the solved equation has no solution

Solving Linear Equations Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
A mountain biking park has 48 trails, 37.5% of which are beginner trails. The rest are divided evenly between intermediate and expert trials. How many of each kind of trail are there?
A. 12 beginner, 18 intermediate, 18 expert
B. 18 beginner, 15 intermediate, 15 expert
C. 18 beginner, 12 intermediate, 18 expert
D. 30 beginner, 9 intermediate, 9 expert
Answer:
A mountain biking park has 48 trails, 37.5% of which are beginner trails. The rest are divided evenly between intermediate and expert trials.
The number of beginner trials is 3.5 % of the total number of trials
The value of 37.5 % is: \(\frac{3}{8}\) [ 37.5 % = 50 % – 12.5 % ]
The number of beginner trials = \(\frac{3}{8}\) × 48
= \(\frac{3}{8}\) × \(\frac{48}{1}\)
= \(\frac{3 × 48}{8 × 1}\)
= 18
The number  of intermediate and expert trials = ( The total number of trials ) – ( The number of beginner trials )
= 48 – 18
= 30 trials
30 ÷ 2 = 15 trials each
The number of beginner trials is 18
The number of intermediate trials is 15
The number of expert trials is 15

Question 2.
Which of the equations are equivalent to cx – a = b?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 119

Answer:
a)
cx – a + b = 2b
So,
cx – a = b – b
cx – a = b
b)
0 = cx – a + b
So,
cx – a = -b
c)
2cx – 2a = b / 2
cx – a = b / 4
d )
cx – a = b / 2
2 ( cx – a ) = b
e)
x = ( a + b ) / c
cx = a + b
cx – a = b
f)
b + a = cx
cx – a = b
The equations that are equivalent to cx – a = b is a, e, f

Question 3.
Let N represent the number of solutions of the equation 3(x – a) = 3x – 6. Complete each statement with the symbol <, >, or =.
a. When a = 3, N ____ 1.
b. When a = -3, N ____ 1.
c. When a = 2, N ____ 1.
d. When a = -2, N ____ 1.
e. When a = x, N ____ 1.
f. When a = -x, N ____ 1.
Answer:
3 ( x – a ) = 3x – 6
3x – 3a = 3x – 6
a) When a = 3,
3x – 3 ( 3 ) = 3x – 6
3x – 9 = 3x – 6
9 = 6
When a = 3 there is no solution
N < 1
b) When a = -3
3x + 3 ( 3 ) =3 x – 6
9 = -6
When a = -3, there is no solution
N < 1
c) When a = 2
3x – 3 ( 2 ) = 3x – 6
3x – 6 =3x –
6 = 6
When a= 2, there is no solution
N < 1
d) When a = -2
3x + 3 ( 2 ) = 3x – 6
3x + 6 = 3x – 6
6 = -6
When a = -2, thereis no solution
N < 1
e) When a = x
3x – 3 ( x ) = 3x – 6
3x = 6
x = 6 / 3
x = 2
N = 1
f) When a = -x
3x + 3 ( x ) = 3x – 6
6x – 3x = -6
3x = -6
x = -6 / 3
x = -2
When a = -x, there is 1 solution
N = 1

Question 4.
You are painting your dining room white and your living room blue. You spend $132 on 5 cans of paint. The white paint costs $24 per can, and the blue paint costs $28 per can.
a. Use the numbers and symbols to write an equation that represents how many cans of each color you bought.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 120
Answer:
It is given that you spend $132 on 5 cans of paint
It is also given that the white paint costs $24 per can and the blue paint costs $28 per can
The number of white cans is x
The number of blue cans be 5 – x
The total cost of paint = ( The number of white cans ) × ( The cost of white paint per can ) + ( The number of blue cans ) × ( The cost of blue paint per can )
132 = 24x + 28 ( 5 – x )
24x + 28 ( 5 ) – 28x = 132
140 – 4x = 132
4x = 140 – 132
4x = 8
x = 8 ÷ 4
x = 2
The number of cans of white paint is 2
The number of cans of blue paint is 3

b. How much would you have saved by switching the colors of the dining room and living room? Explain.
Answer:
The number of white cans is: 2
The number of blue cans is: 3
It is given that white color is used in the dining room and the blue color is used in the living room
The cost of white paint after interchanging the color in the living room = 24 × 2
= $48
The cost of blue paint after interchanging the color in the dining room = 28 × 3
= $84
The total cost of paint after interchanging the colors = 48 + 84
= $132
The amount of money saved = ( The money you paid for the paint before interchanging ) – ( The money you paid for the paint after interchanging )
= 132 – 132
=$0

Question 5.
Which of the equations are equivalent?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 121
Answer:
a)
6x + 6 = -14
6x = -14 – 6
6x = -20
x = -20 / 6
x = -10 / 3
b)
8x + 6 = -2x – 14
8x + 2x = -14 – 6
10x = -20
x = -20 / 10
x = -2
c)
5x + 3 = -7
5x = -7 -3
5x = -10
x= -10 / 5
x = -2
d)
7x + 3 = 2x – 13
7x – 2x = -13 – 3
5x = -16
x = -16 / 5
We can conclude that equations c) and d) are equivalent

Question 6.
The perimeter of the triangle is 13 inches. What is the length of the shortest side?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 122
Answer:
The perimeter is the sum of all the sides of the given figure
The perimeter of the triangle is 13 inches
The perimeter of the triangle = ( x – 5 ) + ( x / 2 ) + 6
13 = x + 1 + ( x / 2 )
13 = ( 2x / 2 ) + ( x / 2 ) + 1
3x / 2 = 13 – 1
3x / 2 = 12
3x = 12 × 2
3x = 24
x = 24 / 3
x = 8
The lengths of all sides are: ( 8 – 5 ), 6, ( 8 / 2 ) = 3 inches, 6 inches, 4 inches
The length of the shortest side is 3 inches

Question 7.
You pay $45 per month for cable TV. Your friend buys a satellite TV receiver for $99 and pays $36 per month for satellite TV. Your friend claims that the expenses for a year of satellite TV are less than the expenses for a year of cable.
a. Write and solve an equation to determine when you and your friend will have paid the same amount for TV services.
Answer:
You pay $45 per month for cable TV. Your friend buys a satellite TV receiver for $99 and pays $36 per month for satellite TV. Your friend claims that the expenses for a year of satellite TV are less than the expenses for a year of cable.
Let the number of months be x
45x = 99 + 36x
45x – 36x = 99
9x= 99
x = 99 / 9
x = 11
We can conclude that after 11 months, you and your friend will pay the same amount for TV services

b. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
1 year = 12 months
The expenses paid by you for TV services = 45x = 45 × 12 = $540
The expenses paid by your friend for TV services = 99 + 36x
= 99 + 36 ( 12 )
= 99 + 432
= $531
By comparing the expenses of you and your friend,
Your friend is correct

Question 8.
Place each equation into one of the four categories.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 123

Question 9.
A car travels 1000 feet in 12.5 seconds. Which of the expressions do not represent the average speed of the car?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 1 Solving Linear Equations 124

Answer:
Average speed = ( Distance ) ÷ ( Time )
It is given that a car travels 1000 feet in 12.5 seconds
Average speed = 1000 / 12.5
= 80\(\frac{feet}{second}\)
A) 80\(\frac{second}{feet}\) B) 80\(\frac{feet}{second}\) C) \(\frac{80 feet}{second}\)
D) \(\frac{second}{ 80 feet}\)
We can conclude that option B) represents the average speed

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions

Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Answer Key Chapter 7 Functions is here to provide you the help to get into the race of the examinations as well as the knowledge on the daily life examples. This chapter has conceptualized lessons on functions, relations, linear and non linear equations for better use in practical skills. The chapter functions is provided with all the possible methods of explanation of each question in a detailed way. So sort out all of your doubts and get clarified with the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions.

Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Answer Key Chapter 7 Functions

Having difficulty on finding the solutions for your math problems? Then you have come to the right place, Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Answer Key Chapter 7 Functions have all the solutions that you are looking for. The quick way of solving problems will help the students to save time. This chapter gives the most accurate answers for each and every problem in Functions. Hence, This chapter is providing all answers to the problems.

STEAM Video/Performance Task

Getting Ready for Chapter 7

Lesson 1 Relations and Functions

Lesson 2 Representations of Functions 

Lesson 3 Linear Functions

Lesson 4 Comparing Linear and Non Linear Functions

Lesson 5 Analyzing and Sketching Graphs

Functions Connecting Concepts

Functions STEAM Video/Performance Task

STEAM Video

Apparent Temperature
Sometimes it feels hotter or colder outside than the actual apparent temperature. How hot or cold it feels is called the temperature. What weather factors might contribute to the apparent temperature?
Watch the STEAM Video “Apparent Temperature.” Then answer the following questions.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 1
1. Robert says that the Wet-Bulb Globe Temperature (WBGT)index is used as a measure of apparent temperature.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 2
In the formula, TW is the natural wet-bulb temperature, TG is the black-globe temperature, TD and is the dry-bulb temperature. Find WBGT when TW = 75ºF, TG = 100ºF, and TD = 84ºF.
2. Different categories of Wet-Bulb Globe Temperatures are shown in the chart. Each category can be represented by a different-colored flag. Which flag color is displayed when WGBT = 87.5ºF?

Performance Task

Heat Index
After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the STEAM concepts you learned to answer the questions in the Video Performance Task. You will be given information about heat index.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 3
You will be asked to create a graph of the temperatures and heat indices. Why is it useful to know the heat index?

Functions Getting Ready for Chapter 7

Chapter Exploration

Work with a partner. Copy and complete the diagram.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 4

1.  Answer: ( 1 , 2 ) , ( 2 , 4 ) , ( 3 , 6 ) , ( 4 , 8 ) .

Explanation:
Given , Width w = 2 , Length l = x  where x = 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 .
To find Area A of a rectangle we have , A = w × l
for x = 1 , A = 2 × 1 = 2 ,
for x = 2 , A = 2 × 2 = 4 ,
for x = 3 , A = 2 × 3 = 6 ,
for x = 4 , A = 2 × 4 = 8 ,
So, for every value of Input x = 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 we have Output A = 2 , 4 , 6 , 8 , respectively .
That is ( 1 , 2 ) , ( 2 , 4 ) , ( 3 , 6 ) , ( 4 , 8 ) .

2. Answer: ( 1 , 6 ) , ( 2 , 8 ) , ( 3 , 10 ) , ( 4 , 12 ).

Explanation:
Given , Width w = 2 , Length l = x  where x = 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 .
To find Perimeter of a rectangle we have , P = 2( l + w )
for x = 1 ,P = 2( 1 + 2 ) = 2 × 3 = 6 ,
for x = 2 , P = 2( 2 + 2 ) = 2 × 4 = 8  ,
for x = 3 , P = 2( 3 + 2 ) = 2 × 5 = 10  ,
for x = 4 , P = 2( 4 + 2 ) = 2 × 6 = 12  ,
So, for every value of Input x = 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 we have Output P = 6 , 8 , 10 , 12 , respectively .
That is ( 1 , 6 ) , ( 2 , 8 ) , ( 3 , 10 ) , ( 4 , 12 ) .

3. Answer : ( 1 , 6 ) , ( 2 , 12 ) , ( 3 , 18 ) , ( 4 , 24 ) .

Explanation:
Given , Radius of a circle , where as  r = 1 , 2 , 3 , 4
To find the circumference of a circle , we have C = 2Òr , Ò = 3.14 , or we can write it as 3 .
for r = 1 , C = 2 × 3 × 1 = 6 ,
for r = 2 , C = 2 × 3 × 2 = 12 ,
for r = 3 , C = 2 × 3 × 3 = 18 ,
for r = 4 , C = 2 × 3 × 4 = 24 ,
So, for every value of Input r = 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 we have Output C = 6 , 12 , 18 , 24 , respectively .
That is ( 1 , 6 ) , ( 2 , 12 ) , ( 3 , 18 ) , ( 4 , 24 ) .

4. Answer: ( 1 , 9 ) , ( 2 , 18 ) , ( 3 , 27 ) , ( 4 , 36 )

Explanation:
Given , Two Edges of a cube = 3 , h = 1 , 2 , 3 , 4
To find the Volume of the cube we have , V = a³
for h = 1 , V = 3 × 3 × 1 = 9 ,
for h = 2 , V = 3 × 3 × 2 = 12 ,
for h = 3 , V = 3 × 3 × 3 = 27 ,
for h = 4 , V = 3 × 3 × 4 = 36 ,
So, for every value of Input h = 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 we have Output V = 9 , 18 , 27 , 36 , respectively .
That is ( 1 , 9 ) , ( 2 , 18 ) , ( 3 , 27 ) , ( 4 , 36 ) .

Vocabulary
The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
input
mapping diagram
nonlinear function
output
linear function

Answer : Input : The ordered pairs can be used to show inputs and outputs of a function ,The input is the number you feed into the expression, and the output is what you get after the calculations are finished.

mapping diagram : A relation pairs inputs with outputs , A relation can be represented by ordered pairs or a mapping diagram .

nonlinear function : nonlinear functions are functions which are not linear. Quadratic functions are one type of nonlinear function. It is a relation between two variables , function that does not form a line when graphed.

output ; The ordered pairs can be used to show inputs and outputs of a function ,The input is the number you feed into the expression, and the output is what you get after the calculations are finished.

linear function : A linear function is a relation between two variables that produces a straight line when graphed. And it has one dependent variable and one independent variable .

Lesson 7.1 Relations and Functions

EXPLORATION 1

Interpreting Diagrams
Work with a partner. Describe the relationship between the inputs and outputs in each diagram. Then complete each diagram. Is there more than one possible answer? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 1
Answer: a. The relation between the inputs and outputs is outputs are the result of twice as many times the inputs.
b. The relation between the inputs and outputs is outputs are the result of colors of inputs . In this case we can notice that , for any one input we can have more than one output .

Explanation:
a. As shown in the diagrams , The relation between the inputs and outputs is outputs are the result of twice as many times the inputs , so for input 1 = 1 × 1 = 1 as output ,
for input 2 = 2 × 2 = 4  ,
for input 3 = 3 × 3 = 9  ,
for input 5 = 5 × 5 = 25 ,
for input 8 = 8 × 8 = 64 ,
for input 9 = 9 × 9 = 81 ,

So, for every value of Input = 1 , 2 , 3 , 5 , 8 , 9 , we have Output = 1 , 4 , 9 , 25 , 64 , 81 , respectively .
That is ( 1 , 1 ) , ( 2 , 4 ) , ( 3 , 9 ) , ( 5 , 25 ) , ( 8 , 64 ) , ( 9 , 81 ) .

b. The relation between the inputs and outputs is outputs are the result of colors of inputs . 
for input Blueberry = color is blue as output
for  input lemon = color is yellow as output
for input Apple = color is yellow , red and green as output
for input Grape = color is green as output.

In this case we can notice that , for any one input we can have more than one output .

EXPLORATION 2

Describing Relationships Between Quantities
Work with a partner. The diagrams show the numbers of tickets bought by customers for two different plays and the total costs (in dollars).
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 2
a. For each diagram, how many outputs does each input have?
b. Describe the prices of tickets for each play.
c. A person buys 4 tickets for each play. Can you determine the total cost of all 8 tickets? Explain.
Answer:
a. For Play A ,The number of inputs are equal to number of outputs ,
For Play B , The number of inputs are not equal to number of outputs .
So, input 1 = 2 outputs , input 2 = 3 outputs , input 3 = 4 outputs .

b. For Play A , The price of the each ticket is $8 .
For Play B , The price of each ticket is $4 or $8 .

c. For Play A , each ticket is $8 , Then for 4 tickets = 4 × $8 = $32 .
For Play B , each ticket is $4 or $8 , Then for 4 tickets = 4 × $8 = $32 . or 4 × $4 = $16 .

Explanation:
a. For Play A ,
The number of inputs are equal to number of outputs , 4 inputs = 4 outputs
That is ( 1 , 8 ) , ( 2 , 16 ) , ( 3 , 24 ) , ( 4 , 32 ) .
For Play B ,
The number of inputs are not equal to number of outputs , 3 inputs are not equal to 7 outputs
That is , for input 1 = 4 , 8 as outputs ,
for input 2 = 8 , 12 , 16 as outputs ,
for input 3 = 12 , 16 , 20 , 24 as outputs ,
So, input 1 = 2 outputs , input 2 = 3 outputs , input 3 = 4 outputs .

b. For Play A ,
The price of the each ticket is $8 .
For Play B ,
The price of each ticket is $4 or $8 .

c. Given , A person buys 4 tickets for each play.
For Play A , each ticket is $8 , Then for 4 tickets = 4 × $8 = $32 .
And for 8 tickets = 8 × $8 = $64 .
For Play B , each ticket is $4 or $8 , Then for 4 tickets = 4 × $8 = $32 . or 4 × $4 = $16 .
And for 8 tickets =8 × $4 =$32  or 8 × $8 = $64 .

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 3

Try It

List the ordered pairs shown in the mapping diagram.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 4
Answer: Ordered pairs are ( 0 , 12 ) , ( 2 , 10 ) , ( 4 , 8 ) , ( 6 , 6 ) .

Explanation:
As shown , Ordered pairs are the combinations of input and output
So , Ordered pairs are ( 0 , 12 ) , ( 2 , 10 ) , ( 4 , 8 ) , ( 6 , 6 ) .

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 5
Answer: Ordered pairs are ( 1 , -1 ) , ( 1 , -2 ) , ( 2 , -3 ) , ( 2 , -4 ) .

Explanation:
As shown , Ordered pairs are the combinations of input and output
So , Ordered pairs are ( 1 , -1 ) , ( 1 , -2 ) , ( 2 , -3 ) , ( 2 , -4 ) .

Determine whether the relation is a function.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 6
Answer: The relation is not a function

Explanation:
The each input has  more than two outputs , Even one of those inputs are unclear of outputs
So , The relation is not a function .

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 7
Answer: The relation is a function .

Explanation:
Each input has exactly one output ,
So , The relation is a function .

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 5.
PRECISION
Describe how relations and functions are different.
Answer: Relations are nothing but the ordered pairs with Inputs and Outputs . On the other hand , Functions are The relation that pairs with one input with exactly one output  are called Functions.

IDENTIFYING FUNCTIONS List the ordered pairs shown in the mapping diagram. Then determine whether the relation is a function.
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 8
Answer: The ordered pairs are ( 10 , 1 ) , ( 15 , 1 ) , ( 20 , 13 ) , ( 25 , 7 ) and The relation is a function .

Explanation:
As shown , The ordered pairs are ( 10 , 1 ) , ( 15 , 1 ) , ( 20 , 13 ) , ( 25 , 7 ) .
Each input has exactly one output ,
So, The relation is a function .

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 9
Answer: The ordered pairs are ( 0 , -5 ) , ( 0 , -4 ) , ( 1 , -4 ) , ( 2 , -3 ) , ( 3 , -2 ) and relation is not a function .

Explanation:
As shown , The ordered pairs are ( 0 , -5 ) , ( 0 , -4 ) , ( 1 , -4 ) , ( 2 , -3 ) , ( 3 , -2 ) .
The input 0 has more than one output ,
So, The relation is not a function .

Question 8.
OPEN-ENDED
Copy and complete the mapping diagram at the left to represent a relation that is a function. Then describe how you can not modify the mapping diagram so that the relation is a function.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 10
Answer: ordered pairs are ( -8 , -4 ) , ( 0 , -2 ) , ( 8 , 0 ) , ( 16 , 2 ) . To have the relation as a function we must have only one output for one input.

Explanation:
The ordered pairs of the diagram are ( -8 , -4 ) , ( 0 , -2 ) , ( 8 , 0 ) , ( 16 , 2 ) .
Each Input must have only one output in order to be the relation is a function ,
If ,The mapping diagram has the right to left representation or each input has more than one output , then the relation is not a function .
So , To have the relation as a function we must have only one output for one input.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 9.
The mapping diagram represents the costs of reserving a hotel room for different numbers of nights.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 11
a. Is the cost a function of the number of nights reserved?
b. Describe the relationship between the cost and the number of nights reserved.
Answer: a. Yes , The cost is a function of the number of nights reserved .
b. The relationship between the cost and the number of nights reserved is , For every night reservation of the room is increasing by $85 with increase in the next reservation ,

Explanation:
a. From the diagram we have ,
Ordered pairs are ( 1 , -$85 ) , ( 2 , $170 ) , ( 3 , $255 ) , ( 4 , $340 ) . each input has exactly one output ,
So , the relation is a function and ,
Yes , The cost is a function of the number of nights reserved .

b. The relationship between the cost and the number of nights reserved is ,
For every night reservation of the room is increasing by $85 with increase in the next reservation,
that is , input 1 = $85 as output
Input 2 = $85 + $85 = $170 as output
Input 3 = $170 + $85 = $255 as output
Input 2 = $255 + $85 = $340 as output

So, The relationship between the cost and the number of nights reserved is ,
For every night reservation of the room is increasing by $85 with increase in the next reservation.

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
The graph represents the number of contestants in each round of a talent competition.
a. Is the number of contestants a function of the round number?
b. Predict the number of contestants in the talent competition during Round 7. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 12
Answer: a. The number of contestants is a function of the round number.
b. The number of contestants in the talent competition during Round 7  are 2.

Explanation:
a. From the given graph , The ordered pairs are ( 1 , 128 ) , ( 2 , 64 ) , ( 3 , 32 ) , ( 4 , 16 ) .
Each input has only one output , The relation is a function .
So , the number of contestants is a function of the round number.

b. Firstly , The relation between the input and output is,
With every increase in the round number the number of contestants are decreasing by half the number of the previous round , That is, for  input 1 = 128 as output
For input 2 = 128 – 64 = 64  as output
For input 3 = 64 – 32 = 32  as output
For input 4 = 32 – 16 = 16  as output
For input 5 = 16 – 8 = 8  as output
For input 6 = 8 – 4 = 4  as output
For input 7 = 4 – 2 = 2  as output,
So, The number of contestants in the talent competition during Round 7  are 2 .

Relations and Functions Homework & Practice 7.1

Review & Refresh

Choose an appropriate data display for the situation. Explain your reasoning.
Question 1.
the number of runners in each
age group at a marathon
Answer: In a marathon ,the people of all age group are participating for a promotion on healthy lifestyle, The number of runners in each  group has kids, adults and old people to spread the awareness of leading a healthy life by running daily in the morning . Running or jogging in the morning can help us to maintain our body mass index at an optimal level which is good for heart. The Marathon is conducted by the government of health ministry to be example for the future generations.

Question 2.
the high temperature and the
attendance at a water park each day
Answer:  Generally, The water park is normally crowded depending on the season and the temperature, In summer the attendance in the waterpark is at the utmost point because of the high temperature and the seasonal vacation. Going to the water park in summer is super fun due to the number of  water slides , water rides will be a nice place to the whole family trip and as well as friends . In order to be there at a less crowded time spring is also a nice time to visit the water park .

Graph the linear equation.
Question 3.
y = 2x – 3
Answer:
Explanation:
Given , y = 2x – 3 , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 1 , then y = 2(1) – 3 = 2 – 3 = -1 . co-ordinates are (1 , -1)
if x = 2 , then y = 2(2) – 3 = 4 – 3 = 1 , co-ordinates are (2 , 1)
The co-ordinates (1 , -1) , (2 , 1) form a straight line .
So, y = 2x – 3 is a linear equation.

Question 4.
y = – 0.5x
Answer:
Explanation:
Given , y = -0.5x , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = -0.5(0) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)
if x = 2 , then y = -0.5(2) = -1 , co-ordinates are (2 , -1)
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (2 , -1) form a straight line .
So, y = -0.5x is a linear equation.

Question 5.
y = – 3x + 4
Answer:
Explanation:
Given , y = – 3x + 4 , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = – 3(0) + 4 = 4 . co-ordinates are (0 , 4)
if x = 1 , then y = – 3(1) + 4 = -3 + 4 = 1 , co-ordinates are (1 , 1)
if x = 2 , then y = – 3(2) + 4 = -6 + 4 = -2 , co-ordinates are (2 , -2)
The co-ordinates (0 , 4) , (1 , 1) , (2 , -2) form a straight line .
So, y = – 3x + 4 is a linear equation.

Question 6.
Which word best describes two figures that have the same size and the same shape?
A. congruent
B. adjacent
C. parallel
D. similar
Answer:  A. congruent

Explanation:
Two figures which have the same size and shape are congruent.

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

INTERPRETING DIAGRAMS Describe the relationship between the inputs and outputs in the diagram. Then complete the diagram. Is there more than one possible answer? Explain your reasoning. (See Exploration 1, p. 275.)
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 13
Answer: The relationship between the inputs and outputs in the diagram is ,
For every increase in number of input is having the output of adding -4 to the previous output.

Explanation:
The relationship between the inputs and outputs in the diagram is ,
For every increase in number of input is having the output of adding -4 to the previous output ,
for input 1 = -1 as output
for input 2 = -1 + (-4) = -5 as output
for input 3 = -5 + (-4) = -9 as output
for input 4 = -9 + (-4) = -13 as output
for input 5 = -13 + (-4) = -17 as output
for input 6 = -17 + (-4) = -21 as output.
So, The relationship between the inputs and outputs in the diagram is ,
For every increase in number of input is having the output of adding -4 to the previous output .

In this case , we are witnessing only one output for one input.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 14
Answer: The relationship between the inputs and outputs in the diagram is,
Each input has the sports name and the output has the Starting letter of sports name.

Explanation:
The relationship between the inputs and outputs in the diagram is,
Each input has the sports name and the output has the Starting letter of sports name.
For input basketball = b as output
For input baseball = b as output
For input football = f as output
For input soccer = s as output
For input swimming = s as output,
So, The relationship between the inputs and outputs in the diagram is,
Each input has the sports name and the output has the Starting letter of sports name.

In this case we have more than one output for input.

LISTING ORDERED PAIRS List the ordered pairs shown in the mapping diagram.
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 15
Answer: Ordered pairs are ( 0 , 4 ) , ( 3 , 5 ) , ( 6 , 6 ) , ( 9 , 7 ) .

Explanation:
As shown , Ordered pairs are the combinations of input and output
So , Ordered pairs are ( 0 , 4 ) , ( 3 , 5 ) , ( 6 , 6 ) , ( 9 , 7 ) .

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 16
Answer: Ordered pairs are ( 1 , 8 ) , ( 3 , 8 ) , ( 3 , 4 ) , ( 5 , 6 ) , ( 7 , 2 ).

Explanation:
As shown , Ordered pairs are the combinations of input and output
So , Ordered pairs are ( 1 , 8 ) , ( 3 , 8 ) , ( 3 , 4 ) , ( 5 , 6 ) , ( 7 , 2 ).

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 17
Answer: Ordered pairs are ( 6 , -5 ) , ( 7 , -5 ) , ( 8 , -10 ) , ( 9 , -10 ).

Explanation:
As shown , Ordered pairs are the combinations of input and output
So , Ordered pairs are ( 6 , -5 ) , ( 7 , -5 ) , ( 8 , -10 ) , ( 9 , -10 ).

IDENTIFYING FUNCTIONS Determine whether the relation is a function.
Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 18
Answer: The relation is not a function .

Explanation:
The each input has  more than two outputs , That is one input has multiple number of outputs.
Here , input 0 has two outputs which are 10 and 20 .
So , The relation is not a function .

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 19
Answer: The relation is a function .

Explanation:
Each input has exactly one output ,
So , The relation is a function .

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 20
Answer: The relation is a function .

Explanation:
Each input has exactly one output ,
So , The relation is a function .

Question 15.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend determines whether the relation shown in the mapping diagram is a function. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 21
Answer: The relation is not a function .

Explanation:
The each input has  more than two outputs , That is one input has multiple number of outputs.
Here , input 4 has four outputs which are 5, 6 , 7 and 8.
So , The relation is not a function .

REASONING Draw a mapping diagram that represents the relation. Then determine whether the relation is a function. Explain.
Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 22
Answer:  The mapping diagram representing the relation is

Explanation:
From the given graph , co-ordinates of the ordering pairs are( 1 , 1 ), ( 3 , 3 ), ( -1 , -1 ), ( -3 , -3 ).
Each input has exactly one output ,
So , The relation is a function .

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 23
Answer: The mapping diagram representing the relation is

Explanation:
From the given graph , co-ordinates of the ordering pairs are( 0 , 8 ),( 2 , 8 ),( 4 , 8 ),( 6 , 8 ),( 8 , 8 ),( -2 , 8 ),( -4 , 8 ). Each input has exactly one output ,
So , The relation is a function.

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 24
Answer: The mapping diagram representing the relation is

Explanation:
From the given graph , co-ordinates of the ordering pairs are( -2 , 1 ),( -2 , 2 ),( -2 , 3 ),( -2 , 4 ),( -2 , 5 ),( -2 , 6 ).
Each input has more than one output ,
So , The relation is not a function.

Question 19.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The normal pressure at sea level is 1 atmosphere of pressure(1 ATM). As you dive below sea level, the pressure changes. The mapping diagram represents the pressures at different depths.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 25
a. Complete the mapping diagram.
b. Is pressure a function of depth?
c. Describe the relationship between pressure and depth.
d. List the ordered pairs. Then plot the ordered pairs in a coordinate plane. What do you notice about the points?
e. RESEARCH What are common depths for beginner scuba divers? What are common depths for experienced scuba divers?
Answer: The detailed explanation of  all the answers are given below .

Explanation:
a. The mapping diagram is
b. Yes , the pressure is a function of depth, Because depth is related to pressure in the given mapping diagram.

c. The relationship between pressure and depth is,
for every 10m increase in Depth of input there is an increase in 1 ATM pressure .

d. The ordered pairs are ( 0 , 1 ) , ( 10 , 2 ) , (20 , 3 ) , ( 30 , 4 ) , ( 40 , 5 ), ( 50 , 6 ).
The plot of the ordered pairs in a coordinate plane is

From the graph, we have seen that, if the depth of the diving of scuba drivers increases then the water pressure increases with increase in depth. So, the graph have straight line .

e. The common depths for beginner scuba divers is 30 feet to 60 feet or 9 to 18 meters ,
The common depths for experienced scuba divers is more than 60 feet or more than 18 meters .

Question 20.
DIG DEEPER!
The table shows the cost of purchasing 1, 2, 3, or 4 T-shirts from a souvenir shop.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 26
a. Is the cost a function of the number of T-shirts purchased?
b. Describe the relationship between the cost and the number cost per T-shirt of T-shirts purchased. How does the change as you purchase more T-shirts?
Answer: The detailed explanation of  all the answers are given below .

Explanation:
a. Yes , The cost is a function of the number of T-shirts purchased, Because the cost of the purchased T-shirts is varying with the number of T-shirts purchased.

b. The relationship between the cost and the number cost per T-shirt of T-shirts purchased is,
Input is the cost of 1 T-shirt is $10 as output , Then for 2 T-shirts cost will be $20
If 2 T-shirts will be purchased at same time, cost will be decreased by $2 so it will be $10 + 8 = $18 for 2 T-shirts.
As per the single T-shirt cost , For 3 T-shirts will be $30,
So in the table given that 3 T-shirts will cost $24 , because it cost $18 + 6 = $24 for 3 T-shirts.
It goes same for 4 T-shirts , For 4 T-shirts will be $40, because it cost $24 + 4 = $28 for 4 T-shirts.

The change as you purchase more T-shirts is For every increase in purchase of the number of T-shirts is decrease in the cost of total T-shirts purchased.

Question 21.
REPEATED REASONING
The table shows the outputs for several inputs. Use two methods to predict the output for an input of 200.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 27
Answer: The output for an input of 200 is 1025.

Explanation:
Method 1. The relation between inputs and outputs is as follows,
y = 25 + 5x
As input increases by 1 , output increases by 5 units,
To find output of 200 as input ,
put x = 200 in the equation,
y = 25 + 5(200)
= 25 + 1000
= 1025.
So , y = 1025.

Method 2.  As the table shown, for every increase in input there is an increase in 5 numbers in output,
So , For 1 input = 25 + 5 = 30 as output
For 2 input = 30 + 5 = 35 as out put
For 3 input = 35 + 5 = 40 as out put
For 4 input = 40 + 5 = 45 as out put
By doing this for number 200 as input we have , 1025 as output.

Lesson 7.2 Representations of Functions

EXPLORATION 1

Using a Table to Describe Relationships
Work with a partner. Make a table that shows the relationship  between the figure number x and the area A of each figure. Then use an equation to find which figure has an area of 81 square units when the pattern continues.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 1

Answer: a. The equation is y = 2x – 1, For figure has an area of 81 square units is 41.
b. The equation is y = x²,  For figure has an area of 81 square units is 9.

Explanation:
a. figure shows the 1 square unit of each box  for and it has a pattern of  2x – 1
figure 1 = 1 square unit
figure 2 =3 square units
figure 3 = 5 square unit and so on
So, the equation is y = 2x – 1 , it is in the form of y = mx + c,
Given to which figure has an area of 81 square units
substitute y  = 81, we have
y = 2x – 1
81 = 2x – 1
2x = 82
x = 41
So, For figure has an area of 81 square units is 41.

b. As shown above , we know that ,
figure 1 = 1 square unit
figure 2 =4 square units
figure 3 = 9 square unit and so on
Here we have a pattern of power of its own number,
So, the Equation  will be y = x²
Given to which figure has an area of 81 square units
substitute y  = 81, we have
x  = 9
So, For figure has an area of 81 square units is 9.

EXPLORATION 2

Using a Graph
Work with a partner. Use a graph to test the truth of each statement. If the statement is true, write an equation that shows how to obtain one measurement from the other.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 2
a. “You can find the horsepower of a race-car car engine if you know its volume in cubic inches”
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 3
b. “You can find the volume of a race-car engine in cubic centimeters if you know its volume in cubic inches.”
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 4

Answer: a. Given ordered pairs are (200 , 375) , (350 , 650) , (350 , 250) , (500 , 600)
We can not find the horsepower of a race-car car engine if you know its volume in cubic inches
b. Given ordered pairs are (100 , 1640) , (200 , 3280) , (300 , 4920) ,
Yes, You can find the volume of a race-car engine in cubic centimeters if you know its volume in cubic inches

Explanation:
a. Given ordered pairs are (200 , 375) , (350 , 650) , (350 , 250) , (500 , 600)
We can not find the horsepower of a race-car car engine if you know its volume in cubic inches

b. Given ordered pairs are (100 , 1640) , (200 , 3280) , (300 , 4920) ,
Yes, You can find the volume of a race-car engine in cubic centimeters if you know its volume in cubic inches

Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 5

Try It

Question 1.
Write a function rule for “The output is one-fourth of the input.”
Answer:  y = \(\frac{x}{4}\)

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is one-fourth of the input, will be ,
y = \(\frac{x}{4}\).

Find the value of y when x = 5.
Question 2.
y = 4x – 1
Answer: y = 19.

Explanation:
Given, y = 4x – 1
substitute x = 5 , we get
y = 4(5) – 1
y = 20 – 1 = 19
So, y = 19.

Question 3.
y = 10x
Answer: y = 50

Explanation:
Given, y =10x
substitute x = 5 , we get
y = 10(5)
y = 50
So, y = 50.

Question 4.
y = 7 – 3x
Answer: y = -8.

Explanation:
Given, y = 7 – 3x
substitute x = 5 , we get
y = 7 – 3(5)
y = 7 – 15 = -8
So, y = -8.

Graph the function.
Question 5.
y = x + 1
Answer:

Explanation:
Given , y = x + 1  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 0 + 1 = 1 . co-ordinates are (0 , 1)
if x = 1 , then y = 1 + 1 = 2 . co-ordinates are (1 , 2)
if x = 2 , then y = 2 + 1 = 3 , co-ordinates are (2 , 3)
The co-ordinates (0 , 1) , (1 , 2) , (2 , 3) form a straight line .

Question 6.
y = – 3x
Answer:

Explanation:
Given , y = – 3x  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = -3(0) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)
if x = 1 , then y = -3(1) = -3 . co-ordinates are (1 , -3)
if x = 2 , then y = -3(2) = -6 , co-ordinates are (2 , -6)
if x = 3 , then y = -3(3) = -9 , co-ordinates are (3 , -9)
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , -3) , (2 , -6) ,(3 , -9) form a straight line .

Question 7.
y = 3x + 2
Answer:

Explanation:
Given , y = 3x + 2  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y =3(0) + 2 = 2 . co-ordinates are (0 , 2)
if x = 1 , then y = 3(1) + 2= 5 . co-ordinates are (1 , 5)
if x = 2 , then y =3(2) + 2 = 7 , co-ordinates are (2 , 7)
The co-ordinates (0 , 2) , (1 , 5) , (2 , 7) form a straight line .

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

WRITING FUNCTION RULES Write a function rule for the statement.
Question 8.
The output is three times the input.
Answer: y = 3x

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is three times the input. will be ,
So , y = 3x .

Question 9.
The output is eight more than one-seventh of the input.
Answer: y = 8 + \(\frac{x}{7}\) .

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is eight more than one-seventh of the input., will be ,
So, y = 8 + \(\frac{x}{7}\) .

EVALUATING A FUNCTION Find the value of y when x = 5.
Question 10.
y = 6x
Answer: y = 30

Explanation:
Given, y = 6x
substitute x = 5 , we get
y = 6(5) =30
So, y = 30

Question 11.
y = 11 – x
Answer: y = 6

Explanation:
Given, y = 11 – x
substitute x = 5 , we get
y = 11 – 5 = 6
So, y = 6.

Question 12.
y = \(\frac{1}{5}\)x + 1
Answer:  y = 2.

Explanation:
Given, y = \(\frac{1}{5}\)x + 1
substitute x = 5 , we get
y = \(\frac{x}{5}\) + 1
y= \(\frac{5}{5}\) + 1
y = 1 + 1 = 2
So, y = 2 .

GRAPHING A FUNCTION Graph the function.
Question 13.
y = – 2x
Answer:

Explanation:
Given , y = – 2x  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = – 2(0) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)
if x = 1 , then y = – 2(1)= -2 . co-ordinates are (1 , -2)
if x = 2 , then y =- 2(2) = -4 , co-ordinates are (2 , -4)
if x = 3 , then y =- 2(3) = -6 , co-ordinates are (3 , -6)
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , -2) , (2 , -4) , (3 , -6) form a straight line .

Question 14.
y = x – 3
Answer:

Explanation:
Given , y = x – 3 , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 0 – 3 = -3 . co-ordinates are (0 , -3)
if x = 1 , then y = 1 – 3= -2 . co-ordinates are (1 , -2)
if x = 2 , then y = 2 – 3 = -1 , co-ordinates are (2 , -1)
if x = 3 , then y = 3 – 3 = 0 , co-ordinates are (3 , 0)
The co-ordinates (0 , -3) , (1 , -2) , (2 , -1) , (3 , 0) form a straight line .

Question 15.
y = 9 – 3x
Answer: 

Explanation:
Given , y = 9 – 3x , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 9 – 3(0) = 9 . co-ordinates are (0 , 9)
if x = 1 , then y = 9 – 3(1) = 6 . co-ordinates are (1 , 6)
if x = 2 , then y = 9 – 3(2) = 3 , co-ordinates are (2 , 3)
if x = 3 , then y = 9 – 3(3) = 0 , co-ordinates are (3 , 0)
The co-ordinates (0 , 9) , (1 , 6) , (2 , 3) , (3 , 0) form a straight line .

Question 16.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 6
Answer: As mentioned in the explanation below  a & d , b & c are different .

Explanation:
Given ,
a. what output is 4 more than twice the input 3?
Let us say that , y is output and x is input and given as 3 ,
then, we have y = 4 + 2(3) = 10.
b. What output is twice the sum of the input 3 and 4?
Let us say that , y is output and x is input and given as 3 ,
then, we have y = 2( 3 + 4 ) = 14.
c. what output is the sum of 2 times the input 3 and 4?
Let us say that , y is output and x is input and given as 3 ,
then, we have y = 2( 3 + 4 ) = 14.
d. what output is 4 increased by twice the input 3?
Let us say that , y is output and x is input and given as 3 ,
then, we have y = 4 + 2(3) = 10.

So, a & d , b & c are different .

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 17.
The World Health Organization(WHO) suggests having 23 health-care workers for every 10,000 people. How many health-care workers are needed to meet the WHO suggestion for a population of 250,000 people? Justify your answer using a graph.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 7
Answer: So, 575 health-care workers are needed to meet the WHO suggestion for a population of 250,000 people

Explanation:
Given, The World Health Organization(WHO) suggests having 23 health-care workers for every 10,000 people.
we need to find how many health-care workers are needed to meet the WHO suggestion for a population of 250,000 people,
For every 10,000 people we have 23 care takers
Then for 250,000 people we have
\(\frac{23 × 250,000}{10,000}\)
= 23 × 25
= 575
So, 575 health-care workers are needed to meet the WHO suggestion for a population of 250,000 people

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
A truck produces 22 pounds of carbon dioxide for every gallon of diesel fuel burned. The fuel economy of the truck is 18 miles per gallon. Write and graph a function that describes the relationship between carbon dioxide produced and distance traveled.
Answer: y = 22x + 18  is the linear equation

Explanation:
Given, A truck produces 22 pounds of carbon dioxide for every gallon of diesel fuel burned.
The fuel economy of the truck is 18 miles per gallon.
So, we have y = 22x + 18 is in the form of y = mx +c
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 22(0) + 18 = 18 . co-ordinates are (0 , 18)
if x = 1 , then y =22(1) + 18= 40  . co-ordinates are (1 , 40)
if x = 2 , then y =22(2) + 18 = 62 , co-ordinates are (2 , 62)
if x = 3 , then y =22(3) + 18 = 84  , co-ordinates are (3 , 84)
The co-ordinates (0 , 18) , (1 , 40) , (2 , 62) , (3 , 84) form a straight line .
The graph is

Representations of Functions Homework & Practice 7.2

Review & Refresh

Determine whether the relation is a function. 
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 8
Answer:  The relation is a function .

Explanation:
Each input has exactly one output ,
So , The relation is a function .

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 9
Answer:  The relation is a function .

Explanation:
Each input has exactly one output ,
So , The relation is a function .

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 10
Answer: The relation is not a function .

Explanation:
The each input has  more than two outputs , That is one input has multiple number of outputs.
Here , input 2 has two outputs which are 0 and -4 .
So , The relation is not a function .

Find the slope of the line.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 11
Answer: slope = 1.

Explanation:
By using the slope equation , we know that
Slope = \(\frac{change in y}{change in x}\) or
slope = \(\frac{▲y}{▲x}\)
From the graph we know that change in y or ▲y is change from -2 to -4 =2
change in x or ▲x is change from 1 to 3 = 2 ,
So, slope = \(\frac{▲y}{▲x}\)
slope = \(\frac{2}{2}\)
slope = 1.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 12
Answer: slope = \(\frac{5}{2}\) .

Explanation:
By using the slope equation , we know that
Slope = \(\frac{change in y}{change in x}\) or
slope = \(\frac{▲y}{▲x}\)
From the graph we know that change in y or ▲y is change from -4 to 1 = 5
change in x or ▲x is change from -1 to -3 = 2 ,
So, slope = \(\frac{▲y}{▲x}\)
slope = \(\frac{5}{2}\) .

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 13
Answer:  slope = \(\frac{1}{3}\) .

Explanation:
By using the slope equation , we know that
Slope = \(\frac{change in y}{change in x}\) or
slope = \(\frac{▲y}{▲x}\)
From the graph we know that change in y or ▲y is change from -4 to -3 = 1
change in x or ▲x is change from 1 to 4 = 3 ,
So, slope = \(\frac{▲y}{▲x}\)
slope = \(\frac{1}{3}\) .

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

USING A GRAPH Use a graph to test the truth of the statement. If the statement is true, write an equation that shows how to obtain one measurement from the other measurement. (See Exploration 2, p. 281.)

Question 7.
“You can find the weight of a cell phone in ounces if you know its screen size in inches.”
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 14
Answer: we can does not find the weight of a cell phone in ounces if you know its screen size in inches.

From the given table , Ordered pairs are (4 , 4) , (4.7 , 4.8) , (5 , 4.8) , (5.5 , 6.4)
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (4, 4) and (4.7, 4.8)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (4.8 – 4) / (4.7 – 4)
m = 0.8/0.7 .
So, we can does not find the weight of a cell phone in ounces if you know its screen size in inches.

Question 8.
“You can find the age of a child in years if you know the age of the child in months.”
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 15
Answer: YES, y = 0.08x + 0.04 is a linear equations

Explanation:
From the given table , Ordered pairs are (9 , 0.75) , (12 , 1) , (15 , 1.25) , (24 , 2)
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (12 ,1) and (24, 2)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (2 – 1) / (24 – 12)
m = 1/12
m = 0.08.
substitute the slope in the (12 ,1) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 1 = 0.08(x – 12)
y –1 = 0.08x – 0.96
y = 0.08x –0.96 + 1
y =0.08 x + 0.04
So, y = 0.08x + 0.04 is a linear equation

WRITING FUNCTION RULES Write a function rule for the statement.
Question 9.
The output is half of the input.
Answer: y = \(\frac{x}{2}\).

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is half of the input, will be ,
y = \(\frac{x}{2}\).

Question 10.
The output is eleven more than the input.
Answer: y = x + 11

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is eleven more than the input, will be ,
y = x + 11

Question 11.
The output is three less than the input.
Answer: y = x – 3

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is three less than the input, will be ,
y = x – 3

Question 12.
The output is the cube of the input.
Answer: y = x³

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is the cube of the input, will be ,
y = x³

Question 13.
The output is six times the input.
Answer: y = 6x

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is six times the input, will be ,
y = 6x

Question 14.
The output is one more than twice the input.
Answer: y = 2x + 1

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is one more than twice the input, will be ,
y = 2x + 1

EVALUATING A FUNCTION Find the value of y for the given value of x.
Question 15.
y = x + 5; x = 3
Answer: y = 8

Explanation:
Given, y = x + 5
substitute x = 3 , we get
y = 3 + 5
So, y = 8.

Question 16.
y = 7x; x = – 5
Answer:  y = -35.

Explanation:
Given, y = 7x
substitute x = -5 , we get
y = 7(-5)
So, y = -35.

Question 17.
y = 1 – 2x; x = 9
Answer: y = -17

Explanation:
Given, y = 1 – 2x
substitute x = 9 , we get
y = 1 – 2(9)
y = 1 – 18
So, y = -17.

Question 18.
y = 3x + 2; x = 0.5
Answer: y = 5.5

Explanation:
Given, y = 3x + 2
substitute x = 0.5 , we get
y = 3(0.5) + 2
y = 3.5 + 2
So, y = 5.5 .

Question 19.
y = 2x3; x = 3
Answer: y = 54

Explanation:
Given, y = 2x3
substitute x = 3 , we get
y = 2(3)³
y = 2 × 27 = 54
So, y = 54.

Question 20.
y = \(\frac{x}{2}\) + 9; x = – 12
Answer: y = 3

Explanation:
Given, y = \(\frac{x}{2}\) + 9
substitute x = -12 , we get
y = \(\frac{-12}{2}\) + 9
y = -6 + 9
So, y = 3 .

GRAPHING A FUNCTION Graph the function.
Question 21.
y = x + 4
Answer: 

Explanation:
Given , y = x + 4  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 0 + 4 = 4 . co-ordinates are (0 , 4)
if x = 1 , then y = 1 + 4 = 5 . co-ordinates are (1 , 5)
if x = 2 , then y = 2 + 4 = 6 , co-ordinates are (2 , 6)
if x = 3 , then y = 3 + 4 = 7 , co-ordinates are (3 , 7)
The co-ordinates (0 , 4) , (1 , 5) , (2 , 6) , (3 , 7) form a straight line .

Question 22.
y = 2x
Answer:

Explanation:
Given , y = 2x  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 2(0) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)
if x = 1 , then y = 2(1) = 2 . co-ordinates are (1 , 2)
if x = 2 , then y = 2(2) = 4 , co-ordinates are (2 , 4)
if x = 3 , then y = 2(3) = 6 , co-ordinates are (3 , 6)
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , 2) , (2 , 4) , (3 , 6) form a straight line .

Question 23.
y = – 5x + 3
Answer:

Explanation:
Given , y = – 5x + 3  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y =- 5(0) + 3 = 3 . co-ordinates are (0 , 3)
if x = 1 , then y = – 5(1) + 3 = -2 . co-ordinates are (1 , -2)
if x = 2 , then y = – 5(2) + 3 = -7 , co-ordinates are (2 , -7)
if x = 3 , then y = – 5(3) + 3 = -12 , co-ordinates are (3 , -12)
The co-ordinates (0 , 3) , (1 , -2) , (2 , -7) , (3 , -12) form a straight line .

Question 24.
y = \(\frac{x}{4}\)
Answer:

Explanation:
Given , y = \(\frac{x}{4}\) , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = \(\frac{0}{4}\) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)
if x = 1 , then y = \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 0.25 . co-ordinates are (1 , 0.25)
if x = 2 , then y = \(\frac{2}{4}\) = 0.5 , co-ordinates are (2 , 0.5)
if x = 3 , then y = \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 0.75 , co-ordinates are (3 , 0.75)
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , 0.25) , (2 , 0.5) , (3 , 0.75) form a straight line .

Question 25.
y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x + 1
Answer:

Explanation:
Given , y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x + 1  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y =\(\frac{3}{2}\)(0) + 1 = 1 . co-ordinates are (0 , 1)
if x = 1 , then y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)(1) + 1= 2.5 . co-ordinates are (1 , 2.5)
if x = 2 , then y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)(2) + 1 = 4 , co-ordinates are (2 , 4)
if x = 3 , then y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)(3) + 1 = 5.5 , co-ordinates are (3 , 5.5)
The co-ordinates (0 , 1) , (1 , 2.5) , (2 , 4) , (3 , 5.5) form a straight line .

Question 26.
y = 1 + 0.5x
Answer:

Explanation:
Given , y = 1 + 0.5x  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y =1 + 0.5(0) = 1 . co-ordinates are (0 , 1)
if x = 1 , then y = 1 + 0.5(1) = 1.5 . co-ordinates are (1 , 1.5)
if x = 2 , then y = 1 + 0.5(2) = 2 , co-ordinates are (2 , 2)
if x = 3 , then y = 1 + 0.5(3) = 2.5 , co-ordinates are (3 , 2.5)
The co-ordinates (0 , 1) , (1 , 1.5) , (2 , 2) , (3 , 2.5)  form a straight line .

MATCHING Match the graph with the function it represents.
A. y = \(\frac{x}{3}\)
B. y = x + 1
C. y = – 2x + 6
Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 16
Answer:  B. y = x + 1.

Explanation:
Given , y = x + 1  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 0 + 1 = 1 . co-ordinates are (0 , 1)
if x = 1 , then y = 1 + 1 = 2 . co-ordinates are (1 , 2)
if x = 2 , then y = 2 + 1 = 3 , co-ordinates are (2 , 3)
The co-ordinates (0 , 1) , (1 , 2) , (2 , 3) form a straight line .

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 17
Answer: c. y = – 2x + 6

Explanation:
Given , y = – 2x + 6  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = – 2(0) + 6 = 6 . co-ordinates are (0 , 6)
if x = 1 , then y = – 2(1) + 6 = 4 . co-ordinates are (1 , 4)
if x = 2 , then y = – 2(2) + 6 = 2 , co-ordinates are (2 , 2)
if x = 3 , then y = – 2(3) + 6 = 0 , co-ordinates are (3 , 0)
The co-ordinates (0 , 6) , (1 , 4) , (2 , 2) , (3 , 0) form a straight line .

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 18
Answer: A. y = \(\frac{x}{3}\)

Explanation:
Given , y =  \(\frac{x}{3}\) , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y =\(\frac{0}{3}\) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)
if x = 1 , then y = \(\frac{1}{3}\)= 0.3 . co-ordinates are (1 , 0.3)
if x = 2 , then y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)= 0.6 , co-ordinates are (2 , 0.6)
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , 0.3) , (2 , 0.6) form a straight line .

Question 30.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend graphs the function represented by the input-output table. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 19
Answer: Yes , He is correct

Explanation:

Ordered pairs are (-1 , -4) , (1 , -2) , (3 ,0) , (5 , 2)
these points form a straight line when graphed.
Yes , He is correct

Question 31.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A dolphin eats 30 pounds of fish per day.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 20
a. Write and graph a function that relates the number p of pounds of fish that a dolphin eats in d days.
b. How many total pounds of fish does a dolphin eat in 30 days?
Answer:

Explanation:
a. Given , A dolphin eats 30 pounds of fish per day.
by each passing day eating fish is increased by the day passes .
So, y = 30x is the function,
The graph represents the function as

b. Given , A dolphin eats 30 pounds of fish per day.
then for 30 days ,
30 × 30 = 900 pounds
So, A dolphin eats 900 pounds of fish in 30 days

Question 32.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You fill a fish tank with 55 gallons of water on Saturday. The water evaporates at a rate of 1.5 gallons per day. You plan to add water when the tank reaches 49 gallons. When will you add water? Justify your answer.
Answer: As the action starts on Saturday , the tank will reach 49 gallons after 4 days , That is on Wednesday.

Explanation:
Given data ,, implies that slope of the function m = -1.5
The y intercept b= 55,
Then the equation  will be y = 55 – 1.5x
Given , You plan to add water when the tank reaches 49 gallons.
determine x for y = 49 ,
So, 49 = 55 – 1.5x ,
1.5x = 55 – 49
1.5x = 6
x = \(\frac{6}{1.5}\)
x = 4.

As the action starts on Saturday , the tank will reach 49 gallons after 4 days , That is on Wednesday.

USING AN EQUATION Find the value of x for the given value of y.
Question 33.
y = 5x – 7; y = – 22
Answer: x = -3

Explanation:
Given, y = 5x – 7
x = \(\frac{y + 7}{5}\)
substitute y = -22 , we get
x = \(\frac{-22 + 7}{5}\)
x = \(\frac{- 15}{5}\)
x = -3
So, x = -3 .

Question 34.
y = 9 – 7x; y = 37
Answer: x = -4

Explanation:
Given, y = 9 – 7x
x = \(\frac{9 – y}{7}\)
substitute y = 37 , we get
x = \(\frac{9 – 37}{7}\)
x = \(\frac{- 28}{7}\)
x = -4
So, x = -4 .

Question 35.
y = \(\frac{x}{4}\) – 7; y = 2
Answer: x = 36

Explanation:
Given, y = \(\frac{x}{4}\) – 7
x = 4( y + 7)
substitute y = 2 , we get
x = 4( 2 + 7)
x = 4(9)
x = 36
So, x = 36 .

Question 36.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You decide to make and sell bracelets. The cost of your materials is $84.00. You charge $3.50 for each bracelet.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 21
a. P Write a function that represents the profit for selling b bracelets.
b. Which variable is independent? dependent? Explain.
c. You will break even when the cost of your materials equals your income. How many bracelets must you sell to break even?
Answer: a. A function that represents the profit for selling b bracelets is p = 3.5b – 84.
b. Here , the profit depends on the number of bracelets sold , b is the independent variable and p is the dependent variable.
c. To break even you must sell 24  bracelets.

Explanation:
a. Given , The cost of your materials is $84.00. You charge $3.50 for each bracelet,
Let p be the profit , b be the number of bracelets sold,
So, profit = income – cost .
p = 3.5b – 84.
Thus , A function that represents the profit for selling b bracelets is p = 3.5b – 84.

b. Here , the profit depends on the number of bracelets sold , b is the independent variable and p is the dependent variable.

c. set the income expression from part a equal to the cost of 84 and solve for b ,
So, income = cost .
3.5b = 84 ,
b = \(\frac{84}{3.5}\)
b = 24.

To break even you must sell 24  bracelets.

Question 37.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A furniture store is having a sale where everything is 40% off.
a. Write and graph a function that represents the amount of discount on an item at regular price.
b. You buy a bookshelf that has a regular price of $85. What is the sale price of the bookshelf?
Answer: a. The function is y = 0.4x and the graph is given below.
b. The sale price of the bookshelf s $51.

Explanation:
a. A function that represents the amount of discount on an item at regular price is ,
Given , 40% = 0.4 ,
To find the percent of the number , we should multiply the number by the percent in the decimal form ,
so, the equation is d = 0.4p ,
let us convert it in to a function form , y = 0.4x
we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 0.4(0) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)
if x = 1 , then y = 0.4(1)= 0.4 . co-ordinates are (1 , 0.4)
if x = 2 , then y =0.4(2) = 0.8 , co-ordinates are (2 , 0.8)
if x = 3 , then y = 0.4(3) = 1.2 , co-ordinates are (3 , 1.2)
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , 0.4) , (2 , 0.8) , (3 , 1.2) form a straight line .
The graph is
b. Given , You buy a bookshelf that has a regular price of $85.
The sale price of the bookshelf is ,
substituting the given price in p = 85 ,
it will be the discount d = 0.4 (85) = 34
Then the sale price is $85 – $34 = $51.

So, The sale price of the bookshelf s $51.

Question 38.
REASONING
You want to take a two-hour air boat tour. Which is a better deal, Snake Tours or Gator Tours? Use functions to justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 22
Answer: By using functions , $50 > $40 , So, Gator tours are cheaper than the snake tours .

Explanation:
Given , You want to take a two-hour air boat tour.
Let x be the hours of  air boat tour and y be the cost of air boat tour ,
Snake tours , y = 25x
putt x = 2 ,
So , y = 25 (2) = 50 .
y = 50.

Gator tour , y = 35 + \(\frac{5}{2}\)x
Put x = 2 ,
So, y = 35 + \(\frac{5}{2}\) x
y = 35 + 2.5x
y = 35 + 2.5 (2)
y = 35 + 5
y = 40 .

Finally $50 > $40 , So, Gator tours are cheaper than the snake tours

Question 39.
REASONING
The graph of a function is a line that passes through the points (3, 2), (5, 8), and (8, y). What is the value of y?
Answer: The value of y is 17 , so, The third given point is (8, 17)

Explanation:
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (3,2) and (5,8)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (8 – 2) / (5 – 3)
m = 6 / 2
m = 3
Then use the slope and one of the given points (3,2) to find the y-intercept
y = mx +
2 = 3(3) + b
2 = 9 + b
-7 = b
The equation is   y = 3x -7
Then find the third point (8, y) by replacing x by 8
y = 3x -7
y = 3(8) -7
y = 24 -7
y = 17

so the third given point is (8, 17)

Question 40.
CRITICAL THINKING
Make a table where the independent variable is the side length of a square and the dependent variable is the perimeter. Make a second table where the independent variable is the side length of a square and the dependent variable is the area. Graph both functions in the same coordinate plane. Compare the functions.
Answer: The graph for the perimeter is linear , The graph for the Area is Quadratic .

Explanation:
Let us say , s be the side length of the square ,
Then the perimeter is P = 4s ,
The function will be y= 4x,
we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 4(0) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)
if x = 1 , then y = 4(1) = 4 . co-ordinates are (1 , 4)
if x = 2 , then y = 4(2) =8 , co-ordinates are (2 , 8)
if x = 3 , then y = 4(3) = 0 , co-ordinates are (3 , 12)
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , 4) , (2 ,8) , (3 , 12) form a straight line .

Table will be ,

Let us say , s be the side length of the square ,
Then the Area is A = s² ,
The function will be y=x²,
we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 0² = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)
if x = 1 , then y = 1² = 1 . co-ordinates are (1 , 1)
if x = 2 , then y = 2² =4 , co-ordinates are (2 , 4)
if x = 3 , then y = 3² = 9 , co-ordinates are (3 , 9)
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , 1) , (2 ,4) , (3 , 9) form a straight line .

Second table is
Then the graph is 
The graph for the perimeter is linear , The graph for the Area is Quadratic .

Question 41.
PUZZLE
The blocks that form the diagonals of each square are shaded. Each block has an area of one square unit. Find the “green area” of Square 20. Find the “green area” of Square 21. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 23
Answer:  The green area of the Square 20 is 46 square units and The green area of the Square 21 is 48 square units.

Explanation:
Given , Each block has an area of one square unit,
Square 1 has  the diagonals of each square are shaded. the “green area” is 3 + 3 = 6 square units ,
Square 2 has  the diagonals of each square are shaded. the “green area” is 4 + 4 = 8 square units ,
Square 3 has  the diagonals of each square are shaded. the “green area” is 5 + 5 = 10 square units ,
Square 4 has  the diagonals of each square are shaded. the “green area” is 6 + 6 = 12 square units,
Square 5 has  the diagonals of each square are shaded. the “green area” is 7 + 7 = 14 square units ,
Here , The number of squares are increasing by one block with the square numbers.
So for the , Square 20 has  the diagonals of each square are shaded. the “green area” is 23 + 23 = 46 square units,
And Square 21 has  the diagonals of each square are shaded. the “green area” is 24 + 24 = 48 square units.

Lesson 7.3 Linear Functions

EXPLORATION 1

Writing and Graphing Functions
Work with a partner. Each table shows a familiar pattern from geometry.

  • Determine what the variables x and y represent. Then write a function rule that relates y to x.
  • Is the function a linear function? Explain your reasoning.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 1
Answer: All of them are explained below

Explanation:
The variables x and y represents a rectangle
a. From the given table , Ordered pairs are (1 , 10) , (2 , 12) , (3 , 14) , (4 , 16)
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (1 ,-1) and (2, -2)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (-2 – (-1)) / (2 – 0)
m = -1 / 2 .
substitute the slope in the (1 , 10) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 10 = -1/2 ( x –1)
2(y – 10) = -x  + 1
2y – 20 = -x+ 1
2y = -x  + 21
y = \(\frac{-1}{2}\) (x – 21)
So ,  y = \(\frac{-1}{2}\) (x – 21) is linear function.

b. The variables x and y represent a circle
Ordered pairs are (1 , 3.14 ) , (2 , 6.28) , (3 , 9.42) , (4 , 12.5 )
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (1 , 3.14 ) , (2 , 6.28)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (6.28 –3.14) / (2– 1)
m = 3.14/1
m = 3.14
substitute the slope in the (8 , 4) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 3.14 =3.14 ( x –1)
y – 3.14 = 3.14x – 3.14
y = 3.14x – 3.14 + 3.14
y = 3.14x
So ,  y = 3.14x  is linear function.
Where x is the diameter of the circle.

c. The variables x and y represents a trapezoid
a. From the given table , Ordered pairs are (1 , 5) , (2 , 6) , (3 , 7) , (4 , 8)
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (1 ,5) and (2, 6)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (6 – 5) / (2 – 1)
m = 1 .
substitute the slope in the (1 ,5) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 5 = 1(x – 1)
y – 5 = x – 1
y = x – 1 + 5
y = x + 4
So, y = x + 4 is a linear equation

d. The variables x and y represents a cube
a. From the given table , Ordered pairs are (1 , 28) , (2 , 40) , (3 , 52) , (4 , 64)
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (1 ,28) and (2, 40)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (40 – 28) / (2 – 1)
m = 12 .
substitute the slope in the (1 ,28) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 28 = 12(x – 1)
y – 28 = 12x – 12
y = 12x – 12 + 28
y = 12x + 16
So, y = 12x + 16 is a linear equation.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 2

Try It

Question 1.
Use the graph to write a linear function that relates y to x.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 3
Answer: the linear function is y = \(\frac{-1}{2}\)x -1.

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (-4 , 1) , (-2 , 0 ) , (0 , -1) , ( 2, -2 )
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 ,-1) and (2, -2)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (-2 – (-1)) / (2 – 0)
m = -1 / 2 .
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, -1 ) , The y intercept is -1.
So , the linear function is y = \(\frac{-1}{2}\)x -1.

Question 2.
Use the table to write a linear function that relates y to x.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 4
Answer: the linear function is y = (0)x + 2.

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are (-2 , 2) , (-1 , 2) , (0 , 2) , (1 , 2)
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 ,2) and (1, 2)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (2 – 2) / (1 – 0)
m = 0
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 2 ) , The y intercept is 2.
So , the linear function is y = (0)x + 2.

Question 3.
WHAT IF?
The rate of descent doubles. Repeat parts (a) and (b).
Answer: a. the linear function is y = -1x + 65.
b. The slope indicates that the height decreases 1000 feet per minute.
The y intercept indicates that the descent begins at a cruising altitude of 65,000 feet.

Explanation:
a. From the Given table , The rate of descents is 5
If it doubles , then The rate of descents is 10.
The the ordered pairs will be (0 , 65) , (10 ,55) , (20 , 45) .
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 ,65) and (10, 55)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (55 – 65) / (10 – 0)
m = -10 / 10
m = -1
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 65 ) , The y intercept is 65.
So , the linear function is y = -1x + 65.

b. The slope indicates that the height decreases 1000 feet per minute.
The y intercept indicates that the descent begins at a cruising altitude of 65,000 feet.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 4.
WRITING A LINEAR FUNCTION
Use the graph to write a linear function that relates y to x.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 5
Answer:  The linear function is y = -4x -2 .

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (-2 , 6) , (-1 , 2 ) , (0 , -2) , ( 1, -6 )
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 ,-2) and (1, -6)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (-6 – (-2)) / (1 – 0)
m = -4 .
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, -2) , The y intercept is -2.
So , the linear function is y = -4x -2 .

Question 5.
INTERPRETING A LINEAR FUNCTION
The table shows the revenue R (in millions of dollars) of a company when it spends A (in millions of dollars) on advertising.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 6
a. Write and graph a linear function that relates R to A.
b. Interpret the slope and the y-intercept.
Answer:  a. The linear function is y = 2x + 2. and the graph is shown below
b. The slope indicates that the increasing in the amount of spending on advertising by 2 million dollars
The y intercept indicates that the Revenue begins to increasing from the 2 million dollars.

Explanation:
a. From the given table ,
The the ordered pairs will be (0 , 2) , (2 ,6) , (4 , 10) , (6 , 14) , (8 ,18) .
The graph is
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 ,2) and (2, 6)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (6 – 2) / (2 – 0)
m = 4 / 2
m = 2
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 2 ) , The y intercept is 2.
So , the linear function is y = 2x + 2.

b. The slope indicates that the increasing in the amount of spending on advertising by 2 million dollars
The y intercept indicates that the Revenue begins to increasing from the 2 million dollars.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 6.
Manager A earns $15 per hour and receives a $50 bonus. The graph shows the earnings of Manager B. (a) Which manager has a greater hourly wage? (b) After how many hours does Manager B earn more money than Manager A?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 7
Answer: a. Manager B has the greater hourly wage than Manager A .
b. As manager A receives a $50 bonus , Manager B has to work an hour extra to earn more money than Manager A .

Explanation:
a. Manager A earns $15 per hour and receives a $50 bonus.
The ordered pairs will be  (0 , 0) , (1 , 15) , (2 , 30) , (3 , 45)
The graph shows the earnings of Manager B.
Ordered pairs from the graph are  (0 , 0) , (1 , 25) , (2 , 50) , (3 , 75)
So, Manager B has the greater hourly wage than Manager A .

b. As manager A receives a $50 bonus , Manager B has to work an hour extra to earn more money than Manager A .

Question 7.
Each month, you start with 2 gigabytes of data and use 0.08 gigabyte per day. The table shows the amount (in gigabytes) of data that your friend has left days after the start of each month. Who runs out of data first? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 8
Answer:  you will be run out of data first

Explanation:
a. Given , Each month, you start with 2 gigabytes of data and use 0.08 gigabyte per day.
Let x be the number of days and y be the total data in gigabytes.
So, y = -0.08x + 2 ,
You will be out of data if , -0.08x + 2 = 0 ,
-0.08x + 2 = 0
2 = 0.08x
x = \(\frac{2}{0.08}\)
x = 25.
Hence ,you will be run out of data in 25 days.
b. Daily data usage for the friend will be given by the slope of the graph.
The the ordered pairs will be (0 , 3) , (7 ,2.3) , (14 , 1.6) .
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (7 ,2.3) and (14, 1.6)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (1.6 – 2.3) / (14 – 7)
m = -0.7 / 7
m = -0.1
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 3 ) , The y intercept is 3.
So , the linear function is y = -0.1x + 3.
Your friend will be out of data if ,
-0.1x + 3 = 0
3 = 0.1x
x = \(\frac{3}{0.1}\)
x = 30 .
Hence ,Friend will be run out of data in 30 days

So , you will be run out of data first

Linear Functions Homework & Practice 7.3

Review & Refresh

Write a function rule for the statement. Then graph the function.
Question 1.
The output is ten less than the input.
Answer: y = x – 10.

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is ten less than the input, will be ,
y = x – 10.

Question 2.
The output is one-third of the input.
Answer: y = \(\frac{x}{3}\)

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is one-third of the input, will be ,
y = \(\frac{x}{3}\) .

Solve the system.
Question 3.
y = x + 5
y = – 3x + 1
Answer: X = 0 , Y = 5

Explanation:
Y=3X+5 ——————-(1)
Y=X+5 ——————(2)
Substitute Y=X+5 in equation (1)
X+5=3X+5
Solve it for X
X+3X=55
4X=0
X=0/4=0
X = 0
Substitute X=0 in equation (1)
Y=0+5
Y=5

Question 4.
x + y = – 4
6x + 2y = 4
Answer:  X = 3 , Y= -7 .

Explanation:
2Y=−6X+4 ——————-(1)
Y= –X-4 ——————(2)
Substitute Y= –X-4 in equation (1)
2Y = −6X+4
2 ( X – 4 ) = −6X + 4
-2X – 8 = -6X + 4
6X -2X = 8 + 4
4X = 12
X = 3
Substitute X=3 in equation (2)
Y=– 3 – 4
Y= -7 .

Question 5.
– 4x + 3y = 14
y = 2x + 8
Answer:  X = -5 , Y = -2 .

Explanation:
3Y = 4X+14 ——————-(1)
Y = 2X + 8 ——————(2)
Substitute Y= 2X + 8 in equation (1)
3Y = 4X+14
3(2X + 8) = 4X+14
6X + 24 = 4X + 14
6X – 4X = 14 – 24
2X = -10
X = -5
Substitute X= -5 in equation (2)
Y= 2(-5) + 8
Y= -10 + 8
Y = -2.

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

WRITING AND GRAPHING FUNCTIONS The table shows a familiar pattern from geometry. (a) Determine what the variables x and y represent. Then write a function rule that relates y to x. (b) Is the function a linear function? Explain your reasoning. (See Exploration 1, p. 289.)
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 9
Answer: a. The variables x and y represent a right angle triangle
b. y = 2x  is linear function.

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs
Ordered pairs are  (1 , 2) , (2 , 4) ,  (3 , 6 ) , (4 , 8), (5 , 10 ) .
a. the variables x and y represent a right angle triangle
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (1 , 2) , (2 , 4)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (4 – 2) / (2– 1)
m = 2/1
m = 2
b. substitute the slope in the (2 , 4) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 4 = 2 ( x – 2)
y – 4 = 2x – 4
y = 2x – 4 + 4
y = 2x
So ,  y = 2x  is linear function.

Given side of triangle is 4 then x= 4/2 = 2
x = 2 and y = 4.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 10
Answer: y = 3.14x  is linear function. and The variables x and y represent a circle

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are (1 , 3.14 ) , (2 , 6.28) , (3 , 9.42) , (4 , 12.5 )
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (1 , 3.14 ) , (2 , 6.28)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (6.28 –3.14) / (2– 1)
m = 3.14/1
m = 3.14
substitute the slope in the (8 , 4) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 3.14 =3.14 ( x –1)
y – 3.14 = 3.14x – 3.14
y = 3.14x – 3.14 + 3.14
y = 3.14x
So ,  y = 3.14x  is linear function.
Where x is the diameter of the circle.

WRITING LINEAR FUNCTIONS Use the graph or table to write a linear function that relates y to x.
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 11
Answer: The linear function is y = \(\frac{4}{3}\)x +2

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (-3 , -2) , (0 , 2 ) , (3 , 6) , ( 6, 10 )
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (3 ,6) and (6, 10)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (10 – 6) / (6 – 3)
m = 4/3 .
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 2) , The y intercept is 2.
So , the linear function is y = \(\frac{4}{3}\)x +2 .

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 12
Answer: The linear function is y = (0)x +3 .

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (-2 , 3) , (-1 , 3 ) , (0 , 3) , ( 1, 3 ) , (2 , 3)
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (1 ,3) and (2, 3)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (3 – 3) / (2 – 1)
m = 0 .
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 3) , The y intercept is 3.
So , the linear function is y = (0)x +3 .

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 13
Answer: The linear function is y = \(\frac{-1}{4}\)x + 0.

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are (-8 , 2) , (-4 , 1) , (0 , 0) , (4 , -1)
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (-8 ,2) and (-4, 1)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (1 – 2) / (-4 – (-8))
m = -1/4
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 0 ) , The y intercept is 0.
So , the linear function is y = \(\frac{-1}{4}\)x + 0.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 14
Answer: The linear function is y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x + 5.

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are (-3 , 3) , (0 , 5) , (3 , 7) , (6 , 9)
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (3 ,7) and (6, 9)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (9 – 7) / (6 – 3)
m = 2/3
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 5 ) , The y intercept is 5.
So , the linear function is y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x + 5.

Question 12.
INTERPRETING A LINEAR FUNCTION
The table shows the length y (in inches) of a person’s hair after x months.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 15
a. Write and graph a linear function that relates y to x.
b. Interpret the slope and the y-intercept.
Answer: a. The linear function is y = 0.5x + 11.
b. The slope indicates that the increasing in the hair length
The y intercept indicates that the increasing in hair length by time.

Explanation:
a. Given ,
The ordered pairs will be (0 , 11) , (3 ,12.5) , (6 , 14) .
The graph is
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (3 ,12.5) and (6 , 14)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (14 – 12.5) / (6 – 3)
m = 1.5 / 3
m = 0.5
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 11 ) , The y intercept is 11.
So , the linear function is y = 0.5x + 11.

b. The slope indicates that the increasing in the hair length
The y intercept indicates that the increasing in hair length by time.

Question 13.
INTERPRETING A LINEAR FUNCTION
The table shows the percent (in decimal form) of battery power remaining x hours after you turn on a laptop computer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 16
a. Write and graph a linear function that relates y to x.
b. Interpret the slope, the x-intercept, and the y-intercept.
c. After how many hours is the battery power at75%?
Answer: a. The linear function is y = -0.2x + 1.
b. given below the explanation.
c. Battery will be 75% after 1.25 hours.

Explanation:
a. Given ,
The ordered pairs will be (0 , 1) , (2 ,0.6) , (4 , 0.2) .
The graph is
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (2 ,0.6) and (4 , 0.2)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (0.2 – 0.6) / (4 – 2)
m = -0.4 / 2
m = -0.2
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 1 ) , The y intercept is 1.
So , the linear function is y = -0.2x + 1.

b. Slope is -0.2 which means that as time increases by 1 hour, Battery power remaining decreases by 20% .
y intercept is 1, which means initially the battery power remaining before usage was 100%.
x intercept is 5 which means the battery remaining will be 0 after 5 hours.

c. battery percent will be 75% of 0.75 if ,
-0.2x + 1 = 0.75
0.2x = 1 – 0.75
x = 0.25/0.2
x = 1.25
Battery will be 75% after 1.25 hours.

Question 14.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The number y of calories burned after x minutes of kayaking is represented by the linear function y = 4.5x. The graph shows the number of calories burned by hiking.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 17
a. Which activity burns more calories per minute?
b. You perform each activity for 45 minutes. How many total calories do you burn? Justify your answer.
Answer: a. hiking burns more calories than kayaking .
b. In kayaking, 202.5 calories are burnt per minute. and In hiking , 225 calories are burnt per minute.

Explanation:
a. The number y of calories burned after x minutes of kayaking is represented by the linear function y = 4.5x.
So, The ordered pairs of the graph are (0 , 0) , (1 , 4.5) , (2 , 9) , (3, 13.5)
Here , In kayaking burns 4.5 calories per minute .
For hiking ,
The ordered pairs of the graph are (0 , 0) , (1 , 5) , (2 , 10) , (3, 15)
Here , In hiking burns 5 calories per minute.
Thus , hiking burns more calories than kayaking .

b. Given , perform each activity for 45 minutes.
Liner function of the kayaking is y = 4.5x
substitute x = 45 in equation
y = 4.5 (45)
y = 202.5
In kayaking, 202.5 calories are burnt per minute.
Linear function of the hiking is y = 5x
substitute x = 45 in equation
y = 5 (45)
y = 225
In hiking , 225 calories are burnt per minute.

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
You and a friend race each other. You give your friend a 50-foot head start. The distance y (in feet) your friend runs after x seconds is represented by the linear function y = 14x + 50. The table shows your distance at various times throughout the race. For what distances will you win the race? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 18
Answer: you will win the race for distances greater than 190 feet

Explanation:
The distance y (in feet) your friend runs after x seconds is represented by the linear function y = 14x + 50.
The slope of the line is 14 so , your friend runs at the rate of 14 ft per second
To find your rate , the ordered pairs are (2 , 38) , (4 , 76) , (6 , 114) , (8 , 152)
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (2 ,38) and (4 , 76)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (76 – 38) / (4 – 2)
m = 38 / 2
m = 19
You are running at the rate of 19 ft per second.
To get the linear equation , substitute the slope in the (2 , 38) to get point slope to form a line.
Then we have , y = 19x
Now if x = 10 , to run faster then ,
y = 19(10)
y = 190 .
Your friend linear equation is y = 14x + 50 .
if x = 10 ,then
y = 14(10) + 50
y = 140 + 50
y = 190.
So , for x > 10 , means you will run farther than your friend which means you would win the race .
Therefore, you will win the race for distances greater than 190 feet.

Question 16.
REASONING
You and your friend are saving money to buy bicycles that cost $175 each. You have $45 to start and save an additional $5 each week. The graph shows the amount y(in dollars) that your friend has after x weeks. Who can buy a bicycle first? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 19
Answer:  your friend will but the bicycle first.

Explanation:
Given , your friend savings are
the ordered pairs are (0,15) and (3,39)
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0,15) and (3,39)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (39 – 15) / (3 – 0)
m = 24 / 3
m = 8
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 15 ) , The y intercept is 15.
So , the linear function is y = 8x + 15.
to buy bicycles that cost $175 each
if y = 175 , then
175 = 8x + 15
8x = 175 – 15
x = 160/8
x = 20
So, your friend need 20 weeks to buy the bicycle
Given, You have $45 to start and save an additional $5 each week
So , the linear function will be y = 5x + 45.
to buy bicycles that cost $175 each
if y = 175 , then
175 = 5x + 45
5x = 175 – 45
x = 130/5
x = 26
So, you need 26 weeks to buy the bicycle.
Hence, your friend will but the bicycle first.

Question 17.
CRITICAL THINKING
Is every linear equation a linear function? Explain your reasoning.
Answer: All linear equations produce straight lines when graphed, not all linear equations produce linear functions. In order to be a linear function, a graph must be both linear (a straight line) and a function (matching each x-value to only one y-value).

Question 18.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The heat index is calculated using the relative humidity and the temperature. For every 1 degree increase in the temperature from 94°F to 97°F at 75% relative humidity, the heat index rises 4°F. On a summer day, the relative humidity is 75%, the temperature is 94°F, and the heat index is 124°F. Estimate the heat index when the relative humidity is 75% and the temperature is 100°F. Use a function to justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 20
Answer:  Heat index is 148°F

Explanation:
The form of linear equation is y = mx + c
and the slope of the function is given by m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
Let y be the heat index and x be the temperature
Given , (94, 124)
For every 1 degree increase in the temperature from 94°F to 97°F at 75% relative humidity, the heat index rises 4°F
that is m = 4
Since the line passes through (94, 124) means
124 = 4x + c
124 = 4(94) + c
124 = 376 + c
c = 124 – 376
c = -252
Linear function for the heat index is y = 4x – 252
put x = 100
So, y = 4(100) – 252
y = 400 – 252
y = 148.
Finally, Heat index is 148°F.


Lesson 7.4 Comparing Linear and Non Linear Functions

EXPLORATION 1

Comparing Functions
Work with a partner. Each equation represents the height h (in feet) of a falling object after t seconds.

  • Graph each equation. Explain your method.
  • Decide whether each graph represents a or function.
  • Compare the falling objects.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 1
Answer: Explained below

Explanation:
a. Given, h = 300 – 15t can be written as y = 300 – 15x
h = 300 – 15t  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y =300 – 15(0) = 300 . co-ordinates are (0 , 300)
if x = 1 , then y = 300 – 15(1) = 285 . co-ordinates are (1 , 285)
if x = 2 , then y = 300 – 15(2) = 270  , co-ordinates are (2 , 270)
if x = 3 , then y = 300 – 15(3) = 255  , co-ordinates are (3 , 255)
The co-ordinates (0 , 300) , (1 , 285) , (2 , 270) , (3 , 255) form a straight line .

The graph is

Given , h = 300- 16t2  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y =300- 16(0)2  = 300 . co-ordinates are (0 , 300)
if x = 1 , then y =300- 16(1)2 = 284 . co-ordinates are (1 , 284)
if x = 2 , then y = 300- 16(2)2 = 236 , co-ordinates are (2 , 236)
if x = 3 , then y = 300- 16(3)2 = 252  , co-ordinates are (3 , 252)
The co-ordinates (0 , 300) , (1 , 284) , (2 , 236) , (3 , 252) does not form a straight line .

The graph is

b. For, h = 300 – 15t , The graph is linear so the so it is a function,
For h = 300- 16t2 , The graph is linear so the so it is a function.

c. Sky diver has the slow fall while compared to the bowling ball , because parachute can be controlled with the wind and can be divert the destination point, and bowling ball cannot be controlled while falling.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 2

Try It

Does the table represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 3
Answer: y = 2x – 12 is linear function.

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are (2 , -8) , (4 , -4) , (6 , 0) , (8 , 4)
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (6 ,0) and (8, 4)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (4 – 0) / (8– 6)
m = 4/2
m = 2
substitute the slope in the (8 , 4) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 4 = 2 ( x – 8)
y – 4 = 2x – 16
y = 2x – 16 + 4
y = 2x – 12
So ,  y = 2x – 12 is linear function.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 4
Answer: y = –\(\frac{5}{3}\)x + 25 is linear function.

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are (0 , 25) , (3 , 20) , (7 , 15) , (12 , 10)
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 ,25) and (3, 20)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (20 – 25) / (3– 0)
m = -5/3
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 25 ) , The y intercept is 25.
So , the linear function is y = –\(\frac{5}{3}\)x + 25.
So , y = –\(\frac{5}{3}\)x + 25 is linear function.

Does the equation represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Question 3.
y = x + 5
Answer: y = x + 5 is a linear function

Explanation:
Given , y = x + 5  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 0 + 5 = 5 . co-ordinates are (0 , 5)
if x = 1 , then y = 1 + 5 = 6 . co-ordinates are (1 , 6)
if x = 2 , then y = 2 + 5 = 7 , co-ordinates are (2 , 7)
The co-ordinates (0 , 5) , (1 , 6) , (2 , 7) form a straight line .
Each x input has only one y output so it is a function .
And it  forms a straight line when graphed .
So, y = x + 5 is a linear function.

Question 4.
y = \(\frac{4x}{3}\)
Answer: y = \(\frac{4x}{3}\) is a linear function.

Explanation:
Given , y = \(\frac{4x}{3}\) , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = \(\frac{4(0)}{3}\) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)
if x = 1 , then y = \(\frac{4(1)}{3}\) = \(\frac{4}{3}\)  = 1.3. co-ordinates are (1 , 1.3)
if x = 2 , then y = \(\frac{4(2)}{3}\) = \(\frac{8}{3}\) = 2.6 , co-ordinates are (2 , 2.6)
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 ,1.3 ) , (2 , 2.6) form a straight line .
Each x input has only one y output so it is a function .
And it forms a straight line when graphed .
So, y = \(\frac{4x}{3}\) is a linear function.

Question 5.
y = 1 – x2
Answer: y = 1 – x2 is not a linear function.

Explanation:
Given , y = 1 – x2  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 1 – 02 = 1 . co-ordinates are (0 , 1)
if x = 1 , then y = 1 – 12 = 0 . co-ordinates are (1 , 0)
if x = 2 , then y = 1 – 22 = -3 , co-ordinates are (2 , -3)
The co-ordinates (0 , 5) , (1 , 6) , (2 , 7) form a straight line .
Each x input has only one y output so it is a function .
And it does not forms a straight line when graphed .
So, y = 1 – x2 is not a linear function.

Does the graph represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 5
Answer: The graph represents a nonlinear function.

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (0 , 2) , (-1 , 0) ,  (-2 , -2 ) , (-3 , -4), (0 , 1 ) , (2 , -2) , ( 3, -4 )
The inputs have more than one output ,
And points form a straight line
So , the graph is non linear function

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 6
Answer: The graph is a linear function

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (0 , 0) , (-1 , -1) ,  (-2 , -2 ) , (-3 , -3), (1 , 1 ) , (2 , 2) , ( 3, 3 )
The inputs have exactly one output ,
And points form a straight line
So , the graph is a linear function.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

IDENTIFYING FUNCTIONS Does the table or graph represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 7
Answer: It is not a linear function

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are (3 , 0) , (-1 , 2) , (-5 , 4) , (-9 , 6)
Each input has exactly one output
and it does not form a straight line when graphed
So, it is not a linear function .

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 8
Answer: The graph is non linear function

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (0 , -1) , (-1 , 0) ,  (-2 , 3 ) , (1 , 0 ) , (2 , 3) .
The inputs have exactly one output ,
And points does not form a straight line
So , the graph is non linear function

Question 10.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which equation does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 9
Answer: 5xy = -2 does not belong with the other three.

Explanation:
15y = 6x , y = \(\frac{2}{5}\)x , 10y = 4x .
These are evaluated as 5y = 2x
5xy = -2 , is different from 5y = 2x.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 11.
The loudness of sound is measured in (dB). The graph shows the loudness y of a sound (in decibels) x meters from the source of the sound. Is the relationship between loudness and distance linear or nonlinear? Approximate the loudness of the sound 12 meters from the source.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 10
Answer: The relationship between loudness and distance  is nonlinear Function. And the loudness of the sound 12 meters from the source is approximately 85dB as shown in the graph.

Explanation:
As shown in the graph , the plot of the points does not form a straight line ,
Its a parabolic decay , The amount of loudness decreases with the increase in distance,
So, The relationship between loudness and distance  is nonlinear Function.

And the loudness of the sound 12 meters from the source is approximately 85dB as shown in the graph.

Question 12.
A video blogger is someone who records a video diary. A new website currently hosts 90 video bloggers and projects a gain of 10 video bloggers per month. The table below shows the actual numbers of video bloggers. How does the projection differ from the actual change?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 11
Answer: Projections are more than the actual values

Explanation:

So, Projections are more than the actual values

Comparing Linear and Non Linear Functions Homework & Practice 7.4

Review & Refresh

Write a linear function that relates y to x.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 12
Answer: The linear function is y = x – 2

In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (0 , -2) , (1 , -1 ) , (-1 , -3) , ( 2, 0), (3 , 1) , (4 , 2) , ( 5, 3)
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (2 ,0) and (3, 1)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (1 – 0) / (3 – 2)
m = 1 .
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, -2 ) , The y intercept is -2.
So , the linear function is y = x – 2 .

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 13
Answer: The linear function is y =\(\frac{-1}{1.5}\)x + 5.

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are (0 , 5) , (1.5 , 4) , (3 , 3) , (4.5 , 2)
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (1.5 ,4) and (3, 3)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (3 – 4) / (3 – 1.5)
m = -1 /1.5
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 5 ) , The y intercept is 5.
So , the linear function is y =\(\frac{-1}{1.5}\)x + 5.

The vertices of a figure are given. Draw the figure and its image after a dilation with the given scale factor. Identify the type of dilation.
Question 3.
A (- 3, 1), B (- 1, 3), C (- 1, 1); k = 3
Answer: The New right angle triangle is larger than the original one So , its a increase .

Explanation:
Given , (- 3, 1),  (- 1, 3),  (- 1, 1) these pairs form a right angle triangle
K = 3 , For the dilation figure multiply the 3 with the given ordered pairs , then
(- 3, 1) × 3 = ( -9 , 3)
(- 1, 3) × 3 = ( -3 , 9)
(- 1, 1) × 3 = (-3 , 3)
From these new ordered pairs we form a new  right angle triangle
The figure is
The New right angle triangle is larger than the original one So , its a increase .

Question 4.
J (2, 4), K (6, 10), L (8, 10), M (8, 4); k = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer: It is a reduction

Explanation:
Given , (2, 4),  (6, 10),  (8, 10) ,(8,4) these pairs forms a figure
K = 0.25 , For the dilation figure multiply the 3 with the given ordered pairs , then
(2, 4) × 0.25 = (0.5, 1)
(6, 10) × 0.25 = (1.5, 2.5)
(8, 10) × 0.25 = (2, 2.5)
(8, 4) × 0.25 = (2 , 1)
From these new ordered pairs we form a new figure
The figure is
The New figure is smaller than the original , So, It is a reduction .

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

COMPARING FUNCTIONS Graph each equation. Decide whether each graph represents a linear or nonlinear function. (See Exploration 1, p. 295.)
Question 5.
h = 5 + 6t Equation 1
h = 5 + 6t2 Equation 2
Answer: h = 5 + 6t Equation 1 is a linear function
h = 5 + 6t2 Equation 2 is a non linear function .

Explanation:
Given , h = 5 + 6t  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 5 + 6(0) = 5 . co-ordinates are (0 , 5)
if x = 1 , then y = 5 + 6(1) = 11 . co-ordinates are (1 , 11)
if x = 2 , then y = 5 + 6(2) = 17 , co-ordinates are (2 , 17)
if x = 3 , then y = 5 + 6(3) = 23 , co-ordinates are (3 , 23)
The co-ordinates (0 , 5) , (1 , 11) , (2 , 17) , (3 , 23) form a straight line .

Given , h = 5 + 6t2  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 5 + 6(0)² = 5 . co-ordinates are (0 , 5)
if x = 1 , then y = 5 + 6(1)² = 11 . co-ordinates are (1 , 11)
if x = 2 , then y = 5 + 6(2)² = 26 , co-ordinates are (2 , 26)
if x = 3 , then y = 5 + 6(3)² = 59 , co-ordinates are (3 , 59)
The co-ordinates (0 , 5) , (1 , 11) , (2 , 26) , (3 , 59) does not form a straight line .

The graph of both equations is
So, h = 5 + 6t Equation 1 is a linear function
h = 5 + 6t2 Equation 2 is a non linear function .

Question 6.
y = – \(\frac{x}{3}\) Equation 1
y = – \(\frac{3}{x}\) Equation 2
Answer:  y = – \(\frac{x}{3}\) Equation 1 is a linear function
y = – \(\frac{3}{x}\) Equation 2 is a non linear function.

Given , y =- \(\frac{x}{3}\) , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y =- \(\frac{0}{3}\) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)
if x = 1 , then y = – \(\frac{1}{3}\) = – 0.3 . co-ordinates are (1 , – 0.3 )
if x = 2 , then y = – \(\frac{2}{3}\) = – 0.6 , co-ordinates are (2 ,-0.6)
if x = 3 , then y = – \(\frac{3}{3}\) = -1 , co-ordinates are (3 , -1)
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , -0.3) , (2 , -0.6) , (3 , -1) form a straight line .

Given , y =- \(\frac{3}{x}\) , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y =- \(\frac{3}{0}\) = no number
if x = 1 , then y = – \(\frac{3}{1}\) = – 3 . co-ordinates are (1 , – 1 )
if x = 2 , then y = – \(\frac{3}{2}\) = – 1.5 , co-ordinates are (2 ,-1.5)
if x = 3 , then y = – \(\frac{3}{3}\) = -1 , co-ordinates are (3 , -1)
The co-ordinates (1 , -1) , (2 , -1.5) , (3 , -1) form a straight line .

The graph of both the equations is
So,  y = – \(\frac{x}{3}\) Equation 1 is a linear function
y = – \(\frac{3}{x}\) Equation 2 is a non linear function.

IDENTIFYING FUNCTIONS FROM TABLES Does the table represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 14
Answer:  linear function is y = 4x + 4.

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are (0 , 4) , (1 , 8) , (2 , 12) , (3 , 16)
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (2 , 12) and (3 , 16)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (16 – 12) / (3– 2)
m = 4/1
m = 4
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 4 ) , The y intercept is 4.
So , the linear equation is y = 4x + 4.
And it is a linear function.

The graph is

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 15
Answer: y = 4x – 6 is linear function.

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are (6 , 21) , (5 , 15) , (4 , 10) , (3 , 6)
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (4 , 10) and (3 , 6)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (6 – 10) / (3– 4)
m = -4/-1
m = 4
substitute the slope in the(4 , 10) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 10 = 4 ( x – 4)
y – 10 = 4x – 16
y = 4x – 16 + 10
y = 4x – 6
So ,  y = 4x – 6 is linear function.

The graph is

IDENTIFYING FUNCTIONS FROM EQUATIONS Does the equation represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Question 9.
2x + 3y = 7
Answer: The function is linear when m = \(\frac{-2}{3}\) and c = \(\frac{7}{3}\)

Explanation:
Given ,2x + 3y = 7
3y = 7 – 2x
y = \(\frac{-2}{3}\)x+ \(\frac{7}{3}\)
So, The function is linear when m = \(\frac{-2}{3}\) and c = \(\frac{7}{3}\)

Question 10.
y + x = 4x + 5
Answer: The function is linear when m = 3 and c = 5 .

Explanation:
Given , y + x = 4x + 5
y = 4x – x + 5
y = 3x + 5
So, The function is linear when m = 3 and c = 5 .

Question 11.
y = \(\frac{8}{x^{2}}\)
Answer: The function is linear when m = 8 and c = 0 .

Explanation:
Given , y = \(\frac{8}{x^{2}}\)
slope m = 8
c = 0
So, The function is linear when m = 8 and c = 0 .

IDENTIFYING FUNCTIONS FROM GRAPHS Does the graph represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 16
Answer: The graph is linear function

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (0 , 1) , (2 , 0) ,  (4 , -1 ) , (-2 , 2), ( -4, 3 )
The inputs have exactly one output ,
And points form a straight line
So , the graph is linear function

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 17
Answer: The graph is non linear function.

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (0 , 0) , (-1 , -1) ,  (-4 , -2 ) , (1 , 1), ( 4, 2 )
The inputs have exactly one output ,
And points does not form a straight line
So , the graph is non linear function

Question 14.
IDENTIFYING A FUNCTION
The graph shows the volume V (in cubic feet) of a cube with an edge length of x feet. Does linear nonlinear the graph represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 18
Answer: The graph is non linear function

n order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (1 , 1) , (2 , 8) ,  (3 , 27 ) , (4 , 64)
The inputs have exactly one output ,
And points does not form a straight line
So , the graph is non linear function

Question 15.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The frequency y (in terahertz) of a light wave is a function of its wavelength x (in nanometers). Is the function relating the wavelength of light to its frequency linear or nonlinear?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 19
Answer: The function is a non linear function

Explanation:
table is as follows
change in x is constant but change in y is not constant , it is increasing
So, the function is a non linear function .

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
The table shows the cost (in dollars) of pounds of sun flower seeds.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 20
a. What is the missing -value that makes the table represent a linear function?
b. Write a linear function that represents the cost of x pounds of seeds. Interpret the slope.
c. Does the function have a maximum value? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:  a. 3 pounds = $4.2
b. y = 1.4x  is linear function.
c.  If y has maximum value then the x also has maximum value.

Explanation:
a. As per the table 1 pound = $1.4
2 pounds = $2.8
3pounds = $4.2
4 pounds = $5.6
So, the price is increasing with weight of the seeds.

b. Ordered pairs are (2 , 2.8) , (3 , 4.2) , (4 , 5.6)
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (3 , 4.2) and (4 , 5.6)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (5.6 – 4.2) / (4 – 3)
m = 1.4
substitute the slope in the (3 , 4.2) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 4.2 = 1.4 ( x – 3)
y – 4.2 = 1.4x – 4.2
y = 1.4x – 4.2 + 4.2
y = 1.4x
So ,  y = 1.4x  is linear function.

c. As shown in the table , and the function if y increases then x also increases with respect to the y
So, if y has maximum value then the x also has maximum value.

Question 17.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A birch tree is 9 feet tall and grows at a rate of 2 feet per year. The table shows the height h (in feet) of a willow tree after x years.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 21
a. Does the table represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
b. Which tree is taller after 10 years? Explain.
Answer: There is no linear relationship between x and y .

Explanation:
Table is as follows
Change in y is constant but change in x is increasing , not a constant
Hence, there is no linear relationship between x and y .

Question 18.
CRITICAL THINKING
In their first year, Show A has 7 million viewers and Show B has 5 million viewers. Each year, Show A has 90% of the viewers it had in the previous year. Show B loses 200,000 viewers each year.
a. Determine whether the function relating the year to the number of viewers is linear or nonlinear for each show.
b. Which show has more viewers in its sixth year?
Answer: a. The function relating the year to the number of viewers is linear
b. Both shows  has same number of viewers in the sixth year .

Explanation:
a. Given, In their first year, Show A has 7 million viewers and Show B has 5 million viewers. Each year, Show A has 90% of the viewers it had in the previous year. Show B loses 200,000 viewers each year.
For show A
So , In first year = 7
2 year = 90% of 7 = 6.3
3 year = 90% of 6.3 = 5.6
4 year = 90% of 5.6 = 5.04
5 year = 90% of 5 = 4.5
6 year = 90% of 4.5 = 4.05
So the ordered pairs are (1 , 7) , (2 , 6.3) , (3 , 5.6) , (4 , 5), (5 , 4.5) , (6 , 4)

For show B
In first year = 5 , As the viewers reduces by 2,00,000 in 5M
2 year = 5 – 0.2 = 4.8
3 year = 4.8 – 0.2 = 4.6
4 year = 4.6 – 0.2 = 4.4
5 year = 4.4 – 0.2 = 4.2
6 year = 54.2 – 0.2 = 4
So the ordered pairs are (1 , 5) , (2 , 4.8) , (3 , 4.6) , (4 , 4.4), (5 , 4.2) , (6 , 4)
As the year increases the viewers are also decreasing constantly as per the individual shows
So, The function relating the year to the number of viewers is linear .

b. As shown in part a , the ordered pairs having (6,4) represents the number of viewers to the year
So, Both shows  has same number of viewers in the sixth year .

Question 19.
NUMBER SENSE
The ordered pairs represent a function. (0,- 1), (1, 0), (2, 3), (3, 8), and (4, 15)
a. Graph the ordered pairs and describe the pattern. Is the function linear or nonlinear?
b. Write an equation that represents the function.
Answer: a. The graph is shown below and function is linear
b. The linear equation is y = 7x – 1.

Explanation:
Given, ordered pairs represent a function. (0,- 1), (1, 0), (2, 3), (3, 8), and (4, 15)
a. the graph is 
Each input has exactly one output and it forms a straight line So, the graph is linear
b. First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (3 ,8) and (4, 15)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (15 – 8) / (4– 3)
m = 7/1
m = 7
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, -1 ) , The y intercept is -1.
So , the linear equation is y = 7x – 1.

Lesson 7.5 Analyzing and Sketching Graphs

EXPLORATION 1

Matching Situations to Graphs
Work with a partner. Each graph shows your speed during a bike ride. Match each situation with its graph. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 1
a. You increase your speed, then ride at a constant speed along a bike path. You then slow down until you reach your friend’s house. Analyze Relationships
b. You increase your speed, then go down a hill. You then quickly come to a stop at an intersection.
c. You increase your speed, then stop at a store for a couple of minutes. You then continue to ride, increasing your speed.
d. You ride at a constant speed, then go up a hill. Once on top of the hill, you increase your speed.
Answer: a – C ,
b – A ,
c – D ,
d – B ,

Explanation:
a. You increase your speed, then ride at a constant speed along a bike path. You then slow down until you reach your friend’s house. The graph C has the perfect graph representing the situation of given question.
b. You increase your speed, then go down a hill. You then quickly come to a stop at an intersection.
Because The graph A has the bike speed representing the situation for the time .
c. You increase your speed, then stop at a store for a couple of minutes. You then continue to ride, increasing your speed. Thus, The graph D is the final answer for the question
d. You ride at a constant speed, then go up a hill. Once on top of the hill, you increase your speed.
Because of the speed with respect to time the graph B is the correct answer for the question.

EXPLORATION 2

Interpreting a Graph
Work with a partner. Write a short paragraph that describe show the height changes over time in the graph shown. What situation can this graph represent?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 2
Answer: The Graph can be representing a situation for low and high tides of the Ocean

Explanation:
As shown in the figure, The graph is plotted between the height and time,
We can take an example of an Ocean for its waves , As the time passes at the morning of a normal day, The waves of the ocean start rising higher at a period of time, and for the time being maintaining a peak height then drops to a lower height at a particular intervals of time , this process takes place for a while and vise versa.
Thus, the Graph can be representing a situation for low and high tides of the Ocean

Try It

Question 1.
The graph shows the location of a pelican relative to your location.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 3
a. Describe the path of the pelican.
b. Write an explanation for the decrease in the vertical distance of the pelican.
Answer: Both of them are explained below.

Explanation:
a. The path of the pelican is flying in the air , As they always fly in line and the amazing thing is the deeper the prey the higher they dive.
The graph shows the relationship between the horizontal distance that is the height from the land, vertical distance is the point from where its destination point is located, so at the starting point of the flight it has more distance from the ground means flying at a higher level , as the time passes it reaches to the closer point of its destination point so the altitude of the flight decreases with the decrease in the vertical distance and at a particular distance reaches its point of destination.

b. The decrease in the vertical distance of the pelican. is due to its flight to the destination point as it requires to stop flying to reach it, so in order to have a smooth landing on the ground , the bird gradually decreases its speed by decreasing its altitude.

Question 2.
A fully-charged battery loses its charge at a constant rate until it has no charge left. You plug it in, and it fully recharges at a constant rate. Then it loses its charge at a constant rate until it has no charge left. Sketch a graph that represents this situation.
Answer:  The graph is

Explanation:
In the graph , let the x-axis be time and y-axis be the battery charge ,
A fully-charged battery loses its charge at a constant rate until it has no charge left. So, line segment starts from 100 and decreases until it touches the x-axis.
You plug it in, and it fully recharges at a constant rate. Thus, line segment increases at a constant rate until it reaches 100
Then it loses its charge at a constant rate until it has no charge left. line segment decreases again at a constant rate until it again touches the x-axis .

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 3.
ANALYZING GRAPHS
The graph shows the growth rate of a plant over time.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 4
a. Describe the change in growth rate.
b. Write an explanation for the decrease in growth rate and the increase in growth rate.
Answer: the answers are given below

Explanation:
a. the change in growth rate of a plant over the time is given by its size and height , So as the time passes the growth rate is constant from the the start and from a particular time the growth rate has been dropping slightly due to external or internal reasons of a plant and again at some time the growth rate is increasing at a constant rate until it reaches to its perfect growth of a plant.

b. The decrease in growth rate of the plant is due to some external causes like weather, rain, sunlight , watering, and the soil may effect its growth rate and the increase in growth rate is probably due to its soil fertility and sufficient sunlight providing sufficient chlorophyll.

Question 4.
SKETCHING GRAPHS
As you snowboard down a hill, you gain speed at a constant rate. You come to a steep section of the hill and gain speed at a greater constant rate. You then slow down at a constant rate until you come to a stop. Sketch a graph that represents this situation.
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
In the graph , let the x-axis be time and y-axis be the speed ,
As you snowboard down a hill, you gain speed at a constant rate, line segment decreases at a constant rate
You come to a steep section of the hill and gain speed at a greater constant rate, line segment becomes steeper i.e., the line segment decreases at a high constant rate.
You then slow down at a constant rate until you come to a stop, line segment becomes flatter i.e., the constant rate of decrease becomes less until it touches its x-axis

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 5.
Two rowing teams are in a race. The graph shows their distances from the finish line over time. Describe the speed of each team throughout the race. Then determine which team finishes first.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 5
Answer: Team B will finishes race first.

Explanation:
Team A , The relationship between the time and distance from the finish line is given in the graph,
At starting point Team A has maintained a fair speed at the Beginning of the race and has been a little slow while reaching out to the destination point, and for a while they have been balancing the speed with the distance representing a curving point in the graph and directly dropping to the finish line drastically creating a slope, until it reaches in the x-axis line.
Team B , The relationship between the time and distance from the finish line is given in the graph,
As same as the Team A , Team B has a perfect start but it has been a way different them Team A because Team B has a game plan to win the race, as shown in the graph they have maintained a constant speed while reaching out to the destination and also having a smooth drift at a level of decreasing their distance from the finish line.

Team B will  finishes the race first because they are having a constant and smooth decreasing speed which comes to an end gradually at the finishing line.

Question 6.
DIG DEEPER!
The graphs show the movements of two airplanes over time. Describe the movement of each airplane.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 6
Answer: Detailed explanation is given below.

Explanation:
As shown in the graph , x-axis is time and y-axis be the height above ground
Airplane A, the line segment at a constant rate at the time of starting of the takeoff and then drops to a point while decreasing in the height to the ground for landing and for a constant time it is at the ground level until again it takes off  having an increase in the height from the ground level , at last it maintains a constant speed.

Airplane B, the line segment at a constant rate at the time of starting of the takeoff and then drops to a point while decreasing in the height to the ground for landing and for a constant time it is at the ground level until again it takes off  having an increase in the height from the ground level , at last it maintains a constant speed.
It is as same as the airplane A.

Analyzing and Sketching Graphs Homework & Practice 7.5

Review & Refresh

Does the table or equation represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 7
Answer: y = -0.5x + 11.5 is a linear function.

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are (-5 , 14) , (-1 , 12) , (3 , 10) , (7 , 8)
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (3 , 10) and (7 , 8)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (8 – 10) / (7 – 3)
m = -2/4
m = -0.5
substitute the slope in the(3 , 10) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 10 = -0.5 ( x – 3)
y – 10 = -0.5x + 1.5
y = -0.5x + 1.5 + 10
y = -0.5x + 11.5
So , the linear equation is y = -0.5x + 11.5
And it is a linear function.

The graph is

Question 2.
y = x2 + 8
Answer: The function is linear  when m= 1 and c = 8.

Explanation:
Given , y = x2 + 8 ,
slope m = 1
c = 8
So, the function is linear when m = 1 and c= 8.

Graph the linear equation.
Question 3.
– 4x + y = – 1
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
we can write – 4x + y = – 1 as y = 4x – 1
Given , y = 4x – 1  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 4(0) – 1 = -1 . co-ordinates are (0 , -1)
if x = 1 , then y = 4(1) – 1 = 3 . co-ordinates are (1 , 3)
if x = 2 , then y = 4(2) – 1 = 7 , co-ordinates are (2 , 7)
if x = 3 , then y = 4(3) – 1= 11 , co-ordinates are (3 , 11)
The co-ordinates (0 , -1) , (1 , 3) , (2 , 7) , (3 , 11) form a straight line .

Question 4.
2x – 3y = 12
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
we can write  2x – 3y = 12 as y = \(\frac{2x-12}{3}\) or y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x – 4
Given , y =\(\frac{2}{3}\)x – 4 , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)0 – 4= – 4 . co-ordinates are (0 , -4)
if x = 1 , then y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)1 – 4 = 0.66 – 4 = -3.3 . co-ordinates are (1 , -3.3)
if x = 2 , then y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)2 – 4 =0.66(2) – 4 =1.3 – 4 = -2.6, co-ordinates are (2 , -2.6)
if x = 3 , then y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)3 – 4 = 0.66(3) – 4 = 1.98 – 4 = -2.0  , co-ordinates are (3 , -2.0)
The co-ordinates (0 , -4) , (1 , -3.3) , (2 , -2.6) , (3 , -2) form a straight line .

Question 5.
5x + 10y = 30
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
5x + 10y = 30 can be written as y = -0.5x + 3
take 5 common on both sides we get
x + 2y = 6
y = \(\frac{-x + 6}{2}\)
y = \(\frac{-x}{2}\) + 6
y = -0.5x + 3
Given , y =-0.5x + 3 , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = -0.5(0) + 3 = 3 . co-ordinates are (0 , 3)
if x = 1 , then y = -0.5(1) + 3= 2.5 . co-ordinates are (1 , 2.5)
if x = 2 , then y = -0.5(2) + 3 = 4 , co-ordinates are (2 , 4)
if x = 3 , then y = -0.5(3) + 3 = 4.5  , co-ordinates are (3 , 4.5)
The co-ordinates (0 , 3) , (1 , 2.5) , (2 , 4) , (3 , 4.5)does not form a straight line .

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

MATCHING DESCRIPTIONS WITH GRAPHS The graph shows your speed during a run. Match the verbal description with the part of the graph it describes. (See Exploration 1, p. 301.)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 8
Question 6.
You run at a constant speed.
Answer: C

Explanation:
Because the line segment of the graph at point C show that the running speed is constant for a particular time ,
Thus forming a straight horizontal line.

Question 7.
You slow down at a constant rate.
Answer: D

Explanation:
Because the line segment of the graph at point D show that the running speed is decreasing at a constant rate for a particular time ,
Thus forming a straight steep line down the time axis.

Question 8.
You increase your speed at a constant rate.
Answer: A

Explanation:
Because the line segment of the graph at point A show that the running speed is increasing at a constant rate at a starting point of the race on time ,
Thus forming a slope in the graph.

Question 9.
You increase your speed at a faster and faster rate.
Answer: B

Explanation:
Because the line segment of the graph at point B show that the running speed is increasing at a faster rate after starting the race and maintaining a gradual growth of the speed and after reaching the next point speed is doubled from before ,
Thus forming a slope with a curve in the graph.

ANALYZING GRAPHS Describe the relationship between the two quantities.
Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 9
Answer: As the Time passes there will be increase in the volume.

Explanation:
The graph shows the relation between the volume and time of a Balloon , To fill up the balloon with air, with the inlet of air increases in volume and the time taken to fill the balloon with air is shown ,
The line segment starts at initial point stating the balloon at a no air state, then gradually increases with constant halts having constant volume at a particular time and vice versa.

So, As the Time passes there will be increase in the volume.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 10
Answer: As the times passes Dollars are maintaining imbalance.

Explanation:
The relationship between the time and dollars is given in the graph, As we all know money is never ever constant with time , As if it only increases or decreases or having both simultaneously , in this graph the line segment is having a steep and at some point of time it is maintaining a slight growth constantly with the time.

So, As the times passes Dollars are maintaining imbalance.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 11
Answer: An engine power is directly proportional to the engine speed and its horse power

Explanation:
The relationship between the engine speed and horse power is given in the graph, Generally every automobile is is defined as the best for its horse power which is the heart of the engine and it highlights the speed of the vehicle, Here engine power is defined by the horse power and the engine speed the line segment is having a curve increment in the horse power due to the increase in engine speed.

So, An engine power is directly proportional to the engine speed and its horse power

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 12
Answer: As time increases the process of grams decaying will be faster.

Explanation:
The relationship between grams and time is given in the graph, its obvious that every product has its own expiry date, and if it crosses that its starts to decay, the graph implies that with the increase time the quality of the gram decreases or grams start to decay . The line segment in the graph shows that the gradually decrease indicating the spoiling rate of the grams  with rate of change of time.

So, As time increases the process of grams decaying will be faster.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 13
Answer: At the particular intervals of time hair growth has stopped and at regular intervals again starts growing with respect to the time.

Explanation:
The graph shows the relationship between the length of the hair and time taken to the growth of the hair, of course hair growth is not constant every time, here we have the graph with the line segment  not constant and having breaks at the times of interval.

So, At the particular intervals of time hair growth has stopped and at regular intervals again starts growing with respect to the time.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 14
Answer: In a period of time the balance will be reduced gradually at regular intervals maintaining a constant balance to clear the loan.

Explanation:
The relationship between the balance of the loan with the time period of the loan to be cleared, The loan should be cleared in the time limit and should maintain a neat balance, every increase in time period the balance is debited from the loan , there will be decrease in the balance and gaps are occurred in the graph.

so, In a period of time the balance will be reduced gradually at regular intervals maintaining a constant balance to clear the loan.

Question 16.
ANALYZING GRAPHS
Write an explanation for the relationship shown in the graph in Exercise 10.
Answer: The graph shows the relation between the volume and time of a Balloon , To fill up the balloon with air, with the inlet of air increases in volume and the time taken to fill the balloon with air is shown ,
The line segment starts at initial point stating the balloon at a no air state, then gradually increases with constant halts having constant volume at a particular time and vice versa.

Question 17.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The graph shows the natural gas usage for a house.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 15
a. Describe the change in usage from January to March.
b. Describe the change in usage from March to May.
Answer: a. The change in usage from January to March, As shown in the graph the usage is at peaks in the month of January and started to decrease after that month and continuing to decrease in the month of March.
b.  The change in usage from March to May, As shown in the graph the usage is continuing to decrease in the month of March and started to increase again in the month of May and maintaining to use highly from the month of May.

Explanation:
a. The change in usage from January to March, As shown in the graph the usage is at peaks in the month of January and started to decrease after that month and continuing to decrease in the month of March.

b.  The change in usage from March to May, As shown in the graph the usage is continuing to decrease in the month of March and started to increase again in the month of May and maintaining to use highly from the month of May.

SKETCHING GRAPHS Sketch a graph that represents the situation.
Question 18.
The value of a television decreases at a constant rate, and then remains constant.
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
Draw the axis and label the x- axis as time and y- axis as value, then sketch the graph,
The value of the television decreases at a constant rate: line segment starts to decrease at a constant rate,
And then remains constant, after reaching a certain value : line segment becomes parallel to horizontal axis.

Question 19.
The distance from the ground changes as your friend swings on a swing.
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
Your friend starts close to the ground and then swings up. Then she falls back down close to the ground again and swings back . When she swings back, she gets higher than when she was swinging forward, she then starts to swing forward again getting close to the ground and then going up even higher than when she was swinging backward, she continues to getting higher and higher every time she swings forwards and backwards,

Question 20.
The value of a rare coin increases at a faster and faster rate.
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
Draw the Axis and label them as x-axis as time and y – axis as distance,
The value of a rare coin increases at a faster and faster rate , so the curve moves upwards at an increasing rate.

Question 21.
You are typing at a constant rate. You pause to think about your next paragraph and then you resume typing at the same constant rate.
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
A constant rate means that portion of the graph is linear , pausing means the number of words stays constant, typing again at the same constant rate means the last piece of the graph is linear again with the same slope as the first portion of the graph.

Question 22.
CRITICAL THINKING
The graph shows the speed of an object over time.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 16
a. Sketch a graph that shows the distance traveled by the object over time.
b. Describe a possible situation represented by the graphs.
Answer: a. The distance and time are directly proportional to each other.
b. As time passes the speed and time are relatively balancing each other in the graph.

Explanation:
a. The graph is 
In this graph the relationship between distance and time is shown, for example , let the object be a bike, the time taken to reach the destination for the bike is directly proportional to the distance travelled , So as time passes the distance is gradually increasing from the starting point.

So, the distance and time are directly proportional to each other.

b. Th graph shown , is the relationship between the speed and the time , let the object moving be Train,
it is running between the station so it has to be halted in the stations to be listed in the stoppings , So the line segment is started with a constant speed with the time and again at the time interval dropping the speed with respect to time it has maintaining the same speed .

So, As time passes the speed and time are relatively balancing each other in the graph.

Question 23.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The graph shows the average scores of two bowlers from the start of a season to the end of the season.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 17
a. Describe each bowler’s performance.
b. Who had a greater average score most of the season? Who had a greater average score at the end of the season?
c. Write an explanation for the change in each bowler’s average score throughout the bowling season.
Answer: All the answers are explained below

Explanation:
a.  Bowler A : As the graph represent the relationship between the score and the week, bowler A has started with the good take off and having able to grasp the same energy his performance on the goals are increasing rapidly over the week and had the good score than Bowler B.

Bowler B : As the graph represent the relationship between the score and the week, bowler B has started with the good take off but as the time passes the performance of the  bowler is has been intended to decrease his scores gradually over the week.

b.  Bowler A and Bowler B had a greater average score most of the season, but Bowler A had a greater average score at the end of the season

c. Bowler A has the same energy his performance on the goals are increasing rapidly over the week and had the good score than Bowler B. so it has a smaller change in average’s score in the bowling season .
While Bowler B has good take off but as the time passes the performance of the  bowler is has been intended to decrease his scores gradually over the week. so he has a drastic change in average’s score in the bowling season .

Question 24.
DIG DEEPER!
You can use a supply and demand model to understand how the price of a product changes in a market. The supply curve of a particular product represents the quantity suppliers will produce at various prices. The demand curve for the product represents the quantity consumers are willing to buy at various prices.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 18

a. Describe and interpret each curve.
b. Which part of the graph represents a surplus? Explain your reasoning.
c. The curves intersect at the equilibrium point, which is where the quantity produced equals the quantity demanded. Suppose that demand for a product suddenly increases, causing the entire demand curve to shift to the right. What happens to the equilibrium point?
Answer:  All of them are explained below .

Explanation:
a. The supply curve of a particular product represents the quantity suppliers will produce at various prices, As shown in the graph, the relationship between the price and quantity is given , so if prices increases gradually Quantity increases .
The demand curve for the product represents the quantity consumers are willing to buy at various prices, As shown in the graph, the relationship between the price and quantity is given , so if prices decreases with increase in Quantity .

b. The graph does not implies any surplus because each demand and supply is given by their respective curve over the prices and quantity

c. As shown in the graph, The curves intersect at the equilibrium point, which is where the quantity produced equals the quantity demanded. Given, that demand for a product suddenly increases, causing the entire demand curve to shift to the right. Then the equilibrium point will be pointed where the two curves meet after the change in the demand graph so change in the supply graph is also possible.

Functions Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan
Question 1.
The table shows the lengths x (in inches) and weights y(in pounds) of several infants born at a hospital. Determine whether weight is a function of length. Then estimate the weight of an infant that is 20 inches long.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cc 1
Understand the problem.
You know the lengths and weights of several infants. You are asked to determine whether weight is a function of length and to estimate the weight of a 20-inch-long infant.

Make a plan.
Determine whether any of the lengths are paired with more than one weight. Then use a graphing calculator to find an equation that represents the data. Evaluate the equation when x = 20 to estimate the weight of a 20-inch-long infant.

Solve and check.
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.
Answer: Weight is the function of the length

Explanation:
From the table we have , Each length has only one weight , so weight is a function of length.
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (19.3 , 7.3) and (18.9 , 6.5)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (6.5 – 7.3) / (18.9 – 19.3)
m = 0.2
substitute the slope in the (19.3 , 7.3) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 7.3 = 0.2 ( x – 19.3)
y – 7.3 = 0.2x – 3.86
y = 0.2x – 3.86 + 7.3
y = 0.2x + 3.4
So ,  y = 0.2x + 3.4 is linear function.

For x = 20 ,
y = 0.2 (20) + 3.4
y = 4 + 3.4
y = 7.4

So, The weight of an infant that is 20 inches long. is 7.4.

Question 2.
Each mapping diagram represents a linear function. At what point do the graphs of the functions intersect? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cc 2
Answer:  The point of intersection is (-1, -4)

Explanation:
Function 1 – Ordered pairs are ( -8 , 24 ) , ( -3 , 4 ) , ( -1 , -4 ) , ( 1 , -12) .
Function 2 – Ordered pairs are ( 6 , 17 ) , ( 10 , 29 ) , ( 13 , 38 ) , ( 15 , 44 ) .
Graph the points we get, So, The point of intersection is (-1,-4).

Performance Task

Heat Index
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Apparent Temperature.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cc 3
Answer:

Functions Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary

Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 1
Input: Ordered pairs can be used to show inputs and outputs , inputs are represented by x

Output: Ordered pairs can be used to show inputs and outputs , Outputs are represented by y

Relation: A relation pairs inputs with outputs

Mapping diagram: A relation can be represented by ordered pairs or mapping diagrams.

Function: The relation that pairs each input with exactly one output is a function.

Function rule: it is an equation, that describes the relationship between inputs(independent variables) and outputs(dependent variables).

Linear function: A linear function is a function whose graph is a straight line i.e., non vertical line . A linear can be written in the form y = mx + c , where m is the slope and c is the y intercept

Non linear function: The graph of a linear function shows a constant rate of change, A non linear function does not have a constant rate of change, So its graph is a not a line.

Graphic Organizers
You can use an Example and Non-Example Chart to list examples and non-examples of a concept. Here is an Example and Non-Example Chart for functions.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 2

Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 3
1. linear functions
2. nonlinear functions
3. linear functions with positive slope
4. linear functions with negative slope

Answer: 1. linear functions

Chapter Self-Assessment

As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 4

7.1 Relations and Functions (pp. 275–280)
Learning Target: Understand the concept of a function.

List the ordered pairs shown in the mapping diagram. Then determine whether the relation is a function.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 5
Answer: The ordered pairs are ( 1 , -4 ) , ( 3 , 6 ) , ( 5 , 0 ) , ( 7 , 6 ) , ( 7 , 8 ) and The relation is not a function .

Explanation:
As shown , The ordered pairs are ( 1 , -4 ) , ( 3 , 6 ) , ( 5 , 0 ) , ( 7 , 6 ) , ( 7 , 8 ) .
The input 7 has more than one output,
So, The relation is not a function .

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 6
Answer: ordered pairs are ( 0 , 0 ) , ( 1 , 10 ) , ( 2 , 5 ) , ( 3 , 15 ) and The relation is a function .

Explanation:
As shown , The ordered pairs are ( 0 , 0 ) , ( 1 , 10 ) , ( 2 , 5 ) , ( 3 , 15 ).
Each input has exactly one output ,
So, The relation is a function .

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 7
Answer: The ordered pairs are ( -1 , 0 ) , ( -1 , 1 ) , ( 0 , 1 ) , ( 1 , 2 ), ( 3 ,3 ) and The relation is not a function

Explanation:
As shown , The ordered pairs are ( -1 , 0 ) , ( -1 , 1 ) , ( 0 , 1 ) , ( 1 , 2 ), ( 3 ,3 ) .
The input -1 has more than one output ,
So, The relation is not a function .

Question 4.
For ordered pairs that represent relations, which coordinate represents the input? the output?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 8
Answer: x coordinate is the input and y coordinate is the output

Explanation:
Ordered pairs from the given graph are ( 2 , 7 ) , ( 3 , 7 ) , ( 4 , 5 ) , ( 5 , 5 ) , ( 6 , 3 ) .
So , x coordinate is the input and y coordinate is the output

Question 5.
Draw a mapping diagram that represents the relation shown in the graph. Then determine whether the relation is a function. Explain.
Answer:

Explanation:
The mapping diagram is
each input has more than one output
So, relation is not a function.

Question 6.
The mapping diagram represents the lengths (in centimeters) of a rubber band when different amounts of force (in Newtons) are applied.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 9
a. Is the length of a rubber band a function of the force applied to the rubber band?
b. Describe the relationship between the length of a rubber band and the force applied to the rubber band.
Answer:  a. Yes
b. For every increase in 0.7 in input there is an increment of 2 in output.

Explanation:
a. The ordered pairs are  ( 0 , 5 ) , ( 0.7 , 7 ) , ( 1.4 , 9 ) , ( 2.1 , 11 )
Each input has exactly one output
So, the length of a rubber band a function of the force applied to the rubber band.

b. For every increase in 0.7 in input there is an increment of 2 in output.

7.2 Representations of Functions (pp. 281–288)
Learning Target: Represent functions in a variety of ways.

Write a function rule for the statement.
Question 7.
The output is two less than the input.
Answer: y = x – 2

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is two less than the input, will be
y = x – 2

Question 8.
The output is two more than one-fourth of the input.
Answer: y = \(\frac{x}{4}\) + 2

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is two more than one-fourth of the input, will be
y = \(\frac{x}{4}\) + 2

Find the value of y for the given value of x.
Question 9.
y = 2x – 3; x = – 4
Answer: y = -8

Explanation:
Given, y = 2x
substitute x = -4 , we get
y = 2(-4)
y = -8.

Question 10.
y = 2 – 9x ; x = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Answer: y = – 3.4

Explanation:
Given , y = 2 – 9x
substitute x = \(\frac{2}{3}\) , we get
y = 2 – 9 (0.6)
y = 2 – 5.4
y = – 3.4

Question 11.
y = \(\frac{x}{3}\) + 5; x = 6
Answer: y = 7.

Explanation:
Given, y = \(\frac{x}{3}\) + 5
substitute x = 6 , we get
y = \(\frac{6}{3}\) + 5
y = 2 + 5
y = 7.

Graph the function.
Question 12.
y = x + 3
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
Given , y = x + 3  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 0 + 3 = 3 . co-ordinates are (0 , 4)
if x = 1 , then y = 1 + 3  = 4 . co-ordinates are (1 , 5)
if x = 2 , then y = 2 + 3 = 5 , co-ordinates are (2 , 6)
if x = 3 , then y = 3 + 3 = 6 , co-ordinates are (3 , 7)
The co-ordinates (0 , 3) , (1 , 4) , (2 , 5) , (3 , 6) form a straight line .

Question 13.
y = – 5x
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
Given , y = – 5x  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y =- 5(0) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)
if x = 1 , then y = – 5(1)  = – 5 . co-ordinates are (1 , – 5)
if x = 2 , then y = – 5(2) = -10 , co-ordinates are (2 , -10)
if x = 3 , then y =- 5(3) = -15 , co-ordinates are (3 , -15)
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , -5) , (2 , -10) , (3 , -15) form a straight line .

Question 14.
y = 3 – 3x
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
Given , y =3 – 3x , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 3 – 3(0) = 3 . co-ordinates are (0 , 3)
if x = 1 , then y = 3 – 3(1)  = 0 . co-ordinates are (1 , 0)
if x = 2 , then y = 3 – 3(2) = – 3 , co-ordinates are (2 , – 3)
if x = 3 , then y =3 – 3(3) = – 6 , co-ordinates are (3 , – 6)
The co-ordinates (0 , 3) , (1 , 0) , (2 , – 3) , (3 , – 6) form a straight line .

Question 15.
An online music store sells songs for $0.90 each.
a. Write a function that you can use to find the cost of buying songs.
b. What is the cost of buying 5 songs?
Answer: a. C = 0.90s
b. $4.5

Explanation:
a. The total cost is equal to the cost of each song times the number of songs, if each song is $0.90,
Then the total cost C of s songs is C = 0.90s.

b. Substituting s= 5 in C = 0.90s we get,
C = 0.90(5) = 4.5.
So, cost of 5 songs is $4.5.

7.3 Linear Functions (pp. 289–294)
Learning Target: Use functions to model linear relationships.

Use the graph or table to write a linear function that relates y to x.
Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 16
Answer: The linear function is y = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 3.

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (3 , 4) , (0 , 3 ) , (-3 , 2) , ( -6, 1 )
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 ,3) and (-3, 2)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (2 – 3) / (-3 – 0)
m = -1 / -3 .
m = 1/3 .
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 3 ) , The y intercept is 3.
So , the linear function is y = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 3.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 17
Answer: The linear function is y = −(0)x -7.

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (-2 , -7) , (0 , -7 ) , (2 , -7) , ( 4 , -7 )
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 ,-7) and (2, -7)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (-7 – (-7)) / (2 – 0)
m = 0 .
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, -7 ) , The y intercept is -7.
So , the linear function is y = −(0)x -7.

Question 18.
The table shows the age x (in weeks) of a puppy and its weight y (in pounds).
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 18
a. Write and graph a linear function that relates y to x.
b. Interpret the slope and the y-intercept.
c. After how many weeks will the puppy weigh 33 pounds?
Answer: a. y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x + 3
b. 3 pounds
c. Age is 20 weeks

Explanation:
a. In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (6 , 12) , (8 , 15 ) , (10 , 18) , ( 12 , 21 )
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points ((6 ,12) and (8 , 15)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (15 – 12) / (8 – 6)
m = 3/2 .
substitute the slope in the (6 ,12) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 12 = 3/2 ( x – 6)
2(y – 12) = 3(x – 6)
2y – 24 = 3x – 18
2y = 3x – 18 + 24
2y  = 3x + 6
So ,  2y  = 3x + 6 or y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x + 3 is linear function.

b. The slope measures the rate of change of weight due to change in weeks, Here the slope of 3/2 means that as one week passes, weight of the puppy increases by 3/2 pounds.
y intercept measures the weight of the puppy, when it was born which is 3 pounds in this case measured by c.

c. put y = 33,
33 = \(\frac3}{2}\)x + 3
30 = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x
30 × 2 = 3x
x = 60/3
x = 20.
So, Age is 20 weeks.

7.4 Comparing Linear and Nonlinear Functions (pp. 295–300)
Learning Target: Understand differences between linear and nonlinear functions.

Does the table represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 19
Answer: y = 3x – 8 is linear function.

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are (3 , 1 ) , (6 , 10) , (9 , 19) , (12 , 28)
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (3 , 1 ) and (6 , 10)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (10 – 1) / (6– 3)
m = 9/3
m = 3
substitute the slope in the (3 , 1) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 1 = 3 ( x – 3)
y – 1 = 3x – 9
y = 3x – 9 + 1
y = 3x – 8
So ,  y = 3x – 8 is linear function.

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 20
Answer: y = -x + 4 is linear function.

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are (1 , 3 ) , (3 , 1) , (5 , 1) , (7 , 3)
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (1 , 3 ) and (3 , 1)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (1 – 3) / (3– 1)
m = -2/2
m = -1
substitute the slope in the (1 , 3) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 3 = -1 ( x – 1)
y – 3 = -x + 1
y = -x + 1 + 3
y = -x + 4
So ,  y = -x + 4 is linear function.

Question 21.
Does the graph represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 21
Answer: The graph represent a non linear function.

Explanation:
As shown in the graph linear function represents a  straight line to which not happened here,
So , the graph is non linear function

Question 22.
Does the equation y = 2.3x represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Answer: y = 2.3x is a linear function.

Explanation:
Given , y = 2.3x  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 2.3(0) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)
if x = 1 , then y = 2.3(1) = 2.3 . co-ordinates are (1 , 2.3)
if x = 2 , then y = 2.3(2) = 4.6 , co-ordinates are (2 , 4.6)
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , 2.3) , (2 , 4.6) form a straight line .
Each x input has only one y output so it is a function .
And it  forms a straight line when graphed .
So, y = 2.3x is a linear function.

7.5 Analyzing and Sketching Graphs (pp. 301–306)
Learning Target: Use graphs of functions to describe relationships between quantities.

Question 23.
Describe the relationship between the two quantities in the graph.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 23
Answer: At certain point of time, line segment is increased with respect to time and maintained a constant change and again dropped gradually with the increase in time.

Explanation:
The relationship between the graph is population and time ,
At certain point of time, line segment is increased with respect to time and maintained a constant change and again dropped gradually with the increase in time.
So, the city population is not constant at all the time.

Sketch a graph that represents the situation.
Question 24.
You climb a climbing wall. You climb halfway up the wall at a constant rate, then stop and take a break. You then climb to the top of the wall at a greater constant rate.
Answer: The graph is 

Explanation:
You start climbing a wall at a constant rate so the first portion of the graph needs to be linear with a positive slope, you then take a break which means your height is constant so the second part of the graph needs to be a horizontal line, you then start climbing again at a constant rate, so the last part of the graph needs to be linear with a positive slope.

Question 25.
The price of a stock increases at a constant rate for several months before the stock market crashes. The price then quickly decreases at a constant rate.
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
The stock price is increasing at a constant rate so the first part of the graph needs to be linear with positive slope, Then price begins to drop quickly so the second part of the graph needs to be linear with a steep negative slope.

Question 26.
The graph shows the sales of two companies during a particular year.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 26
a. Describe the sales of each company.
b. Which company has greater total sales for the year?
c. Give a possible explanation for the change in each company’s sales throughout the year.
Answer: All The explanation is given below

a. Company A – The sales of the company is increasing at a constant rate so the first part of the graph needs to be linear with positive slope, and decreasing with a slight negative steep and again increasing at a constant rate increasing the sales of the company

Company B – The sales of the company is increasing at a constant rate so the first part of the graph needs to be increase in curve with a slight decrease in the graph leading to decrease in sales and vise versa.

b. Company A has the greater total sales for the year compared to Company B, with maintaining the sales up to the mark without losses.

c. The change in each company’s sales throughout the year,  Company A – The sales of the company is increasing at a constant rate so the first part of the graph needs to be linear with positive slope,
Company B – The sales of the company is increasing at a constant rate so the first part of the graph needs to be increase in curve with a slight decrease in the graph leading to decrease in sales

Functions Practice Test

Question 1.
List the ordered pairs shown in the mapping diagram. Then determine whether the relation is a function.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions pt 1
Answer: The relation is a function

Explanation:
As shown , Ordered pairs are the combinations of input and output
So , Ordered pairs are ( 2 , 9 ) , ( 4 , 9 ) , ( 6 , 10 ) , ( 8 , 11 ) .
Each input has exactly one output ,
So , The relation is a function .

Question 2.
Draw a mapping diagram that represents the relation. Then determine whether the relation is a function. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions pt 2
Answer: The mapping diagram is

Explanation:
Ordered pairs from the given graph are ( -3 , 5 ) , ( -1 , 1 ) , ( -1 , 3 ) , ( 1 , 2 ) , ( 3 , 4 ) .
Each input has exactly one output ,
So , The relation is a function .

Question 3.
Write a function rule for “The output is twice the input.”
Answer: y = 2x

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is twice the input. will be
y = 2x

Question 4.
Graph the function y = 1 – 3x.
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
Given , y = 1 – 3x  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y =1 – 3(0) = 1 . co-ordinates are (0 , 1)
if x = 1 , then y = 1 – 3(1)  = -2 . co-ordinates are (1 , -2)
if x = 2 , then y = 1 – 3(2) = -5 , co-ordinates are (2 , -5)
if x = 3 , then y =1 – 3(3) = -8 , co-ordinates are (3 , -8)
The co-ordinates (0 , 1) , (1 , -2) , (2 , -5) , (3 , -8) form a straight line .

Question 5.
Use the graph to write a linear function that relates y to x.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions pt 5
Answer: The linear function is y = 0.5x – 1

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (-4 , -3) , (-2 , -2 ) , (0 , -1) , ( 2 , 0 )
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 , -1) and ( 2 , 0 )
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (0 – (-1)) / (2 – 0)
m = 1 / 2 .
m = 0.5 .
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, -1 ) , The y intercept is -1.
So , the linear function is y = 0.5x – 1 .

Question 6.
Does the table represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions pt 6
Answer: The linear function is y = −4x + 8

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (0 , 8) , (2 , 0 ) , (4 , -8) , ( 6 , -16 )
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 , 8) and (2 , 0 )
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (0 – 8) / (2 – 0)
m = -4
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 8 ) , The y intercept is 8.
So , the linear function is y = −4x + 8.

Question 7.
The table shows the number of y meters a water-skier travels in x minutes.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions pt 7
a. Write a function that relates y to x.
b. Graph the linear function.
c. At this rate, how many kilometers will the water-skier travel in 12 minutes?
d. Another water-skier travels at the same rate but starts a minute after the first water-skier. Will this water-skier catch up to the first water-skier? Explain.
Answer: All the answers are given below

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are  (1 , 600) , (2 , 1200 ) , (3 , 1800) , ( 4 , 2400 ) , (5 , 3000)
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points(1 , 600) and (2 , 1200 )
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (1200 – 600) / (2 – 1)
m = 600
So, the line is of the form y = 600x + c
put x= 3 and y = 1800 in the above equation we get,
1800 = 600(3) + c
c = 1800 – 1800
c = 0.
So, The line is y = 600x.

b. The graph is

c. put x = 12 in y = 600x
y = 600(12)
y = 7200
7200 meters, i.e., 7.2km

d. Another water skier travels at the same rate but starts a minute after the first water skier, Since both are travelling at the same rate , the water skier who was late will always be behind the first water skier.

Question 8.
The graph shows the prices of two stocks during one day.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions pt 8
a. Describe the changes in the price of each stock.
b. Which stock has a greater price at the end of the day?
c. Give a possible explanation for the change in the price of Stock B throughout the day.
Answer: Detailed Explanation is given below.

Explanation:
a. The changes in the price of each stock is Stock A has the constant increase in stock for a particular time and maintains a constant price forming a straight line in the graph, and again decreasing with a negative slope and vise versa, while Stock B is having steep negative slope that is decreasing in the prices with the time and having a constant horizontal line. and having a positive increase in the slope and same repeats again.

b. stock B has a greater price at the end of the day, having a positive increase in the slope

c. The change in the price of Stock B throughout the day, is having steep negative slope that is decreasing in the prices with the time and having a constant horizontal line. and having a positive increase in the slope and same repeats again, compared to stock A .

Question 9.
You are competing in a footrace. You begin the race by increasing your speed at a constant rate. You then run at a constant speed until you get a cramp and have to stop. You wait until your cramp goes away before you start increasing your speed again at a constant rate. Sketch a graph that represents the situation.
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
You begin the race by increasing your speed at a constant rate so the first portion of the graph needs to be linear with a positive slope , you then run at a constant speed so the next portion of the graph needs to be horizontal line , you then stop and take a break , so your speed is zero, which means the next portion of the line needs to be
horizontal line on the x axis , you then increase your speed again at a constant rate sop that the last portion of the graph needs to be linear with a positive slope

Functions Cumulative Practice

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions cp 1
Question 1.
What is the slope of the line?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions cp 2
Answer: Not in the options but the answer is m = -4/3

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are  (-4 , 5) , (1 , -3 ),
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (-3 – 5) / (2 – (-4))
m = -8/6
m = -4/3.

Question 2.
Which value of a makes the equation 24 = \(\frac{a}{3}\) – 9 true?
F. 5
G. 11
H. 45
I. 99
Answer: I. 99

Explanation:
Substitute a = 99 , in the given equation we get,
24 = \(\frac{a}{3}\) – 9
24 = \(\frac{99}{3}\) – 9
24 = 33 – 9
24 = 24.
So, last option is the correct answer.

Question 3.
A mapping diagram is shown.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions cp 3
What number belongs in the box so that the equation describes the function represented by the mapping diagram?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions cp 5
Answer: m = 7 , y = 7x + 5

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are  (4 , 33) , (7 , 54 ), (10 , 75) , (13 , 96 ),
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (4 , 33) and (7 , 54 )
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (54 – 33) / (7 – 4)
m = 21/3
m = 7.
So, y = 7x + 5

Question 4.
What is the solution of the system of linear equations?
3x + 2y = 5
x = y + 5
A. (3, – 2)
B. (- 2, 3)
C. (- 1, 4)
D. (1, – 4)
Answer: A. (3, – 2)

Explanation:
Given 3x + 2y = 5
Then substitute , x = y + 5 in the above equation
3( y + 5) + 2y = 5
3y + 15 + 2y = 5
5y + 15 = 5
5( y + 3) = 5
y + 3 = 1
y = 1 – 3
y = -2,
substitute y = -2 in x = y + 5 then
x = 3
So, (3 , -2)

Question 5.
The director of a research lab wants to present data to donors. The data show how the lab uses a large amount of donated money for research and only a small amount of money for other expenses. Which type of display best represents these data?
F. box-and-whisker plot
G. circle graph
H. line graph
I. scatter plot
Answer: I. scatter plot

Explanation:
Scatter plot is the best graph for this type of data where vertical axis will show the amount of money and Horizontal axis will show research and other expenses.

Question 6.
Which graph shows a nonlinear function?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions cp 6
Answer: option B

Explanation:
As all the other options are representing the linear function that is forming a straight line  expect for option B , it is representing a non linear equation.

Question 7.
Which equation of a line passes through the point (—2, 3) and has a slope of \(\frac{3}{4}\)?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions cp 7
Answer:  F. y – 3 = \(\frac{3}{4}\)(x + 2)

Explanation:
Given, y – 3 = \(\frac{3}{4}\)(x + 2)
it is in the form of y = mx + c
so, slope m = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Substitute the given points in this equation that is x = -2 and y = 3
3 – 3 = \(\frac{3}{4}\)(-2 + 2)
0 = 0.
So, F is the correct option.

Question 8.
The tables show the sales (in millions of dollars) for two companies over a five-year period.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions cp 8
Part A Does the first table show a linear function? Explain your reasoning.
Part B Does the second table show a linear function? Explain your reasoning.
Answer: Part A, the first table shows a linear function,
Part B the second table shows a linear function.

Explanation:
Part A – ordered pairs are (1 , 2) , (2 , 4) , (3 , 6) , (4 , 8) , (5 , 10)
Each input has exactly one output and forms a straight line when graphed
So, it is a linear function.

Part B – ordered pairs are (1 , 1) , (2 , 1) , (3 , 2) , (4 , 3) , (5 , 5)
Each input has exactly one output and does not form a straight line when graphed
So, it is a linear function.

Question 9.
The equations y = – x + 4 and y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 8 form a system of linear equations. The table shows the values of y for given values of x.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions cp 9
What can you conclude from the table?
A. The system has one solution, when x = 0.
B. The system has one solution, when x = 4.
C. The system has one solution, when x = 8.
D. The system has no solution.
Answer: C. The system has one solution, when x = 8.

Explanation:
Given , y = – x + 4 and y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 8
for x = 8 we have
y = -8 + 4 = -4
y = 0.5(8) – 8 = 4 – 8 = -4
Both the equations have one solution for x = 8
So, The system has one solution, when x = 8.

Question 10.
The vertices of a triangle are A (- 1, 3), B (1, 2), and C (- 1, – 1). Dilate the triangle using a scale factor of 2. What is the y-coordinate of the image of B?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions cp 10
Answer: The New right angle triangle is larger than the original one So , its a increase .

Explanation:
Given , (- 1, 3),  ( 1, 2 ),  (- 1, -1) these pairs form a right angle triangle
K = 2 , For the dilation figure multiply the 3 with the given ordered pairs , then
(- 1, 3) × 2 = ( -2 , 6)
( 1, 2) × 2 = ( 2 , 4)
(- 1, -1) × 2 = (-2 , -2)
From these new ordered pairs we form a new  right angle triangle

The New right angle triangle is larger than the original one So , its a increase .

Conclusion:

Improve your performance in maths with the help of Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Answer Key Chapter 7 Functions. Test yourself by solving the questions given at the end of the chapter. It also helps the students to have the real life calculation go very smoothly and neat defining their quick responses to daily life tasks. Students who are facing issues with math can be at ease now.